Le SL

OF THE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1877.

COUNCIL.

Tur Marquis oF TwrEppate, F.R.S., President.

Tue Lorp ABINGER.

Masor-Gen. Henry Crier, R.A.,

E.R.S.

surer.

Prorrssor Frower, F.R.S8., Vece-

President.

Joun P. Gassrorr, Jun., Esq.

Rear Apmrrat THE Count Guet-

cuEn, R.N.

F, DuCanz Gopman, Esq.

ArtHur Grote, Esq.

Epmunp W. H. Horpsworrs, Esq.

PRINCIPAL

| Ropert Hupson, Esq., F.R.S.,

Georer Busx, Hsq., F.R.S.

“%

Vice-President.

Proressor Mivart, F.R.S.

| Prorsssor Newton, F.R.S., Vice-

Rozert Droumnonp, Esq., Z'rea- |

President.

Henry Pottocr, Esq.

Lrevur.-Cor. Sir Cuartes Rvus-

SELL, Bart., M.P.

| Osprrt Satvin, Esq., F.R.S.

Puitip Lurney Scratmr, Esq.,

M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

JosEpH TRAVERS Smit, Esq.

Ricwarp H. 8. Vyvyan, Esq.

Tue Lorp WALSINGHAM.

OFFICERS.

Office, 11 Hanover Square, W.

P. L. Scrater, Esq., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

Mr. F. H. Warernovse, Librarian.

Mr. W. J. Witttams, Clerk.

Gardens, Regent's Park, N.W.

Mr. A. D. Barrierr, Superintendent.

Proressor GARRoD, F.R.S., Prosector.

LIST

OF THE

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

Page

ABRAHAM, Purneas S., M.A., B.Sc., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S.

Revision of the Anthobranchiate Nudibranchiate Mollusca,

with Descriptions or Notices of forty-one hitherto undescribed

Species. (Plates XXVII.—XXX.) 2.605: feeucese cece 196

Auston, Epwarp R., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

On the Rodents and Marsupials collected by the Rev. G.

Brown in Duke-of-York Island, New Britain, and New Ire-

ln CP lied XK VIPER GR ee ee 123

On an undescribed Shrew from Central America........ 445

Supplementary Note on Rodents and Marsupials from

Duke-of-York Island and New Ireland ................ 743

Auston, Epwarp R., F.L.S., F.Z.S., and Dawrorp,

Cuaruss G., F.Z.S.

On the Mammals of Asia Minor. (Plate XXXI.)...... 270

AnpDERSsOoN, ANDREW, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a spotted egg of Ascalaphia coromanda . 807

Exhibition of, and remarks on, the young of + he

albicollis and Seena aurantia ...............40.+. 0006 807

Page

Exhibition of, and observations upon, the skin of a pair of

Grebes (Podiceps cristatus) from India, together with two

nestline birds; ~ ..5-.,.s>a22os pees oss each oer

Aneas, Grorce Frencu, F.L.S., F.R.G.S., C.M.Z.S., &e.

Description of a new Species of Helix from South Australia 33

Descriptions of two Genera and twenty Species of Marine

Shells from New South Wales. (Plate V.) ............ 34

Descriptions of a new Species of Bulimus from Western

Australia, and of a Paludinella from Lake Eyre, South

Augtralia. (Plate XKVIL) 0. oo she st sce. ccs hewn abe

Descriptions of one Genus and twenty-five Species of

Marine Shells from New South Wales. (Plate XXVI.).... 171

A further List of Additional Species of Marine Mollusca

to be included in the Fauna of Port Jackson and the adjacent

Coasts of New South’ Wales 205255 saise'h Sa es cos ce he oe 178

Notes on a small Collection of Land and Freshwater Shells

from South-east Madagascar, with Descriptions of new

species.» (Plate aLTV.)..7:02 gaint es oie.

Descriptions of a new Genus of Gasteropodous Mollusca

from Japan, and a new Species of Bullia from Kurrachi.

(Plates PY.) ... Sess yx lon Be Le feaaleek = 2 WER se erare iene eae

Notes on the Helix sepulchralis of Férussac, and its Allies ;

with Descriptions of two Species. (Plate LXXX.)........ 803

Barttett, A. D., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.

Description of a new Species of Numida. (Plate LXV.).. 652

BartTLetTtT, Epwarp, Curator of the Maidstone Museum.

Remarks on the Affinities of Mesites ....-. Acker eee

Batrs, H. W., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

On the Coleoptera collected by the Rev. G. Brown,

C.M.Z.S., on Duke-of-York Island, New Ireland, and New

Britam,”* (Plates SOR. Gs RAV.) es en oS ee ee

Page

Breppome, Lieut.-Col. R. H., C.M.Z.S.

Descriptions of three new Snakes of the Family Uropeltide

OE SRSTU U2, 675 2) Rte a 167

Descriptions of new Reptiles from the Madras Presidency . 685

Bennett, Georce Freperic, C.M.Z.S.

Notes on Ornithorhynchus paradowus. By George Fre-

deric Bennett, in a Letter from Dr. George Bennett, F.L.S.,

F.Z.S., to Professor Owen, C.B., F.R.S., &e., with Remarks

Pile MS ERUOEE eee ecNeias ee GS vale are wie cae oo. hb

Bowersank, James Scott, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.

Description of five new Species of Sponges discovered by

A. B. Meyer on the Philippine Islands and New Guinea .. 456

Brapy, GzorGe Stewarpson, M.D., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Pro-

fessor of Natural History in the College of Physical

Science, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

Notes on British Freshwater Mites. (Plates III. & 1V.). 24

Notice of a Memoir on the Fossil Ostracoda of the Antwerp

Brooke, Sir Vicror, Bart., F.Z.S.

On the Deer of the Philippine Islands, with the Descrip-

tion of a new Species. (Plates VIII.-X.) 51

Bucktey, T. E., B.A., F.Z.S.

On the past and present Geographical Distribution of the

Larger Mammals of South Africa...................... 452

Butter, ArTHuR GARDINER, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant, Zoo-

logical Department, British Museum.

Descriptions of new Species of Heterocerous Lepidoptera

in the Collection of the British Museum .......... Peers i68

On the Myriopoda obtained by the Rev. G. Brown in

Duke-of-York Island................... om, See

Page

On two Collections of Heterocerous Lepidoptera from New

Zealand, with Descriptions of new Genera and ant

(Plates XLII. & XLIII.).. 5 SEE se she = Smee

On a Collection of is saishiers from Cane 3 York and the

South-east Coast of New Guinea.............0.2-200 +> 466

On a Collection of Lepidoptera made in Northern Formosa

by HE. Hobson, Bisq. oes oe 2 2 8 eis cine em ee ee

CameBrince, Rev. O. Pickarp, M.A., C.M.Z.S., Hon. Mem.

New-Zealand Institute.

On some Spiders collected by the Rev. George Brown in

Duke-of- York Island, New Britain, and New Ireland...... 283

On some new Species of Araneidea, with Characters of two

new Genera, and some Remarks on the Families Podopthal-

mides and Dinopides. (Plates LVI. & LVII.) .......... 557

Cotuettr, Ropert, C.M.Z.S., Conservator of the Zoological

Museum of the University of Christiania, &c.

On Phylloscopus borealis and its Occurrence in Norway.. 43

Cornéty, J. M., C.M.Z.S.

Letter from, addressed to the Secretary, announcing that

his female Hydropotes inermis had produced young ...... 533

Danrorp, CuHarues G., F.Z.S., and Atsron, Epwarp R.,

F.L.S., F.Z.S.

On the Mammals of Asia Minor. (Plate XXXI.)...... 270

Day, Surgeon-Major Francis, F.Z.8. &e.

Notice of the Capture of Coregonus oxyrhynchus in Lin-

COMNSIIFE::. (sd sxce!s- J ieduve bs < Se. les he eh RG ee eae Seatac

Dosson, G. E., M.a., M.B., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S8., &e.

On a Coliection ct Chiroptera from Duke-of-York Island

and the adjacent parts of New Ireland and New Britain,

CP Rihe ae Varies eerie te cl va wien es wis on Saal Sone ge ms bien a= epee

Vil

Page

Drucr, Hersert, F.L.S., F.Z.S8.

A Revision of the Lepidopterous Genus Paphia. (Plates

EE UCU eaten is oO sah 2 Tele, id wR coe, ke «OBZ

Durnrorp, Henry.

Notes on some of the smaller Mammals of the Argentine

AB re as OS See 2d eRe bie oS Me axek i +, sc ckecor. BD

Extior, Daniet G., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

Review of the Ibidine, or Subfamily of the Ibises. (Plate

Remarks on Felis tigrina, Erxl., and its Synonymy .... 704

FreILpEN, Capt. H. W., C.M.Z.S.

On the Birds of the North Polar Basin .............. 28

Finscu, Orro, Ph.D., C.M.Z.S. &c., Director of the Bremen

Museum.

On a small Collection of Birds from the Marquesas Islands 407

On a new Species of Petrel from the Feejee Islands .... 722

Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the Voyage

of H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’—No. IV. On the Birds of Tonga-

tabu, the Fiji Islands, Api (New Hebrides), and Tahiti .... 723

On a Collection of Birds from Eua, Friendly Islands .... 770

On the Birds of the Island of Ponapé, Eastern Carolines . 777

On a Collection of Birds from Niuafou Island, in the

Pacific eemaKohey ects eesti chs) 9. srl ag to Ae ote cuit gk ices cee TRO

Firower, Wittiam Henry, F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., Con-

servator of the Museum of the Royal College of Sur-

geons, and Hunterian Professor. ;

Notice of a Memoir on the existing Ziphioid Whales, of the

Oo ee SA AL

Vili

Page

Fornes, WretiAM ALEexANpeR, F.Z.5.

On the Bursa Fabricii in Birds..:...........--.. +++. 304

Garrop, ALFRED Henry, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Fellow of

St. John’s College, Cambridge, Prosector to the Society.

Notes on the Visceral Anatomy and Osteology of the

Ruminants, with a Suggestion regarding a Method of ex-

pressing the Relations of Species by means of Formule .... 2

Note on the Solid-hoofed Pigs in the Society’s Collection. 33

On the Mechanism of the Intervertebral Substance, and

on some Effects of the Erect Position of Man............ 48

Notes on the Anatomy of the Musk-Deer (Moschus mos-

ChIPCTUB) oo. oe ce eee vee age tanec hapless tog ebaas lacy SOT

Notes on the Anatomy and Systematic Position of the

Genera Thinocorus and Attagis ........ 2... 00+eeeeea- ALS

Notes on the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part II..... 447

Notes on the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part III.

(Plate Gath.) roe Stat ete eo ede mice era acai aiohe one an

Notice of a Memoir on the Brain of the Sumatran Rhinoceros 533

On some Points in the Visceral Anatomy of the Rhinoceros

of the Sunderbunds (Rhinoceros sondaicus).............. 707

Note on an Anatomical Peculiarity in certain Storks.... 711

On the Tenia of the Rhinoceros of the Sunderbunds (Pla-

giotenia gigantea, Peters)........ 788

Notes on the Anatomy of the Chinese Water-Deer (Hy-

Aropotes iney Mis) iid ahi 2 pvc ced Loe heat te oe

Note on the possible Cause of Death in a young Seal.... 792

Note on the Absence or Presence of a Gall-bladder in the

family ‘of themParrots... ... 0... ho on ee ee gt

Page

Gopman, Frepericx DuCanr, F.L.S., F.Z.8., and Sarvin,

OsBerT, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Description of twelve new ch and a new Genus of

Rhopalocera from Central America .................... 60

On a Collection of Lepidoptera made by the Rev. G. Brown

on Duke-of-York Island and its Neighbourhood. (Plates

Pee PE eiee ES) op ansaiebes/wns bass tl. sceawers 199

Gtnruer, Atsert, M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., Keeper

of the Zoological Department, British Museum.

Account of the Zoological Collection made during the

visit of H.M.S. ‘ Peterel’ to the sieges Islands. Shee

XI—XIIT.). . Mae «2! ays /masds winioroaes © Loe GA

On a Collection of Reptiles and Fishes from Duke-of-York

Island, New Ireland, and New Britain. (Plates XX.& XXI.) 127

Account of the Fishes collected by Captain Feilden between

78° and 83° N. lat., ee the Arctic PME 1875-76.

(Plate XXXII.).. east ae ene ene” a ete a ore ent BO

Report on a Collection of Fishes made by Mr. C. Hart

during the late Arctic Expedition. (Plate L.) .......... 475

Gurney, Joun Henry, F.Z.S.

fate onthe Hee iSwalt tes. es ks sc Shae. ce. BT

Hartine, JAmMes Enmunp, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a variety of the Common

Piet hes) Cote ie 2 eer remec tk. eine ee ard. BBS

Hoxipsworty, E. W. H., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

Exhibition of, and remarks on, a specimen of Geocichla

layardi obtained at Jaffna, Ceylon .................... 160

Hume, Avian Octavian, C.B., Secretary to the Government

of India, Calcutta.

Letter from, containing some criticisms on Mr. Howard

Saunders’s review of the Sternine...................... 683

Page

Jacosy, MArrTin.

Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera. . 9510

Kent, WitxraM Savitte, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of the plans of a Zoological Station and Museum

and Institute of Pisciculture to be established at St. Helier’s,

VORSE Ys en ee vs -s enteral eeet shes ens 5 «tae ssc

Krerrt, Gerarp, C.M.Z.S8.

Letter from, concerning a young example of Casuarius

australis living in Sydney.........-..-- +0 +s. 5 ee ee eens 28

Layarp, E. L., C.M.G., F.Z.S8., &c., H.B.M. Consul in New

Caledonia.

Remarks on the exact Localities of some Birds from the

Islands*of the South“Pacifiewy.. 220 25 oe eee es

Note on two African Cuckoos of the Genus Coccystes.... 465

Ler, Henry, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

On the Capture of a Specimen of Risso’s Grampus at Sid-

lesham, near Chichester.......... ache eee OOS

Meyer, Dr. A. B., Director of the Royal Zoological Museum,

Dresden.

Some additional Proof, if needed, of the Fact that the Red

Eelecti are the Females of the Green ones. (Plate LXXIX.) 800

Miers, Epwarp J., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological

Department, British Museum.

On a Collection of Crustacea made by the Rev. G. Brown,

C:M-Z:S:, on-Duke-of-York Island)..>. ... .52545 0 aces

On a Collection of Crustacea, Decapoda and Isopoda, chiefly

from South America, with descriptions of new Genera and

Species.’ (Pintés LAVE-EXIX.) Moc... so anes eee 653

Mivart, St. GrorGe, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S8., M.R.1., &e.

Notice of a memoir on the axial skeleton of the Pelecanide 368

Moors, Freperic, F.Z.S., Assistant Curator, India Museum,

London.

The Lepidopterous Fauna of the Andaman and Nicobar

Islands. (Plates LVIIIL-LX.) ...........

Mourr\ay, Joan, F.G.S., F.R.G.S., C.M.Z.S.

Exhibition of,-and remarks on, natural objects dredged up

during the ‘Challenger’ expedition.........

Newron, Atrrep, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Zoology

and Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cam-

bridge.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a variety of the Guillemot

(Alca troile)

Newron, Epwarp, M.A., C.M.G., Colonial Secretary of Mau-

ritius, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

On a Collection of Birds from the Island of Anjuan.

(Pingesi RUE AS ee RV Jewel, tek leedutl. wo. eee

Owen, Prof. Richard, C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

Notice of a memoir on additional evidence recently obtained

as to the occurrence of extinct gigantic birds allied to Dromor-

Page

. 080

533

nism A uatyaliant lisie’..lo soln bower tahoe, on nadie h 95

Notes on Ornithorhynchus paradoxus, By George Frede-

ric Bennett, in a Letter from Dr. George Bennett, F.L.S.,

F.Z.S., to Professor Owen, C.B., F.R.S., &c., with Remarks

by the latter .... 161

On a new Species of Sthenurus, with Remarks on the Rela-

tion of the Genus to Dorcopsis, Miiller. (Plates XXXVII.

Me weV ERD io asi ewe 352

Ramsay, E. Prerson, F.L.S. &c., Curator of the Australian

Museum, Sydney.

List of Birds met with in North-eastern Queensland, chiefly

at Rockingham Bay.—Part III. .. . 335

Row.ey, Georce Dawson, M.A., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an egg of Pauvis galeata 684

xil

Satvapor1, Count T., M.D., C.M.ZS.

Notes on some Birds mentioned by Dr. Cabanis and Herr

Reichenow as collected in Papuasia and in the Moluccas,

during the Voyage of the ‘ Gazelle’............++.---5

Satvin, Ossert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a volume of original

drawings, taken by Mr. George Raper during the voyage

of Captain Hunter to Australia in 1788-92 ............--

Description of a new Genus and Species of Oscines from

Costa Rita; os 67. wes . Pyeabie «agence sa phe ie ek

Satvin, Ospert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Gopman, FRre-

pERIcK Du Cang, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Description of twelve new ee and a new Genus of Rho-

palocera from Central America. .

On a Collection of pnt made ss the Rev. G.

Brown on Duke-of-York Island and its Neighbourhood.

(Plates XXII. & XXIII.)

Satvin, Ospert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Sciarer, P. L.,

M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.

Descriptions of eight new Species of South-American Birds.

(Plate Di) oc,09)9 +2

Descriptions of six new Species of South-American Birds.

(bine Tabi isee. pcsieg

SaunpeErs, Howarp, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a specimen of the Panay Sooty Tern (Sterna

anestheta) obtained on the British coast

Exhibition of birds and birds’ eggs from Spain .

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of the Aleutian

Tern (Sterna aleutica) ..

Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the Voyage

of H.M.S. ‘Challenger. —No. V. On the Laride collected

during the Expedition

Page

194

367

139

521

794

xili

Page

SciaTer, Puinie Lutiry, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

December IEAG fod. syd tali.ot seu ideal ee sed l

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a collection of Mammals,

Birds, and Insects formed by the Rev. George Brown, C.M.Z.S.,

in Duke-of-York Island, New Britain, and New Ireland.... 28

Report on the additions to the Society's Menagerie in

dommaryMegy. POUL. facse. 80 ER BY, ee 42

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the original and unique

epeemien Gl Mi araikoAid COMES Soi oes: SS eae se ence 43

Notice of an apparently new Species of Spur-winged Goose

of the Genus Plectropterus. (Plate VII.). ...........-. 47

On the Birds collected by Mr. George Brown, C.M.Z.S.,

on Duke-of-York Island, and on the adjoining parts of New

Ireland and New Britain. (Plate XIV.—XVI.).......... 96

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Wenruaiy, O87 7156 sein sell eet oc elk ae A es 159

Remarks upon a two-horned Rhinoceros killed in 1876,

near Comillah, in Tipperah, and on a living specimen of

Rhinoceros sondaicus from the Sunderbans.............. 269

Exhibition of a small living Amphisbeenian (Blanus

EEC Ven A ees Ae none een ae Ser RMS iS cs vos eee 1270

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

BEE OG Mont NFER ae ee eet eee pa) BOD

Exhibition of, and remarks on, young Anacondas which

had been produced dead in the Society’s Menagerie ...... 303

Remarks upon two large photographs of the young Gorilla

now living in Berlin, and on an example of the Gorilla

formerly living in England. (Plate XXXV.)........... .. 3803

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

DRUMMOND ne te eis sis Cataha a 25s dian ei oe

Remarks on the Zoological Gardens of Rotterdam, Amster-

dam, Antwerp, Brussels, and Ghent, which he had lately

ht ee ae

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in May

S77. AP babe Va) pea eae ee re dee

Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the

Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger..—No. I. General Remarks

on. the Collections. - 5). ices sists 14.5 <bpegceeh: A cos « aa

Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the

Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’—No. III. On the Birds

of the Admiralty Wslands 3.0. 0.0te 2) wit eee Acree

Reports on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June,

July, August, and September 1877. (Plates LXX. & LXXI.)

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Oetober VST Foi. casks scat 8% ee epee pe isk sae ae ee

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

November 1877. (Plate LXXXI.)...........5.

Scuater, P. L., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Satvin, OsBERT,

M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Descriptions of eight new Species of South-American Birds.

Page

419

. 530

551

679

754

. 805

(Plate la: - 2s). .apanie ere oir mara, Mek eae 18

Descriptions of six new Species of South-American Birds.

(Plate Aa ye. top. vn tor Peeters tare ae oS21

Seresoum, Henry, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the rarer eggs and birds

obtained on his recent visit to the arctic regions of the

Yen=e=say in Mast “Siberia... of 2 oseetigs sarah has. aie iets

SHarrr, R. Bownpter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant,

Zoological Department, British Museum.

On new Species of Warblers in the Collection of the

British: Museum, » (Plste 11s)! qn :...:2:n,2aye os erpiehetera) ohare 22

Description of a new Species of Lobiophasis and a new

Species of Pitta, from the Lawas River, N.W. Borneo .. 93

Page

Smitu, Epe@ar A., F.Z.S.

Note on the Echinodermata sent by the Rev. G. Brown

from Duke-of-York Island ..................05...... 139

Description of new Species of South-American Helicide in

the British Museum. (Plate XXXIX.)................ 361

On the Shells of Lake Nyassa, and ona few Marine Species

from Mozambique. (Plates LXXIV. & LXXV.)........ 712

SmirH, Freperick, Assistant Keeper of the Zoological Depart-

ment, British Museum.

Descriptions of four new Species of Ichneumonide in the

Collection of the British Museum. (Plate XLIV.) ...... 410

Taczanowskl, L., C.M.Z.S.

Liste des Oiseaux recueillis en 1876 au nord du Pérou

occidental par MM. Jelski et Stolamann. (Plate XXXVI.) 319

Supplément a la Liste des Oiseaux recueillis au nord du

Pérou occidental par MM. Jelski et Stolamann .......... 744

TEGETMEIER, W. B., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a malformed sternum of the Tawny Owl .. 533

Trimen, R., C.M.Z.S.

Letter from, addressed to the Secretary, concerning

ORLOV NESE. ch, PMPs Ls, fcielerge ARG ks, ceed ekie wie KORO

Tristram, Rev. H. B., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S.

Notes on Eliomys melanurus and on some other Rodents

Beesbeniies® Chinte Whip arses n i. Meee ects 40

TWEEDDALF, ARTHUR, Marquis of, F.R.S., President of the Society.

Descriptions of three new Species of Birds from the Indian

aie re Bh 3h yt tee ©. oa abc v'h, DY ab eee nw, 9 0 OOO

Notes on the Species of the Genus Batrachostomus

inhabiting the Indian Region. (Plates XLV.-XLIX.).... 420

Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the Voyage

of H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’—No. II. On the Birds of the Philip-

PVCTLRODIS) Dt ROE we oa ee eer ob, ray PR

Xy¥1

Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.—

No. I. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett in the

Island of Luzon. (Plates LX XII. & LXXIII.)..........

Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.—No.

II. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett in the

Island of Zebu. (Plates LXXVI-—LXXVIII.) ..........

Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.—

No. III. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett in

the Island of Mindanao. (Plates LXXXII—LXXXV.)....

Watson, M., M.D., Professor of Anatomy, Owens College,

Manchester.

On the Female Generative Organs of Hyena crocuta.

(Plates AAG XL A obs cake one ae us oie nee

Watson, Rev. R. Boog, F.R.S.E., F.G.S.

Some Notes on the Madeiran Mollusk identified by the

Rev. R. T. Lowe as Achatina folliculus, Gron..........--

WELLES, A.

Letter from, addressed to the Secretary, concerning the

introduction of Salmon into New Zealand

Page

686

755

816

369

333

303

LIST OF PLATES.

Plate i Page

I. Chloronerpes dignus 3......ceccecuseces ists aay 28

Il. Fig. 1. Beocerca flaviventris ........... SOOOROUOn } 99

Fig. 2. Dromeocercus brunneus ......... St Oboe

Ill. Fig. 1. Schistosoma longisetosum ........ se tevece

Figs. 2-5. Raphignathus spinifrons .....6.0e00005 °4

IV. Figs. 1-3. Rhyncholophus hispidus SeDALDDSwADO Dood

Figs. 4, 5. Pachygnathus nigrescens ..... eons

V. New Species of Marine Mollusca, from New South

Walest: 12 3< PRS ToP are cic) 0/54 5/81 s/ey' 5,5 5 By cleveye[elelsiela efele Oe

VI. Eliomys melanurus .........0.ecccecncecs #5 adie ao

VII. Plectropterus niger *........00cc ss ceeees Peicgstem Az

VILL. Cervus philippinus 3... 0... cece ee ees ve eeeees

EX Cervus nigricims 2 oo waiicien ce vsjesinlensdads« Fac pice 51

X. Skull of Cervus nigricans Q .. osc. .ceeceeeseeees

XI. Figs. 1-5. Ophionereis albomaculata ........+4.00: )

Fig. 6. Rhizochilus parvus .......00c0ceceeuceees

Fig. 7. Trochus cooksoni . 0.0 0ccscssscedsovenes

Wig 8. pmemited Gellit. osc... aaa n washes wave os > 64

XII. Fig. 1. Leptodius cooksoni ........0ceceeceeceves H

Fig. 2. Cubaris galapagoénsis.... 66... cee en eees

XIII. Spiders of the Galaparos septa ditistelet oe ehelesdiels sles «ls |

XIV. Fig. 1. Monarcha verticalis....... BORE DOO DOPE Te

Fig. 2. Diceum eximium ......600cecececenecenes 06

BON ce AGES ASTIRUS! Co 5 oo sic dives. e ee nals ore Ae ines

MME Phlogeans johanna ....,....i..s0+0s0+< sed or gens

XVII. Melonycteris melanops ........ 0.0000 e cee eeeee ee 114

UR VO rons rigesceng os dca eee vcsa vee ae ee woree } 123

Behe, Dicer gps lAGeMSl ose We Nahe eehx as pid aw aleiaie au0sj8 oo one's

TER) Blanka: Meza spi... «wees 2. 50s ssn vans sins oho ABE \ 127

XXI. LErebophis asper . : meee the neds

aoe New Lepidoptera from Duke-of-York Island...... 139

XXIV

c New Coleoptera from Duke-of-York Island ...... 151

Xvill

Plate Page

XXVI. New Species of Shells from Australia .........5+5 171

XXVII.

oe New Nudibranchiate Mollusca .......... sppeetiocee elt

XXX.

NORT. | Mus mi stacumus, “swe clelerw eiel+mis1+)+19) wles)e1 SO06BO0 OF 270

DOONAN UTACIIEN GF odo odn8 coDudp sdUD OU a ae Sooaoe 295. on

XXXIII. Fig. 1. Zosterops anjuanensis ........+++++s00ee

Vig. 2. Tehitrea vulpina .......++.sse00 coon be 295

MEX: “Durdus Dewsperyy voc. acl. wise epee eoniwue orale sli irtolers

XXKV. “Droglodytestgorta 0 vis ono anes eels © valeielsloittere 304

XXXVI. Fig. 1. Gnathospiza raimondit .....-+... 0.00 \ 319

Fig. 2. Hemophila stolzmanni ........ ateneranec She

KMIXVIL. Séhenurus Mion seis re a che cate vie els nin oieis\mislele « ve

XXXVIII. Figs. 1-4. Sthenurus minor..........+.sseeeees 359

Figs. 5-1]. Sthenurus atlas... 1... eee ees

Figs. 12-17. Sthenurus OVERS te kk, sete a ciens

XXXIX. New Species of Helicide from South America...... 361

Ea Anatomy of Hyena crocuta ....... Bob sacgoodene 369

Pane } Moths of New Zealand...........++00- aaish «+ Shey cove

XLIV. New Species of Ichneumonide ...............04 410

XLV. Batrachostomus affinis Q.... cece cece nec ecvceecs

XLVI. Batrachostomus cornutus S ....ccseceecseecuaes i

XLVII. Batrachostomus stellatus D.... 0.2. cece eens eee ee +420

XLVIII. Batrachostomus moniliger SG ...ceeeeeeceees Samet

XLIX. Batrachostomus moniliger Q ..cesseveeanae Sateleias J

Lies “SQUMOWNOT Sit az lostoehe met eh ele ore ei esi aslo os kel ronys 475

LI. Lampribis olivacea .... 2... sess scence dees casnes 477

LIL. Fig. 1. Euphonia insignis ..........seeeeees ree L507

Fig. 2. Chlorospingus pheocephalus .......seee0e. }

LIT. Anatomy of Passerine Birds ..........sseeeeeeee 523

LIV. New Shells from Madagascar, Japan, &c....... Tori OY

AVi< SRCVS Tam ea 4 sare, o's. = - win eferole Re heats iene rs sts) vin ufeners 532

Mee } New Genera and Species of Araneidea .........+4. 557

LVIIl

Ls. New Andaman and Nicobar Lepidoptera .......... 580

LX.

LXI.

LXII Tid SHIPS D> , CRETE. 9

LXIUI New Species of Paphia ....seeeeveeeeeeeees 63

RIX

Plate Page

I NEED CUTE cles ace yc ep wkd pe vest ces e's 08 652

LXVI. New Species pf Clibanarius............cccceucece

LXVII. New Species of Decapoda and Isopoda............ 653

aahheg } New SRE OPES), “35. ix< au poate Sed Sa ee'en ¥e

LXX. Hylobates leacogenys® 0.6.2.0 c.ccccnceccnscs ee. 680

LXXI. Paradoxurus prehensilis .......0 0. cc ccc c ec cccees 681

AGRON MMCG AIMS TUPCENS! oe guacho ak sta vvle'e Goa eaceoccs

Fig. 1. Diceum wanthopygium ........0.ecce sees 686

aig i 5 aie MAP OCP EM COCMCULE vo on ce clea eac vk Owacge ce

een } New Shells from Lake Nyassa and Mozambique.... 712

MERON Pe | COVEGIMS CESUIESS oo chale 'o!a'e xa wins os ec cees Se acsvee'als

Fig. 1. Phyllornis flavipennis ..........00ceceeces am

PSXVIL Fig. 2. Prionochilus quadricolor ...........0eceee. 755

LXXVIII. Megapodius pusillus ........cccccccccccccccccccs

LXXIX. Tail of Eclectus polychlorus .'.......ccceccccccce 800

LXXX. New Helicide from Madagascar..............0005 803

MXR 1Canss fubatusscac).\. soosae oe toe Seow Foe baw eee 806

LXXXII. Loriculus hartlaubi: fig. 1, dg; fig. 2, 2 .......e0e

LXXXIII. Mulleripicus fuliginosus ........ccce cues ecco. 816

EMOXXKIV. (Crintgereverettis Sees wel. ok ole Oh oii fom

ESSAY: Orthotomun migrices oo el. este

ERRATA.

Page 167, line 3, for F.Z.S. read C.M.Z.S.

Page 307, col. 1, line 15, for aquila read aguia.

Page 451, line 15, for Margaronis read Margarornis.

Page 451, line 19, for Megarornis read Margarornis.

Page 580, line 13 from bottom, for tachardus read desertorum.

Page 531, line 3, for ‘ Illustrated London News’ read ‘ Field.’

Page 538, line 2, for J. M. Cornely read J. M. Cornély.

Page 533, line 14 from bottom, for Mr. B. Tegetmeier read Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier.

Page 583, line 8 from bottom, for C.M.Z.S. read F.Z.S.

Page 557, line 19, for Besarr read BERG.

Page 617, line 12 from bottom, for oBINUSALIS read OBRINUSALIS.

Page 681, line 8, for Huwmelea read Humelia,

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS

OF TITE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

January 2, 1877.

Prof. Newton, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of December 1876 was read by the Secretary :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of December 1876 was 68, of which 36 were

obtained by presentation, 10 by purchase, 1 by exchange, and 21

were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the

same period by death and removals was 85.

The most noticeable additions during the month were :—

1. A Snowy Owl (Nyctea nivea) captured in the west of Ireland,

and presented to the Society by Mr. John Kendall, December 4th.

I take this opportunity of calling the attention of the Society to

the abundance of specimens of the Snowy Owl during the present

winter. One of the dealers in Liverpool writes that he has received

at least thirty specimens from vessels crossing the Atlantic to that

port. Besides the present bird two other recently acquired examples

are living in the Society’s collection. Letters from America also

speak of the unusual abundance of this bird in the Northern States,

and in the adjoining districts of Canada.

2. Three Mexican Jays (Cyanocoraz luxuosus), purchased Decem-

ber 9th, being the first specimens of this handsome bird that have

reached us alive.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. I. 1

2 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE (Jan. 2,

3. Two Orange-headed Ground-Thrushes (Geocichla citrina),

two White-throated Laughing Thrushes (Garrulax albogularis),

and one Horsfield’s Whistling Thrush (Myiophoneus horsfieldi),

from India, being likewise all representatives of species new to the

Society’s collection.

4, Two Black-headed Partridges (Caccabis melanocephala) and

one Hey’s Partridge (Caccabis heyi) from Hedyar near Mecca.

Presented by Commander F. M. Burke, December 30th.

The birds of Arabia are so little known to us that we are always

glad to receive specimens from that coast. Of the large black-

headed Caccabis (see P.Z.S. 1837, p. 818) we have only once

before received a living specimen.

Professor Newton exhibited a variety of the Guillemot (Alea troile)

remarking :—‘‘ The specimen on the table has been kindly lent me by

Mr. T. M. Pike, of Wareham, who shot it on the 29th of November

last, at sea, between Poole and Christchurch. It is the first example

I have seen of the curious variety briefly described by Dr. Kriper

(«‘ Naumannia,’ 1857, p. 437), on the authority of Pastor Jon Jonsson,

who saw one which had been taken, in July 1848, at Grimsey, off the

north coast of Iceland, and seems to agree in all respects with the

bird so described. It differs strikingly from the normal appearance

of the species in the colour of the bill and legs, which, as will be

seen, are of a bright yellow, while the claws are white. This last

fact points, I think, to the variation originating from the cause which

produces albinism in so many animals. Further than this I will

only call your attention to a somewhat similar variety of Pica rustica,

seen, though not obtained, by Mr. Harvie Brown in Scotland some

years since (Zool. 1867, pp. 706, 757, 826, 877, 913), and again in

Devonshire by Mr. G. F. Mathew (tom. cit. p. 1016), in which the

bill was yellow—as well as to the yellow colouring of the bill occa-

sionally found in examples of the variety of the Northern Diver

which has been described under the name of Colymbus adamsi.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on the Visceral Anatomy and Osteology of the

Ruminants, with a Suggestion regarding a Method of ex-

pressing the Relations of Species by means of Formule.

By A. H. Garrop, M.A., Prosector to the Society.

[Received January 2, 1877.]

There is so little known of the differences in the visceral anatomy

of the many genera and species of the ruminating animals, that I feel

that no apology is necessary for bringing before this Society the facts

which my prosectorial opportunities afford me with reference to

parts which are either too large or too perishable to be easily pre-

served in our museums. The following “ Notes’’ will be found to

1877. ] ANATOMY OF THE RUMINANTS. 3

contain an account of those parts in certain species of the Cavicornia

and Cervide (such as the stomach, liver, generative organs, and

brain), which are subject to variation in the different species that I

have had the opportunity of examining.

The stomach of the Ruminantia, on account of its complexity,

presents features of special interest. As far as the general shape and

proportions of its cavities are concerned, my observations tend to

show that the relative size of the psalterium in the different genera

is the only characterizing feature. In the abomasum I have not

detected any variation.

The rumen varies as to the shape and distribution of the villi on

its mucous membrane. In most of the smaller species the folds

which constrict the viscus, as well as the pouches between them, are

covered internally with villi, though these are larger in the latter

situations. In most of the larger species the villi are absent on the

folds, and are largest in the middle of the pouches. This is specially

the case in the Rusine Deer. In the Sheep and its allies they are

peculiarly scattered and broad at their bases, as is also the case in

Moschus. In most of the smaller species of the order they are

cylindrical or flattened cylinders, as close-set as the “pile” in

velvet. In Portax picta they are very elaborate, close-set, pedun-

culated and foliaceous. In Cervus alfredi they are flattened and

expanded apically, in other words tongue-shaped, as they are in

Camelopardalis giraffa. In Tetraceros subgquadricornutus all the

villi are flattened, broad, and rounded, absent on the folds. In

Table I. column VIIL., further notes on the peculiarities in the ramen

will be found.

The reticulum varies in the depth and size of its cells, but not to

any great extent. I have not ever seen them deeper than in Cervus

_ duvaucelli ($ inch), or shallower than in the Giraffe. In some

species the cell-walls are thicker than in others, as may be seen on

reference to Table I. column IX.

The psalterium varies more than any other section of the stomach i

and a study of its laminz brings to mind the septa of some of the more

elaborate and fully calcified corals; for, as in them, the lamine are

of different lengths, and their arrangement is subject to definite laws.

This organ may be defined as a subglobose dilatation of the upper

wall of the canal leading from the reticulum to the abomasum, the

lumen of which is much reduced by the development from all but its

lower wall of longitudinal villous-covered folds of its mucous lining.

In size it differs greatly, being very large in the genus Bos, minute in

Nannotragus and Cephalophus.

Of the lamin there are a certain number (frequently ten) of a

definitely greater depth than any of their neighbours ; and these may

be termed primary laminze. Between each two of these there are

secondary lamine of smaller size; and such being the case, nineteen

is the average number of the two sets combined. When the organ

is more complex a still shallower ¢eréiary lamina appears on each

side of each secondary one ; and there may be quaternary laminee on

each side of each tertiary, on either side, again, of which there may

1”

|MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE [Jan. 2,

Taste I.

it II. III. Iv. Va

iy Depth of

Name. Gall-bladder. Caudate Lobe. Spigelian Lobe. Umbilical

Fissure.

Cervus elaphus ...ccscscccerereerver Absent. Lateral in young, | Absent. Almost nil.

small in adult.

—— CASHMECTIANUS -s se vevereeeees Absent. Scent od -oceecour te Beret opr OcACeD rie va cneerssees

a ANNU | on de scanesasectesoossse-== Absent. Almost nil. Absent. 3

—— Gristotelis ...s61000+00000+0--| Absent. Square. Oviform in one, rusi- 3

form in another.

——$. SWINK. oes eeeeverecreenereerens Absent Large, square. Rusiform. 4

—— HU cx. asccesvsssansvesshrons= Absent. Square. Absent gies. il! 5 uaeeeresees

—— moluccensis .. Absent. Squarish. Oviform. 4

—— mariannus .. ..| Absent. Square. Absent. 4

— dwaueelli ..... Absent. Square. Rusiform. FS

$$ POP EUNUB «se eeeceeceerseerenses Absent. Lateral. An oviform rudiment. 2

TNT Ce Dep ereeoa eaeCOOI Absent. Large, square. Oviform, small (juy.). 3

—— CAPT EOMUS errecececeseenseeres Absent. Lateral. Oviform and everted. 3

Cervulus muntjae .. ..-..| Absent. Lateral, Rudimentary. $

———- CBUEBL cnanaiwscneeavacauscaceenss Absent: ~ ' 7") SscWVesvouveusstesttessen Hnerscrrcr nectar cecencticn cvarvancees

Elaphodus cephalophus ......... Absent. Small, lateral. Oviform rudiment, 3

Capos Pudi a. ccece.nnsenccess cerns Absent. Lateral. Absent.

——— CAMPESENG 62s eee esveseeeeeeees Absent. Lateral. Absent or rudimen- Nil.

tary.

—— PUPUB) sadn asoancessabansentasray Absent. Squarish. Absent. 4

——. MEXICANUS .osieeceeseececserees Absent. Lateral, Absent, or rudimen- +

tary.

Camelopardalis giraffa .......4. Absent. Absent. Absent. t

Moschus moschiferus...cc..cccse0+ In fossa. Small, lateral. Large, rusiform. =

Antilocapra americana ......60.. In fossa. Very small, lateral. | Rusiform. i

Ovis cycloceros ..... ..| Very elongate. | Lateral. Oviform, 7

Capra picta.. ..| Very elongate. | Short, lateral. Oviform, z

— jemlaica .. ..| Very elongate. | Short, lateral. Oviform,

Gazella orcas .......sscscceeeeeee In fossa. Small, lateral. Absent. {

—_ grant wee ..--.| In fossa. Small, lateral. Small, rusiform.

—$ BUD GUELUT OSA 6. seescersessereee In fossa. Small, lateral. Oviform, or absent, t

——. MUBCALENSTS se reeeceseeeesesens Tn fossa. Small, lateral. Absent. z

— rufifrons In fossa. Small, lateral. Rudimentary, :

— arabica In fossa. Small, lateral. Oviform. =

Nanotragus nigricaudatus ...... Present. Rudimentary. Modified, rusiform. t

Cephalophus marwelli ............ Absent. Short. Modified, rusiform. 4

—— PYJMAUB. as reeeeerecsrieereeenes Absent. Short. Modified, or absent. t

Tetraceros subquadricornutus...| Present, as is | Absent. Absent. 3

; cystic fissure.

Strepsiceros udu .....c.cccces0es Elongate. Lateral. Rudimentary. t

Oreas canna .... es} pesen by) mts ehh iawes mucesvsaeteudasevess Oviform. seeneeseenes

Tragelaphus scriptus Elongate. Lateral. Absent. 3

Damalis pygarga . ..| Present. Small, lateral. Enormous, rusiform. $

Catoblepas gnu ..... Elongate. suveansttaveveevates acne tatane co eeaeeeaes scagwan etka

Addax naso-macucatus .......- Very elongate. | Very short. Oviform. Rudimen-

tary.

Portaxr picta ........ crormochoee Present. Short. Absent. t

1877.]

ANATOMY OF THE RUMINANTS.

VI.

Bex of specimen.

u ft. 9, adult.

$, nearly adult.

é, adult.

¢, adult.

¢ , new-born.

9, adult.

9, aged.

$,a year old.

é, adult.

$, adult,

3, adult.

¢, not adult.

é.

9, adult.

é.

ft. 9, adult.

ste eeeeeee seeeeee

8.1. 42 ft. LI. 30 ft.

eee eee ee eer eer eet

S.I. 48} ft, LI. 252 ft.

S.I. 292 ft, L.T. 10 ft.

8.1. 144 ft, LT. 33 ft.

8.1. 39! ft, LI. 13 ft.

S.1. 45 ft,* LT. 252

S.I. 252 ft. LI. 13} ft.

8.1. 34 ft, LI. 18 ft

S.I. 319 ft. L.I. 152 ft.

8.1.18} ft. LI. 82

S.I. 231 ft. LT. 9! ft,

S.I. 248 ft. LI. 92 ft.

8.1. 288 ft. LI. 162 ft.

8.1. 29% ft. LI. 93 ft.

: ms

8.1. 16% ft.

L,I. 11 ft.

8.1. 212 ft. L.T. 92 ft.

Tr.

LI.

9.1. 208 ft.

8.1. 202 ft.

92 ft.

9% ft.

8.1. 108 ft.

8.1. 262 ft.

-I. 78 ft.

-L. 16 ft.

8.1. 42+ ft. L.I. lis ft,

Total length of intes-

tines 118+ ft.

8.1. 53} ft. L.I. 292 ft.

9.1. 82} ft. L.1. 42 ft.

Taste I.

VII. VIII.

of Cecum and Intestinal lengths. | Papille of Rumen.

Cylindroid, elon-

gate, flattened.

Cylindrical, except

longest (1 in.),

flattened and ex-

panded.

Cylindroid.

Cylindroid, slightly

attened.

Cylindroid, slightly

attened.

Cylindroid and

tongue-shaped.

Slender, — small,

eylindroid.

Some large and

tongue-shaped.

Cylindrical.

Cylindrical and

slightly flattened.

Cylindrical.

Short, flattened.

Small, slight]

flattened. rad

Uniformly short

and a little flat-

tened.

Mostly cylindri-

cal, some tongue-

shaped.

Cylindrical and

short.

Cylindrical and

short.

All flattened.

All flattened and

tongue-shaped.

Sparse, flattened.

Mostly elongated,

cylindrical, some

foliaceous.

Large and foliated.

Ix.

Cells of

Reticulum.

Not deep.

Shallow.

Broad-walled.

Broad-walled,

Deep, ¢ inch.

Broad-walled.

Fairly deep.

Very shallow.

Shallow.

Fair depth.

Shallow.

Fair depth.

Shallow.

Well developed.

Quadruplicate, 13.

Psalterium.

Quadruplicate, 10,

Triplicate.

Quadruplicate, 10.

Quinquiplicate,12.

Quadruplicate, 9.

Quadruplicate, 10.

Quadruplicate.

Quadruplicate, 10.

Quadruplicate.

Triplicate, 10.

Triplicate, 10,

Quadruplicate, 9.

Quadruplicate, 11.

Quadruplicate, 18.

Duplicate, 19.

Quinquiplicate, 9,

Triplicate, 10.

Triplicate.

Duplicate, 9.

Duplicate, 10.

Triplicate, 10.

Quadruplicate, 9.

Quadruplicate, 15.

Quinquiplicate, 10.

6 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE [Jan. 2.

be a row of papille indicating the rudiments of lamine of a fifth

power; for, when disappearing, laminee always end as rows of papillee.

In the case of a transverse section of a quadruplicate psalterium

(in other words, of one in which there are laminze of four powers),

the quaternary folds being rudimentary, imagine it to be cut through

longitudinally along the middle of its groove, and opened out in

such a way that the outer wall forms a straight line, whilst the

laminz depend from it ; then the appearance will be that of fig. 1.’

b (2

Fig 4.

Diagram of transverse sections of psalterium.

This being from an actual specimen, there is a slight want of uni-

formity at 6 and c, which is usually found to be the case. The

lamine of each cycle, or power, gradually diminish in size laterally ;

and it will be noticed that, though the organ is quadruplicate where

the folds are relatively largest, the smallest laminze disappear at the

sides. This is nearly always the case, as it is also that near the orifice

of communication with the reticulum they are stronger than they

are further on.

In different genera the relative depths of the laminz which con-

stitute the separate cycles is not always the same. The arrangement

depicted above is the most usual, in which the secondary folds are

about two thirds the size of the primary, a similar difference existing

between them and the tertiary, and so on.

Fig. 4 is from the psalterium of Gazella arabica, in which, though

the disposition is triplicate, it is seen that the secondary laminz are

very little larger than the papillary rows which form the tertiary

cycle, the primary laminze being of considerable depth. The struc-

ture in Cephalophus is the same, only that, the psalterium being

much smaller, all the parts are much reduced in size, the lateral

laminee especially so. In Nannotragus nigricaudatus the equally

small psalterium is even more simple, there being but six primary

laminze of any depth; and these are covered with peculiarly large

and pointed papille, three more being evidently their lateral homo-

logues, although reduced to papillary rows. The conditions are re-

presented in figs. 2 (Cephalophus) and 3 (Nannotragus).

1877.] ANATOMY OF THE RUMINANTS. 7

The psalterium of Moschus moschiferus differs essentially from

any other with which I am acquainted. Prof. Flower has fully

described and figured it’, at the same time that he has pointed out

how much the specimen in the Museum of the College of Surgeons

differs from that the account of which is given by Pallas’. Mr.

Flower has kindly permitted me to examine the specimen. The

nineteen plice all belong to the primary cycle without doubt; andas

this number is that of the primary together with the secondary folds

in most ruminants of the same size, it appears to me that their

peculiarity consists in the exaggerated development (to the size of

the primary) of the second cycle. These laminz are also peculiarly

close to one another at their lines of attachment, which is further in

favour of this view. Between some of the folds I have detected

lines of papillee ; but their presence is the exception, not the rule.

Where the psalterium is large it is sometimes found that longi-

tudinal rows of papillary lines are present at intervals on the primary

folds, and even the secondary lamine. These are very conspicuous

in Portax picta.

In some quadruplicate and in all quinquiplicate psalteria the

cycles of smallest laminee are nothing more than rows of papille.

In other quadruplicate psalteria the cycles of the fourth power are

developed as true folds without any ultimate lines of papille.

Whether or not this is the case is indicated in Table I. (p. 5) by the

descriptive name in column X., whatever the power, being printed

in roman letters or italics. When in italics the laminze of the highest

power are only represented by papillary rows.

The liver is always simple and small, being situated almost en-

tirely on the right side of the median line. The umbilical fissure

never extends more than one half through the organ, generally less.

The lateral fissures never exist.

The gall-bladder is absent in all the Cervidee, according to my

observations, and in the genus Cephalophus among the Bovide.

The caudate lobe is very variable in size, and is frequently smaller

in adult than in young individuals. In most species it is elongate,

slender, and lateral, forming little more than an incomplete cap to

the right kidney; in some it is quadrate from the development

ventrally of its basal portion.

The Spigelian lobe is frequently entirely absent, as such. When

present it is a development of the median portion of the posterior

margin of the portal fissure, extending so as to overlap it. When

its base is broad, as in the Sheep, it may be termed oviform; when

it is pedunculate, as is generally the case in the genus Rusa, it may

be termed rusiform,

Variations of slight degree are found in individuals of the same

species. From Table I. (pp. 5, 6) the peculiarities of the different

varying parts of the organ in the specimens which I have had the

opportunity of examining may be determined (columns II. to V.).

1 Pp. Z, 8. 1875, p. 170. ? Spicilegia Zoologica, fase, xiii. (1779).

[Jan. 2,

MR. A. H, GARROD ON THE

Livers of various Ruminants.

Fig. 9. Tetraceros subquadricornutus,

rea gS

————

Fig. 12, Cervus duvaucelli.

Cervus swinhoti.

1877.] ANATOMY OF THE RUMINANTS. 9

The generative organs of the Ruminantia present many features of

interest bearing on classification. These are mainly to be found in

the shape of the glans penis, the development of Cowper’s glands,

and the number of cotyledons in the placenta.

The glans penis is very different in shape in the various genera of

the Ovidee as well as of the Cervide. In all it is the case that the

terminal portion of the urethra is extremely small in calibre.

Figs. 13-15 give views of the lateral, anterior, and inferior surfaces

Fig. 13.

Penis of Cervus cashmeerianus,

of the organ in Cervus cashmeerianus, with which the following

Species agree in structure—U. elaphus, C. dama, C. aristotelis, C.

moluccensis, C. kuhlii, C. alfredi, and C. porcinus. In them the

glans constitutes a cylinder, slightly flattened from side to side,

about one fourth as deep as it is long, measured from the preputial

reflection. Its extremity is obtuse, vertically grooved, and slightly

flattened, the orifice of the urethra appearing on the apex of a

simple blunt cone about one sixth of an inch in height, the base of

which is slightly included in the lower termination of the apical

vertical fold, near its lower or frenal margin.

In Cervus mexicanus, C. pudu, and C. campestris the arrange-

ment is somewhat different, the vertical groove being absent, the

termination of the glans being a blunt cone, with the urethral orifice

at its apex, as is seen in fig. 16 (p. 10).

In Capreolus caprea, Cervulus muntjac, and Elaphodus cephalo-

phus the glans is peculiarly long and slender, at the same time that

it is nearly eylindrical, with a rounded apex, at the lower part of

which the urethra opens by a simple orifice. This is seen in fig. 17

(p. 10) taken from the Roebuck. In Tragelaphus scriptus it is the

same.

In Bos taurus the glans is elongated, forming an irregular cylinder,

smoothly rounded at the apex, the urethra (which has no free

terminal extension) opening below it at a little distance from the

extremity in a downward direction. This is seen in fig. 19 (p. 10).

10 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE (Jan. 2,

In the Sheep the apex is somewhat enlarged, but not uniformly

so, the expansion forming a partial twist from below and behind,

upwards and forwards to the tip, along the left side of the organ.

The actual point at which the attached part of the urethra ter-

Fig. 19, Bos taurus.

minates is nearly the same as in the Ox, from which, besides the

turn it takes, it differs in that it continues on free, as a filiform tube,

for an inch at least.

The glans in Capra (picta and jemlaica) and Gazella (arabica, sub-

gutturosa, ruffrons) is the same; asis that of Cephalophus (fig. 20)

Fig. 20. Cephalophus maxwelli.

(macwelli and pygmaeus), except that it is more symmetrical. In

Addax naso-maculatus an almost identical condition obtains; the

glans, however, is nearly regular in shape and cylindroid, whilst the

1877.] ANATOMY OF THE RUMINANTS. 11

free filiform urethra, an inch in length, turns upwards round it to

the left (fig. 18).

In the other Cavicornia the glans penis is different. In Nanno-

tragus (nigricaudatus) it does not in the least resemble that of

Cephalophus ; for it forms a slender, elongated, tapering cone, beyond

which the urethra, which is free from it for the terminal 3 of an inch,

continues straight on for 4 of an inch (fig. 21). Tragelaphus

Fig. 21. Nannotragus nigricaudatus,

(scriptus) differs but little from this, except that the free portion of

the urethra is wanting, and the end of it slightly turned upwards ; and

in Damalis (pygarga) (fig. 22) the arrangement resembles that of T'ra-

Fig. 22. Damalis pygarga.

gelaphus, except that the whole glans is shorter and thicker, at the same

time that it is flattened from side to side. According to Dr. Murie’s

accounts of the Prongbuck’ (Antilocapra americana) and the

Saiga* (Saiga tartarica) the glans in these two animals differs from

that in any of those above described, whilst from Pallas’s account of

the Musk (Moschus moschiferus)* its penis is apparently ovine, as

is that of the Giraffe (Camelopardulis giraffa) (fig. 23).

Fig. 23. Camelolepardalis giraffa.

Cowper’s glands are present, according to my observation, in Cer-

vulus muntjac and Cervus mexicanus ; and I have noted that they are

small in C. alfredi. Their absence I have recorded in C. elaphus,

C. dama, C. cashmeerianus, C. aristotelis, C. moluccensis, C. porci-

_ nus, C. kuhlii, and C. campestris. Prof. Flower found them in C.

pudu. I have seen them also in all species of Ovis, Capra, and

Gazella examined, as well as in Cephalophus (maxwelli and pyg-

' P.Z. 8. 1870, p. 352. 2 P. ZS. 1870, p. 485.

Spicilegia Zoologica, fase. xii.

12 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE [Jan. 2,

meus), Nannotragus (nigricaudatus), Tragelaphus (scriptus), Da-

malis (albifrons), and Addax (naso-maculatus). According to Dr.

Murie they exist in the Prongbuck and Saiga ; in Moschus according

to Pallas, and in the Giraffe according to Prof. Owen’.

In the uterus of the Cotyledontophora it is well known that there

are papilliform developments of the inner walls which serve for the

attachment of the cotyledons in the impregnated organ. Although

it has not been actually proved, so far as 1 am aware, by direct

evidence that the cotyledonary papille and the cotyledons are

exactly the same in number in each individual, yet there is every

reason to believe that it is so. On this assumption I take the

number of these papillz as an index of the nature of the placenta

itself, this being so difficult to obtain on account of the universal

habit among the females to eat it immediately it is expelled, par-

turition generally occurring at night-time.

The following Table contains a statement of the number of

papillz or cotyledons (as the case may have been) which I have

found, together with those made by Prof. Turner on the same

subject”. From it I feel justified in deducing the law that the

cotyledons are few in the Cervidee, numerous in the Bovidee—at the

same time that I would suggest the name OLIGOCOTYLEDONTO-

pPHorA for the former, and PotycoTyLEDONTOPHORA for the

latter.

TaBLE II.

ae Number of Number of

a ee, Cotyledons. Papille.

Cervus elaphus .........++- Turner & A. H. G. 12 or 8 ;

—— duvaucelli............| TAS EONS. ae | Wee ote asee 4 in each cornu.

CaMpestTis........+++-| brs 9, 8 large and 1 small.

—— TUFUS ..ccececesencscees 5 dbatyeene 5 in one cornu, 4 in

the other.

Hydropotes inermis ...... . 2 foetus, with 3 coty-

ledonsin one cornu

and 5 in the other.

Capreolus capred .....++-- Bischoff. 5 or 6.

OUIS\OTICS wav scsmncoe=teeses Turner. 60 to 100.

‘BOS QUGUS rons esaeeeeeer x 60 to 100.

Damalis pygarga v.00. ACRE IG, | Ul eae Very many.

Camelopardalis giraffa... Owen. 180 large and small.

Rupicapra tragus .......+ A. H. G. As in Ovis. 4i

Rangifer tarandus ...... Spec. No. 2755 in ieee DO

| R. C. 8. Museum,

and Catalogue de-

| scription.

Osteologically, among the Cervidze, the skull presents features

which correspond in great measure with their geographical distribu-

tion ; and, dentally, the peculiarities of the third lower premolar are

The consideration of these latter I hope to be able

most instructive.

1 Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. ii. p. 240.

2 Comp. Anat. of Placenta, 1875, p. 66.

1877. | ANATOMY OF THE RUMINANTS. 13

to bring before the Society on a future occasion, when my material

has become more abundant.

In all Old-World Cervidz examined by me, with the exception of

the Reindeer, the vomer is not so much ossified as to divide the pos-

terior osseous nares into two distinct orifices, whilst in Rangifer

tarandus and all the New-World Deer, excepting Alces machlis and

Cervus canadensis, it isso. I have seen most of the skulls of Deer

which are to be found in the superb osteological collection of the

British Museum ; and it is upon the study of them that this genera-

lization is based. In the following species the vomer is completely

ossified behind, so as to separate off the two posterior nares in the

macerated skull:

Cervus pudu. Cervus leucotis.

campestris, antisiensis.

columbianus. virginianus.

Jeucurus. —— mexicanus.

Neither in Alces machlis nor in Cervus canadensis is the vomer so

extended posteriorly. The condition described is represented in fig.

24 which is from the skull of Cervus virginianus.

Fig. 24. Base of the skull of Cervus virginianus, from below.

In his ‘ Catalogue of Ruminant Animals in the British Museum,’

Dr. Gray lays considerable stress upon the degree of development of

the nasal processes of the premaxillary bones, whether or not they

meet the nasals. In Rangifer tarandus they do not do so, the gap

14 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE { Jan. 2,

being filled up by the appearance, superficially, of portions of the

nasal turbinal. This is also the case in Cervus pudu and C. colum-

bianus. In C. leucurus the nasal processes of the praemaxille are also

very short, and they therefore do not join the nasal bones; nor do

they in O. campestris, nor, generally, in C. rufus, and only just in C.

virginianus. They do join the nasals in C. leucotis and C. antisiensis.

In Alces machlis, on account of the extreme shortness of the nasal

bones, the premaxillary processes do not meet them; but in all the

Old-World Cervidze the line of junction of the two is considerable,

except in Elaphodus cephalophus and Cervulus reevesi.

In all the American Cervide and in the Reindeer the floor of the

posterior osseous nares is prolonged backwards more than in their Old-

‘World allies, from the extension backwards of the palatine plates of

the palatal bones. In Cervulus there is a tendency to this condition,

but not in any other Old-World genus.

In his invaluable paper’ “On the Evidences of Affinity afforded

by the Skull in the Ungulate Mammalia,’ Mr. H. N. Turner

remarks :—“I have noticed that in the Moschide [Hyomoschus,

Tragulus, and Moschus| the styloid process {tympano-hyal] becomes

free almost immediately at the base of the auditory process, while in

the Bovide, or Cavicorn Ruminants, it is enclosed, more or less

completely, for some distance in the downward and forward direc-

tion.’ And in all the Cavicornia which I have examined, the

tympano-hyal bone is situated on the outer side of the petrosal ;

whilst in many of the Cervidee it is posterior, between the petrosal of

the temporal and the paramastoid of the occipital bone. In Cervus

porcinus and Azis maculata, however, the expanded auditory bulla

insinuates itself from the inner side, between the tympano-hyal and

the paroccipital process, as in the Cavicornia. Neither in any of

the American Cervidee, except C. leucotis, nor in Rangifer tarandus,

Alces machlis, Capreolus caprea, Cervus dama, nor in the genera

Cervulus and Elaphodus, does it do so.

In the other Deer (Elaphine, Rusine, and their allies), including

Elaphurus davidianus and C. leucotis, there is a small process of the

petrosal, incomparably less than in the Cavicornia, which, from the

inner side, partially or just removes the tympano-hyal from the par-

occipital (as seen without damage to the skull). This is well marked

in Hydropotes inermis ; and Moschus moschiferus is peculiar, in that

from the outer side a process is sent inwards to join the other, and so

completely to encircle the tympano-hyal with a ring of bone in a very

suspiciously Cavicorn manner. The Giraffe, in this respect, much

resembles Moschus.

It is worthy of note that in Cervus antisiensis the median incisors

are not triangular, in which respect it agrees with Rangifer and

Moschus and differs from the Cervidee generally. In C. /eucotis they

are so. In C. pudu, as in Moschus, the Giraffe, and many Cavicornia,

there is only one submental foramen on each side—not two, as in by

far the majority of the Deer.

The peculiar way in which, on each side, the: palatal surface of

1 PZ. S, 1849, p. 152.

1877.] ANATOMY OF THE RUMINANTS. 15

the interval between the canine tooth and the first premolar is cut

away in all the true Ruminantia, and not in the Tragulide, is inter-

esting as a separating feature. In the Cervide there is a difference

from the Cavicornia in the arrangement of the region just in front of

this. In the Sheep and its allies the median palatal process of each

premaxillary bone extends back in the palatal region between the

maxillz for some distance behind the most anterior portion of the

facial surface of the maxillary bone, broadening as they go backwards

for some distance, and then narrowing to a point somewhat abruptly.

In no Deer which carries antlers have I found this arrangement, the

median palatal processes of the preemaxille in them being always

slender (sometimes only incompletely developed), of uniform breadth,

and terminating posteriorly at a point scarcely behind the line which

joins the canine teeth. Both Moschus moschiferus and Hydropotes

inermis agree with Ovis in this respect, as does the Giraffe.

Again, in the squamosal of the temporal there is a feature of value

in the separation of the two major divisions of the typical Rumi-

nantia. In the Cervidee this bone is deeper from above downwards

than in the Bovide ; in other words, the parieto-squamosal suture is

situated nearer the upper border of the temporal fossa (more than

halfway up it) in the former group, the general proportions produced

by which are more easily recognized by inspection than from de-

scription. The squamosal of Moschus is oviform, that of Camelopar-

dalis intermediate.

Whilst comparing the skulls of the Cervidee which I have examined,

the antlers have naturally attracted my attention; and many of their

peculiarities seem to me to be subject to definite laws.

What may be called the typical antler is composed of a bifurcate

beam, with a brow-antler springing from the front of its basal por-

tion. These three parts may be termed A, B, and C, as in the

accompanying diagram (see p. 16). They occur, uncomplicated, in

the genus Rusa, in C. porcinus, C. axis, and C. alfredi (fig. 25.1).

On the assumption that most of the complicated many-pointed

antlers that occur are the result of the exaggerated development of

one or other or both of the extremities B and C, their special features

may be explained. For instance, imagine that both B and C bifur-

cate, remaining of equal size, and we arrive at the condition found in

Cervus schomburghi (fig. 25. 2). C. duvaucelli differs in that B is

extra-developed at the expense of C (fig. 25.3), the latter often being

not bifureate, though sometimes so to asmall extent. Following out

the ingenious hypothesis of Mr. Blyth’, C. eldi only differs in the

still greater development of the anterior of the branches of B (fig.

25.4). With this last-named form C. virginianus and C. mexicanus

agree, as does Rangifer tarandus, as far as its beam-branches are

concerned.

In Cervus dama, and in the species included in the genus Pseudazis

by Dr. Gray (C. sika, taévanus, and mantchuricus), a different con-

dition maintains, B being reduced greatly and C correspondingly

1 P. ZS. 1857, p. 835.

16 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE [Jan. 2,

enlarged (fig. 25.5). In the Elaphine Deer this is carried further,

the continuation of the beam C being divided terminally into many

points (fig. 25. 6) in C. elaphus, C. canadensis, C. maral, and C. cash-

meerianus. According to Mr. Blyth, C. sika ‘belongs strictly to the

Elaphine, and not to the Awine, group’’’ of Deer; and the con-

pee

1 2

Fig. 25. Diagram of types of antlers.

formation of its horns is decidedly in favour of this view. Never-

theless it must be noted that in its ally, C. mantchuricus, and in

C. kopschi (Swinhoe)—I cannot find a skull of C. sika in any

museum for comparison—the auditory bulla is considerably inflated,

as in C. porcinus and C. avis. This feature is not, however, of

particular importance, as C. virginianus in this respect differs from

most of the American Cervidee, possessing a very inflated bulla.

With reference to the brow-antler (A), it is evident that its dupli-

cation in the true Elaphine Deer and in Rangifer is more associated

with the actual size of the antlers than with any other peculiarity.

The antlers of Elaphurus davidianus are at present quite beyond

my comprehension.

General Remarks.

Whilst working at any special group of animals, there is nothing

which must strike most students so much as the inefficient scientific

capacities of the Linnean binomial nomenclature as it is at present

employed. For the simple identification of species among themselves

and of genera it is excellent, no doubt; but immediately the generic

position is assigned to any collection of related species, the animals

or plants which constitute them are, so far as nomenclature is con-

cerned, lost in the plurality of mundane organized forms. In the

science of chemistry—an older one, it is true—the case is very

1 J. A.S.B. xxix. p. 90.

1877.] ANATOMY OF THE RUMINANTS. 17

different. There, the knowledge of the composition of any non-

elementary substance is sufficient for the determination of the name

by which it should be designated ; and, vice versd, from the name its

composition may be inferred. Why should we not be able to do the

same in biology? We form estimates as to the mutual affinities of

genera which can bear the test of criticism as well as any rational

chemical formula; is it not just as possible to express them in our

nomenclature as do the chemists in theirs? It is quite conceivable

that it should be done; and I have the boldness, on the present

occasion, to endeavour to make a step in the direction indicated,

taking the Cervidee to illustrate my method. I should not desire

any one to think that the method I am about to suggest is at all a final

one; for it only comprehends a single small group of Mammalian

animals. Nevertheless, if by it I am able to demonstrate its practical

utility, and to develop in others a desire that it should be extended

in its scope, there is nothing easier than to expand it.

From what has been remarked earlier in this paper, it is evident

that there are osteological reasons for separating off the Old-World

from the New-World Cervide. Representing degrees of slightly

more than generic importance by Roman capitals, this difference

between the two groups may be indicated by the employment of

letters separated by some distance in the alphabet. I therefore

commence with A in formulating the Old-World species, and with

P in those of America. Following the initial capital, I place a small

letter, which represents the genus; and the species of each of the

latter are indicated by numbers following, raised above the line, as in

mathematics when the square, cube, &c. are expressed. When a

species, like the Elk, stands by itself, it is not necessary to append

the smaller signs. With this amount of explanation, the following

Table (III.) will need no further description :—

Taste III.

Cervipa.

A. Alces machlis. Ca°. R. swinhoit.

Ba’ C. elaphus. Ca®. R. mariana.

Ba*. C. canadensis. Ca’. R. peronii.

Ba’. C. cashmeerianus. Ca®. R. kuhiii.

Ba’. @. barbarus. Ca’. R. alfredi.

Ba’. C. maral. Cb. C. avis.

Ba’. C. affnis. Ce. CO. porcinus.

Bb’. Dama vulgaris. Cd’. Rucervus schomburghii.

Bb’. D. mesopotamica. Cd’. BR. duvaucelli,

Be'. Pseudavis sika. Cd’. R. eldi.

Be’. P. mantchuricus. D. Elaphurus davidianus.

Be*. P. taévanus. Ea’. Cervulus muntjac.

Ca’. Rusa aristotelis. Ea’. C. reevesi.

Ca’. R. hippelaphus. Eb. Hlaphodus cephalophus,

Ca®. R. moluccensis. F. Capreolus caprea.

Ca*. R. equina. G. Hydropotes inermis,

Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1877, No. II. 2

18 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON

Taste III. (continued).

P. Rangifer tarandus.

Qa!. Cariacus virginianus.

Qa’. CO. mexicanus.

Qa’. CO. leucurus.

Qa‘. C. macrotis.

S.C. antisiensis.

T. C. leucotis.

Va’. C. nemorivagus.

Va’. C. simplicicornis.

Vas. C. rufus.

[Jan. 2,

Qa’. CO. columbianus. Vat. OC. superciliaris.

Ral. Cervus campestris. W. Pudua humilis.

Ra’®. C. paludosus.

This synoptical sketch of the affinities of the different species of

the Deer tribe expresses much more with reference to the mutual

relationships of its component members than could be done by the

employment of the binomial nomenclature. For instance, taking

the Barasingha Deer, here expressed by Ca’. In that it is of the

C group, its close affinities to the Sambur, Axis, and Hog-Deer is

asserted. C being next to B (Elaphine), its not great distance from

the Elaphine is expressed; whilst, although the Reindeer and the

Long-tailed Deer have their antlers developed on very similar types,

the distance of their relationship is signified by their alphabetical

interval—that between C and P or Q.

Further, in that Rucervus duvaucelli is represented by Cd’, the

d proves that there are other genera closely allied to it, namely

a, b, and c, at the same time that, as there is a figure appended, it

is to be inferred that there is more than a single species in the genus.

On the whole, I know no so concise a way of expressing the relation-

ships of species.

As to the affinities of the genera here expressed, some are more

certainly based than others. Capreolus caprea is one of the most

difficult of the Deer tribe to localize; and I have placed it not far

from Cervulus on account of the configuration of its glans penis.

Dama vulgaris, as well as Dama mesopotamica, from the shape of

their antlers—neglecting the palmation, an evidently insignificant

character—are intimately allied to the Pseudaxine group; and, as

the late Mr. Blyth has so satisfactorily demonstrated, there is no

reason why Eld’s Deer should be in any genus other than that in

which the Barasingha is situated. The abnormal furcation of the

antlers of Elaphurus davidianus renders it extremely difficult to place

that species in any definite position among the Old-World Cervidee.

2. Descriptions of eight new Species of South-American

Birds. By P. L. Scuater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and

Ossert Satvin, M.A., F.R.S.

' [Received January 2, 1877.]

(Plate I.)

During our past year’s work on the specimens in our Cabinets, we

have found it necessary to designate by MS. names the following

I ad

Anns

BIL Ki Arr AA an

AN :

J Smit del.et lith M&N Hanhart imp

1877.] NEW AMERICAN BIRDS. 19

species of Birds, of which we now beg leave to submit descriptions to

the Society.

1, EUPHONIA FINSCHI, sp. nov.

Violaceo-nigra: pilei dimidio antico et abdomine toto saturate cas-

taneo-aureis: subalaribus et remigum marginibus internis albis:

rectricibus omnino nigris immaculatis. Long. tota 3°5, ale 2°1,

caude 1-2.

Hab. Demerara (Wilkens).

Mus. P.L.S.

Sclater’s collection contains a single skin of this Huphonia, which

belongs to the group of EH. concinna. It is most nearly allied to £.

saturata (Cab.)', having a similar chestnut tinge on the abdomen,

which, however, is even more strongly developed. But it differs from

E. saturata in that only the front half of the top of the head up to

the eyes is yellow, instead of the whole cap.

The type specimen of this species having been received in exchange

from the Bremen Museum, we propose to call it after its worthy

Director Dr. Finsch. The collector’s name is stated to be Wilkens.

2. PHEUCTICUS CRISSALIS, Sp. Nov.

Pheucticus aureiventris, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 551.

Supra niger, uropygio flavo nigro variegato: interscapulit

quoque plumis intus flavo transfasciatis: speculo alari et ma-

culis tectricum alarum, secundariorum et caude@ tectricum supe-

riorum albis : subtus aureo-flavus, in pectoris lateribus parce

nigro striatus, crisso albo: cauda nigra, hujus rectricibus tribus

utrinque externis plaga quadrata alba in pogonio interiore

ornatis : subalaribus flavis ; long. tota 7°7, ale 4'5, caud@ 3°6.

Hab, Ecuador, Riobamba (Fraser) ; Sical (Buckley).

Oés. Proximus P. uropygiali, sed gutture aureo et crisso albo

distinguendus.

In describing Ph. uropygialis (P. Z.S. 1870, p. 840) we observed

that two skins obtained by Mr. Fraser at Riobamba, in Ecuador,

and originally referred to P. aureiventris by Sclater, might possibly

belong to P. uropygialis. It now appears, however, from additional

specimens of the same form recently obtained by Mr. Buckley in

the same district, that the species of the highlands of Ecuador is

quite distinct.

This, therefore, will make a sixth species of Pheucticus to be

placed between P. tibialis and P. chrysogaster’.

3. OCHTHGCA LEUCOMETOPA, Sp. Nov.

Ochtheeca leucophrys, Sci. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 986; 1868,

p- 569; 1869, p. 154; & 1874, p. 677; Scl. P.Z.S. 1871, p.

750; 1873, p. 780.

Supra murino-brunnea, dorso postico rufescenti lavato: super-

1 Phonasca saturata, Cab. J. f. O. 1860, p. 336, et Acroleptes satwratus, ibid,

1861, p. 91, et 1865, p. 407.

2 See the list of the species of this genus, P, Z.S. 1870, p. 840.

20 MESSRS, SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [ Jan. 2,

ciliis longis in fronte conjunctis albis ; alis caudaque fusco-nigris,

illarum tectricibus et secundariis externis rufescenti anguste

limbatis, hujus rectrice una utrinque extima in pogonio externo

alba: subtus pallide cinerea, in ventre crissoque alba: rostro et

pedibus nigris: long. tota 6:0, ale 3:0. caude 2°7.

Hab. Western Peru, prov. of Cuzco (Whitely) ; district of Junin

(Jelshki).

Mus. P.L. S. et 8.-G.

Obs. Diversa ab O. leucophryi (quacum hucusque confusa) dorso

minus rufescente et fasciis alarum castaneis omnino absentibus.

The receipt of a skin of the true O. /ewcophrys (Lafr. et D’Orb.)

from Bolivia, has enabled us to separate from it this more northern

representative of the same form.

4. OCHTH@CA ARENACEA, Sp. nov.

Supra obscure arenaceo-brunnea unicolor, alis caudaque fuscis,

illarum tectricum fasciis duabus terminalibus et secundariorum

marginibus externis pallide rufescenti-ochraceis: loris et cor-

pore subtus flavicanti-albis, plaga utringue pectoris fusca :

subalaribus ventre concoloribus: rostro et pedibus obscure cor-

neis: long. tota 5'0, ale 2°7, caude 2°6.

Hab. Columbia int,

Mus. S.-G.

Obs. Proxima O. rufo-marginate Lawrencii, ex Mquatoria, sed

colore supra pallidiore, fasciis alarum ochraceis, nec castaneis, et

rostro latiore distincta.

We have as yet seen but a single ‘“‘ Bogota” skin of this distinct

Ochtheca, which in general style of colour is much like O. setopha-

goides, but has a much broader bill.

5. CHLORONERPES DIGNUS, Sp. nov. (Plate I.) .

Supra oleagineo-flavus, pileo toto cum nucha necnon dorsi superioris

plumarum marginibus ruberrimis : alarum tectricibus ochraceo

parce punctatis: subtus flavus, saturato viridi crebre transfas-

ciatus, ventre imo et subcaudalibus immaculatis : subalaribus

flavis : remigibus subtus in pogonio interiore obscure viridibus,

flavido regulariter notatis: cauda nigra, rectricibus duabus

utrinque externis flavis nigro transfasciatis : rostro et pedibus

nigris : long. tota 6°5, ale 4:0, caud@ 2°2.

Hab. Columbia int. prov. Antioquia (Salmon).

Mus. P. L. 8.

Mr. Salmon sends us a single specimen of this Chloronerpes, which

is quite distinct from any thing with which we are acquainted. In

its upper surface it is most like C. malherbi, and is of about the

same size. But it is at once recognizable by the yellow of the lower

part of the belly.

The sex of the single specimen is not marked; but, judging by its

crimson cap, the bird is probably a male.

1877.] NEW AMERICAN BIRDS. 21

6. CELEUS SUBFLAVUS, sp. nov.

Celeus citrinus et C. exalbidus ex Bras. merid. or. auctt.

Celeopicus ewxalbidus (jeune mdle varié), Malh. Pic. vol. ii. p. 30,

tab. lv. fig. 6.

Cinnamomeo-flavus : alis caudaque fuliginoso-nigris, remigum mar-

ginibus internis rufis : dorsi superioris et pectoris plumis Suli-

ginoso-nigris flavo marginatis: rostro flavo, pedibus fuscis :

long. tota 9°5, ale 5:2, caude 3-4: maris striga my stacalt

utringue rubra.

Hab. Brasil. merid. or. Bahia (Wucherer).

Mus. P. L. 8.

Obs. A Celeo flavo dorso et pectore squamulatis necnon alis extus

omnino fuliginoso-nigris distinguendus.

This S.E.-Brazilian form of Celeus flavus (sive citrinus) is so

strongly marked that it seems necessary to distinguish it specifi-

cally.

i the typical form from Cayenne and Guiana the whole of the

secondary wing-feathers are of a bright chestnut, and the wing-

coverts are more or less edged with yellow.

In the Venezuelan and Trinidad form (Celeus semicinnamomeus,

Reich. Handb. p. 407, et t. pcix1. fig. 4386) the wing-coverts are

immaculate yellow.

In the Upper Amazonian form there is an approach to the Bra-

zilian species in the fuliginous colouring invading the secondaries ; but

the outer and inner edges of these feathers remain chestnut, though

not so bright as in the typical form. Of this form, Salvin and God-

man’s collection contains an example from Chyavetas (Bartlett).

But in none of these local forms is there any appearance of the

black markings on the breast and upper back which distinguish the

8.E.-Brazilian bird.

Malherbe (/. s. c.) has figured the Brazilian form with tolerable

accuracy. We propose to name it Celeus subflavus, under which

term it has long stood in Sclater’s collection.

7. CHAMZPELIA BUCKLEYI, sp. nov.

3 griseo-vinaceus, pileo summo et uropygio cinerascentioribus ;

Jronte et corpore subtus vinaceis, gula albescentiore : maculis

alarum sicut in C. taleapoti, sed majoribus: subalaribus et

caude parte apicali fusco-nigris, primariorum tectricibus niger-

- rimis: rostro pallide brunneo : pedibus flavis: long. tota 7:0,

ale 3°5, caud@ 2°7, rostri a rictu 0°7, tarsi 0°7.

Q mart similis, sed corpore supra brunneo-cinnamomeo nec vinaceo :

subtus quoque brunnescentior et in abdomine medio albescens.

Hab. Santa Rita, Rep. Mquat. (C. Buckley).

Mus. S.-G.

Obs. C. talpucoti affinis, sed maris coloribus vinaceis (sicut in C.

griseola) nec saturate cinnamomeis distinguenda: a C. passerina et

speciebus aff. subalaribus nigris diversa.

In this apparently distinct species, of which Mr. Buckley has sent

22 MR. R.B. SHARPE ON NEW SPECIES OF WARBLERS. {[Jan. 2,

a pair, the male has the general coloration of C. griseola, but the

black axillaries of C. talpacoti and C. rufipennis. The only de-

scribed species of the latter section which we have not yet succeeded

in recognizing is C. godina, Bp. (Consp. ii. p. 79) from Bolivia; but

the character “‘ uropygio tantum et tectricibus caudz superioribus

purpurascentibus”’ seems to preclude the possibility of the present

bird belonging to that species. It may also be doubted whether C.

godina is really distinct from C. ¢alpacoti, inasmuch as we possess a

specimen marked (with a doubt, however) by Bonaparte himself as

C. godina, which is certainly only the female of C. talpacoti. The

latter bird has several times been sent from Bolivia (ef. Bp. Consp. ii.

p- 79, and Gray, List of Columbe, p. 50, 1856); and we have

examined specimens of it sent thence by Bridges which are now in

the British Museum.

8. CRAX ERYTHROGNATHA, Sp. nov

Purpurascenti-nigra, ventre imo crissoque albis: criste plumis

nigris, recurvis: loris nudis: cera et rostro basalt rubris :

hujus apice flavicante : pedibus in pelle sicca pallide corylinis :

long. tota 28°0, ale 16:0, caude 11:0, tarsi 4-5. Fem. mari

similis, sed criste plumis fasciis minutis albis variegatis.

Hab. Columbia int.

Mus. S8.-G.

Obs. Similis C. alectori et ommnino ejusdem forme sed rostro

rubro diversa.

Of this near ally of C. alector, Salvin and Godman have recently

obtained a pair of ‘‘ Bogota”’ skins. As in that species, the female

seems to be only distinguishable from the male by her slightly

banded crest.

3. On new Species of Warblers in the Collection of the

British Museum. By R. Bowpier Suarrz, F.L.S.,

F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant, Zoological Department,

British Museum.

[Received December 29, 1876.]

(Plate II.)

All the species described in this paper have been added to the

national collection during the past year; and as they are of consider-

able interest, I lose no time in bringing them before the Society.

They are from Africa and Madagascar.

APALIS CERVINIVENTRIS, sp. 0.

Supra brunneus, uropygio et supracaudalibus vix rufescenti-ful-

vis: tectricibus alarum dorso concoloribus: remigibus saturate

brunneis, dorsi colore extus lavatis: cauda brunnea, obscure

undulata: pileo summo nuchaque nigris: facie laterali quoque

it. del. Mintern Bros. imp.

1, BAOCERCA FLAVIVENTRIS.

2, DROMZ{O0CERCUS BRUNNEUS

1877.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON NEW SPECIES OF WARBLERS. 23

nigra: genis et gula fulvescentibus: plaga magna jugulari

nigra : corpore reliquo subtus aurantiaco-fulvo, abdomine medio

pallidiore: tibiis brunneo lavatis: subalaribus aurantiaco-

Sulvis : rostro nigro : pedibus brunneis, unguibus flavidis. Long.

tot. 4:7, culm. 0°55, ale 2:0, caude 1°83, tarsi 0°85.

Hab. Gold Coast, W. Africa.

The description is taken from a specimen obtained from the

Gold Coast. The British Museum contains a second example

formerly in my own collection, which I received from Denkera from

the native collector Aubinn, who was for some time working for me.

This specimen is not in such good condition as the type, being im-

perfect about the tail; in general coloration, however, it is similar,

excepting as regards the throat, which is entirely black, extending

onto the fore neck, the sides of the latter being deep orange chestnut.

I believe this to be the male bird, and the one described to be the

female of a new species of Apalis, which is not closely allied to any

of the members of the African Sylviidz at present described.

B2OCERCA FLAVIVENTRIS, sp. u. (Plate II. fig. 2.)

Supra olivascenti-viridis, tectricibus alarum dorso concoloribus :

remigibus et rectricibus brunneis olivascenti-viridi marginatis,

primariis extus flavo-limbatis: pileo cinerascenti-brunneo : loris

et superciltis distinctis brunnescenti-fulvis : facie laterali brun-

nescenti-fulva, regione parotica anguste albo striata: genis

brunneo maculatis: gutture toto brunnescenti-fulvo: corpore

reliquo subtus sulphureo, crisso et subcaudalibus albicantibus :

corporis lateribus olivascenti-viridibus : tibiis flavis : subalari-

bus flavis: remigibus infra cinerascenti-brunneis intus fulves-

centi-albo marginatis. Long. tot. 2°9, culm. 0°45, ale 1°95,

caude 0°7, tarsus 0°65.

Hab. Gold Coast.

Of the same form as Beocerca virens of Gaboon, but distinguished

by its yellow belly, which is white in the Gaboon species. ‘Two

specimens collected by Governor Ussher on the Gold Coast were

formerly in my own collection, and now form part of that of the

British Museum.

DRrRoMZOCERCUS, gen. n.

Closely allied to Phlexis, Hartlaub, but distinguished at once by

its pointed and loosely webbed tail-feathers, the webs being separate

and distinct, as in an Emu-plume: hence the generic name.

The type is

DROM£OCERCUS BRUNNEUS, sp.n. (Plate II. fig. 1.)

Supra rufescenti-brunneus, tectricibus alarum dorso concoloribus :

remigibus nigricantibus extus sordide rufescentibus : rectricibus

saturate brunneis, rachibus nitide nigris: loris rufescentibus ;

subtus dilutius rufescenti-brunneus : gutture pallidiore + sub-

alaribus pectore concoloribus. Long. tot. 5°9, culm. 0:45, ale

1°95, cauda 2°5, tarsi 0°75.

24 MR. G. S. BRADY ON BRITISH FRESHWATER MITES. [Jan. 2,

Hab. Madagascar.

This interesting little Warbler was sent by Mr. A. Kingdon from

Madagascar, having been procured by that gentleman during a holi-

day excursion in the neighbourhood of Antananarivo. The form of

this new genus is closely allied to Phlewis, of which P. layardi, of

South Africa, is the type; but it differs in the form of the tail, which

is composed of long loose feathers of lax texture with distinctly sepa-

rated webs, very much as in Stipiturus of Australia. The typical

specimen was presented to the Museum by Mr. Algernon Peckover, of

Wisbech, to whom its discoverer Mr. Kingdon had forwarded it.

4. Notes on British Freshwater Mites. By Grorce Strew-

arpson Brapy, M.D., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Professor of

Natural History in the College of Physical Science,

Newcastle-on-Tyne.

[Received December 7, 1876.]

(Plates III. and IV.)

Though Acari occur pretty abundantly at various depths in the

sea, extending, indeed, from the littoral zone to a depth of several

fathoms, I am not aware that any species have been recorded as

living in fresh water ; and it is unfortunate that, in the case of those

which form the subject of the present paper, I am not able to say

with absolute certainty that they really ved in the water whence

they were taken. It is just possible, though not (as I think) at all

likely, that some of them may be terrestrial species which have been

washed accidentally into the lakes or ponds in which I found them.

Against this view, however, the perfect preservation of the specimens,

and the fact of their belonging to unknown species, must be allowed.

considerable weight. I hope before long to be able to investigate

the matter more closely, and to satisfy myself as to the real habitat

of these little creatures.

As regards Trombidium fuscum, at any rate, there can be no rea-

sonable doubt: it has been found in so many places and in such

abundance as to leave no misgiving as to its aquatic habitat. With

this fact placed beyond doubt, and remembering that a closely allied

family, the Hydrachna, occurs in great profusion in fresh water,

there need scarcely be much hesitation in accepting as truly aquatic

the species which I here venture to describe as new.

The literature of the Acarina is much scattered; and I have had

no opportunity of reference to some important papers by Nicolet,

Claparéde, &c. The generic definitions given by Dugés, on which

I chiefly depend, seem to require revision and amplification. At

present it is not an easy matter to refer a new species to its proper

genus; and it is quite possible that some of those now under consi-

deration may eventually be found to belong to genera other than

those to which I have assigned them.

Pea Se iter ll

= 1 SCHISTOSOMA LONGISETOSUM

4 é_5.RAPHIGNATHUS SPINIFRONS.

GSBrady del Hanhart imp

1.3.RHYNCHOLOPHUS HISPIDUS.,

4.5. PACHYGNATHUS NIGRESCE

1877.] MR. G.S. BRADY ON BRITISH FRESHWATER MITES. 25

Class ARACHNIDA.

Order ACARINA.

Family TrRomBrpiaD&.

Genus Rapuicnatuus, Dugés.

RAPHIGNATHUS SPINIFRONS, nov. sp. (Plate III. figs. 2-5.)

Carapace strong and horny, entire, tapering to an acute point in

front, broadly rounded behind, notched at the insertions of the legs.

Mandibles (fig. 4) stylet-shaped, projecting about as far as the ros-

trum; palps short and thick, obtuse, armed with a few long hairs,

and near the apex with four short claw-like sete (fig. 3, 6). Coxze

contiguous, all arising from the anterior half of the body ; legs five-

jointed ; terminal joint very long and slender, tapering much towards

the apex, antepenultimate joint very small, basal joint short. The

claws are three in number (fig. 5) on each limb, and are moderately

curved. The side of the carapace just behind the rostrum (fig. 3)

is produced into four strong spines. The last three joints of all the

legs bear numerous long hairs ; and the penultimate joint of the first

pair is provided also at its outer apical angle with a single very long

seta, which reaches beyond the extremity of the limb itself. Eyes

not seen. Colour of the carapace dark brown, opaque; of the

limbs a clear reddish-brown. Length =, of an inch.

Two examples of this species were found amongst a gathering of

Entomostraca taken in Crag Lake, Northumberland, in September

1876. It seems to be very nearly allied to a terrestrial species

described by Dr. George Johnston, in the ‘ Transactions of the Ber-

wickshire Naturalists’ Club,’ under the name of Carabodes nitens.

Besides the difference of colour, however, which in Dr. Johnston’s

species is ‘ pitch-black,” there appear to be important distinctions

(perhaps of generic value) in the structure of the mandibles and

palps ; nor in the description of C. nitens is there any note of spinous

armature of the carapace.

Genus Ruyncuotoruvs, Dugés.

RHYNCHOLOPHUS HISPIDUS, nov. sp. (Plate IV. figs. 1-3.)

Body soft, apparently destitute of any chitinous carapace; oblong-

ovate, covered with thickly set hairs, which are short on the anterior

half but longer behind ; the limbs also are densely hispid, especially

towards the distal extremities. Coxee distant; 7. e. the first two

pairs of legs are separated from the hinder pairs by a long interval.

Mandibles short, included in a short triangular sheath; palps short

and stout, the terminal joint wide (fig. 2), and having externally a

cushion-like hairy papilla, and internally a short strong claw. The

limbs are rather slender, the fourth pair the longest, second shortest,

third and first pairs nearly equal: the first two joints are, in all the

limbs, small, the rest being nearly of equal length except in the two

hinder pairs, where the terminal joints are small. The last joint in

all the limbs is considerably dilated (fig. 3), and is armed with two

26 MR.G.S. BRADY ON BRITISH FRESHWATER MITES. [Jan. 2,

strong slightly falcate claws. Colour, pale yellowish-brown. No

eyes were visible. Length -}; of an inch.

One specimen only of this curious species was found, in an old

engine-pond at Murton Junction, county Durham.

Genus Trompipi1vuM, Fabr.

TROMBIDIUM FUSCUM, mihi.

Trombidium fucicolum, Brady, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 303 and woodcut,

p- 304.

It is necessary to alter the specific name of this Mite. The

examples from which I described it were taken by my friend Mr.

Robertson, of Glasgow, among the roots of Fuci in Roundstone Bay ;

but I have since noticed it in abundance in several freshwater

gatherings, and it is probable that the Roundstone specimens may

have been washed out of the adjacent peat-bogs, in the pools of

which the little animal occurs plentifully. In any case the name

fucicolum is inappropriate. The freshwater localities in which I

have taken it are as follows :—Bog-pools, near Clifden (Connemara),

ditches (slightly brackish) near Newport (Mayo), Kinny Lough

(Donegal), Crag Lake and Capheaton Lake (Northumberland).

A specimen which appears to be the male of this species differs in

being more slender, and in having four long setz attached to the

posterior extremity of the body.

Genus Pacuyenatuus, Dugés.

PaCHYGNATHUS (?) NIGRESCENS, noy. sp. (Plate IV. figs. 4, 5.)

Body broadly ovate, posterior extremity obtusely pointed, rostrum

short and broad. The four pairs of legs are nearly equal in length,

short and stout, scarcely more slender at the apex than at the base ;

the third joint more tumid than the rest ; the apex and sides of

most of the joints bear a few short rigid setz ; terminal claws, two

on each foot (fig. 5), bent at right angles and fringed with a comb-

like series of fine cilia. The integument, both of body and limbs, is

marked with closely set impressed circular puncta, which, however,

are less distinctly seen on the body, owing to the very opaque and

darkly coloured contents of the animal. The entire body and limbs

are marked with cloudings of dark blackish-green, apparently arising

from the darkly coloured internal parts showing through the skin.

Eyes not visible. Length =; of an inch.

This species was taken in Crag Lake, Northumberland; but as

only one specimen was found, I have been unable to dissect it so as

to ascertain the structure of the mouth-apparatus. In general

appearance it is very like the marine Pachygnathus sculptus; but

the sculpturing of the integument is much more vague and indefinite,

the limbs less slender, and the claws altogether different in shape.

1877.] MR. G.S. BRADY ON BRITISH FRESHWATER MITES. 27

Family Acarip2&.

Genus ScuisTosoma, nov. gen.’

In general appearance resembling Sarcoptes ; posterior portion of

the body divided into two wide triangular processes ; two hinder feet

entirely different in structure from the anterior pairs, and projecting

directly backwards from the back of the body, the anterior legs also

arise from the truncate anterior margin of the body.

ScHISTOSOMA LONGISETOSUM, nov. sp. (Plate III. fig. 1.)

Body subquadrate, truncate in front ; rostrum obtuse and promi-

nent, posterior extremity divided into two triangular pointed laminz,

each of which bears several terminal setze, one pair of which is exces-

sively long; near the centre of each lamina is a circular organ, not

unlike the caudal auditory organ of Mysis. The two anterior pairs

of legs are short and robust, each bearing a few setz and one or two

marginal spines. The terminal joints of the posterior legs are divided

into several slender segments and are destitute of claws; those of the

third pair bear one very long and a few smaller sete; the anterior

legs terminate apparently in delicate suctorial disks. Behind the

rostrum arise, one on each side of the median line, two long sete

which project first laterally and then forwards, reaching nearly to

the extremities of the feet. Several pairs of somewhat shorter setze

arise from the margins and central portion of the body. The animal

is pale coloured; and the integument appears to be less dense and

horny than in most aquatic Acari. No eyes were visible. Length

sy of an inch.

One specimen only of this remarkable species was noticed in a

gathering of Hatomostraca taken by Mr. Robertson in an old canal

at Peterhead.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate III.

1. Schistosoma longisetosum, magnified.

2. Raphignathus spinifrons, magnified.

3. The same. Rostrum, palp, and portion of front of carapace.

a. Rostrum; c. Margin of anterior portion of carapace; 6. Palp.

4, Mandibles.

5. Extremity of a foot, with claws.

Puate LY.

1. Rhyncholophus hispidus, magnified.

2. Extremity of palp.

3. Extremity of foot, with claws.

4, Pachygnathus nigrescens, magnified.

5. Extremity of foot, with claws.

1 oyiZw, to split; cdma, body.

28 CAPT. H. W. FEILDEN ON THE BIRDS OF (Jan. 16,

January 16, 1877.

Professor Newton, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a collection of Mammals, Birds, and Insects

which had been formed by the Rev. George Brown, C.M.Z.S., during

his recent residence in Duke-of-York Island and his excursions to

the neighbouring islands of New Britain and New Ireland, with the

assistance of a collector, Mr. Cockerell. The general facies of the

collection was strongly Papuan. Mr. Sclater pointed out the great

interest which attached to the fauna of these islands, as showing

many representatives of some of the most marked characteristic

forms of New Guinea, and promised further details, on the collections

which had been transmitted to him to be worked out, at a future

meeting of the Society.

A communication was read from Mr. G. Krefft, C.M.Z.S., con-

taining some notes on a young example of Casuarius australis living

in Sydney, which was destined for the Society’s Collection.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Birds of the North Polar Basin.

By Capt. H. W. Fuinpen, C.M.Z.S.

[Received January 16, 1877.]

I shall endeavour in the few remarks I make this evening to draw

your attention especially to the distribution of bird-life along the

shores of the Polar Basin between the latitudes of 82° and 83°, the

most northern land ever yet visited by human beings. I shall not

allude to the ornithology of the West-Greenland shores and that of

Baffin’s Bay, which we are well acquainted with through the labours

of Sabine, Holbéll, Reinhardt, and several other excellent Danish

naturalists ; but I will take you at one step to the 78° of N. lat. and

draw your attention to the area lying between the 60° and 75° of W.

long., and as far north as the 83rd parallel of N. lat., which embraces

Smith’s Sound, Kane’s Basin, Kennedy Channel, Hall’s Basin, Robe-

son Channel, and part of the shores of the great frozen Polar Basin.

After pushing through the middle pack of Melville Bay and entering

the ‘North Water” of the whalers, which usually extends in the

summer months from Cape York to Cape Alexander, Arctic voyagers ©

have always been impressed with the enormous numbers of the Little

Auk (Mergulus alle) which frequent this region, attracted no doubt

by the vast amount of suitable food which it contains. Mergulus

alle breeds in countless numbers in the cliffs around Port Foulke;

and for a most graphic account of the Aukeries I refer you to Dr.

Hayes’s description published in his interesting volume ‘The Open

Polar Sea.’ At Port Foulke we found the surface-temperature of

1877.] THE NORTH POLAR RASIN. 29

the sea on the 28th July +35° Fahr.; on the 29th, after entering

Smith’s Sound, the temperature fell to + 31°, rising again in Buchanan

Strait to +34°, where birds were comparatively abundant both in

species and in numbers. On the 4th of August in the main channel

the temperature fell to + 30° and +31°, rising again in the shallower

waters of Franklin-Pierce Bay to +33°; and as we proceeded north-

wards up the main channel the water fell to+29°, which became its

normal temperature until frozen over. I insert these observations on

temperature because I am led from them to the conclusion that the

distribution of the Arctic species of birds that derive their sustenance

from the sea is dependent in a great measure on the surface-tem-

perature of the sea-water. After crossing the North Water on the

29th July 1875, and passing north of Cape Isabella, Mergulus alle

disappeared. A few Fulmars(Procellaria glacialis) followed the ship ;

but on the following day, when we were embayed in the ice off Cape

Sabine, they had all left us. Taking shelter from the pack drifting

down the Sound we found a commodious little harbour with open

water close to Cape Sabine. There we found a colony of about 25

pairs of Larus glaucus breeding, the young nearly ready to fly.

Some 6 or 7 pairs of Ivory Gulls (Pagophila eburnea) frequented

this harbour; but we failed to discover their nesting-haunts. We

noticed a pair of Ravens (Corvus corax) ; and many Eiders (Somateria

mollissima) were breeding on the small islets, the eggs deeply incu-

bated on the Ist of August. On the 4th of August. we had worked

round Cape Sabine into Buchanan Strait. There we noticed a few

Mergulus alle, two or three examples of <Alca arra, several Sterna

macrura, and on shore several Plectrophanes nivalis, and a single

example of Agialitis hiaticula, which proved to bea 2. On the

10th and 11th of August we found a few Eiders (Somateria mol-

lissima) breeding on Norman-Lockyer Island, two pairs of Sterna

macrura breeding, and one or two Pagophila eburnea hovering over

pools and cracks in the floe. On the 14th of August, at Cape

Hilgard, we found the Black Guillemot (Uria grylle) breeding in the

limestone cliffs at an elevation of from 400 to 500 feet, and noticed a

solitary Larus glaucus cruising along the shore. Our sportsmen also

procured that day on the shores of Dobbin Bay a ? and ¢ adult

Logopus rupestris and three young ones. A flock of three Turn-

stones (Strepsilas interpres) passed the ship, flying south ; I shot

one, a bird of the year. August 16th, near Hayes point, Mr. Hart

observed a pair of White Falcons (Falco candicans) nesting in a lofty

cliff. A few miles further north I saw a pair of Ivory Gulls nesting in

a high precipice ; but it was impossible to reach the spot. On August

13th, when embayed in the ice near the shore in N, lat. 79° 37’,

Black Guillemots were observed to be nesting in the cliffs in con-

siderable numbers.

During our run from Cape Collinson through Kennedy Channel,

which was comparatively open, to Bessel’s Bay I did not notice a

single bird; but in Bessel’s Bay Black Guillemots (Uria grylle)

were numerous, and a considerable number of Somaterie with their

young broods were seen on the 23rd of August. Discovery Bay was

30 CAPT. H. W. FEILDEN ON THE BIRDS OF (Jan. 16,

reached on the 25th of August: 81°44’. There we saw several

examples of Tringa canutus in small flocks, evidently migrating

south. These birds were already in winter plumage. I also observed

several Turnstones. On the 26th of August I found eight or ten

pairs of Sterna macrura breeding on a small islet at the entrance to

Discovery Bay. The land by this date was covered with autumn

snow; but I found a downy living young one in a nest from which

the old birds had scooped out the snow and piled around the depres-

sion. Sept. Ist, 1875, I observed a single Ivory Gull flying round

the ship in Lincoln Bay; and during a pelting snow-storm, as we

rounded Cape Union in 82° 15’ a single Strepsilas interpres hovered

for a short time under the lee of our ship. On that day we attained

our highest northern latitude in the vessel, viz. 82° 28’; and as we

ran in for shelter from the pack, between the shore and the grounded

hummocks I saw a family party of Harelda glacialis,7 or 8 in

number, seated on a small piece of ice. Landing, I waded knee-

deep through soft snow which then covered the shore, but failed

to get a shot. I also saw a fine Larus glaucus, which I tried to

stalk in vain. Sept. 2, a single Dovekie (Uria grylle) flew past

the ship, flying south, the last of this species observed that year.

Sept. 5th, Markham and Aldrich, at Dumbell Harbour, in lat. 82°

30’, came across 11 Eiders, three old females and their uecdai ina

tide-crack. They killed five with their rifles, but were not able to get

hold of any of them, the ice around the crack being too treacherous.

They also observed a single Turnstone. Sept. 19th, a pair of

Harelda glacialis alighted in a pool near the ship and were ob-

tained. Sept. 29th, near Point Hercules, in lat. 82° 40’, the autumn

sledgers observed four Lagopus rupestris in winter plumage. Oct.

2nd, I observed a Snowy Owl seated on the top of a hummock,

about a mile from our winter quarters. After this over five months

elapsed before any feathered creature reappeared; but in the afternoon

of the 11th March, 1876, the quartermaster on watch reported three

white birds as having flown past the ship. They were probably

Lagopus rupestris, as a few days after, on the 17th, tracks of these

birds were observed in the snow at various points within a few miles

of the ship. On the 29th March Lieut. Parr saw a Snowy Owl,

very wild. Onthe 13th May, 1876, I heard the first Snow-Bunting

(Plectrophanes nivalis), as we lay in our tent on the floe at the base

of a cliff. The note came from above, clear and musical, and each

inmate of the tent started into a sitting posture, and said “‘ Hush,

hush, do you hear it?’’ One of the sailors said to me, ‘‘ What

bird is that, sir? it is sweeter than a throstle”’ On the return of

the northern sledge-party, Lieut. Parr on the 27th May met with a

straggling Snow-Bunting near to the 83° of N. lat. So this species

can claim for itself the highest northern range yet recorded of any

bird. June 5th, whilst travelling in lat. 82° 33’, I observed the

first Knots, Sanderlings, and Turnstones ; a flock of Brent Geese

passed over our heads. June 6th, noticed first Long-tailed Skuas

(Stercorarius longicaudatus). June 24th, noticed first Somateria

spectabilis.

1877.] THE NORTH POLAR BASIN. 31

The following is a systematic list of the species of birds met with

along the shores of the Polar Basin :—

1. NyCTEA SCANDTACA.

Several pairs seen ; found breeding. Feeds on Lemmings.

2. PLECTROPHANES NIVALIS.

Generally dispersed ; breeding.

3. LAGOPUS RUPESTRIS.

Undoubtedly breeding, but nest not found. About ten brace were

killed by various members of the ship’s company; I killed one in

82° 46’.

4, STREPSILAS INTEPRES.

A few pairs observed, undoubtedly breeding; but though we

searched long and carefully, we did not find the nest.

5. CALIDRIS ARENARIA.

A few pairs noticed. Obtained breeding in 82° 33’ N. lat.

6. PHALAROPUS FULICARIUS.

T noticed this bird twice—a 2 killed near the ship in lat. 82° 27’,

and a pair, evidently breeding, on a small lake in lat. 82° 30’.

7. TRINGA CANUTUS.

The commonest of the Waders, remains in flocks the whole sum-

mer. Very wild, but breeding. Unable to find nest; but we captured

the young in down.

* 8. STERNA MACRURA.

‘Not uncommon ; we noticed 6 or 8 pairs scattered along the coast-

lines we visited. Found breeding.

9. Larus GLaucus.

Observed on several occasions, but only as a straggler.

10. SrERCORARIUS LONGICAUDATUS.

Scattered along the coast; every two or three miles a pair were

to be found breeding. They live on Lemmings.

11. PRocELLARIA GLACIALIS.

A single example picked up dead in lat. 82° 30’.

12. UriA GRYLLE.

Two examples observed, one in the autumn of 1875, the other in

June 1876 ; evidently stragglers.

13. Cotymsus (species uncertain).

Seen 2nd September, 1875.

14, HARELDA GLACIALIS.

A few pairs, undoubtedly breeding. Nest not discovered.

32 ON THE MAMMALS OF THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. (Jan. 16,

15. SoMATERIA SPECTABILIS.

The only Eider noticed north of Cape Union ; breeding in limited

tuumbers.

16. BERNICLA BRENTA.

Not uncommon along the shores of the Polar Basin, breeding.

2. Notes on some of the smaller Mammals of the Argentine

Republic. By Henry Durnrorp.

[Received December 18, 1876.]

[Mr. Henry Durnford, now resident near Buenos Ayres and

well known as a diligent collector of birds, has sent me specimens of

three small Mammals, with the subjoined notes on their habits. I

trust he may be induced to continue his researches in this depart-

ment, as the smaller Rodents of La Plata are still very imperfectly

understood. Mr. Alston has kindly determined the species.—P. L. 8. ]

1. Hesperomys vuxtpinus (Licht.); Burm. Syst. Ueb. Th.

Bras. i. p. 163.

This Rat is not common, and from its habits and the inaccessible

places it frequents is difficult to obtain. Hitherto I have only found

‘it in lagunes to the north of Buenos Ayres, where the reeds and

aquatic plants afford plenty of cover. In these extensive swamps it

lives, making a large oval nest of rushes and grass, the finer fibres

towards the interior, and generally building its dwelling about a

foot above the water, amongst the reeds, but sometimes higher than

this. It swims and dives with great ease and rapidity. Its food,

so far as I have observed from the only two specimens I have

obtained, consists of aquatic weeds and grass.

2. HespERomys ELIuRUS, Wagner; Burm. op. cit. p. 173.

This Mouse is found in the same places as the preceding species,

and is much more common than that animal. It lives amongst

thick reeds, making a small oval nest of grass and fine rushes. Its

chief peculiarity is the length of its hind legs, which enables it to

take enormous leaps for so small an animal ; and this is very neces-

sary, as its only means of escape is by jumping from its nest, some-

times three feet above the water, into the weeds which cover the

surface of the lagunes. It dives and swims with great rapidity. It

is very often found in the nests of Synallaxis melanops, which are

numerous, and yenerally about the same height above the water as

its own.

3. DipeLpHys crassicaupAta (Desm.).

This is the Comadreja colorada of the country. It is rare, lives

in old hollow trees, roofs of houses, &c., and sometimes commits

great havoc in the poultry-yard. The other species of Comadreja'

is quite common.

1 [Didelphys azare?—Ep. |

1877.]| MR. G. F. ANGAS ON A NEW SPECIES OF HELIX. 33

3. Note on the Solid-hoofed Pigs in the Society’s Collection.

By A. H. Garrop, F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

On November 2nd, 1876, there arrived in the Gardens a pair of

Pigs (domestic variety) presented to the Society by Don J. Alfonso

de Aldama, from Cuba, peculiar in that the hoofs of all the feet,

instead of being cloven, are solid, much resembling those of the Ass,

with the lateral diminutive digits as they are always found in the

Pig.

The sow gave birth on November 15th to a litter of six, three

males and three females. Of these the hoofs were solid (like those

in the parents) in three, namely in two males and one female. In

the remaining male and two females the hoofs were double, as in the

animal under ordinary circumstances.

Four of the young pigs are now living (a pair of solid-hoofed and

a pair of normal-hoofed), a male solid-hoofed and a female split-

hoofed specimen having died within a few days of birth.

On examining the feet of the deceased male solid-hoofed specimen,

it was seen, as might have been inferred from an inspection of

the living animals, that all the monstrosity is confined to the ungual

phalanges. The proximal and second phalanges are separated as

usual, whilst at the extreme distal ends of the ungual phalanges these

bones are completely fused together; and, further, there is a third

ossicle developed at their proximal ends, where they are not com-

pletely united, between and above them.

It might have been imagined that the deformity was simply the

result of an agglutination along the middle line of the two com-

pletely formed digits ; but such is not the case, the nail-structure

being absent in the interval, where it is replaced by bone with a

transverse cartilage below it. The nail is continued straight across

the middle line of the hoof, as in the horse. In Mr. Darwin’s

‘Animals and Plants under Domestication’ (ed. 2, vol. i. p. 78), a

full account will be found of several cases in which an exactly similar

deformity existed.

4. Description of a New Species of Helix from South Aus-

tralia. By Grorce Frencu Aneas, C.M.Z.S.

[Received January 9, 1877.]

Hexix (RaAGADA) KOORINGENSIS, 0. sp.

Shell umbilicated, somewhat globosely lenticular, rather thin,

strongly obliquely flexuously corrugated, the corrugations more or

less elevated and irregular, the interstices crossed with short, im-

pressed, interrupted, transverse lines, especially on the basal portion

of the last whorl, cretaceous, white; spire flatly conoidal, apex

obtuse, sutures impressed; whorls 5, slightly convex, the last very

strongly flatly carinated, not descending in front, the base tumid

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. III. 3

34 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. _—_[Jan. 16,

around the umbilicus; aperture oblique, subquadrate ; outer lip

simple; columella arcuate, slightly thickened and partly expanded

over the umbilicus.

Diam. maj. 1 inch, min. 10 lin., alt. 6 lin. :

Hab. Found 30 miles in a-‘N.E. direction from the Burra Mines,

South Australia (F. G. Waterhouse).

This remarkable species is very similar in the character of its

sculpture to H. silveri, Ang.; but the corrugations are less regular,

the umbilicus is larger, the shell is flattened, and the last whorl

very prominently keeled.

5. Descriptions of two Genera and twenty Species of

Marine Shells from New South Wales. By GroreE

Frencu Aneas, C.M.ZS., F.L.S., F.R.G.S., &e.

[Received January 11, 1877.] |

(Plate V.)

Purpura (CroniA) ANOMALA, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 1.)

Shell ovately fusiform, rather solid, ornamented with a brownish-

orange band spotted with black encircling the last whorl, and appear-

ing again just above the sutures of the upper whorls, and with irre-

gular undulating longitudinal chestnut lines, strongest near the base

of the last whorl; whorls 5, angulated at the upper part, distantly

longitudinally ribbed, the ribs stout and rounded and becoming

swollen and nodulous above, transversely finely ridged throughout ;

spire elevated, apex sharp; aperture elongately ovate; outer lip

arcuate ; columella nearly straight, with a moderate callus overlapp-

ing the pillar.

Length 43, breadth 2 lines.

Hab. Dredged outside Port-Jackson Heads, in 25 fathoms

(Brazier).

& curious little shell, from deep water, which I have placed pro-

visionally in Messrs. H. and A. Adams’s subgenus Cronia, represented

by the Purpura amygdala, Kien.

Genus Microvotuta, Angas.

Shell small, ovately fusiform, solid, smooth, shining; spire as

long as the aperture, apex papillary; whorls simple; aperture nar-

rowly ovate ; columella with 4 strong transverse plaits, the anterior

Eee Oy far, wi

G Sowerby hth. Hanhart imp

NEW SPECIES OF MARINE MOLLUSCA

Jrom New South Wales

1877. ] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS, 35

one the smallest ; outer lip thin, simple, slightly contracted at the

base; base rounded, spout-shaped, with a flexuous bend upwards

towards the columella, which is a little thickened and reflected below

the plaits. '

MicrovoLvTa AvsTRALIS, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 2.)

Shell ovately fusiform, solid, smooth, shining, with very fine lon-

gitudinal lines of growth, white, or ornamented with two rows of

distant irregular chestnut blotches and zigzag lines ; spire elevated,

apex obtuse, papillary; whorls 54, slightly convex ; aperture nar-

rowly ovate ; outer lip simple, a little contracted below; base

rounded ; columella furnished with four prominent transverse

laits.

P Length 5 lines, diam. 12 line.

Hab. Dredged in 25 fathoms water, outside Port-Jackson Heads

(Brazier).

The deep siphonal notch, and the toothed projection of the base

of the pillar, so characteristic of the volutes, are absent in this curious

little genus.

CotumBELLA (ANACHIS) SPECIOSA, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 3.)

Shell minute, fusiform, thin, subtransparent, green, ornamented

with very fine undulating chestnut lines, and encircled by two bands

of irregular square or crescent-shaped Opaque white spots; whorls 5,

the last longitudinally plicate above, smooth below.

Long. 1, lat. 3 line.

Hab. Port Jackson (Brazier).

A very elegantly painted, minute shell, of great beauty.

TURBONILLA FESTIVA, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 4.)

Shell acuminately turreted, semipellucid, white, ornamented with

a narrow pale brown band at the centre of the whorls, two on the

last whorl; whorls 8, rather convex, finely longitudinally plicate,

the interstices, under the lens, crossed with extremely minute trans-

verse punctured lines; sutures strongly impressed ; the last whorl

smooth at the base ; aperture oblong-ovate; outer lip simple, arcuate.

Length 2 lines, breadth ? line.

Hab. Port Jackson ; deep water (Brazier).

CINGULINA BRAZIERI, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 5.)

Shell subulately turreted, moderately thin, whitish, shining ;

whorls 11, very slightly convex, with three flattened spiral ribs

separated by a deep, narrow groove, the lowest rib the broadest ;

sutures impressed ; base smooth, convex ; aperture subquadrate ;

outer lip thin, arcuate; columella straight and slightly thickened.

Length 4 lines, breadth 1 line.

Hab. Port Jackson.

APICALIA GUENTHERI, n.sp. (Plate V. fig. 6.)

Shell globosely subulate, thin, subpellucid, shining, horn-coloured,

36 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. (Jan. 16,

very finely longitudinally striated, and showing, beneath the lens,

minute transverse strize on the upper whorls ; whorls 7, very slightly

convex, flattened immediately below the sutures, the last large,

inflated, and hardly subangulate at the periphery ; apical whorls of

spire wanting ; sutures impressed ; aperture semilunar, pointed behind

and rounded in front ; columellar margin arcuate, thickened towards

the base ; outer lip thin, simple, rounded, a little flattened above.

Long. 7, diam. 43 lines.

Hab. New South Wales (coll. Brit. Mus.).

This curious species I have provisionally placed in Mr. Arthur

Adams’s genus Apicalia rather than among the true Stylifers. The

family Styliferidee requires revision.

CERITHIOPSIS PURPUREA, h. Sp. (Plate V. fig. 7.)

Shell elongately acuminated, moderately solid, purplish brown,

with the last rib on each whorl grey; whorls 11 or 12, encircled

with rounded equidistant ribs, 4 to a whorl, the last smaller, an extra

rib on the base of the last whorl, which is flattened and very minutely

striated, the interstices finely longitudinally striated; nucleolar

whorl sinistral; aperture quadrately ovate; outer lip thin; columella

arcuate and produced in front.

Length 32 lines, breadth 1 line.

Hab. Dredged off Shark Island, Port Jackson.

This species differs from C. crocea, Ang., in being smaller and

more cylindrical, with a narrower base, in its style of colouring,

and in having the lateral outline less rectilinear. A variety occurs

of a pale livid brown colour.

Conus (STEPHANOCONUS) SMITHI, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 8.)

Shell small, stoutly conoidal, irregularly, faintly, longitudinally

striated by the lines of growth, finely transversely grooved towards

the base, straw-colour clouded with pale chestnut ; the upper whorls

ornamented with distant dark chestnut flames, a few scattered spots

of the same colour, indicating two bands, occurring on the body-

whorl, which is encircled throughout with equidistant narrow fillets

of a pale hue closely reticulated with chestnut spots ; spire elevated ;

whorls turreted, concave, radiately lirate ; apex papillose ; aperture

rather wide, the outer lip angled above at its junction with the

whorl, nearly straight, and parallel to the columella.

Length 5, breadth 3 lines.

Hab. Cape Solander, Botany Bay (Brazier).

A very prettily painted little species, belonging to the same sec-

tion as C. rutilis, Menke.

DriLLia £MULA, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 9.)

Shell elongately ovately fusiform, purplish brown ; whorls 10,

strongly carinated a little below the sutures and sharply angulated

in the middle, below which descend irregular longitudinal ribs

nodulous at the angle, strongly transversely ridged below the angle,

and more finely above, the upper space between the angle and the

1877.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. 37

suture being crossed with delicate crescent-shaped descending strize ;

spire sharp ; aperture elongately ovate; outer lip simple, a little con-

tracted below ; posterior sinus moderate ; canal short, scarcely re-

curved.

Length 1 inch, breadth 4 lines.

Hab. Coasts of New South Wales.

This species is allied to D. harpularia, Des Moul., from South

Australia, but differs from it in having transverse ribs on the lower

whorl, and being nodulous at the summits of the longitudinal plice.

The aperture also differs in form.

There are specimens of this shell in the British Museum, from

New Zealand, which have the ribs and nodulous sculpture more

prominent than in the type. There are also 2 examples of a variety

of a uniform dull yellow colour.

MANGELIA JACKSONENSIS, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 10.)

Shell elongately fusiformly turreted, solid, pale fulvous yellow ;

whorls 7, angulated and flattened at the upper part, longitudinally

somewhat prominently ribbed, the ribs slightly nodulous at the

angle of the whorl, the interstices crossed with narrow grooved lines

in pairs, which are interrupted by the longitudinal ribs; aperture

elongately ovate ; outer lip thin, simple; base of columella some-

times tinged with brown ; posterior sinus very shallow.

Length 7, breadth 2 lines.

Hab. Dredged off Port-Jackson Heads in 25 fathoms (Brazier).

MANGELIA FLAVESCENS, 0. sp. (Plate V. fig. 11.)

Shell ovately fusiformly turreted, solid, pale buff, sometimes

tinged with yellowish orange on the ribs; whorls 6}, conspicuously

angled below the sutures and longitudinally distantly stoutly ribbed,

the ribs sharply nodulous at the angle, the lower half of the last

whorl finely transversely ridged; aperture elongately ovate, outer

lip flattened inwards ; posterior sinus moderate, slanting upwards.

Alt. 25 lines, diam. 1} line.

Hab. Port Jackson (Brazier).

In one specimen the ribs are suffused with orange at the angle.

CLATHURELLA BRENCHLEYI, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 12.)

Shell fusiformly turreted, moderately solid, light brown inclining

to ash-colour towards the apex ; whorls 8, slightly angulated at the

upper part, and somewhat compressed next the sutures, longitudi-

nally more or less prominently ribbed, the ribs crossed with regular

elevated ridges, which are less distinct below the sutures, from which

descend very fine and close-set crescent-shaped strize as far as the

angle of the whorl, crossing the concentric lines; spire sharp, apex

dark brown or purple; aperture elongately ovate, brown within ;

outer lip denticulated at the edge, crenate within, and margined

with white; posterior sinus broad and shallow; canal short, wide,

and recurved.

Length 9, breadth 3 lines.

Hab. Port Stephens, New South Wales (Brazier),

38 MR, G. F, ANGAS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. (Jan. 16,

CLATHURELLA RUFOZONATA, 0. sp. (Plate V. fig. 13.)

Shell fusiformly turreted, solid, white, sometimes with a zone of

double interrupted chestnut lines near the base of the last whorl,

similar chestnut markings béing occasionally apparent here and there

near the upper portion of the whorls; whorls 6, convex, longitudi-

nally ribbed and crossed with transverse ridges that become sharply

and prominently nodulous upon the ribs; spire sharp, apex light

brown; aperture narrowly quadrate; outer lip varicose and denti-

culated ; posterior sinus moderate.

Length 23 lines, breadth 1 line.

Hab. “ Bottle and Glass” rocks, Port Jackson (Brazier).

A pretty little white species presenting a more or less beaded

appearance all over, sometimes marked with interrupted transverse

chestnut lines.

CLATHURELLA PUSTULATA, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 14.)

Shell fusiformly turreted, moderately solid, white, irregularly

longitudinally flamed with brown on the upper whorls, with two

broad brown bands on the last whorl ; whorls 6, convex, longitudi-

nally costate, with about 10 rounded ribs, encircled by about the same

number of narrow prominent ridges that become slightly nodulous

at the intersections, the interstices showing, under the lens, very

faint descending strie ; the lower portion of the basal whorl and

the pillar strongly granulated; spire sharp; aperture elongately

ovate ; outer lip thickened and varied behind, dentate within ;

columella nearly straight above, slightly sinuous below ; canal short

and open; posterior sinus broad and shallow.

Length 33 lines, breadth 1} line.

Hab. Port Jackson (Brazier).

This species, which is prettily variegated with ash-brown, may be

at once recognized by the stout granules at the base of the pillar.

CLATHURELLA MODESTA, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 15.)

Shell fusiformly turreted, solid, fulvous brown; whorls 53, con-

vex, stoutly and distantly longitudinally ribbed, and crossed with

prominent erect ridges becoming sharply nodulous at the intersec-

tion ; spire sharp; aperture narrowly ovate; outer lip somewhat

flattened and thickened, strongly dentate within; columella a little

sinuous, with a few small granulations at the base of the whorl ;

posterior sinus rather broad.

Alt. 23 lines, diam. 1 line.

Hab. Port Jackson (Brazier).

Genus CrrsonELLA, Angas.

Shell minute, globosely turbinate, smooth, narrowly umbilicated ;

aperture circular; peritreme continuous, slightly thickened.

40° CIRSONELLA AUSTRALIS, nD. sp. (Plate V. fig. 16.)

Shell globosely turbinate, narrowly umbilicate, semiopaque, smooth,

1877.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. 39

shining, white; whorls 4, convex; the last large, rounded at the

periphery; aperture circular, peritreme continuous, slightly thickened

on the columellar margin.

Alt. 1 line, breadth 1 line.

Hab. Found in shell sand, Botany Bay, New South Wales.

This little shell differs from Crossea, A. Ad., in the absence of the

basal tooth so characteristic of that genus. It will not-agree with

Putilla, A. Ad., as in the latter genus the peritrenie is not con-

tinuous ; nor can it be referred either to Microthyca, A. Ad., or

Umbonella, A. Ad. I place it provisionally amongst the Trochide.

ETHALIA BRAZIERI, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 17.)

Shell depressedly orbicular, white, shining, semitransparent, smooth,

with numerous fine concentric impressed lines both above and below

the sutures and at the base of the last whorl; whorls 33, rapidly

increasing ; suture impressed, with a narrow opaque band; last

whorl rounded at the periphery; base slightly excavated; aperture

subcircular ; outer lip thin, arcuate; columella with a moderate

callus expanded over the umbilical region.

Diam. 2 lines, alt. 1 line.

Hab. Shell sand, “ Sow and Pigs”’ reef, Port Jackson (Brazier).

Myonta sinvata, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 18.)

Shell elongately turreted, thin, semipellucid, white, transversely

striated with narrow, equidistant, opaque diaphanous lines, and

crossed on the last whorl with extremely delicate longitudinal striz ;

whorls 8, convex ; sutures channelled ; aperture ovate, angled above,

rounded below; columella arcuate, a little flattened and reflected

over the body-whorl; outer lip deeply sinuous above, forming a

sharp angle at its junction with the last whorl, rounded and effuse

below.

Alt. 34 lines, diam. 14 line.

Hab. Dredged on the ‘“‘Sow and Pigs” bank, Port Jackson

(Brazier).

Although in this shell the slight plait or twist on the columella

is not discernible, it otherwise resembles a Myonia; and I have

therefore placed it in that genus, which belongs to the Acteonide,

rather than with Monoptygma or Menestho. The sinuous outer lip

is a remarkable feature in this species.

ToORNATINA HOFMANI, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 19.)

Shell cylindrical, white, very finely striated by the lines of growth,

with a few distant irregular transverse strize discernible towards the

lip on the body-whorl ; whorls 53, the upper ones slightly convex,

and channelled at the sutures, the last a little shouldered above and

very slightly concave in the middle ; apex sharp ; aperture narrow

above, dilated below, and rounded at the base ; outer lip thin, arched

when viewed laterally, and slightly contracted in the middle ; colu- *

mella somewhat thickened below, with a small blunt flexuous pro-

40 REV. CANON TRISTRAM ON ELIOMYS MELANURUs. [Jan. 16,

jection near the base, and covered by a callus extending nearly to

the top of the whorl.

Length 3+ lines, breadth 13 line.

Hab. “Sow and Pigs”’ reef, Port Jackson (Brazier).

TORNATINA BRENCHLEYI, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 20.)

Shell ovately cylindrical, white, shining, very finely striated by

the lines of growth, and exhibiting only faint traces of spiral stria-

tion; whorls 4}, the two apical ones forming a small tubercle, the

rest somewhat dleyateds turreted, and separated by a deeply but not

broadly channeiled suture ; aperture narrow above, gradually dila-

ting and curved at the base ; the outer lip not extending to the top .

of the whorl and slightly contracted in the middle; the columella

furnished with a stout callous plication, which is connected above

with the labrum by a thin callous deposit on the whorl.

Length 3 lines, breadth 1 line.

Hab. Dredged outside Port-Jackson Heads in 10 fathoms water

(Brenchley), coll. Brit. Mus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

. Purpura (Cronia) anomala, p. 34.

Microvoluta australis, p. 35.

. Columbella (Anachis) speciosa, p. 35.

. Turbonilla festiva, p. 39.

Cingulina brazieri, p. 35.

. Apicalia guentheri, p. 35.

. Cerithiopsis purpurea, p. 36.

. Conus (Stephanoconus) fae a p. 36,

. Drillia emula, p. 36.

10. Mangelia jacksonensis, p. 37.

f Slavescens, p. 37.

12. Clathurella brenchleyi, p. 37.

rufozonata, p. 38.

14. —— pustulata, p. 38.

modesta, p. 38.

16. Cirsonella australis, p. 38.

17. Ethalia brazieri, p. 89.

18. Myonia sinuata, p. 39.

19. Tornatina hofmani, p. 39.

brenchleyi, p. 40.

Fig.

6. Notes on Eliomys melanurus and on some other Rodents

of Palestine. By H. B. Tristram, F.R.S., C.M.Z.S.

(Plate VI.)

By far the richest part of the fauna of the desert-regions of

Western Asia is its Rodents ; and it is certainly that of which we know

the least. Almost all the small mammals of the stony region south

of Judeea, of the whole Sinaitic peninsula, and of the vast sandy and

- rocky expanses which stretch with little variation from Damascus

and Moab to Bagdad, are crepuscular or nocturnal in their habits.

1877.] REV. CANON TRISTRAM ON ELIOMYS MELANURUs. 41

Explorers are well content if they can by great good fortune trap or

shoot a chance specimen ; but it is impossible for them to note, still

less to study, the habits of these most interesting creatures. The

inexorable fate of the eastern traveller is similar to that of the victim

of the police. He must be always moving on. Yet with all these

difficulties to contend against, I have obtained in those regions no

less than 26 species of the smaller Glires, of the families Spalacini,

Murini, Merionides, Dipodide, Arvicolini, Myoxini, omitting alto-

gether Squirrels, Hares, &c. I am satisfied that this list could be

very largely increased with time and Opportunity ; for Ihave myself

observed many species which I could not succeed in capturing,

especially Dormice and Hamsters. One might be easily accused of

exaggeration in describing the countless numbers of holes and burrows

in regions which for a great part of the year present the appearance

of utter desert. Sometimes for miles a district has the appearance

are occupied by the various species of Chat (Sawicoline); but I have

good evidence for believing that these birds only utilize existing

burrows, from the fact that in digging out their nests, I have found

traces of the original builders in the shape of their excreta, and also

runs which had manifestly not been used by the birds.

Of the many species we have procured, I have had favourable

opportunities of noting the habits of only one or two.

One of these, Acomys dimidiatus, a beautiful little isabel-coloured

Mouse, with the coat of a Hedgehog, I watched for an hour or two

among bare gravel near the Dead Sea. Its colour so perfectly har-

monized with the pebbles that I could not have detected it had I

not caught its eye as it was nibbling a root, puffed out like a little

ball. As it ate, its quills lay smoothly back; but when it began, as

it soon did, to scrape into the sand, its bristles were erect. Its food

on this occasion was the bulb of a small crocus.

This explains the vast number of these various Rodents in this

apparent desert. The larger proportion of ‘the plants are bulbous

or tuberous; and after a nine months’ utter barrenness, the first

Winter rains soon carpet the waste with a brilliant spangling of

bulbous flowers—crocus, iris, squills, asphodels, cyclamens, and

others. Their glory is soon over; but the large succulent roots

remain, retaining their moisture through the summer, and thus

affording abundant nutriment to the little burrowers.

I much regret that we were singularly unfortunate in our attempts

to shoot or trap one Rodent, which puzzled us much. It abounded

on the uplands of Moab ; and I have not noticed it_elsewhere. It

seemed not much smaller than a rabbit, and lived in colonies,

never coming out till sunset. Soon afterwards one might hear

tapidly reanswering cries, like a faint squeaking bark, and the

little creatures were perched each at the mouth of a burrow, down

which they disappeared instantaneously on the least alarm. It was

in vain to attempt to dig for them, as the burrows were among the

42 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Feb. 6,

ruins of ancient cities, and under the foundations of old walls, or else

led into the fissures of natural rocks.

In the wooded districts we also noticed two or three species of

Dormice or Palm-rats, all with tails more or less bushy, which

eluded us.

The specimen which I exhibit of the Zliomys melanurus of Wagner

(Abh. bay. Ak. Wiss. iii. p. 176, pl. ii. fig. 1), belongs to the only

species obtained in my visit to Moab with which I had not previously

met.

We obtained two specimens, one among the ruins of Um Rasas,

standing in a treeless waste, the other at the old Roman city of Ziza.

They were both trapped in their runs, near the mouth of a hole in

the old wall. When let loose in a box, Eliomys is a very beautiful

and interesting creature. The face, with the two broad black lines

running to behind the ears, bordered with a fringe almost white on

either side, and the large and moving ears, is most winning; and the

tail as it moves slowly is curled up over its back, like a Squirrel’s ;

but in running it is carried behind it. Altogether it is very squirrel-

like in its movements. There is no difference in markings between

the sexes; we procured one example of each. One of these is in my

collection; the other is in the possession of its captor, the Rev.

Mowbray Trotter, of Sheffield.

I much regret that I am unable to throw any further light on the

habits of this rare and interesting creature; but the locality where

our specimens were found confirms the account given by Wagner,

that it inhabits holes in the ground. It is somewhat curious that

no structural difference of any importance can be detected between

it and its arboreal congeners. So far as I know, only two specimens

are known to have existed in collections before we met with ifin

Moab. These were the types of Wagner’s description, brought from

the Sinaitic peninsula by Von Schubart; and as Wagner’s illustra-

tion is rude and uncharacteristic (the animal being represented on a

branch of a tree), one of our examples has been figured in the

accompanying drawing (Plate VI.) in a more natural attitude.

February 6, 1877.

Osbert Salvin, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1877.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of January was 46, of which 27 were by

presentation, 17 by purchase, and 2 were received on deposit. The

total number of departures during the same period, by death and

removals, was 76.

1877.]| MR. R. COLLETT ON PHYLLOSCOPUS BOREALIS. 43

Dr. Giinther read a memoir on the Tortoises collected by Com-

mander Cookson, R.N., during the recent visit of H.M.S. ‘ Peterel’

to the Galapagos Islands.

Mr. Howard Saunders exhibited a specimen of the Panay Sooty

Tern (Sterna anestheta'), which had been obtained on the British

coast on a light-ship, probably either at the mouth of the Thames

or of the Medway.

This was stated to be the first notice of the occurrence of this

bird within British limits.

Mr. Sclater called attention to the original and unique specimen

of his Manucodia comrii (P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 459), now belonging to

the collection of the Marquess of Tweeddale, the President of the

Society, which, since it was described and figured, had undergone a

most efficient ‘‘ remake” in Mr. Bartlett’s able hands.

The curly feathers of the head, were now much more apparent

and better developed than shown even in the woodcut given with

the original description, and formed standing ridges over each eye.

The tail was not flat, as would appear from the figure (pl. xlii.), but

“‘ boat-shaped”’ as in some of the American Grakles (Quiscalus),

i. e. with the median tail-feathers elevated above the lateral. The

two middle tail-feathers were very peculiar in construction, being

shorter by 7 of an inch than the next pair, and having the inner

webs twisted round over the outer, so as to show their under

surfaces.

The following papers were read :—

1. On Phylloscopus borealis and its Occurrence in Norway.

By Rosert Couttert, C.M.Z.S., Conservator of the Zoo-

logical Museum of the University of Christiania &c.

[Received Jan. 15, 1877.]

In the summer of 1876, when visiting for the third time during

the last six years the province of Finmark, mainly with the object of

studying fishes and marine invertebrata, I resolved on devoting a few

days to excursions along the forest-clad slopes of the rivers that flow

into the great Porsanger, Laxe, Tana, and Varanger fjords. Among

the more southern of the vertebrate species occurring here in con-

siderable numbers, I hoped to light upon forms not hitherto observed

in those regions (the most northerly of our country), and further

elucidate the question as to what influence their occurrence in dif-

ferent degrees of latitude exerts on their outward structure and

general habits. These parts of.Finmark having never before been

visited by any naturalist, it struck me as not impossible that I might

' See P. Z, 8, 1876, p. 664.

44 MR. R. COLLETT ON PHYLLOSCOPUS BOREALIS. ([Feb. 6,

fall in with some of the eastern species that are found inhabiting the

shores of the White Sea, but which hitherto have not been observed

in Norway.

My surmise proved correct; for sooner than I had anticipated,

on one of the first of my excursions on the Porsanger Fjord, in

the beginning of July, I met with Phylloscopus borealis in several

localities on the banks of the rivers emptying into that fjord.

On the 4th of July, when traversing (in company with my friend

Mr. Landmark, Inspector of Salmon Fisheries, at that time engaged

in investigating the rivers of that region) one of the extensive and

comparatively iuxuriant birch-forests on the slopes of one of those

rivers, my attention was attracted by a song wholly unknown

to me, and which I at once set down as that of one of the many

species of eastern Sylviide.

I had soon secured two individuals, both male birds; and having

at hand Meves’s paper about his journey in Northern Russia, I im-

mediately recognized them as belonging to the species described by

Blasius, in ‘‘ Naumannia”’ for 1858, as Phylloscopus borealis ; and we

saw and heard several others at the same place.

A few days later, when strolling along the banks of one of the

other rivers, I again observed this species in several places, in a

tract about ten English miles in extent, and again shot two, also

males, but was not able on my comparatively rapid progress through

this part of the country to obtain a female. Hereabouts we heard,

I should think, ten individuals, all of them singing, and consequently

all males. On the 21st of July I first succeeded in shooting a fe-

male, in the vicinity of the Pasvig-ely, South Varanger, about 200

English miles east of the locality where I first met with the bird. |

In the last-mentioned locality I observed several pairs; but the

season being so far advanced, many of the males had probably ceased

singing ; and the species doubtless occurred in more places than

those where I observed it. My time on each occasion having been

limited, I did not succeed in obtaining either the nests or eggs; the

latter perhaps had been hatched previous to my arrival in Finmark,

or, may be, were in process of incubation.

Phylloscopus borealis consequently occurs throughout a consider-

able portion of Finmark in most localities suitable to its habits ;

probably therefore not further north than 70° 20’. Its distribution

in Norway extends from the rivers on the confines of Russia to

the birch-woods in the vicinity of the Porsanger fjord, or directly

east of the North Cape; and the distance from that fjord to Alten

on the west coast being not more than 20 English miles, it will very

probably be found to inhabit the luxuriant birch-forests clothing the

banks of the Alten Elv.

Phylloscopus borealis affects exclusively the loftiest and most

luxuriant birch-forests in the vicinity of rivers or lakes; and as it

never occurred when the growth was sparse or stunted, I soon learned

to tell from the appearance of the locality whether it was inhabited

by the little songster. The soil in these birch-woods was always

tolerably fertile, and the vegetation luxuriant, reaching, as a rule, up

1877.] | MR. R. COLLETT ON PHYLLOSCOPUS BOREALIs. 45

to the knees ; the most conspicuous plants were Geranium sylvaticum,

Chamenerion angustifolium, Melampyrum, Myrtillus nigra, various

species of Graminee, &c.

In such localities several pairs were often found breeding, not far

apart; and sometimes I could hear two, and even more males singing

simultaneously. As a rule, however, they were somewhat scattered,

It invariably shunned localities where the soil was wet and spongy,

selecting, in the forests it affects, comparatively dry and elevated

spots, which it inhabits in company with Phylloscopus trochilus,

Cyanecula suecica, Turdus eliacus, Fringilla montifringilla, and

Linota linaria, likewise Parus cinctus and P. borealis.

The song of the male birds rendered them more easy of detection

than the females, which were probably just then sitting, or feeding

the nestlings. Notwithstanding the season was far advanced, they

sang frequently and for a considerable time together, not only in the

middle of the day, but late in the evening and early in the morning ;

nay, on one occasion, I heard one Singing in the middle of a rainy

night (this individual was one of those preserved.)

The song in summer is consequently not confined to avy particular

time of day. It consists of a but-one-syllable note, zee, zee, zee, zee,

rapidly reiterated a dozen times in succession, the commencing strain

bearing some resemblace to that of Sylvia curruca or Emberiza citri-

nella; then succeed one or two disconnected hissing sounds, tseers,

éseers, a trifle lower in tone than the main song, but still audible at

a considerably greater distance than the corresponding tones of

Phylloscopus collybita (after its two-syllable song), which can only

be distinguished in its immediate proximity.

The song is repeated several times, after which come intervals of

greater or less duration when it is silent. The hissing sound was also

uttered when the bird was frightened, and was the only note I heard

from the female. The calling note (hveet) of Ph. collybita and Ph.

trochilus was never uttered by Ph. borealis. Once only did I hear

another and far lower song, which I at first mistook for that of Parus

einetus, and which bore a striking resemblance to the usual note of

that species, the closing syllable being somewhat drawn out.

One I heard singing in this manner was shot and preserved; it

was imitating, in all probability, the song of Parus cinctus, a habit

characteristic of another of the singing birds of Finmark, Acrocephalus

schenobenus.

As late as the 22nd of July the males were in full song in the

vicinity of the Pasvig-Elv, South Varanger.

Though not, strictly speaking, shy, these birds exhibit, as a rule,

greater wariness than Ph. trochilus, and if seared, would not always

allow you to get within shot. They were remarkably brisk in their

movements, scudding to and fro through the leafy tree-tops in pursuit

of insects, and were rarely seen on the lower branches or in close

proximity to the ground. They generally sing while fluttering from

branch to branch, precisely as the other species of Phylloscopus do.

The localities they inhabit being exclusively such as swarm with

mosquitos, and the summer of 1876 having been unusually pro-

46 MR. R. COLLETT ON PHYLLOSCOPUS BOREALIS. [Feb. 6,

ductive of those insects, my investigation of their general habits

was rendered extremely difficult. It was absolutely impossible to keep

still a moment, the veil not only affording insufficient protection

against their continuous attacks, but being in other respects obstructive

to minute observation.

The food, too, of Ph. borealis, at this season of the year, would

seem to be wholly taken from these countless myriads; and the ven-

tricles, in all the specimens examined were crammed with these

insects. There are at least half a dozen species of these mosquitos,

all more or less numerous, though some outnumber the others in

particular localities.

On one occasion (July 22) I may have been close to a nest, on

the Pasvig Elv, near Lake Tschoalme-javre, South Varanger. Both

the parent birds exhibited unmistakable signs of alarm; but here,

too, the mosquitos prevented me from finding the nest. A female

shot in another locality on the same river had large incubation-spots.

I prepared in all 5 specimens, 4 of which were males. Both sexes

were, in regard to colour of plumage, precisely alike. A very slight

difference was seen in some of the males, the dorsal feathers being in

some darker than in others, and the eye-stripe in such specimens

was a trifle whiter.

They measured as follows :—

Total length. Wing. Tail. Tarsus. Gape.

millim. millim. millim, millim. millim.

3 132 70 92 203 153

revel sels oe She 67 . 50

Gimcenon ac 67 484 20 153

(a hSSRES. onoK 135 71 50 203 16

Cece ce 123 63 447 20 15

The female would thus appear to be somewhat smaller than the

males, a deduction in accordance with Mr. Meves’s measurements of a

number of specimens obtained at Kopatjevskaja, south of Archangel,

on the 8th and 9th of August, 1869 (Oefv. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forh.

1871, p. 758), whereas, on the other hand, there was a singular

and almost invariable discrepancy between the Russian and Finmark

specimens, the latter appearing to have been all somewhat* larger

than those from Archangel. Middendorff has before observed that

the back of specimens taken in the middle of the summer, when the

plumage is somewhat worn and faded, has lost a little of its vivid

green colour and has acquired a greyer tint ; this was likewise the case

with all the Finmark specimens, which, besides, scarcely retained a

trace of the whitish yellow spots at the extremities of the wing-

coverts that inautumn and early spring give to the wings a yellowish

band. The first primary in one specimen was a trifle shorter than the

coverts, in the others of the same length, or very little (1 millim.)

longer.

The synonymy and general distribution of the species I shall

refrain from dwelling upon here, my friend Mr. Dresser purposing,

I understand, to treat upon that subject at large in his great work

>a area WT Wwe

PSA MUSE

—

“U™

AD i .

: US,

‘4

« poe Ie ye RAL 1 44 ao

i <<. AL HIS

mel PRR

See Wersaren Mameasecn

“ee

At trang

“ti & N Hanhar

1877.] | MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A NEW PLECTROPTERUS. 47

‘A History of the Birds of Europe ;’ it appears, however, from the

latest observations, that its distribution extends from the North Cape

through the whole of Northern Russia and Siberia, and in an easterly

direction as far as Russian North America. Those which annually

make their appearance in the birch-woods of Finmark for the pur-

pose of breeding take an easterly course, their passage to and from

that locality being through Northern and Eastern Russia. This is

the case too with several others of the smaller land birds of eastern

origin that breed in Finmark—for instance Anthus cervinus, Otocorys

alpestris, and Plectrophanes lapponica, which never, or at least

very seldom, cross the southern parts of Norway on their passage ;

the same observation applies to the colonies of Acrocephalus scheno-

benus and Oyanecula suecica, which breed in Finmark, and perhaps

to the majority of land birds of passage breeding in those regions.

It is highly probable therefore that P. orealis crosses Western

Europe on its passage hither; and the specimens obtained on the

island of Heligoland, which enabled Professor Blasius to correct the

erroneous designation formerly given to this species, must therefore

in all probability be regarded as the result of those occasional visits

to Western Europe which are paid from time to time by East-European

and North-Asiatic species.

2. Notice of an apparently new Species of Spur-winged

Goose of the Genus Plectropterus.. By P. L. ScLaTER,

M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.

[Received February 5, 1877.]

(Plate VII.)

On former occasions’ I have done my best to establish before the

Society the distinctness of Plectropterus rueppelli, as I have pro-

posed to name the bare-necked East-African form of the Spur-

winged Goose, from the ordinary P. gambensis, which has a much

wider range. Of both of these species we have at the present time

specimens living in the Society’s Gardens”; but we have also a pair

of birds which, so far as I can judye from an examination of the

living examples, clearly belong to a third species of this genus.

On June 6th of last year we received from Lieut.-General A. V.

Cunyngham, Commandant of H.M. forces at Cape Town, two

evidently adult birds of this genus, which appear to be quite distinct

from either of the above-named forms. Their general appearance,

as will be seen from the coloured drawing by Mr. Smit which I

exhibit (Plate VII.), is rather that of P. gambensis, inasmuch as

they have not the prominent frontal knob, nor bare Spaces on the

’ See P. Z. S. 1859, p. 131, and 1860, p. 38.

* Namely :—Plectropterus gambensis 3, presented by C. B. Mosse, Esq., May

6, 1867 ; Plectropterus gambensis 9, received in exchange, Aug. 13, 1868; and

Plectropterus rueppelli 3, presented by Mons. J. M. Cornély, O.M.Z.S., Sept.

28, 1876.

48 PROF. A. H. GARROD ON THE MECHANISM [Feb. 6,

sides of the neck, which render P. rueppelli so easily distinguishable.

But, in place of the conspicuous white throat and neck which are

found in both of the previously known birds, the black colour of the

belly is continued in Plectropterus niger (as I propose to designate

the present form) up to the chin; and the white colour on the body

in front is confined to a small space on the mesial line of the lower

abdomen. The white of the back and scapulars in P. niger has

also a greenish lustre pervading it which is not observable in the

other species. This colour passes into a bronzy purple on the wings.

The size is rather larger than that of our P. gambensis. The bill is

bright red with the tip whitish, the iris black, the legs and feet of

a duller red.

The two specimens received are believed to be both of the male

sex; they are nearly alike, except that one individual has rather less

white on the mesial line of the belly than the other.

In answer to my inquiries, General Cunyngham kindly informs me

that he received these birds from Zanzibar; so that that part of the

S.E. African coast is probably the true habitat of this species.

I will now say a few words as to the distinctness of the two other

species of the genus (P. gambensis and P. rueppelli), which, though

admitted, somewhat unwillingly, by Finsch and Hartlaub’, is denied

by Heuglin?, the most recent authority on East-African ornithology.

Here, in London, we know full well that the view that P. rueppelli

is only the adult male of P. gambensis is quite untenable. We have

had a male of P. gambensis in our Gardens ever since May 1867

which shows no symptoms whatever of acquiring the frontal knob

and bare neck of P. rueppelli. In 1864, this bird paired with a

female of the same species placed in company with it; and the female

laid eggs, but did not hatch them out. Since then another female,

received in 1868, has been placed in his company; so that we have

at present what must be undoubtedly a fully adult pair of P. gam-

bensis. I will ask any naturalist to compare these birds with the

example of P. rueppelli (probably a male) obtained from the

Antwerp Gardens, and most kindly presented to us last summer by

M. J. M. Cornély, and to say whether it is possible to regard the

species as otherwise than distinct.

What De Sousa’s Plectropterus sclateri (Jorn. de Sc. de Lisboa,

vol. ii. p. 157, 1860) may be, I cannot say. It has certainly nothing

to do with the P. niger of our Gardens.

3. On the Mechanism of the Intervertebral Substance, and

on some Effects of the Erect Position of Man. By A.

H. Garrop, M.A., Prosector to the Society.

[Received January 17, 1877.]

In all works on human anatomy the structure of the disks of

fibro-elastic tissue which intervene between the bodies of the verte-

1 Vogel Ost-Afrika’s, p. 801, ? Ornithologie Nord-Ost-Afrika’s, p. 1275.

1877.) OF THE INTERVERTEBRAL SUBSTANCE. 49

bree, are described as being composed of a central elastic cushion

with a laminated fibrous investment, the individual fibres of which,

instead of running straight from the lower edge of one vertebra to

the upper edge of the one below it, are arranged obliquely, those of

one layer crossing those of the next at a considerable angle. That

this is an accurate statement of the condition which exists no one

will doubt. Of its mechanical advantages, however, I have nowhere

found any explanation.

If the fibres, instead of crossing had run parallel, and at right

angles to the surfaces which they joined (fig. 1), it is evident that

the median elastic pad would have efficiently retained the vertebrae

at a distance from one another under ordinary circumstances. But

in the act of jumping, for instance, when the feet have just reached

Y SSL

i —— he

the ground, the momentum acquired by the head and upper extre-

mities would compress the elastic pad, and diminish the distance

between each two vertebrae. At this moment, if the upper part of

the body had the least tendency to obliquity in its downward move-

ment, the relaxed outer fibres of the intervertebral substance would

allow the body of the upper vertebra to slide upon the one below it,

(fig. 2), and so diminish the capacity of the spinal canal, as well as

the general stability of the column. A forcible attempt to rotate

the body upon the spine would, under similar conditions, be also

attended by compression of the elastic pad, and considerable rotatory

gliding of the vertebree on one another (fig. 3).

These difficulties are entirely surmounted by the existing mechan-

ism (fig. 4), as may be most satisfactorily demonstrated by the

employment of a model composed of two circular disks of wood

bound together, with an interval between them, by tapes of similar

lengths arranged obliquely and crossing one another, attached to

Opposite points on the margins of the disks. So connected, no

gliding of any kind of the disks upon one another can be produced,

and the only movements possible are their approximation either at all

points, or at any part where compression is employed (figs. 5 and 6).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. IV. 4

50 PROF. GARROD ON THE INTERVERTEBRAL SUBSTANCE. | Feb. 6,

It may not be out of place for me here to draw attention to one

or two points which are associated with the erectness of the carriage

of man, in contradistinction to the horizontal and oblique attitudes

assumed by lower animals.

The simple curve, concave ventrally, of the vertebral column of

the higher Apes was most certainly shared by the human progenitor.

In the young child it is found to exist. In its attempts to assume

the upright carriage this progenitor must, equally certainly, have

thrown the centre of gravity of its body directly above the hips,

to do which it was necessary to bend the spine backwards. On

account, however, of the thoracic region being rendered rigid by the

attachment of its cage of ribs, and the sacrum being unmodifiable

from its ankylosis, this flexion of the spine could only occur in the

neck and loins ; consequently the spinal flexures in man may be ex-

plained upon the assumption that the dorsal and sacral ventral con-

cavities are the similar curves of the ancestral type, retained on

account of the mechanical obstructions to their removal, whilst the

ventral convexities of the yielding cervical and lumbar regions are

the means by which the centre of gravity in the erect position is

carried to a point directly above the hip-joints.

This assumption of a vertical attitude by a creature originally

differentiated for a horizontal position of its body, has produced but

marvellously slight inconvenience. If it had resulted in many, man

could scarcely have survived. There are one or two, however, which

are most clearly traceable to this cause, including the painful tendency

to prolapse, antiflexion, and retroflexion of the uterus in women, as

well as crural hernia in both sexes, and inguinal hernia in the male.

In mammalian animals with the body horizontal the weight of the

uterus is transmitted to the abdominal walls, at the same time that

the round and broad ligaments prevent it from leaving the pelvic

region. In the Sloths and Bats these ligaments are still more called

into play, on account of the peculiar attitudes assumed by them. No

more satisfactory mechanism could be desired. But in the human

species the condition is very different. The uterus is situated almost

directly above the vagina; and the entire absence of any ligaments

to suspend it, place it in a position of the greatest mechanical disad-

vantage, especially when congested and depressed by stays. Unsup-

ported, it a priagd bends forward or backwards, or even drops into

the cavity of the vagina, and there finding nothing to obstruct it,

becomes completely prolapsed. Similarly in inguinal hernia, the

abdominal walls being abnormally extended in connexion with the

lumbar curye, the tendency to rupture in the region of the inguinal

canal must be greatly increased, as it must likewise be by the down-

ward tendency of the yiscera.

ih \\ Gere Mugs

Vl, ge Geaee Sa simi s

= SS = =

?SANIddIlHd SNAYAO

dunt LLe yuey N » W

aw Piso 1077, 2

Hanhart amp

mit hth

SKULL OF CERVUS NIGRICANS, *.

1877.] stR V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES, 5]

4. On the Deer of the Philippine Islands, with the Description

of a new Species. By Sir Victor Brooke, Bart.,

F.ZS.

[Received January 22, 1877. ]

(Plates VIII.-X.)

With perhaps the exception of the Simple-horned Deer of South

America comprising the subgenus Coassus, there is no group of

existing Cervidee concerning which our knowledge is so inexact and

so fragmentary as that relating to the small Rusine Deer of the Phi-

lippine Islands. With the desire of remedying this defect as far as

possible, I have for some years paid particular attention to the

subject, and during several visits to Continental Museums have

enjoyed (thanks to the great courtesy of their conservators) ample

Opportunities of studying the materials bearing upon it which they

contain.

I regret that the result of my investigations is not more satisfac-

tory ; and it is solely in the hope that an exposure of the nakedness

of the land may attract the attention of future naturalists travelling

in the Philippines to the subject that I venture to lay the following

notes before the Society.

CEeRVUS PHILIPPINUS. (Plate VIII.)

1820. Cerf des Philippines, Desm. Mamm. p. 442, note 1.

1821-24. ——, Cuy. Oss. Foss. (ed. ii.) vol. iv. p- 46.

1827. Cervus philippinus, Ham. Sm. Griff. An. Kingd. vol. iv.

p- 147, vol. v. p. 33.

1844, » Sund. Pee. in Kongl. Vet. Handl. 1844, p. 179.

1855. —— —_, Puch. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 2nd ser, tom, vii.

p- 49.

1857. —— ——, Puch. Rev. et Mag. Zool. tom. ix. p. 481,

pl. 15,

1866. Cervus mariannus, Fras, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 367.

Description.—Adult male. Hair of moderate length and rather

harsh. General colour rich ruddy brown, darkest on the back and

lightest on the neck. Forehead and cheeks rufous fawn-colour ;

dark (almost black) streaks commence over each eye, and, blending

together, form a band running down the centre of the face, which is

separated from the dark moustache-like mark bordering the muzzle

by a narrow track of pale fawn-colour. Breast and belly uniform

brown, Tarsal gland plainly marked by a rufous spot. Ears of

moderate size, covered externally by short close-set hair. Horns

remarkably rough and massive; a powerful long brow-antler, and

one short tine directed inwards. Height at shoulder about 27",

Skull, Total length 11-3. Anteorbital fossa very deep, suddenly

pressed in anteriorly to the orbit, and occupying the entire facial plate

of the malar. Facial portion of skull compressed laterally, and deeply

from above downwards,

52 SIR V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES. [Feb. 6,

The skull of this species is an exact miniature of that of Cervus

aristotelis.

Skeleton. Fourteen pairs of ribs. Cervical vertebrae remarkably

large.

Female. In external coloration differs in no way from the male.

Young. Of a uniform brown without spots.

Hab. Island of Luzon, Philippines.

The Philippine Deer is a very stout-built, short-limbed, powerful

animal, in carriage and general appearance closely resembling the

common Sambur (Cervus aristotelis).

Literary History.

1820. M. Dussumier obtained a young male in Luzon which he

sent to Paris; the animal died en route. Desmarest gives a short

notice of the arrival of this specimen in Paris (Mamm. p. 442, note 1),

where the specimen is still preserved in the Musée d’ Histoire Na-

turelle (No. 409 in the Catalogue of the Museum).

1827. Hamilton Smith, in Griffith’s ‘Animal Kingdom’ (vide

supra), describes this specimen and names it Cervus philippinus.

He considered the species allied to the Muntjacs.

1836-37. In the stores of the Musée d’ Histoire Naturelle at Paris

there are several skins undoubtedly referable to Cervus philippinus.

These specimens were obtained during the voyage of the ‘ Bonite.’

Eydoux and Souleyet, while they describe and figure their indefinite

species, Cervus pseudawis (Voy. de la Bonité, vol. i. p. 64, pl. 12),

are entirely silent respecting the Philippine Deer, of which species

they had collected such ample materials.

1844. Prof. Sundevall-(vide supra) places the species amongst the

Rusine Deer. He points out for the first time the absence of hair

on the posterior surface of the metatarsal phalanges.

1851. Capt. Diguet presented a male and female of this species

to the French Academy of Sciences. The specimens had been ob-

tained at Manilla.

1855. The female obtained by Capt. Diguet having died in the

previous year, Pucheran, in the ‘Revue et Magasin de Zoologie’

(vide supra), published a very careful and detailed description of the

specimen, which he correctly refers to Cervus philippinus.

1857. Capt. Diguet’s male having died in 1856, Pucheran con-

tinued his observations on the species (wide supra), which he con-

sidered to differ decidedly from Cervus mariannus.

1866. Mr.Louis Fraser exhibited and figured (P. Z.S. 1866, p. 367)

the horns of a Deer killed near the village of Bosa-Bosa, in Luzon.

These horns, as far as it is possible to judge from a drawing, appear

in no way to differ from those of Cervus philippinus. I therefore

think Mr. Fraser was premature in his decision that they were refer-

able to Cervus mariannus.

1875. Some years ago I observed a Deer in the Zoological Gardens

at Berlin which appeared to me irreconcilable with any species with

which I was acquainted. Upon mentioning my difficulty to Mr.

Sclater he considered the matter worthy of attention, and succeeded

1877.] sir V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES. 53

last year in effecting the transfer of the specimen from Rotterdam to

the Society’s Menagerie, where it is still living and in perfect health

(Plate VIII.). An attentive examination of the animal since its arrival

in London has convinced me that it is safely referable to Cervus

philippinus, and that the richness of coloration, in which alone it

differs from the Continental specimens of that species, is owing to

the deterioration which these latter have suffered during the many

years of exposure to light to which they have been unavoidably

submitted. The dark facial markings so strongly shown in the

living animal are either very faintly visible or absent in the stuffed

specimens ; but in one of the flat skins, from the voyage of the Bonite,

in the Paris Museum, these dark markings are very distinct. The

antlers carried by the animal at the time Mr. Wolf’s drawing was

made were slightly abnormal, as is so frequently the case with deer

in confinement. The woodcut published in the Society’s ‘ Proceed-

ings,’ 1866, p. 367, shows faithfully their normal form.

List of specimens examined.

Paris.

a. & jun., type. Mounted specimen and skeleton.

6. & adult. (Diguet’s specimen). Ditto. ditto.

e. Q adult. (Diguet’s specimen). Ditto.

d,e. 2 adult. et jun. Ditto.

Leyden.

tig. & & adult. and jun. Mounted specimens.

Berlin.

h. $ adult. Mounted specimens.

London.

2. ¢ adult. Living in Society’s Managerie.

CERVUS MARIANNUS,.

1820. Cervus mariannus, Desm. Mamm. sp. 669, p. 436.

1821-24. , Cuv. Oss. Foss. (ed. 2), vol. iv. p. 45.

1824. Cerfdes Mariannes, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. de l’ Uranie, Zool.

. 32.

A 1827. Cervus mariannus, Ham. Sm. Griff. An. Kingd. vol. iv.

p- 115, and vol. v. p. 311.

1844, , Sund. Pee. in Kong. Vet. Handl. p. 179.

Although, as I shall presently show, I have but little doubt that

Cervus mariannus, Desm., and Cervus philippinus, Ham. Smith, are

specifically identical, I have considered it expedient for the present

to leave the question open and to keep the references to their literary

history separate.

The attention of future collectors in the Philippine and Marianne

Islands will thereby be better aroused to the appreciation of one of

the several desiderata, which can only yield to their zeal and energy.

Literary History.

1817-1820. During the voyage of the ‘ Uranie’ round the world,

specimens were obtained of a small deer, which is stated by Quoy

54 SIR V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES. [Feb. 6,

and Gaimard, the naturalists of the expedition (Zool. Voy. de

YUranie, p. 33, 1824), to have existed in immense numbers on

Guam, the largest of the Marianne Islands. They thus write

respecting this animal :—

“ Une petite espéce de cerf axis, qui a été apportdée des Philippines,

a tellement multiplié, que l’on ne connoit pas de lieu qui en contienne

proportionnellement davantage ; car il existe 4 Guam plus de mille de

¢es animaux. On nourrit de leur chair les équipages des navires qui

touchent & cette ile, et le nétre n’eut presque pas d’autres vivres pen-

dant le temps que nous y demeurdmes. . . . Le faon est fauve, et

n’a point de taches comme celui d’Europe, 4 quelque age qu’on le

prenne.”’

They describe the island of Guam thus :—‘ Cette ile n’a que

quarante lieues de tour. Son sol est é¢levé, montueux, en partie

voleanique et en partie formé de calcaire madréporique. Les mon-

tagnes, qui ont toutes suivi l’action de feu, sont arides et peu boisées.

.... Cet archipel n’a qu'un mammifére qui ne lui ait pas été

apporté.”

1820. In his ‘Mammalogie’ (p. 436), Desmarest confers the

name Cervus mariannus upon the species observed by Quoy and

Gaimard in theisland of Guam. In his short notice Desmarest only

mentions two specimens, a stuffed male and a fawn.

1821-24. Inthe second edition of his ‘Ossemens Fossiles’ (p. 45),

Cuvier mentions, in addition to the types of Desmarest’s description,

the skull of a male, also brought from Guam by Quoy and Gaimard.

Cuvier says that he was “‘ presque tenté de rapporter a cette espéce,

& cause de la forme trés-semblable du crane, un individu jeune rap-

porté de Manille par M. Dussumier”’ (= the specimen upon which

Hamilton Smith subsequently established his species Cervus philip-

pinus). The absence of canines in the specimens from the Mari-

annes, and their presence in the Philippine specimen, induced Cuvier,

however, to suspend his judgment in the matter. He particularly

remarks with regard to the skull obtained by Quoy and Gaimard,

“Je frontal est relevé longitudinalement entre les cornes, et a en ayant

des orbites, vers la base du nez, deux convexités longitudinales fort

remarquables.”

1827. Hamilton Smith in Griffith’s ‘Animal Kingdom’ figures

the stuffed male above mentioned, and describes it and the fawn,

retaining for them Desmarest’s name Cervus mariannus.

Observations.

In the Musée d’ Histoire Naturelle at Paris there is still preserved

the fawn (414 a in Cat.) which formed one of the types of Des-

marest’s original description. The adult male, which all authors

describe as having been in an exceedingly bad state of preservation,

is no longer contained in this museum ; but in the Musée d’ Anatomie

I have observed a skull which I believe to have belonged to this

specimen (No. 1345 in Cat.). The close resemblance of the horns

jn this specimen to Hamilton Smith’s plate, and the occipital bones

1877.] SIR V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES. 55

having been sawn through in the manner adopted by taxidermists,

leave but little doubt in my mind as to the correctness of this

opinion. Another skull in the Musée d’ Anatomie (No. 1559 in Cat.)

is, I think, the second skull mentioned by Cuvier. In addition to

these skulls, there are in the same museum three skulls collected by

Hombron and Jacquinot in Guam.

In these five skulls in the Musée d’ Anatomie, and in the immature

stuffed specimen in the Musée d’ Histoire Naturelle at Paris consists

as far as I have been able to ascertain, the entire well-authenticated

material referable to the deer of the Marianne Islands which is con-

tained at this present moment in European museums. Compared

with the skull of the male obtained by Diguet in Luzon (the only

authenticated skull of an adult Cervus philippinus which I have as

yet discovered), the skulls of the deer of the Marianne Islands

present in my opinion no characters in common in which they

differ from the Luzon specimen. Each of the five skulls exhibits

remarkable individual peculiarity, the difference between the two

most dissimilar being greater than that existing between some of

the skulls and that of Diguet’s specimen. Similar individual cranial

peculiarities are shown in a large series of skulls of Cervus aristotelis

collected on the Neilgherry Hills, in Southern India, in my own

collection.

The great convexity at the junction of the frontals and nasals

mentioned by Cuvier and Pucheran, and considered as of specific

value by the latter, is shown in great excess by one of the Marianne

skulls, less decidedly by another, and scarcely, if at all, by any of the

remaining three.

The presence or absence of canines is, as has been shown by

Pucheran in the case of both the Marianne and the Luzon Deer,

dependent more or less on the age of the animal, these teeth being

generally lost shortly after the animal attains full maturity.

As regards Quoy and Gaimard’s immature specimen, it resembles

in every important particular a specimen (2 of list, p. 53) of similar

age bred in the Jardin des Plantes from the specimens collected by

Diguet in Luzon.

The evidence therefore lies, I think, clearly in favour of the

opinion that the deer of the Marianne Islands was originally impor-

ted from Luzon; but in the present state of our knowledge respect-

ing this group of deer I think it would be premature to express a

decided opinion upon the subject. It is fully possible that it was

from some other part of the Philippines that the Mariannes were

stocked with deer, aud that the Philippines possess, in addition to

such comparatively widely distinct species as Cervus philippinus and

Cervus alfredi, representative species, for which, notwithstanding

their lesser degree of specific distinction, zoologists may find it neces-

sary to retain distinctive titles.

The following Table contains the measurements of a skull and

horns preserved in the British Museum (655 6 in Cat.). No history

is attached to this specimen, which has been for many years in the

collection. It bears a striking resemblance to that described by

56 SIR V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES. [Feb. 6,

a i)

Left horn of Cervus mariannus, Specimen in the British Museum.

a, side view; 8, front view.

Cuvier as having ‘“‘en avant des orbites deux convexités fort remar-

quable.”’ The left horn of this skullis represented im the drawing

now exhibited.

Total length of skull in straight line..............

Distance from point of preemaxilla to point of nasals .

Lengths of gorsarpvene sl) ee payin nese) syuyeiciashe <poehsiapoia es

Ss sl WE SE Se eae oe

From anterior rim of orbit to free extremity of pre-

PCY Ch Re ae eee ee ee

From upper extremity of nasals to fronto-parietal

SUUGVIEG picts ech esa ojet-qafefeis cieletcis) ois) sp>unisrol’ sysyoy~ jaye

Across maxilla 1" anterior to orbit ..........- sate

? ¢ ” ” Ce ee

inches.

11°8

metre.

0°300

0:042

0°065

0:095

0°155

0°125

0°090

0083

1877.] SIR V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES. 57

inches. metre,

Extent of upper premolars, ...............+.. «00-9 16, -,0:040

AS ae TOD ETE SS tle A ee eres Sere 2 0:050

Ba) 1) LOWER FFCMOLATS «asso nmin bicihle Laie 51S) Oa » 1-1 = 0°027

93 6), @ MIOLATS, «-,<sc.che Sibel Ske eit he Sb ctabatee chs 2°33 0:058

Peete Or hOLAs, .. Ihwel O) wl dienes 8G hisas 2 hO 0°455

mA LOK Gee ee le eRerenG hy Stee 10 0°253

Circumference of burr ........................ 75 0°190

if 7 air Aes ROR Oe CIR See ee eer 0°125

CERVUS NIGRICANS, sp. nov. (Plates IX. & X.)

1870. Cervus mariannus? Sclat. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 279.

Adult female.—External characters. Hair of moderate length,

rather coarse. General colour blackish brown, slightly tinged with

rufous. Entire face, upper parts of the neck, and shoulders almost

black. Limbs from the carpal and tarsal joints downwards bluish

grey-brown. Belly rufous brown. Under lip and inside of thighs

white. Tarsal gland plainly marked by a spot of yellowish white

hair. Ears oval, decidedly small, almost quite naked externally.

Muzzle coriaceous, ample, its upper border running directly across

from the upper angles of the nares, which it completely surrounds

inferiorly.

Skull (Plate X.).—General form. Portions of the frontals and

parietals forming the roof of the cranial cavity boldly convex, both

in a lateral and antero-posterior direction; facial portion rather

short, depressed and much widened laterally as far as the anterior

premolar, from which point forwards the facial portion of the skull

is reduced in a marked manner both in width and length.

Anteorbital fossa of moderate depth, situated in the anterior portion

of the facial plate of the lacrymal.

Anteorbital vacuity of moderate dimensions. Malar divided by a

longitudinal suture’ into two subequal parts (Plate X. a). Pre-

maxillee remarkably small, their greatest length very little exceeding

that of the upper molar series. Occipital condyles large. Auditory

bullze small, their external surface irregular, with a long pointed late-

rally compressed styloid process. A large depression for the tympa-

nohyal, which is not completely enclosed by the definite vaginal pro-

cess which depends from the floor of the prolonged exterual auditory

meatus,

Squamous portion of the squamosal remarkably low.

Teeth very large; the diameter of each of the upper molars in

a transverse direction exceeds its longitudinal diameter. Upper and

under molars with very small cylindrical supplementary columns.

Canines absent.

Skeleton.—14 pairs of ribs.

inches. metre.

ipieht nthe Shoulder, 22a imie0 hj. 21.0 00-6 24 0-610

Length from point of shoulder to ischium.. 27 0-685

1 Tt is possible that this suture is an individual and not a specific character.

58 SIR V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES. [Feb. 6,

inches. metre.

Meneth Ofiear,: Inside’. sare saree pote wav elas 3°2 0:080

PESTER GOL GAL wrsces tersene. cS « falore es ered 1:9 0°048

Length of tail exclusive of hair.......... 3 0°075

Total length of skull in straight line ..... 9 0°230

Distance from point of preemaxille to point

of nasals . Evi xu sane memtr bt tata derma 1°4 0:035

Length of preemaxillee ee oy eee 18 0°045

Length Ofenasals soy goss enitons rcsine send apenas 2°5 0064

From anterior rim of orbit to free extremi-

mity of premaxitle e552. 2.5 ett. 4°6 0:115

From upper extremity of nasals to fronto-

parietal satire nth ..nceta sx Jasin 3°2 0:081

Across maxille 1" anterior to orbit (PI.

Keb 6!) <. . ' 3°2 0081

Across maxille 2! anterior to orbit (Pl.

iat Elias, -potee T.- <zvepgahemoacs 24 0-060

Extent of upper premolars.............. LF 0°043

Extent of upper molars........ Lid 0043

Extent of lower premolars .. te 13 0°033

Extent of lower molars ................ 1-9 0°048

Length of humerus...... 6°6 0°168

33 MA ee ays Parekh apstavthe Saoereuee To 0°185

A TAGMUSS “ihichn. behaness acts <x ties 5:5 0°140

“4 metacarpal cannon bone ...... 4°7 0:120

x femur 78 0-195

i tibidyae Garin 8:2 0°205

- metatarsal cannon “bone. 56 0°140

Hab. Philippines (exact island ?).

Comparison with allied species.

Cervus nigricans in its general external form, crouching Agouti-

like carriage, short naked ears, flattened and wide face, more closely

resembles C. alfredi than any known species. In its lighter build

and uniform dark brown colour it is easily distinguished from C.

alfredi, which it is spotted at all ages.

From C. philippinus the new species differs in the form of the face,

which in C. philippinus is laterally compressed and deep from above

downwards. The length of the preemaxille and the width across the

maxillee anterior to the orbits (Plate X. 46’, cc’) bear a very

different relative proportion to the cranial measurements in the two

species. In C. philippinus the ears are of fair proportional size and

externally covered with hair. The colour of the new species is much

darker than that of C. philippinus.

It may be useful to mention here that C. porcinus differs from all

the typical Rusine deer in the possession of large inflated auditory

bullee, and that C. aristoteles and its representative species C. equinus

(Malacca, Borneo), C’. swinhoti (Formosa), C. philippinus (Luzon),

and (?) C. alfredi and C. nigricans differ from C. hippelaphus (Java)

1 This measurement is taken across the concavity of the ear-conch, and does

not include that portion of the external ear situated inferior to the opening.

1877.] SIR V. BROOKE ON THE DEER OF THE PHILIPPINES. 59

and its representative species C’. moluccensis (Celebes) and C. peronii

(Timor) in the former having the outer, the latter the inner tine of

the terminal fork the longest. Exceptions to this rule are not unfre-

quently to be found in finely developed antlers of C. aristotelis ; but

in specimens of the horns of immature stags of all species the outer

line is invariably the longest or most massive.

Observations.

Iu the Museum of Leyden there is a deer preserved which is, I

think, decidedly referable to the male of this Species. Professor

Schlegel was unable to give me any exact information respecting the

specimen. In its dark colour, very short and naked ears, and general

form it exactly resembles the female above described, and contrasts

strongly with the fine male Cervus philippinus in the same Museum.

The horns closely resemble those of Cervus philippinus ; they possess

a stout brow-antler and one short tine directed inwards.

The female from which the figure (Plate IX.) and above description

were taken, was received by the Society from the Philippines in

1870), no more exact locality being given, and was noticed by Mr.

Sclater in the ‘Proceedings’ for that year, p. 279. Mr. Sclater

referred the species with doubt to Cervus mariannus. Upon its

death, which took place about a year ago, the specimen passed into

my private collection, where it is at present preserved. A male

hybrid was produced between this animal and the male Cervus alfredi.

In external appearance the young animal resembled the mother more

than the father, being, so far as I can recollect, very indistinctly

spotted, and of a very dark brown.

CERVUS ALFREDI.

1870. Cervus alfredi, Sclat. P.Z.S. 1870, p. 381, pl. xxviii.

1871. , Selat. P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 478.

1872. » Sclat. P. Z. S. 1872, p. 24.

Adult male. Hair soft, of moderate length. General colour rich

dark brown, with here and there a slight ruddy tint ; cheeks and occiput

pale brown ; lower jaw and throat dirty white. Neck and shoulders

anteriorly uniform dark brown. Posterior parts of shoulders, back,

and sides distinctly marked at all seasons of the year by yellowish

white spots. Breast and belly yellowish white. Limbs externally,

above the carpal and tarsal joints, uniform brown, internally dirty

white ; below the carpal and tarsal joints, pale brown. Ears and

tail short, the former almost naked externally.

Horns not greatly exceeding the head in length, a short brow-

antler, and very short tine directed inwards.

Height at the shoulder about 25”.

Adult female. In coloration resembles the tale.

Young. Spotted from the time of their birth,

Hab. Philippines (Luzon ?).

Observations.

Mr. Sclater originally described this well-marked and interesting

60 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN [Feb. 6,

species from a male presented to H.R.H. the Duke of Edinburgh

by a Spanish gentleman at Manilla; and in the following year the

Society received in exchange a female of the same species which was

said to have come from the Philippines. The exact island inhabited

by this species remains, however, an open question. The skin and

skeleton of the type of the species are preserved in the British Museum

(76. 2. 30. and 1681 a); unfortunately the bones are in such bad

condition that I have found it impossible to form a clear idea of the

cranial characters ; but, so far as it is possible to judge from this

single specimen, the skull of Cervus alfredi resembles that of Cervus

nigricans much more closely than it does that of Cervus philippinus.

Specimens examined.

a. ¢ adult., type. Brit. Mus.

b. g jun. Zool. Soc. Menagerie.

e. 2 adult. Zool. Soc. Menagerie.

5. Description of twelve new Species and a new Genus of

Rhopalocera from Central America. By F. DuCane

GopMan and OsBer? SALvIN.

[Received January 26, 1877.]

The following species of Butterflies appear to us to be undescribed.

Figures of all of them have been prepared, and will be published at a

future time in a work on which we are now engaged. In the mean

time we issue these preliminary descriptions to enable us to inscribe

the proper names on our Plates.

DaNnAINz.

1. EuTRESIS THEOPE.

3. Exp. 37 in. Closely allied to #. hyperia (Dbd. and Hew. Gen.

Diurn. Lep. i. p. 112, Suppl. plate, f. 2), but differing from that

species in the general tint of the orange red of the wings being duller,

in having the whole of the central portion of the posterior wings semi-

transparent ; the dark markings of the central portion of the anterior

wings are more restricted, and the dark margin of the hind wings

much narrower.

Hab. Costa Rica. Mus. nostr. et H. Druce.

2. NAPEOGENES HEMIMELANA.

. Exp. 2°3 in. Allied to N. peridia, Hew. (Ex. B. i. Ith. 4,

f. 20), but differing in having the two middle of the four bands of

yellow spots of the anterior wings blended into one large spot,

and another smaller one lying between the second and third median

branches. On the hind wings the large yellow apical patch of N.

peridea is reduced to two minute spots, and the marginal row of

yellow spots is much smaller than in that species. :

Hab. Panama, Lion-Hill Station. Mus. nostr.

Besides the single specimen in our collection we have only seen

one other, a male, in that of Dr. Staudinger of Dresden.

1877.] ON NEW BUTTERFLIES. 61

3. IrHOMIA ALCMENA.

2. Exp. 2Lin. Allied to J. artena, Hew. (Ex. Butt. Ith. viii. f.

48), and having the same neuration of the hind wing as the female of -

that species, differing, however, in coloration, the dark margins

of the wings being much broader and blacker; the black quadrate

spot covering the base of the cell is placed at a more obtuse angle

to the costa, the extracellular white spot following the same angle

as the black one; near the distal ends of the median and radial

interspaces are obsolete white spots not seen in I. artena, but not in-

frequent in other Ithomie. The borders of the wings beneath are

deep rufous; and at the apical angle of all are minute white spots.

Hab. Guatemala; Choctum in Northern Vera Paz. Mus. nostr.

4. IrHomIaA PUSIO.

d. Exp. 1:7 in. Allied to I. lyra, Salv., and I. andronica, Hew.,

differing from the latter in the apex of the anterior wings having

only a narrow black border, inside of which up to the extracellular

white spot on the wing is diaphanous. In J. andronica white spots

are enclosed in the dark apex of the wing. As in J. andronica, the

dark spot covering the base of the cell is triangular and not subrect-

angular as in J. lyra. The Q (exp. 1°85) resembles the male in

colour, differing in the sexual divergence of the neuration usual in the

Hymenitis section of Ithomia.

Hab. Nicaragua, Chontales (Belt and Janson). Mus. nostr.

We have long hesitated to describe this I¢homia, owing to its simi-

larity to I. andronica; but having now seen a large number of speci-

mens we consider its distinctness sufficiently apparent.

5. ITHOMIA ZYGIA.

d. Exp. 2:7 in. Anterior wings semitransparent dark brown;

costa, outer and inner margins, a spot in middle of the cell, another

at the extremity, and the median and discoidal branches black; a

large spot near the end of the cell and two curved bands of spots

crossing the apical half of the wing, the outermost following the

curve of the margin, semitransparent yellow ; two small white spots

near the apex ; posterior wings semitransparent, fulvous, yellower in

the cell, and towards the apex a broad black margin enclosing three

white spots, that at the apex being the smallest ; underside as above,

the white marginal spots being more conspicuous. Female similar to

the male as to the position of the markings, but darker, the white

spots on the marginal border of the hind wings larger, central

portion of hind wings, and middle of inner margin of fore wings,

rich tawny.

Hab. Chiriqui. Mus. nostr. et H. Druce. Allied to I. gonussa,

Hew.

SaTyRINZ.

6. PrERELLA INCANESCENS.

3. Exp. 2°8; 2 3°15. Allied to P. helvina, Hew. (Ex. Butt.

Het. t. 1. f. 4), the colours being similarly distributed. ‘The black

62 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN [Feb. 6,

transverse markings of the wings are all less distinct; and that crossing

both wings beyond the end of the cell of each in the present species

passes in the hind wing considerably beyond the end of the cell.

The ocelli near the apical angle of the hind wings are larger, and the

red colour of the same is more extended, leaving only a comparatively

narrow black border. From P. ocreata, Salv. and Godm. (Ann. Nat.

Hist. ser. 4, vol. ii. p. 143), the present insect differs in the absence

of the conspicuous white markings of the hind wings, as well as in

the position of the bands common to both wings, and other minor

characters.

Hab. Nicaragua, Chontales (Belt, Janson); Costa Rica (Van

Patten, Endres); Chiriqui and Veragua (Arcé); Panama, Chepo

(Arcé). Mus. nostr.

7. OXEOSCHISTUS GIGAS.

9. Exp. 3°5 in. Outer margin of both wings dentated somewhat

as in the genus Dedalma. Apex of anterior wings truncate,

outer margin concave, the upper radial elongated and carrying a

well-defined emargination. Above brown; anterior wings with a

submarginal row of five white spots, and two other spots, one between

the median branches, the other between the first median branch and

the submedian nervure ; posterior wings with a broad tawny margin

intersected by the dark nervules, and having a black spot about the

middle of the median interspace. Beneath, anterior wings as above,

with the apex tinged with tawny, and irregularly marked with whitish

spots; hind wings deep tawny ; a row of ocelli between the median

and radial nervules, that between the median branches largest and

bipupillated, two ocelli hetween the submedian neryure and the first

median branch ; a number of irregularly-shaped silvery spots in the

vicinity of the ocelli, and four similar ones arranged across the middle

of the cell from the costa to the submedian nervure; an indistinct

pale submarginal band between the ocelli and the outer margin.

Hab. Guatemala, Aceytuno. Mus. nostr.

HELIcOoNINz.

8. HELICONIUS FASCIATUS.

3. Exp. 3°5 in. Closely allied to H. tsmenius, Latr. (Humb. and

Bonpl. Obs. Zool. ii. p. 125, t. 41. f. 5, 6), which it appears to replace

on the Isthmus of Panama. The black spot in the middle of the

cell unites with the black apical portion of the anterior wing; and

the posterior wings are crossed by a well-defined band extending

from the apex to the inner margin.

Hab. Isthmus of Panama (M‘Leannan). Mus. nostr,

NYMPHALIN.

Bo.Boneura, gen. nov.

Anterior wings short, costa rounded, outer margins with a slight

emargination. Posterior wings rounded, anal anglenot produced. Palpi

1877.] ON NEW BUTTERELIES, 63

long, projecting far beyond the head, as in the genus Nica. Costal

and median nervures of the anterior wing swollen towards their bases,

almost as in the costal nervure of the genus Cystineura. General

coloration as in the genus Epiphile.

Type Temenis sylphis, Bates (Ent. Monthl. Mag. i. p. 113).

Hab. Mexico and Guatemala. Mus. nostr.

9. EUBAGIS IMMARGINATA.

3. Exp. 1-7 in. Above uniform Zudagis green; the anterior wings

without black spots or dark outer margin; posterior wings with a

black margin, and a single black spot in the interspace of the median

branches. Beneath, the markings almost exactly correspond to those

of E. postverta (Cr.), the colour between the ocelli of the posterior

wings being darker than in the above species.

Hab. Nicaragua, Chontales (Belt, Janson). Mus. nostr.

10. Eunica mira.

2. Exp. 2°45 in. Anterior wings with the apex pointed, the costa

and outer margin uniformly convex ; margin of the hind wings

rounded. Anterior wings deep purple black, with a greenish tinge,

beyond the cell an interrupted band of paler greenish hue crosses the

wing from the costa to inner angle, outside of which is a band of

whitish ‘passing from the costa to the middle of the outer margin ;

posterior wings deep brown, outer margin pale; dark submarginal

spots near the apical angle. Beneath, both wings distinctly variegated

with black spots and bands on a blue-green ground, apex of the

anterior wings and margin of the posterior wings whitish, the former

crossed by a line of black spots; the posterior wings have a line of

fulvous spread over the regiou-of the median nervure, the inner

margin being of the same colour.

Hab. Veragua (Arcé). Mus. nostr.

This remarkable species, of which at present we have only received

one damaged female specimen, belongs to the group containing Lunica

sophronisba (Cr.), but is abundantly distinct from that species, both

in the coloration and the pointed apex of the anterior wings. The

male remains to be discovered.

11. Eunica Excetsa.

3 Exp. 2:95in. Similar to Z. cinara, Hew. (Ex. Butt. Oybd. t. i.

f. 2), as to the markings of the undersurface; but above, instead of

the smalt-blue of both wings being of a uniform tint, the hind wings

are suffused towards their outer margin with glittering greenish blue,

as in E£. venusia, Feld. (Voy. Nov., Lep. p. 407, t. 52. f. 3), and

E. aspasia, Feld. (Wien. ent. Monat. v. p- 104). From the last-

named species it differs in the greater extent of the smalt-blue of the

anterior wings and in the paler ground-colour of the posterior wings

beneath ; the glistening blue of the latter wings above is also greener

and more refulgent.

Hab. Chiriqui (4reé). Mus. nostr.

64 DR A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [ Feb. 6,

12. Eunica C&RULA.

3. Exp. 2:4 in. Allied to Z. tatila, H.-Sch. (Aussereurop. Schm.

f. 69-72), ex Haiti, but differing in the greater extent and more

purple tinge of the blue of the wings, which in Haitian specimens

(agreeing fairly with H.-Schaffer’s plate) is of a paler tint. Beneath,

the posterior wings are deeper brown, and the markings much less

distinctly defined.

Hab. Guatemala. Maus. nostr.

6. Account of the Zoological Collection made during the

visit of H.M.S. ‘ Peterel’ to the Galapagos Islands.

Communicated by Dr. Axsert Ginruer, F.R.S.,

V.P.Z.S., Keeper of the Zoological Department, British

Museum.

[Received January 29, 1877.]

(Plates XI.—XIII.)

The circumstances under which the zoological collection’ described

in this paper was obtained are, shortly, the following. By direction

of Rear-Admiral the Hon. A. A. Cochrane, who then commanded

the Pacific Station, Commander W. E. Cookson proceeded in H.M.S,

‘ Peterel,’ in June 1875, for a short cruise in the Galapagos archi-

pelago. His whole stay was limited to a fortnight, in which time

he landed on Charles and Abingdon Islands, and at Tagus and

Iguana Coves in the Albemarle Islands. These, at least, were the

localities where Commander Cookson, assisted by Staff-Surgeon

Bett, collected the zoological objects which, by direction of Admiral

Cochrane, have been deposited in the British Museum.

Valuable as this contribution to our knowledge of the Galapagos

fauna is, it serves at the same time to show how incomplete is our

acquaintance with one of the zoologically most interesting stations.

But for Commander Cookson’s timely visit, the Abingdon Tortoise

would, in all probability, have disappeared, unknown as if it had never

existed, or leaving only some fragments of its osseous frame. Per-

haps we may hope that the success which attended Commander Cook-

son’s search may encourage others to complete the work commenced

by Fitzroy and Darwin.

For the convenience of the student of this fauna, it seemed de-

sirable to keep together in a connected form the notices of the

various parts of the collection which have been examined and deter-

mined by the staff of the Zoological Department.

My thanks are due to Mr. McLachlan, F.L.S., for the notice of

the Libellule.

1 Referred to at meetings of the Zoological Society last year; see P. Z.S.

1876, pp. 178, 422, 520.

Pees lO? fel.

NN me oN SS

s\ vow Rh /

My) y

EA.Smarth del. Mintern Bros.1mp .

1—5, OPHIONEREIS ALBOMACULATA. 6, RHIZOCHILUS PARVUS.

7, TROCHUS COOKSONI, 8,SUCCINEA BETTI,

Pron 1877 | Pl, Sar.

C.Berjeau hth. Mintern Bros.imp.

1, LEPTODIUS COOKSONI.

2,CUBARIS GALAPAGOENSIS.

B.A.Smith

SPIDERS OF THE GALAPAGOS.

Mintern Bros. imp

a se

aly: 4

* .

Oe ee al

ewe ay

‘

Po Re ome

" a vie

ne)

1877.) COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL,’ 65

I. Brrps. By R. Bowpier Snapper.

The specimens were thirteen in number, and preserved in spirits of

wine. They were obtained on Charles and Albemarle Islands, the

two of the group of which we appear to know least; indeed, from

the latter island one species only, Mimus parvulus, is recorded by

Mr. Salvin in his important memoir recently published (Trans.

Zool. Soc. vol. ix. pp. 447-510). Commander Cookson obtained

also a Geospiza on that island. The species of Dendreca is widely

spread over the archipelago, and was previously known from

Charles Island ; but the existence of a Pyrocephalus in this locality

is confirmed for the first. time.

The exploration of Tower and Hood Islands is still a great desi-

deratum: their birds are reported to be peculiar ; but not a single

example of them has as yet reached European collections.

It is very remarkable that (as Commander Cookson reports) the

birds continue to be as tame as in former times, especially in Charles

and Chatham Islands, which have been so long inhabited ; the small

birds of all kinds are so tame that they are easily knocked down

with a switch, some of the men being able to kill numbers of doves

in this manner.

1. Mrmus pAaRvuLus.

Mimus parvulus (Gould) ; Salvin, 1. c. p- 472.

A single specimen from Albemarle Island, measuring as follows—

total length 8-4 inches, culmen 0:9, wing 3°95, tail 4-0, tarsus 1-3.

Considerable differences exist between the bird now sent and the

typical and unique specimen in the British Museum. It is much

greyer, and the head is varied with ashy-brown margins to the

feathers ; the hinder neck is conspicuously lighter, the white sides

of the neck converging and forming a half-collar ; the rufous rump

is very distinctly indicated, the upper tail-coverts being also shaded

with rufous, all the feathers mottled and having brown centres ;

wing-feathers dark brown, all broadly tipped with white, these

tips somewhat shaded with rufous on the inner secondaries and

greater coverts; tail-feathers dark brown, edged with grey, the

feathers all shading off into a white tip, broader on the inner web,

the outer feather externally edged with whitish; lores and ear-

coverts dark brown, slightly shaded with grey ; avery distinct white

eyebrow; cheeks and under surface of body pure white, the fore

neck and breast distinctly spotted with triangular marks of brown.

Professor Sundevall is inclined to unite all the Galapagoan Mock-

ing-Thrushes into one species; but Mr. Salvin points out that MV,

trifasciatus is a distinct species without doubt. In this I agree

with him, the large size and very distinct endings to thg wing-coverts

and tail-feathers, and above all the broad edgings of brown to the

breast-feathers, serving to separate it. But as regards the distinct-

ness of M. melanotis and M. parvulus, Mr. Salvin is more in doubt ;

and I believe, with him, that “a larger series of specimens would

show that the differences (in size alone) would gradually disappear.”’

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1877, No. V.

66 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [ Feb. 6,

The specimen sent by Commander Cookson exhibits a previously

undescribed plumage of these insular Mimi; it is most probably a

young individual.

2. DENDR@CA AUREOLA.

Dendreca aureola (Gould) ; Salvin, ¢. ¢. p. 473.

Three specimens from Charles Island, representing an old female,

a young male, and a young female. The young male bird is in an

interesting plumage, having the under surface yellow, the throat

white with a few yellow feathers intermixed, while on the breast the

reddish streaks are just beginning to appear.

3. GEOSPIZA FULIGINOSA.

Geospiza fuliginosa (Gould) ; Salvin, ¢. c. p. 482.

Three young specimens from Albemarle Island, whence no Geo-

spiza has as yet been recorded. Two are nestlings, the smallest

being uniform creamy buff below, and having very broad rufous

edgings to the wing-coverts and quills. The specimen appears to

be full-grown, and measures as follows—total length 3:9 inches,

wing 2°4, tail 1°7, tarsus 0°8. The Albemarle species would ap-

pear from these dimensions to be G. fuliginosa, as they are too big

for G. parvula, and there is also a specimen of a young G. fuliginosa

from Indefatigable Island (adel) in the British Museum, with

the plumage of which the Albemarle skin agrees very well indeed.

4. PyROCEPHALUS NANUS.

Pyrocephalus nanus (Gould); Salvin, ¢. e. p. 492.

No specimens of these Ruby- crowned Flycatchers have been before

recorded from Charles Island, though Dr. Habel says that the spe-

cies was found on all the islands visited by him. Commander

Cookson has sent five specimens, two of which, now that they are

made into skins, are yellowish where the adults are red ; this is pro-

bably owing to the action of the spirit upon the plumage, and does

not point to the specific distinctness of the Charles-Island bird. A

young male in changing plumage shows a decided shade of red ap-

pearing on the under surface.

II. Reprites. By Avsert GUNTHER.

The two species of Tortoises (Testudo microphyes from Albemarle,

and Testudo abingdonii from Abingdon Island) will be fully described

and figured in the author’s forthcoming work on Gigantic Land

Tortoises.

Only five species of Lizards are known from the archipelago, of

all of which specimens were obtained by Commander Cookson.

For a full description and figures I refer to the excellent paper re-

cently published by Dr. Steindachner (“ Die Schlangen und Kidechsen

der Galapagos Inseln,”’ Festschrift der zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1876,

4to). ‘Their distribution in the archipelago is as follows :—

1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘PETEREL,’ 67

1. LiocerHatus Gray (Bell) =Craniopeltis bivittata (Ptrs.)

according to Steindachner.

Chatham (Darwin).

Charles (Darwin).

Albemarle (Cookson, Steindachner).

James (Steindachner).

Indefatigable (Steindachner).

Jervis (Steindachner).

Abingdon (Cookson).

2. LiocepHatus pactricus (Steind.).

? Indefatigable (Habel).

Bindloe (Habel).

Abingdon (Cookson).

3. AMBLYRHYNCHUS CRISTATUS (Bell).

Generally distributed.

Commander Cookson states that the rocks at Iguana Cove were

thickly covered with Amblyrhynchi. He found them in numbers

at the other places he visited, but nowhere else so numerous and go

large in size. Here they were found to weigh from 20 to 22 lb.,

against 12 to 14 from other localities,

4. ConoLopuus suBcristatus (Bell).

Albemarle (Darwin, Cookson’, Steindachner),

James (Darwin).

Barrington (Darwin),

Indefatigable (Darwin).

5. PaHyLLopAcTYLus GALAPAGENSIS (Ptrs.).

Charles (Cookson).

Ill. Fisnzes. By Auserr Ginruer.

Of the twelve species enumerated below, five are new to the fauna

of the Galapagos archipelago, viz. Sargus unimaculatus, Argyriosus

setipinnis, Hemiramphus unifasciatus, Clupea libertatis, and Balistes

mitis.

1. CENTROPRISTIS PSITTACINUS (Val.). Charles Island.

2. SeRRANUS OLFAX (Jen.). Charles Island.

Jenyns (Zool. Beagle, p. 9, pl. 4) drew up his description from a

dried skin which evidently is much distorted, Therefore it appears

to be proper to give a new description from a specimen preserved in

spirits, 17 inches long.

D5 A. ae

Body compressed, of moderate height, its greatest depth being

1 Only a mandible, from Iguana Cove, 1s

68 DR. A, GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [Feb. 6,

equal to the length of the head and rather more than one third of

the total length (without caudal). Upper profile sloping in a mode-

rately strong curve from the commencement of the dorsal to the end

of the snout. Lower jaw the longest. The teeth are in strong card

in both jaws, the upper jaw with an outer series of stronger ones ;

one pair of canine teeth above and below, much stronger than any

of the other ones. Vomerine and palatine teeth in narrow short

bands. ‘The diameter of the eye is one half the length of the snout,

and two thirds of the width of the interorbital space. The maxillary,

when the mouth is closed, reaches to behind the middle of the orbit.

The structure of tie nostrils does not differ from that of the other

species of the genus: there are externally on each side two openings,

a small anterior, and large posterior ; they are separated by a narrow

bridge of skin, which, in dried examples, would be very liable to

shrink or disappear altogether. At the bottom of the posterior

opening are the two apertures described by Jenyns which lead into

the interior of the nasal organ.

The preoperculum is rather more than rectangular, the basal

margin nearly straight and horizontal, the ascending margin finely

denticulated with a shallow sinuosity above the angle. Operculum

with a flat triangular spine.

Seales nearly smooth, lateral line not very conspicuous.

Dorsal spines slender, the second being the longest, its length

contained twice and one fourth in that of the head. The length of

the first spine is four ninths of that of the second, the third, fourth,

fifth, and sixth spines gradually decreasing in length. Candal sub-

truncated. Body uniform dark brown. Head and fins yellow.

3. SERRANUS HUMERALIS (C. V.).

=8. albomaculatus (Jen.), Charles Island.

4, PristrpoMA CANTHARINUM (Jen.). Charles Island.

5. CHRYSOPHRYS TAURINA (Jen.). Charles Island.

Very closely allied to Ch. calamus.

6. SarGcus UNIMACULATUs (BI.). Charles Island.

This fish is to be added to the list of species occurring on both

sides of the Isthmus of Panama. Hitherto it was known from the

Atlantic coasts of Tropical America (including the West Indies)

only.

7. DoyDIXODON FREMINVILLII (Val.). Charles Island (Post-

Office Bay). Albemarle Island (Iguana Cove).

The number of dorsal rays varies from 15 to 17; that of the anal

rays appears to be more constant, namely 12. With regard to the

distribution of this fish on the Pacific side of the American conti-

nent, and the alleged presence of teeth on the palate, see Zool.

Record, iv. p. 160.

1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL.’ 69

8. ArGyrRiosuS sETIPINNIS (Mitch.). Charles Island (Post-

Office Bay).

9. HEMIRAMPHUS UNIFASCIATUS (Ranz.). Charles Island (Post-

Office Bay).

This is one of the fishes which appear to extend within the tropics

almost round the globe; hitherto it has not been brought from the

West coast of Africa.

10. Cuupea LiBeRtTatTis (Gthr.). Charles Island (Post-Office

Bay).

11. Terropon nerRatpi (Gthr.). Charles Island (Post-Office

Bay).

12, Bauisres mitis (Benn.). Charles Island (Post-Office Bay).

IV. Motuusca. By EnGar Smiru.

The shells collected by Commander Cookson are all from Charles

Island. They belong to twenty-two species, the majority of which

were previously known to have been found in the archipelago,

though we were ignorant in some instances of the island on which

they had been obtained. Six of the species are additions to this

fauna, three of them being apparently undescribed.

A. Marine Species.

1. Purpura PATULA, Linn.

Both the normal form of the species and the variety (P. columel-

laris, Lamarck) occur at Charles Island. Some of the typical

specimens with thin lips have the spire quite elevated, indeed quite

as much so as certain of the variety with the thickened and strongly

dentate labrum. One of the latter form is quite a curiosity, on ac-

count of its diminutive size and solidity, being only an inch in Iength

and yet quite adult.

2. PurpPURA CALLAOENSIS, Gray.

The single specimen from Charles Island differs from all Peruvian

examples I have seen in having four stout lirations within the aper-

ture, which do not reach to the margin of the labrum ; and the four

transverse ridges which usually encircle the body-whorl of this

species are very well developed. The specimens in the Cumingian

collection are stated to have come from the Galapagos Islands, ac-

cording to a ticket preserved with them; but Reeve quotes Callao

Bay as the home of the species.

3. ENGINA CRocosToma, Reeve.

This species has been found at Panama ; and the Philippine Islands

were given by its author as the habitat.

70 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [ Feb. 6,

4. Raizocuitus (CORALLIOPHILA) PARVUS, sp. nov. (Plate

XI. fig. 6.)

Testa parva, fusiformi-ovata, vir rimata, alba; anfractus circiter

7, convexiusculi, longitudinaliter plicati, plicis obliquis 10-11

validis, et liris spiralibus rugosis fortibus (in anfr. penult. 5-6,

in ultimo circa 18, alternatim majoribus) cincti; apertura

ceruleo-alba, pyriformis, ad basim canalem brevem aliquanto

recurvum jungens, longitudinis totius 3 paulo superans ; labrum

crenulatum, intus denticulatum.

Longit. 103 millim., diam. fere 6.

This pretty species is of a short fusiformly-ovate shape, entirely

white ; the whorls are spirally lirated, two of the lirations on the

upper whorls being stouter than the others ; and those on the last

are regularly alternately large and small, the stout ones being twice

as thick as the latter. The aperture is bluish white, pyriform, and

prolonged into the basal channel, which is somewhat recurved ; the

columella is straightish, thinly callous, smooth and shining; the

labrum is strongly crenulated on the margin and armed within with

about ten lirations, which do not extend far within the aperture.

Although there are not any very striking peculiarities in this

little shell, still it does not satisfactorily agree with any other species.

For its size the spiral ribs are remarkably stout, and are more con-

spicuous than the oblique plications.

5. COLUMBELLA FUSCATA, Sowerby.

Panama, Mazatlan, West Columbia, and Peru are other localities

where this species has been found.

6. Lavirus varicosus, Reeve.

It is curious that the single specimen obtained by Commander

Cookson is in exactly the same worn condition as the shells origi-

nally described.

7. LaTirvus TUBERCULATUS, Broderip.

Also found on the west coast of Central America.

8. Mirra (STIGATELLA) TRISTIS, Swainson.

This species is also quoted from Mazatlan, Panama, and St. Elena,

West Columbia.

9. Corus nux, Broderip.

10. Crrira1um MAcuLosuM, Kiener.

11. CaALypTR@A, sp.

There are two small specimens of a species of this genus in the

collection, probably the young stage of C. tortilis, Reeve, or C. al-

veolata, A. Adams, both of which are described as inhabitants of

these islands. One of them has taken up its abode in the shell of a

dead Fissuredla, and has curiously extended the margin of its shell

through the apical hole.

1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL,.’ 71

12, Hipponyx GRAYANA, var., Menke.

A young shell, apparently belonging to this species, differs from

the normal form in being much more coarsely radiately costated ;

and consequently the crenulation of the basal margin is considerably

more conspicuous.

13. Rissoma stricta, Menke.

The single specimen from the Galapagos Islands agrees very closely

with the description given by Menke (Zeitschrift fiir Malokozoologie,

1850, p. 177). The labrum is very greatly thickened, and the

transverse liration is strongly developed around the lower half of the

body-whorl. The whorls are ten in number, and have about twenty

smooth ribs, which are slightly flexuous on the last. Fig. 25, on

plate iii. of Schwartz von Mohrenstein’s monograph of the genus,

gives a very good representation of this species.

14. Trocuus (Ompaatius) cooKsont, sp.n. (Plate XI. fig. 7.)

Testa valde umbilicata, suborbiculata, levissime conoidea, fusco

roseoque variegata, lineis albidis nigro articulatis obscure picta ;

anfractus 43, sublevigati, converiusculi, striis spiralibus paucis

tenuibus insculpti ; ultimus Superne convexus, infra suturam

leviter depressus, ad peripheriam complanatus, idcirco biangu-

latus, basi subplanus, tenuissime spiraliter striatus, circa um-

bilicum sulco haud profundo aratus; umbilicus albus, profundus,

callo albido, ad basim columelle dentem Sormante circumdatus ;

apertura suborbicularis ; columella arcuata, anfractui callo

juneta.

Diam. maxima 8 millim., minima 7, alt. 4.

This shell is deeply umbilicated, elevately orbicular, convex above,

only slightly conical and flat beneath ; the last whorl is flattened at

its middle ; and this produces a double angulation, which, however,

is not very conspicuous; there is also a faint depression a little below

the suture. The coloration of this species is not very definite ; the

upper surface is blotched irregularly with pink and brown, and some

spiral, articulated lines, the base is a trifle paler ; the only sculpture

consists of fine spiral striations, which are most conspicuous on the

base; the callus which surrounds the umbilicus is whitish, and ter-

minates in a faint tooth on the columella, and is bordered by a

shallow sulcus in the whorl. The columella terminates above in a

callosity which extends upward some distance on the whorl, and

also spreads out within the aperture.

T. occultus of Philippi, bears a faint relationship to this form, but

is more conoid and more strongly sculptured.

15, FissureLua opscura, Sowerby.

16. Curron (Lopuyrus) GoopALLII, Broderip.

17. Curron (Lornyrvs) sutcarus, Wood.

72 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [Feb. 6,

18. ARCA, sp.

Two small shells, probably the young of aa larger species, seem

most nearly allied to 4. gradata, Brod. & Sowb.; they are rather

more finely reticulated than is usual with that species, but in form,

and the position of the umbones, they agree very well.

B. Terrestrial Species.

‘

19. Butimus nux, Broderip.

The specimens of this species collected by Commander Cookson

are very coarsely striated, and much darker in colour than those de-

scribed by Broderip. They are striped longitudinally with a mixture

of slate-colour and brown, with here and there some pale streaks ;

and some specimens have a distinct pale band around the middle of

the body-whorl; and the four apical whorls are bluish black.

This species is considerably variable in form, some examples being

much more elongate than others.

The following measurements show how great is the variation in

length. One shell is 20 millims. long and 10 in diameter, and

another very short one has a length of only 16 millims. and yet is

the same width as the longer specimen.

20. Butimus unirasciatus, Sowerby.

21. BuLimus ESCHARIFERUS, Sowerby.

This species is quoted by Reeve as having been found at Chatham

Island by Darwin. The Charles-Island shells are considerably

larger than those from the above locality, and also coarser in sculp-

ture, some of them displaying spiral granose or rugose striation as in

B. rugulosus of Sowerby, from the same islands ; and, indeed, they

appear to be an intermediate variety or connecting link between the

two species, both as regards size and sculpture. The largest speci-

men measures 19 millims. in length, and 73 in width.

22. SuccINEA BETTI, sp. nov. (Plate XI. fig. 8.)

Testa ovata, superne aliquanto acuta, tenuissima, diaphana, flavo-

cornea, versus apicem rubescens, irregulariter arcuatim striatula,

nitens ; anfractus 3, penultimus parvus convexus, ultimus max-

imus, inflatus ; apertura ovata, superne angustata vix obliqua ;

columella obliqua, parum arcuata, tenuissime callosa; peristoma

simplex regulariier arcuatum.

Long. 13 millim., diam. maxima 8, aperture longit. 10 millim.,

diam. 53.

Var. Testa brevior.

This species is most nearly allied to S. rubicunda Pfeiffer, which

was described as coming from the island of Masafuera, off the coast

of Chili. From it the present species differs in consisting of half a

whorl more. This difference is quite apparent when the spires of

the two species are regarded with the mouth of the shell towards the

eye. ‘The penultimate and apical whorls of the Galapagos species

1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL, 73

will be seen to be considerably more elevated than in rubicunda.

The colour of the latter is rather paler, except the apex, which is

perhaps a trifle deeper in tint.

V. Crusracra. By Epwarp J. Miers.

But little attention has hitherto been paid to the Crustaceans of

the Galapagos archipelago, except as regards the Oxyrhyncha (vide

Bell, Zool. Trans. ii. p- 39 et seg. 1841); and Commander Cook-

son’s collection contained four species only, two of which are well

known and widely distributed, the two others being undescribed.

1. Leproprus COOKSONI, n. sp. (Plate XII. fig. 1.)

Carapace smooth, transverse, scarcely at all convex, surface every-

where finely punctulated, the punctulations more crowded upon the

anterior part. Frontal margin with the median fissure distinct, ob-

securely 4-lobed. The frontal, gastric, and antero-lateral regions areo-

lated, the areolets and intervening fissures well defined. Antero-

lateral margins obtuse and rounded, the tooth at the external orbital

angle and the first marginal tocth quite obsolete, the three following

teeth having the form of obscure rounded lobes. Posterior to the last

tooth or lobe of the antero-lateral margin are two or three short,

obscure, transverse lines. Anterior legs very strong, granulated ;

wrist and upper and outer surface of hand with numerous raised

reticulating lines ; a blunt tooth at the antero-internal angle of the

wrist, and a slight ridge on the upper and inner margin of the hand,

terminating posteriorly in a tubercle. Fingers black. Ambulatory

legs short, smooth, and without hairs, except on the tarsi, which are

closely tomentose. Abdomen of g 5-, of 2 7-jointed. Length of

carapace of $ about +, in. Breadth 4 in.

Hab. Charles Island.

A single, apparently adult male is in the collection, and a female,

much smaller. Their colour (in spirits) is dark reddish brown.

This species has altogether the external aspect of a Xanthodius, but

has not any trace of the ridge upon the palate, the character upon

which the genus was founded by Stimpson. It is to be noted that

in Xanthodius this ridge is not produced to the anterior margin of

the buccal area, and, therefore, does not completely define the

branchial channel ; so that in fact the genus Xanthodius occupies an

intermediate position between the Chlorodiinze, in which the palatal

ridge is entirely absent, and the Oziine, in which it is fully de-

veloped.

2. GRapsus pictus.

Pagurus maculatus, Catesby, Nat. Hist. Carolina, ii. pl. xxxvi.

fig. 1 (1743).

Grapsus pictus, Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. vi. p. 69 (1803): M.-

Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii, p. 86 (1837).

Hab. Charles Island.

One specimen of this species, an adult male (length 23 in., breadth

74 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL > [Feb. 6,

3 in.), is in the collection. It occurs in nearly all the warmer tem-

perate and tropical seas of the globe. :

The specimen from Charles Island resembles in all respects speci-

mens of G. altifrons, Stimpson (Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York,

vii. p. 230, 1860), in the collection of the British Museum, from

Cape St. Lucas, California, presented by the Smithsonian Institu-

tion. This species cannot be regarded as distinct from G. pictus,

as the characters given are by no means constant or restricted to

Western-American specimens.

3. REMIPES PACIFICUS.

Remipes pacificus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust.1i. p. 407,

pl. xxv. fig. 7 (1852).

Hab. Charles Island.

One specimen was obtained.

This species was described by Dana from specimens collected at

the Fiji and Sandwich Islands; its occurrence at Cape St. Lucas,

California, has since been recorded by Stimpson ; and specimens from

the last-mentioned locality, presented by the Smithsonian Institution,

are in the collection of the British Museum. There are also speci-

mens in the collection from the New Hebrides, Fiji, Navigators’, and

Samoa Islands, the coast of Australia, the Philippines, and Mau-

ritius.

I think it not improbable that this species may be identical with

the Remipes testudinarius of Latreille (Gen. Crust. et Ins. i. p.

45), described and figured by Milne-Edwards (Hist. Nat. Crust. p.

206, pl. xxi. figs. 14-20), from Australia.

4, CUBARIS GALAPAGOENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XII. fig. 2.)

Convex, narrow-oblong, minutely punctulated, and strongly gra-

nulated. Head narrow-transverse, with two or three small granules

near its posterior margin. Eyes very small, black. First segment

of the body with two larger sigmoid elevations on its dorsal surface,

near its anterior margin, the granulations less regular and more

numerous than on the succeeding segments ; the six succeeding seg-

ments with a transverse series of about six regularly placed granules

near the posterior margin, and two or three in front of them, on

each side of the middle line a group of larger granules ; towards the

lateral margins the granules again become uniseriate. Segments of

the tail with but one or two small granules towards the lateral mar-

gins; last segment concave on the sides, wider at its proximal than

at its distal extremity, and with three small granules on its upper

surface. Antennee with the penultimate about half the length of

the last joint. Colour iron-grey, segments with paler margins and

patches on each side of the middle line.

Hab. Charles Island.

A single specimen is in the collection. This species is distinguished

from most of its congeners by the strongly granulated segments of

the body. In C. cubensis, De Saussure (Mém. Soc. Phys. et Hist.

Nat. Genéve, xiv. (2) p. 481, pl. v. fig. 42, 1858), the segments

1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL.’ 75

are granulated on each side, but the transverse series of submarginal

granules are wanting.

VI. Myriopopa and Aracunipa. By A. G. Buruer.

Myrioropa.

1. SCOLOPENDRA COMPLANATA.

Scolopendra complanata, Newport, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ist

ser, xili. p. 99.

One example, Charles Island.

ARACHNIDA.

1. ANDROCTONUS AMERICUS.

Androctonus americus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. 2, p. 1038. no. 4.

One example, Charles Island.

2. LyCosA INDOMITA.

Lycosa indomita, Nicolet, Gay’s Hist. Fis. de Chili, Aran. pl. 2.

fig. 12 (1854).

One example, Charles Island.

Previously known from Chili.

3. THERIDION CAROLINUM, n.sp. (Plate XIII. figs. 3, 3%, 3°.)

2. Cephalothorax testaceous, cordiform, truncate in front, caput

ascending, about half the width of the pectoral region, separated by

an oblique depressed line on each side, and having a central longi-

tudinal brownish line; eyes amber-coloured with black margins,

arranged in two very slightly convex rows across the anterior part of

the caput ; the four central eyes forming a nearly regular square, the

posterior pair being larger; the lateral pairs placed obliquely ; abdo-

men ovate, black, with a dorsal longitudinal moniliform band, and

three converging oblique lateral stripes (not reaching the central

band) whitish ; legs ochraceous, setose; tibize banded with brown,

palpi rather slender, testaceous, brownish at the tips; maxille and

falces testaceous; pectoral plate scutiform, testaceous in the middle,

brown on each side ; ventral surface of abdomen with a broad longi-

tudinal irregular whitish band, and a marginal streak of the same

colour on each side. Length 7 millims; relative length of legs 1,

4, 2, 3.

One example, Charles Island.

4. Larroprctus APicaLis, n.sp. (Plate XIII. figs. 5, 5°, 5°.)

@. Cephalothorax shining piceous, cordiform, truncate in front,

caput ascending, separated by a strongly defined depressed oblique

line on each side; anterior eyes blackish, posterior amber-yellow,

arranged in two convex rows on the front of the caput; the four

central eyes forming a nearly regular quadrangle, the posterior pair

being larger ; the lateral pairs placed rather further back and

76 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL (Feb. 6,

obliquely ; abdomen ovate, shining, piceous, with bronzy reflections,

densely setose ; a dorsal longitudinal ill-defined carina, and on either

side a series of about five punctures ; an apical white-tipped irregular

orange spot ; legs shining, piceous, setose ; proximal extremities of

tibie and the metatarsi slightly reddish ; maxillee and falces dark

olivaceous; pectoral plate scutiform, dark olivaceous ; ventral sur-

face of abdomen olivaceous at the base, a central laterally excised

large orange spot. Length 9 millims. ; relative length of legs 1, 4,

Bu:

Four examples, Charles Island.

This species seems most nearly to approach L. formidabilis of

Nicolet. ‘Two of the examples are much paler than the type, their

abdomens having a greyish appearance.

5. Epetra cooKsonil, n. sp. (Plate XIII. figs. 2, 2°, QP. 2)

Q. Cephalothorax reddish tawny, with three (central and lateral)

longitudinal brown stripes, elongate cordiform, truncated in front,

nearly flat, with a deep depression behind the head; eyes arranged

on the front margin of the caput, the four central ones forming an

elongate quadrangle upon a central prominence, the lateral pairs

placed further back at the anterior angles of the cephalothorax, very

small; abdomen velvety black, with a beautiful longitudinal sceptre-

like band, and dotted lateral stripes, gold, the inner margins of the

lateral stripes indicated by an interrupted sinuated golden line; legs

reddish tawny, the distal extremities of the tibize, metatarsi, and tarsi

blackish, the femora and tibie sprinkled with black bristles, the

metatarsi and tarsi clothed with black hairs; palpi ochraceous,

setose, with blackish terminal joint ; falees mahogany-red, maxillee

and labrum deep castanecus, bordered with ochraceous ; pectoral

plate subpyriform, pentagonal, piceous, with a longitudinal central

testaceous streak; ventral surface of abdomen velvety black, cas-

taneous at the base, streaked at the sides with undulating lines of

silvery hair; four large central pale ochraceous spots, in the centre

of which is a whitish spot ; a red spot on each side of the region of

the spinners. Length 16 millims. ; relative length of legs 1, 4, 2, 3.

Nine examples, Charles Island ; six specimens, Albemarle Island.

Var. abdomen olivaceous, markings whitish.

One specimen, Albemarle Island.

This beautiful species is most nearly allied to H. oaxacensis of

Keyserling, the figure of which would almost answer for it ;. but the

description of the coloration does not at all agree with it.

6. GASTERACANTHA INSULANA. (Plate XIII. figs. 1, 1%, 1°, 1°.)

Gasteracanthainsulana, Thorell, Ofvers. Vetensk. Akad. Férhandl:

xvi. p. 302. no. 8 (1859, edit. 1860) ; Eug. Resa, Zool. Arachn. p.

17 (1868).

Seven specimens, Charles Island, one specimen, Albemarle Island.

This very handsome species was originally described as from the

Galapagos Islands.

1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘PETEREL.” _ 77

7. THOMISOIDES UTRIFORMIS, n.sp. (Plate XIII. figs. 4, 4°,

4°, 4°.) °

Cephalothorax cordiform, truncate in front (the caput nearly

straight at the sides), orange-tawny, pilose, with marginal and radi-

ating lines of short black sets; eyes pale olive-hyaline, the central

pair close together on the centre of the anterior margin of the caput,

lateral pairs tolerably wide apart, placed on the lateral anterior

margins of the caput, slightly obliquely ; abdomen trapezoidal, ex-

cavated in front, transversely wrinkled and bisinuate behind, pilose,

sordid ochraceous, clothed in front with coarse black sete, a series

of depressions on each side; legs testaceous, banded with grey,

with longitudinal series of short black setze; palpi testaceous, setose ;

falces castaneous, setose ; maxillze and labrum castaneous ; pectoral

plate testaceous, circular, slightly truncated in front and behind;

abdomen below olive-brown, paler at base. Length 9 millims. ; re-

lative length of legs 2, 1, 3, 4.

One specimen, Charles Island.

Most like T. rubripes of Nicolet.

VII. Coxeorrera. By C. Warernovse.

GEODEPHAGA.

SELENOPHORUS GALAPAGOENSIS, G. R. Waterh.

The type of this species, found by Mr. Darwin and described as

** piceus,”’ is evidently immature, as the two specimens just received

from Commander Cookson (unfortunately also both females) are

almost black above, but very slightly neous when viewed obliquely.

The larger specimen measures 44 lines.

Hab. Charles Island (Darwin and Cookson).

HyDRADEPHAGA.

EUNECTES OCCIDENTALIS, Er.

Six examples, which agree very well with the brief description of

this species.

Hab. Charles Island (Cookson).

Actutius 1nctsus, Aubé, var.

Three examples. The male agrees perfectly with that of A. in-

cisus. The female differs in having the thorax more punctured, and

in having the elongate punctures on the elytra much stronger and

more close than in any examples of zncisus; and the punctures,

although diminishing in strength and density, extend nearly to the

apex.

ve considerable difference is admitted to exist in this respect in

A. circumscriptus, the specimens from Galapagos must, I think, be

considered mere varieties of 4. incisus.

Hab. Charles Island (Cookson).

78 "pr. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL - [ Feb. 6,

PaALPICORNIA.

TROPISTERNUS LATERALIS, Fab.

This species has already been recorded from the Galapagos, and

appears to be common there.

Hab. Charles Island (Darwin and Cookson).

NECROPHAGA.

ACRIBIS, gen. nov.

Head large, broad, convex above; epistoma slightly produced, .

narrow; antennze about as long as the head, Ist joint rather

elongate, 2nd short obconic, 3rd as long as the 2nd and more slen-

der, 4th to 7th becoming gradually shorter, 8th nearly globular, the

9th, 10th, and 11th forming a large ovate compressed club. Inter-

mediate legs retractile; posterior femora partially covered by the

posterior margin of the metasternum. Basal segment of the abdo-

men large, the 2nd and 3rd very short.

Closely allied tv Clambus, which it resembles in general form.

ACRIBIS SERRATIVENTRIS, Sp. 0.

Subglobosus, niger, nitidus, discrete subtilissime punctulatus ;

capite subtus antennisque piceo-testaceis ; elytris apice obtuse

rotundatis ; abdomine piceo, segmentis marginibus minute ser-

ratis. Long. § millim.

Build of Clambus minutus, but smaller and not so much narrowed

posteriorly. Shining black. Head large, very broad and very con-

vex, angular at the sides, emarginate on each side of the base of the

epistoma at the insertion of the antenne. Thorax ample, the

whole surface marked with fine transverse scratches, and sparingly

and very finely punctured (as are also the head and elytra), each

puncture bears a short fine black hair; the posterior angles are

broadly rounded. Scutellum triangular, short, and very broad.

Elytra convex, but less so posteriorly, a little longer than broad,

not much narrowed towards the apex, which is broadly rounded.

Underside. — Head beneath pitchy testaceous. Thorax below

deeply excavated for the reception of the head in repose. Inter-

mediate legs, when retracted, completely hidden by the posterior

portion of the mesosternum. Metasternum a little shorter than the

basal segment of the abdomen, with its posterior margin slightly

flexuous in the middle. Posterior femora rather large, well separated

from each other at their bases; tibiee about } the length of the

femora: posterior tarsi as long as the tibiee, rather stout. Abdomen

pitchy, the margins paler, the margins of the Ist to 4th segments

serrate or, rather, minutely toothed like a comb; the basal seg-

ment, as well as the sterna, are distinctly and moderately thickly

pencilled.

Hab. Charles Island (C. Darwin).

PHALACRUS DARWINII, sp. 0.

Oblongo-ovalis, convexus, piceo-niger, nitidissimus ; antennis pe-

1877.] ‘COLLECTION MADE RY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL.’ 79

dibusque obscure testaceis ; elytris punctorum seriebus duabus,

singulis stria suturali, antice abbreviata, impressis. Long. 14

millim.

Nearly black; the head pitchy. Thorax (when seen under a

microscope) sparingly punctured. Elytra with an impressed sutural

stria, only visibly punctured when seen under the microscope; paral-

lel to this stria is a row of punctures, a little further removed from

the stria than the stria is from the suture ; there is a second row of

punctures, but it is not quite so distinct as the first.

Hab. Charles Island (C. Darwin).

MALACODERMATA.

MeELyrip&.

ABLECHRUS, gen. nov.

Eyes entire, not very prominent. Antennze inserted in front of

the eyes, of 9 joints, the Ist joint short obconic; the 2nd as long as

broad; 3rd as long as the first, a little rounded at its base; 4th and

5th as long as the 3rd, subcylinarical; the 6th and 7th a little

shorter ; the 8th one third longer than broad, narrowed at its ex-

treme base; the 9th joint one third longer than the 8th, elongate-

ovate, subacuminate at the apex. Thorax convex, transverse,

rounded at the sides and behind. Elytra at their base not broader

than the thorax, but somewhat suddenly widened below the shoulders,

ample posteriorly, rounded at the apex.

This insect closely resembles Hbeus thoracicus in form; the

structure of the antennze, however, is quite different, and unlike any

genus of Melyridee with which I am acquainted. Its position would

be near Hbeus.

ABLECHRUS FLAVIPES, sp. 0.

fEneus, nitidus, vix pubescens; thorace transverso, cum elytris

sat crebre evidenter punctato, his thorace fere triplo longiori-

bus, basi thorace haud latioribus, postice ampliatis, apice ro-

tundatis; antennis flavo-testaceis, articulis tribus apicalibus

infuscatis ; pedibus flavis. Long. 2 millim., lat. 1 millim.

General form that of Hbeus thoracicus, but smaller and relatively

a trifle shorter; thorax rather convex, a little narrowed in front,

very finely margined at the sides and posteriorly, distinctly and

rather thickly punctured. Scutellum distinct. Elytraat their base

not broader than the thorax, but immediately becoming broader and

rounded posteriorly. Legs yellowish; the posterior tibiz slightly

curved ; apex of tarsi slightly infuscated.

Hab. James Island (C. Darwin).

HETEROMERA.

STOMION GALAPAGOENSIS, G. R. Waterh.

Three examples were brought by Commander Cookson.

380 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [Feb. 6,

AMMOPHORUS COOKSONI, Sp. Nn.

Oblongus, ater, vix nitidus ; capite lato, planato, crebre fortiter

longitudinaliter ruguloso-punctato: thorace quam caput + la-

tiore, latitudine quam longitudo 1 majore, sat convexo, con-

fertim fortiter punctato, antice posticeque oblique angustato,

lateribus medio subparallelis, angulis anticis subacutis promi-

nulis, posticis acutiusculis vix divaricatis ; elytris basi thorace

haud latioribus, postice paulo ampliatis, convexis, fortiter late

sulcatis, sulcis seriebus punctorum magnorum transversim im-

pressis, interstitiis angustis cariniformibus, nitidis; humeris

denticulo acuto armatis; pedibus brevibus obscure piceis, tibiis

asperatis. Long. 3 lin., lat. 13 lin.

This species is closely allied to A. obscurus, G. Waterh., but is

relatively broader. The 4th to the 11th joints of the antenne are

very strongly transverse ; the forehead is more strongly punctured ;

and the interspaces are inclined to form rugule, especially near the

eyes. The thorax is more strongly punctured, about } broader than

long (whereas in A. obscurus it is only as broad as long) ; the sides

are more sinuous. The coste of the elytra are more pronounced,

and the channels are more slightly punctured. The legs are shorter

somewhat and rough.

Hab. Charles Island. Brit. Mus.

PHYTOPHAGA.

Haticipz.

DoceMa, gen. nov.

Antenne approximate at their base. Claws simple. Cotyloid

cavities for the anterior coxze open. Prothorax marked posteriorly

with a transverse impressed line, not bounded on each side by the

short longitudinal impression. Posterior femora not reaching to

the extremity of the elytra. Basal joint of the posterior tarsi as long

as the two following joints taken together; the 2nd and 3rd joints

about as long as broad.

The position of this genus appears to me to be next to Graptodera.

1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S, ‘ PETEREL.’ 81

1. DocEMA GALAPAGO“NSE, G. R. Waterh.

Haltica galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh. Ann. and Mag. N. H.

1845, xvi. p. 39.

Hab. Charles Island (C. Darwin).

2. LoNGITARSUS LUNATUS, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, piceo-testaceus, nitidus ; thorace convexo, paulo

latiore quam longiore, postice parum angustato, fere levi ;

elytris basi thorace vix latioribus, medio rotundato-ampliatis,

erebre evidenter punctatis, lunula communi picea notatis.

Long. 13 millim.

Closely resembles L. ballot, Marsh., in form and general appear-

ance. The antenne are nearly the same; but the second joint is a

little more pear-shaped ; and the third is as long as the second, but

more slender. The thorax is a trifle less broad, and not visibly

punctured. The elytra are very convex, much rounded at the sides,

broadest across the middle, the shoulders almost completely effaced ;

the surface is somewhat uneven, which makes the punctuation less

distinct ; and the punctures are rather closer and finer than in

L. ballote; a lunate pitchy band is placed across the middle.

Hab. Charles Island (C. Darwin).

GALERUCID.

DraBRoTIcA LIMBATA, Sp. 0.

Nigra, nitida; thorace pallide flavo; elytris piceis, obsolete

costatis, inter costas irregulariter biseriatim striato-punctatis,

apice levi, marginibus flavis ; antennis basi pedibusque obscure

testaceis, tarsis fuscatis. Long. 2 lin.

Head shining black. Thorax scarcely broader than long, a little

narrowed towards the base, pale yellow, with two well-marked

depressions on the disk. Elytra pitchy; at their base not quite

twice as broad as the thorax, rather broader behind, obsoletely cos-

tate towards the sides, with double irregular lines of distinct (but

rather fine) punctures between the costee ; the apex nearly smooth ;

the margins pale yellow, the yellow part widening at the apex. Legs

yellowish, the knees and tarsi slightly dusky.

Hab. James Island (C. Darwin).

The following are the species of Coleoptera known to me to have

occurred in the Galapagos Islands.

1. Albemarle Island.

Corynetes rufipes, Faér.

2. James Island.

Notaphus galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh.

Dermestes vulpinus, Fadr.

Ablechrus darwinii, C. Waterh.

Corynetes rufipes, Fabr.

Ammophorus bifoveatus, G. R. Waterh.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1877, No. VI. 6

82 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [Feb. 6,

Anchonus galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh.

Diabrotica limbata, C. Waterh.

Scymuus galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh.

3. Chatham Island.

Creophilus villosus, Grav.

Bostrichus uncinatus, Germ.'

Ammophorus galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh.

Pedoneeces pubescens, G. R. Waterh.

4. Charles Island.

Selenophorus galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh.

Eunectes occidentalis, Hr.

Acilius incisus, Audé.

Tropisternus lateralis, Fabr.

Acribis serrativentris, C. Waterh.

Phalacrus darwinii, C. Waterh.

Stomion galapagoénse, G. R. Waterh.

Ammophorus cooksoni, C. O. Waterh.

Ormiscus variegatus, G. R. Waterh.

Otiorhynchus cuneiformis, G. R. Waterh.

Docema galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh.

5. The particular island not specified.

Feronia calathoides, G. R. Waterh.

Feronia insularis, Bohem. °

Feronia galapagoénsis, G. R. W aterh.

Amblygnathus obscuricornis, G. 2. Waterh.

Copelatus galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh.

Philhydrus, sp.

Copris lugubris, Bohem.

Oryctes galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh.

Physorhinus galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh.

Stomion helopoides, G. R. Waterh.

Stomion levigatum, G. R. Waterh.

Ammophorus obscurus, G. R. Waterh.

Pedoneeces galapagoénsis, G. R. Waterh.

Pedonceces morio, Bohem.

Phaleria manicata, Bohem.

Eburia amabilis, Bohem.

VIII. Hymenoptera and Diprera. By Frep. Smiru.

The Hymenoptera collected by Commander Cookson are referable

to two species. Three other species collected by Mr. Darwin during

the Voyage of the ‘ Beagle,’ specimens of which were quite recently

deposited in the British Museum by G. R. Waterhouse, Esq., may

be added on this occasion.

1 The “‘ Apate” mentioned by Mr. Waterhouse, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.

1845, xvi. p. 36.

1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S, ‘PETEREL.’ 83

1, Camponotus sENEX, Smith, Cat. Hymenopt. part vi. p. 47.

From Charles Island (W. E. Cookson).

2. CAMPONOTUS PLANUS.

Worker. Length, 12 line. Black, with the legs, antennee, and

mandibles ferruginous; thinly sprinkled with pale glittering hairs.

Head slightly shining, oblong, a little wider than the thorax, with

the eyes prominent and situated high at the sides near the vertex.

Thorax rounded anteriorly, flattened above, and gradually narrowed

to the metathorax, which is truncate behind ; the sutures dividing

the pro-, meso-, and metathorax only slightly impressed. Abdomen

ovate, semiopaque ; the node of the petiole incrassate, narrow, the

sides nearly parallel, rounded above.

Charles Island (C. Darwin).

3. CAMPONOTUS MACILENTUS.

Worker. Length, 27 lines. Pale ferruginous, with the legs pale

testaceous, smooth and shining, and having a few erect scattered

pale hairs. The head wider than the thorax, oblong, with the eyes

large, ovate, and black; the vertex slightly emarginate behind.

Thorax compressed and much narrowed behind, convex above.

Abdomen wider than the head, and oblong-ovate. The scale of the

petiole wedge-shaped and rounded above.

Charles Island (C. Darwin).

4. AGRIOMYIA VAGANS.

Female. Length 2 lines. Head and thorax rufo-piceous; abdo-

men pale ferruginous, smooth and shining. Head oblong, the vertex

rounded behind ; the mandibles and antennze paler than the head.

Thorax a little longer than the head, deeply strangulated between

the pro- and metathorax; the former rounded in front and very

convex; the metathorax abruptly truncated obliquely ; the legs

rufo-piceous, with the tarsi and the articulations pale testaceous ;

the tibiee paler than the femora and spinose exteriorly. Abdomen

oblong, cylindric, and one third longer than the head and thorax,

mottled with dark rufo-piceous stains; the second segment with

three or four transverse impressed lines; the apex acute.

On comparing this insect with females of the different genera into

which the genus Thynnus has been divided, it appears from its general

structure to belong to the genus Agriomyta of Guérin.

Charles Island (C. Darwin).

5. XyLOcoPpA MORDAX, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874,

p- 294, 2.

Male. Length 8 lines. Ochraceous, the ocelli and mandibles

black, the latter with a yellow spot at their base; the clypeus with

a rufo-fuscous longitudinal line in the middle ; the antennz fuscous

above ; the pubescence fulvous. The mesothorax smooth and shining

on the disk, as is also the scutellum ; both nearly impunctate, having

only a few very fine punctures: the mesothorax blackish on each

84 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [Feb. 6,

side and closely punctured. Wings fulvo-hyaline, their nervures

dark ferruginous; the femora rufo- -piceous, palest towards their

apex; the pubescence on the thorax and legs fulvous. The apical

margins of the segments of the abdomen rufo- -piceous ; the pubes-

cence fulvous.

Albemarle Island, Charles Island (W. £. Cookson).

Of Dierera, Commodore Cookson collected two species in Charles

Island, one being the Musca ochricornis of Wied., the other appa-

rently new—

SYRPHUS ALBOMACULATUS.

Length 4 lines. The front covered with silvery tomentum, as

well as the posterior margin of the head behind the eyes. The

thorax of a metallic blue-green; the scutellum rufo-piceous, with

its posterior margin pale testaceous. Wings hyaline and splendidly

iridescent ; the nervures dark fuscous. The legs rufo-piceous, with

the anterior tibize, the base of the intermediate and posterior pair,

and also the tips of the femora pale rufo-testaceous. Abdomen

blackish brown, smooth and shining; at the base of the seeond and

third segments laterally a large white isosceles-triangular macula.

IX. Nevrorrera. By R. McLacuuan.

Only two species collected; both are Dragonflies, belonging to

the subfamily Libellulina.

1. PANTALA HYMENZA.

Libellula hymencea, Say, Journ. Acad. Philad. vol. viii. p. 19.

Pantala hymenea, Hagen, Neurop. N. Amer. p. 142.

One individual. In the ‘ Neuroptera of North America,’ Hagen

records this only from Indiana, Western Texas, and Mexico. Later

on, in his “ Synopsis on the Odonata of America”’ (Proc. Bost. Soc.

Nat. Hist. vol. xviiii May 1875), he adds Illinois and Cuba as

localities. In the ‘ Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine,’ vol. xi. p. 92

(September 1874), I noted that Mr. G. F. Mathew, R.N., found the

species at Payta, Peru, and says of it:—‘‘ This fine species occurred

along the sea-coast. I cannot imagine where the larvze fed, as there

was no fresh water within many miles of Payta, and rain is almost

unknown there. Just above high-water mark, in some places, there

were large patches of a species of Mesembryanthemum ; and these

dragonflies were always to be found hawking above them.” I pos-

sess an example from Chili. There can be little doubt that the

species 18 migratory, though not to the same extent as its congener

P. flavescens, which is found almost all over the world.

2. TRAMEA, Sp. ?

Three individuals. As these examples are in bad condition, and

having regard for the difficulties that surround the group, I do not

venture to describe them, although they possibly pertain to a new

species, of large size (almost as large as Pantala hymenea), and with

1877. ] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL.’ 85

only a very small dark anal spot on the hinder wings, in this latter

character differing from most of the species of Central America.

There are also two “ nymph’’-forms, which I was at first inclined

to consider only conditions of one species, but which 1 am now con-

vinced represent the nearly mature condition of two; and it may be

that they pertain to the Pantala and Tramea respectively.

The larger form (Pantala®) (fig. 1) may be described as follows :—

Length, 23 millims. Body above (exceptiug the eyes and anal

processes) uniformly opaque, pulverulent, brownish grey ; beneath,

dingy yellowish and shining. Eyes yellowish. Mask of labium

elongate, its anterior edge forming a triangle with obtuse apex.

_Mandibles very large and prominent, standing out much in advance

of the front of the head, their interlocked edges with about eight

rather blunt teeth; very convex externally, forming (with the mask)

a gibbous projection. Head above with a large and deep triangular

depression behind the region of the ocelli. Pronotum with rounded

hinder margin. Anterior rudimentary wings very narrow, lanceolate,

extending to the hinder suture of the sixth abdominal segment ;

posterior broad in the anal portion, rather longer than the anterior.

Abdomen short and broad, a small black triangular spot in the

middle of the hinder suture of each ventral segment; the alate mar-

ginal portion very broad if viewed from beneath. Eighth segment

produced at the sides into a strong flattened acute tooth, furnished

with small distant spines on the edge. Ninth produced into a much

longer and broader curved tooth, broadly triangular at its base, also

with small spines on its edge. The form of the anal valves &c., is

as follows :—Median dorsal process long and very strong, its sides

dilated and triangular at base, the upper edge forming a sharp keel.

Lateral superior processes slender and much shorter. Lateral infe-

rior processes long, lanceolate, and very acute, scarcely shorter than

the median dorsal process, slightly curved. All the anal processes

shining, and dingy yellowish. Legs slender, not especially long,

concolorous with the body; but on the femora and tibie there are

indications of broad fuscescent rings, and the intermediate and pos-

terior tarsi are blackish.

86 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [ Feb. 6,

The smaller “ nymph” (Zramea ?) (fig. 2) is only 19 millims. long.

Uniformly very shining, brown, with a tinge of blackish above; pale

greyish yellow beneath. Eyes deep black. Mouth-parts even still

more prominent than in the form above described : mandibles thickly

sprinkled with small blackish dots ; the interlocked edges without

visible teeth. Head above with an oblong depression behind the

region of the ocelli, with a lateral extension on each side, dilated,

and forming broad shallow pits, in which the antennze are inserted.

Pronotum with a broad yellowish median band ; its posterior edge

raised and rounded. Anterior rudimentary wings narrow, extending

over the hinder margin of the 7th segment; posterior very broad at

the base in the anal portion, network distinct, the apices extending

to beyond the middle of the 8th segment. Abdomen very short and

broad ; each ventral segment with two small blackish spots, having

a tendency to form two lines on the terminal segments ; alate lateral

portions extremely broad; Sth and 9th segments each produced

laterally and posteriorly into a lanceolate acute process, with fine

spines on the outer edge, that on the 8th extending to about the

apical margin of the 9th, that on the latter equally long, and ex-

tending beyond the anal processes. Median dorsal anal process lan-

ceolate, strong, curved downward, its dorsal edge with long blackish

spines towards the apex. Lateral superior processes slender and

spiniform, blackish at the tips, as long as the dorsal. Lateral in-

ferior processes much longer, stronger, and nearly straight, furnished

with long and strong black spines, inferiorly at the base with long

yellowish spiniform hairs. Legs much longer than in the form above

described, more slender, pale brownish, but with a faint blackish

line on the femora and tibiz externally, and with blackish tubercles

on their edges, whence arise short yellowish spines.

This “nymph” is evidently in its last stage before the exclusion

of the imago. The neuration of the hind wings is distinct ; and the

position of the triangle warrants the belief that it pertains to Tramea.

Upon comparing these ‘“‘nymphs” with those of two familiar

European species, viz. Plathemis depressa and Diplax striolata, the

most striking feature is the greater prominence of the mouth-parts,

the longer and more slender legs, and the absence of the dorsal den-

tate crest on the abdomen. P. depressa has the angles of the apical

segments not produced into processes ; but in D. striolata the pro-

cesses are very evident, and approach the forms here described.

X. LeprpoprerRa, ORTHOPTERA, and HEMIPTERA.

By A. G. Bur_er.

The following list contains not only the species collected by Com-

mander W. E. Cookson, but also some Hemiptera discovered by

Charles Darwin, Esq., during the visit of the “‘ Beagle,” and recently

deposited in the British Museum.

Among the species most worthy of note may be especially men-

tioned a beatiful little moth (Cydosia sylpharis, n. sp.) obtained by

Commander Cookson, and certainly the most splendidly coloured form

of that genus yet described.

1877.] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL.’ 87

LEPIDOPTERA.

1. DEIOPEIA ORNATRIX, Var.

Noctua ornatriz, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 829.

One specimen, Albemarle Island, June 23, 1875.

This is the less heavily marked form of the species, also taken in

the Galapagos Islands by Darwin.

2. CypDOsIA SYLPHARIS, sp. n.

Primaries dark metallic green; an abbreviated subcostal longi-

tudinal streak, a much longer longitudinal submedian streak, an in-

terrupted longitudinal internal streak, a basicostal litura, several

costal spots, a large oblique subapical spot, and a congregation of

dots upon the disk towards the external angle silvery white; a spot

above the end of the cell, and a second at external angle, bright

golden; secondaries hyaline whitish, the veins brown; the borders

brownish grey, diffused internally ; discoidal cell and area beyond it

greenish iridescent ; thorax metallic green, spotted with white; body

bronzy, greenish towards its anal extremity, white at the sides,

primaries below shining brown, secondaries hyaline, with the veins

and borders brown; pectus brown, spotted with white, anterior coxze

golden ; venter bronzy green, with a central series of large white spots ;

expanse of wings 1 inch 2 lines.

One example, Albemarle Island, June 23, 1875.

This and the preceding species, although sent in spirit, are in very

fair condition.

There are also in Commander Cookson’s collection two larvee of

a Sphinz moth, two of a Geometer, and a pupa of (apparently) a

Pyralide, from Charles Island.

ORTHOPTERA.

1. PANCHLORA SURINAMENSIS.

Blatta surinamensis, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 687.

Charles Island (2 adult, 2 immature).

2. PERIPLANETA AMERICANA.

Blatta americana, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. il. p. 687.

Charles Island (2 adult examples).

3. AGRECIA COOKSONII, 0. sp.

Q. Above piceous or black, mottled with testaceous ; head almost

uniformly black ; frons castaneous, testaceous at the sides; man-

dibles black, castaneous at the base ; under surface of the body testa-

ceous ; oviduct testaceous, its outer half blackish along the margins.

Head dull, nearly smooth, rather broader than the prothorax, an

obtuse prominence between the antennz ; antennze about twice the

length of the body ; eyes very prominent ; frons shining, punctured

in the middle ; mandibles deeply grooved externally ; thorax rugose,

with lateral carina ; wings undeveloped ; abdomen obovate, dorsally

88 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL [Feb. 6,

carinate, terminal appendages above short, curved, subpyriform ;

oviduct much compressed, very acute, curved upwards, not so long

as the abdomen; anterior coxze with a short anterior external fusi-

form spine; anterior femora with three increasing denticles towards

the distal extremity of their infero-interior margin ; tibice with seven

pairs of short acute spines along their inferior margins ; middle coxee

without spine; posterior femora with four denticles ; posterior tibize

with ten pairs of short acute spines. Length of the body 11 to 20

lines, oviduct 5 to 7 lines.

Three examples, Charles Island; two examples, Albemarle Island,

June 23rd.

The type is from Charles Island ; it is the largest and most nearly

adult example sent ; the smaller examples are much paler.

4. ACRIDIUM MELANOCERUM.

Acridium melanocerum, Stil, Eug. Resa, p. 326.

Five examples, Charles Island ; three examples, Albemarle Island.

5. ACRIDIUM LITEROSUM.

Acridium literosum, Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. iv. p. 620.

Two examples (one immature), Charles Island.

6. Vares? sp. (larval form).

Two examples, Charles Island.

HeEMIPTERA.

1. Sc1ocoRIs GALAPAGOENSIS, 0. sp.

Olive-brown, depressed, densely punctured; head rounded and

slightly narrowed in front, slightly notched in the middle of its an-

terior margin, angulated in front of the eyes, rounded behind, about

as long as the thorax ; thorax deeply excavated in front, depressed

at the sides; scutellum longer than the head and thorax together,

linguiform ; corium of hemelytra extending beyond the end of the

scutellum, the pellucid area being consequently extremely small ;

abdomen reddish brown, clouded with blackish ; legs rather slender,

testaceous, all the femora with a black internal spot: length 4 lines.

One imago, Charles Island (W”. #. Cookson).

There is also what I believe to be an immature form of this species ;

but it is too little developed for accurate determination.

2. ANASA OBSCURA.

Anasa obscura, Dallas, Cat. Hemipt. p. 505.

Three examples, Galapagos Islands (Darwin).

The particular island is not specified.

3. Nysrus MARGINALIS.

Nysius marginalis, Dallas, Cat. Hemipt. p. 556.

Charles and James Islands (Darwin).

1877. | COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL.’ 89

This appears to be a common species. It is described by Stal

(Eug. Resa, p. 252) as Cymus galapagensis ; but the form of the

head, with its extremely prominent eyes, seems to agree far better

with Nysius.

4, Miris Linear, n. sp.

Form and size of M. ruficornis ; pale flesh-colour or pinky white ;

femora of legs testaceous ; head oblong, subconical, abruptly conical

in front, about two thirds the length of the thorax ; the latter widen-

ing hindwards ; scutellum cordiform, nearly as long as the head; a

central longitudinal well-defined carina from the front of the head

to the apex of the scutellum, bordered on each side by a grey line, a

grey streak also running from the back of the eyes to the hinder

margin of the thorax ; abdomen rose-colour, with a central longitu-

dinal carmine line which extends to the anal extremity, and with a

lateral similar line which terminates at the antipenultimate segment :

hemelytra longer than the abdomen, longitudinally plicate ; base of

antenn, and tibize of legs, hairy : length 54 millimetres.

Two examples, Charles Island (Darwin).

Mr. Darwin obtained three examples of the larval condition of

what is apparently an allied species from James Island.

5. CAPsus SPOLIATus.

Capsus spoliatus, Walker, Cat. Hemipt. Heteropt. vi. p- 112.

n. 254,

Charles and James Islands (C. Darwin).

6. Capsus nIGRITULUS.

Capsus nigritulus, Walker, Cat. Hemipt. Heteropt. vi. p. 112. n. 255.

Charles Island (0. Darwin).

Walker’s type is quite black, but apparently not naturally so; two

other examples recently obtained, but also collected by Mr. Darwin,

are tawny, with bright castaneous spots on the outer margins of the

hemelytra,

7. CAPSUS QUADRINOTATUS.

- Capsus quadrinotatus, Walker, Cat. Hemipt. Heteropt. vi. p. 113.

n. 256.

Charles and James Islands (C. Darwin).

Evidently a common species.

8. Capsus parwinI, n. sp.

Head conical, broader than long; thorax trapezoidal, convex,

nearly twice as wide behind as it is long ; scutellum rectangularly

triangular, slightly longer than the thorax ; hemelytra considerably

longer than the abdomen; antenne about the length of the entire

body. Colour testaceous, antennee blackish towards the tips ; head,

thorax, and corium of hemelytra above, and the sides of pectus below,

longitudinally streaked with parallel black lines; membrane with

two black spots on the costa, the first at the apex of the corium, and

90 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE ZOOLOGICAL (Feb. 6,

the other halfway between the latter and the apex of the membrane :

length of body 22 millimetres, of entire insect with the wings closed

4 millimetres.

Three specimens, Charles Island (C. Darwin).

A very pretty and well-marked species.

9. MoNANTHIA CYTHARINA, 0. Sp.

Fifiform, general aspect and coloration of M. debilitata.

Head pyramidal, white, the central area longitudinally subcylin-

drical, with a central carina, reticulated with brown ; thorax much

wider than long, with compressed angular lateral wings, subsinuate in

front, centre of anterior margin deeply excavated, three well-defined

longitudinal keels, the central one straight, the two lateral ones con-

cave ; brown, with white borders and keels, the whole surface reticu-

lated with darker brown; scutellum cordiform, brown, with darker

reticulations, a central longitudinal white keel; basal half of hem-

elytra broad and externally strongly convex; apical area narrower

and less convex ; each hemelytron with a longitudinal fusiform area

enclosed by a keeled margin, from the base to the middle; central

area brown, with the keels and a central 4-shaped marking white ;

costal borders white, with a quadrate spot near the base and several

at apex dark brown; the whole surface reticulated with dark brown ;

legs and antenne testaceous: length 3 millimetres.

One specimen, James Island (C. Darwin).

HemirpTeRA Homoptera.

1. Issus VARIUS.

Issus varius, Walker, Cat. Homopt. ii. p. 372.

James and Charles Islands (C. Darwin).

2. Issus ROSTRIFER, N. Sp.

Head conical, rostriform when viewed laterally, leaf-like above, with

a marginal and a central longitudinal ridge ; pronotum considerably

wider than long, convex in front, concave behind, with a prominent

tubercle behind the antero-interior angle of each eye; meso- and

metanotum narrow, irregular, with a central longitudinal carina ; seu-

tellum triangular with sinuated sides, and narrow marginal ridge ;

abdomen laterally compressed, somewhat depressed at base, so that

the scutellum, seen laterally, forms with the metanotum a projecting

tubercle ; tegmina semicircular, reticulated ; colour testaceous, head

above brightest in tint: length 3 millimetres.

Charles Island (C. Darwin).

3. DELPHAX SUBSTITUA.

Delphax substitua, Walker, Cat. Homopt. ii. p. 354. n. 21.

Charles and James Islands (C. Darwin.)

4, DeLPHAX VICARIA.

Delphax viearia, Walker, Cat. Homopt. ii. p. 355. n. 23.

Charles and James Islands (C. Darwin).

1877. ] COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘ PETEREL.’ 91

5. DrLPHAX SIMULANS.

Delphaz simulans, Walker, Cat. Homopt. ii. p. 355, n. 24.

Charles and James Islands (C. Darwin).

6. DELTOCEPHALUS OBLIQUUS.

Acocephalus obliquus, Walker, Cat. Homopt. iii. p. 851. n. 23.

7. JASSUS PLANUS, N. sp.

Above sordid testaceous ; pronotum in front, and head, ochraceous,

the latter with a greyish spot in the centre of the ocelli; tegmina

pale testaceous, hyaline; pectus and venter pale testaceous ; rostrum

and legs sandy yellow ; eyes brown; ocelli black: head very broad,

exceedingly short from the vertex hindwards, convex in front, con-

cave behind ; thorax convex in front, the sides converging, subsinuate,

and ending in a truncate slightly convex line behind; scutellum

triangular, all the sides slightly sinuate; tegmina extending conside-

rably beyond the abdomen, rather narrow, distinctly convex in front ;

rostrum extending to the second pair of coxe, broad and angulated

at base, its basal article centrally tumid ; hind tibiee with about seven

external strong spines: length of body 3 millimetres, including the

tegmina 43 millimetres.

One example from Charles Island (C. Darwin).

8. JASSUS LUCIDUS, Nn. sp.

Shining mustard-yellow; tegmina whitish, transparent ; wings

white; head broad, exceedingly short from the vertex hindwards,

convex in front, concave behind ; thorax transverse, much broader

than long, very convex in front, less so behind ; scutellum triangular ;

tegmina extending considerably beyond the body, rather narrow,

slightly convex in front; rostrum nearly as in preceding species, but

narrow at base ; hind tibize densely spined: length of body about

22 millimetres, including the tegmina about 33.

One example, James Island (C. Darwin).

The specimen being somewhat damaged, I have been unable to

take absolutely definite measurements.

9. JASSUS STRIOLARIS, 0. sp.

Head testaceous, above with a central and lateral longitudinal line

and a spot on each side between them, black; frons with a central

line and the ocelli black ; thorax black, with two central dots in

front, and two U-shaped markings on the posterior half, testaceous ;

scutellum testaceous ; tegmina black, with longitudinal testaceous

veinings ; body below black; legs testaceous: structure as in I. planus:

length of body 3 millimetres, including the tegmina 43 millimetres.

Charles Island (C. Darwin).

XI. Ecurnopermata. By Epear Sirs.

I. Ecuint.

]. Ciparis THOvVARSH, Val.

2. TOXOPNEUSTES SEMITUBERCULATUS, Val.

92 ON THE COLLECTION MADE BY H.M.S. ‘PETEREL. [Feb. 6,

II. AsTeriip&.

3. HELIASTER MICROBRACHIA, Xantus.

Ill. Oruiurz.

4, OPHIOTHRIX SPICULATA, Leconte.

5. OpHIONEREIS ALBOMACULATA, Sp. nov. (Plate XI. figs. 1-5.)

Disk somewhat pentagonal, finely scaled, the scales in the region

of the radial shields larger than elsewhere ; radial shields very small,

narrow, pointed within, not far apart, the inner sides nearly straight,

outer curved, white with the outer tips blackish; oral shields

shaped like a short spear-head, the point being obtuse, and towards

the mouth and the handle broad and short, the madreporic shield

a little larger and of a somewhat different form ; side oral shields

irregularly triangular, small, situated on the sides of the orals, the

outer angle touching the first very small ventral arm-plate, the lower

end not nearly reaching to the apex of the oral shield; mouth-

papillee 6-8 on each mouth-angle, subequal, the outermost one gene-

rally the largest ; arms about six times as long as the width of the

disk, broadest about an inch from it, and towards it gradually attenu-

ating ; upper plates irregularly quadrangular, the sides converging

outwardly ; the outer edge is consequently narrower than the inner,

and straight ; the supplementary plates on each side about half as

large as the central ones ; lower arm-plates square, with the angles

rounded; 4 spines on about the first twelve side arm-plates, 3 on the

rest ; the lowest is a little the smallest, the central one the largest

(2 millims. in length), the uppermost broad, compressed and truncate

at the apex ; the single tentacle-scale is large and subcireular. The

colour of the disk (in alcohol) dark olive, almost black, varied with

white near the radial shields; arms above of the same dark tint as

the disk, with white spots at intervals of a few segments, and towards

the end of the arms the plates on each side of those which are white

or which are white-spotted are almost black ; lower arm-plates pur-

plish brown, tentacle-scales a little paler; arm-spines dark olive with

pale lips.

Diam. of disk 13 mill.; width of the first dorsal arm-plates inclu-

ding the supplementary ones 2 millims., of the fifteenth 3 millims.

Hab. Charles Island.

This species is remarkable in having the middle portion of the rays

considerably broader than the base; the first lower arm-plate is very

small, being only about one fourth the size of the next and situated

between the side mouth-shields. The white spots on the upper sur-

face of the arms are generally on the outer edges; but towards the

end of the arms they meet, thus forming transverse white bands ; and

on each side of them the adjoining plates are much darker than the

roots of the arms, in fact almost black, thus giving a very striking

variegated aspect to them.

1877.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON NEW BIRDS FROM BORNEO. 93

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats XT,

Figs. 1-5. Ophionereis albomaculata, p. 92.

Fig.

onto

. Rhizochilus parvus, p. 70.

. Trochus (Omphalius) cooksoni, p. 71.

. Succinea bettit, p. 72.

Puate XII.

Leptodius cooksoni 3, nat. size, p. 73.

. Front, antennal, and orbital region, and buccal cavity, showing ab-

sence of palatal ridge, enlarged.

. Hand of male; enlarged, twice nat. size.

. Abdomen of male; enlarged.

. Abdomen of female; enlarged.

Cubaris galapagoénsis; enlarged, three times nat. size, p. 76.

. Lateral view in outline.

. Front of head showing antennz ; enlarged, six times nat. size.

. Terminal segment, do.

Puate XIII.

Gasteracantha insulana, Thorell, nat. size, p. 76,

. Profile of the same.

. Caput, with eyes, showing their position.

. Single falx, showing arrangement of teeth.

Epeira cooksonii, Butler, nat. size, p. 70.

. Profile of the same.

. Caput, with eyes.

. Single falx.

Theridion carolinum, Butler ; enlarged, twice nat. size: p. 75.

. Profile of the same.

. Caput, with eyes.

Thomisoides utriformis, Butler, nat. size, p. 77.

. Single falx of the same.

rebrofile.

. Caput, with eyes.

Latrodectus apicalis, Butler, profile, nat. size: p. 75.

. Single falx of the same, showing the want of teeth.

. Caput, with eyes.

7. Description of a New Species of Lobiophasis and a New

Species of Pitta from the Lawas River, N.W. Borneo.

By R. Bowpter Suarpe, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Senior

Assistant, Zoological Department, British Museum.

[Received February 6, 1877.]

When my friend Mr. Ussher was appointed Governor of Labuan,

the first thing that I naturally asked him, was to try and get addi-

tional specimens of the Lobiophasis bulweri. I have received several

letters from him, announcing the successive failures of his attempts

to obtain more examples of this bird; but at last I heard from him

that, although the collector whom he had sent to the Lawas river had

not met with the longed for Pheasant, he had procured a pair of an

apparently new species, which I might expect to see before long.

94 MR. R.B.SHARPE ON NEW BIRDS FROM BORNEO. [Feb. 6,

On the arrival of the specimens, I perceived at once several indica-

tions of the novelty of the Pheasant; and on showing them to Dr.

Sclater and Mr. Gould, they agree with me that we have in these

birds a second species of the genus Lobiophasis, which I propose to

call

LoOBIOPHASIS CASTANEICAUDATUS, sp. n.

3. L. similis L. bulweri sed paullo major, pileo plumifero et

cauda castanea distinguendus: long. tot. 22, culm.1°6, ale 11:0,

caude 7°5, tarsi 3°35.

2. Ochracescenti-brunnea, plumis omnibus nigro vermiculatim

undulatis : pileo vix cristato: collo undique pallide ochraces-

centi-fulvo, concolori: gula pallide fulva: corpore reliquo subtus

rufescenti-ochraceo, obscure fusco vermiculato, abdomine imo

cinerascenti lavato: remigibus nigro et ochraceo extus distincte

vermiculatis, secundariis rufescentibus, minutius undulatis:

eauda saturate castanea, obscure nigro vermiculata: long. tot.

20, culm. 1:6, ale 9°85, caude 7:6, tarsi 2°6.

Hab. Borneo, in ripis fluminis “ Lawas”’ dicti.

The chestnut tail of this bird, which is evidently quite adult,

seems to suggest the impossibility of its being the same as L. bulweri;

and it is to be noted that the Malay hunter who procured both the

original specimen of Bulwer’s Pheasant and the present species did

not imagine that the two birds could be the same. I must con-

fess that the smaller size of the wattles and the plumed head induced

me to consider this new bird as being probably ZL. bulweri in an

intermediate stage, perhaps in the second year. No such difference,

however, in the plumage of any Pheasant is known as yet; and after

consulting with the eminent authorities above mentioned, I have

ventured to describe it as distinct.

Along with this Pheasant Governor Ussher sent a Pitta, which is

undoubtedly new to science, and which I designate as

PITTA USSHERI, Sp. Nn.

P. similis P. venustee sed colore nigro purpureo lavato, pileo,

facie laterali et gutture nigris distinguendus : pectore summo

nigro purpureo lavato: long. tot. 6°8, culm. 0°85, wing 3°54,

tail 1°3, tarsus 1°6.

Hab. Lawas river, N.W. Borneo.

The differences between P. ussheri and P. venusta consist in the

much richer coloration of the former. Thus, where P. venusta is

brown with a reddish gloss, P. ussheri is black with a purple lustre;

the top of the head, sides of face, and throat are entirely black. In

P. venusta the edges to the wing-coverts are cobalt, but are not

very distinct, whereas in P. usshert they are extremely broad and

very brilliant, while the secondaries are also shaded with blue.

1877.] MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE VOYAGE OF CAPT. HUNTER. 95

February 20, 1877.

Professor Flower, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

A communication was read from Professor Owen, C.B., F.R.S.,

containing an account of the additional evidence recently obtained

as to the occurrence of extinct gigantic birds of the unwinged group

allied to Dromornis in Australia. The specimens upon which Prof,

Owen’s remarks were based consisted of a pelvis obtained by Mr.

W. B. Clarke from what is termed locally the ‘‘ Canadian lead,’’ at

a depth of from 150 to 200 feet, in the county of Phillip, New South

Wales, and of a mutilated left tibia, stated to have been found in

a cave in Mount Gambier, South Australia.

This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

Mr. Osbert Salvin, F.R.S., exhibited a volume of original draw-

ings taken by Mr. George Raper during the voyage of Capt. Hunter

to Australia in 1788-92, and made the following remarks :—

“Though the north-eastern side of New Ireland was discovered

as early as 1616 by Le Maire and Schouten’, and the passage be-

tween New Britain and New Guinea by Dampier in 1700, it was not

until September 1767 that the channel between New Britain and

New Ireland was discovered by Carteret*, and named by him St.

George’s Channel.

“From him and from Dampier most of the salient geographical

features of the immediate district received names, including the Duke-

of-York Island, which lies in St. George’s Channel. Carteret, how-

ever, though he seems to have carefully examined the southern end

of New Ireland, did not attempt to land on Duke-of-York Island,

but passed to the eastward of it. Captain John Hunter, when in

command of the transport ‘ Waaksambeyd,’ one of the ships which

conveyed the first convicts to Botany Bay and Norfolk Island under

Governor Phillip, appears to have been the first person actually to

visit this island, and in his ‘ Historical Journal,’ chap. ix.*, gives a

full account of the doings of himself and his ship’s company there,

as well as a description of the vegetation and scenery of it and the

adjoining islands.

“With reference to this voyage I now exhibit some water-colour

sketches which have recently come into Mr. Godman’s and my

possession, and which were made by one George Raper, who was evi-

dently in the ship with Capt. Hunter. In them are depicted scenes

connected with the voyage of the ‘Sirius’ and ‘Supply,’ the two

vessels which conveyed the first convicts to Australia; and with them

are views of Port Jackson, Norfolk Island (then covered with pines),

' ‘Directions for the Pacific Ocean,’ by A. G. Findlay, part ii.

* Hawkesworth’s ‘ Voyages,’ i. p. 595.

% ‘Historical Journal of the ‘Transactions at Port Jackson and Norfolk

Island, with the discoveries which have been made in New South Wales and in

the Southern Ocean since the publication of Phillip’s Voyage,’ &c, 4to: London!

1793.

96 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [Feb. 20,

and other places, as well as several objects of natural history, inclu-

ding the white Gallinule (Fulica alba) of Lord Howe’s Island. One

of these drawings represents ‘‘ Port Hunter,’’? Duke-of-York Island,

and, no doubt, gives a fair idea of the island as it then existed.

“Several of the French expeditions visited these islands. De

Bougainville’ in 1768, the year after Carteret’s discoveries, spent

some days at the southern end of New Ireland, and named the small

cove at the eastern end of Gowan’s Harbour ‘ Port Praslin.’ This

spot was afterwards visited by Duperrey in the ‘Coquille’ in 1823;

and here the only entomological collections which have hitherto

reached Europe from this island were made. These were described

in the Zoology of the Voyage of the ‘ Coquille’ by Guérin-Méneville ;

and several of the butterflies are figured in the atlas of that work.

“The different explorers who have visited these islands seem to

have been variously impressed with them, according, perhaps, to the

season of the year when they were there. All, however, extol the

richness of the verdure, the extent of the forests, as well as the

grandeur of the scenery of both New Britain and New Ireland; but

the climate is very humid, and the rainfall at times excessive.”

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Birds collected by Mr. George Brown, C.M.Z.S.,

on Duke-of-York Island, and on the adjoining parts of

New Ireland and New Britain. By P. L. Scuarsr,

M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.

[Received February 19, 1877.]

(Plates XIV.—XVI.)

I am now in a position to give the Society a better account of the

collection of Birds made by our Corresponding Member, Mr. George

Brown, in Duke-of-York Island and on the adjacent portions of New

Ireland and New Britain, which I exhibited at our second meeting

in January last®. Before, however, I do this, I will make a few

preliminary remarks, to serve as an introduction to this and the

papers to follow, which some of my friends have been kind enough

to prepare, on other branches of Mr. Brown’s collections.

For my first introduction to Mr. Brown, I am indebted to Dr. F.

Miller, the well-known botanist, of Melbourné, who wrote to me in

1874 pointing out Mr. Brown’s enthusiastic love for natural history,

and recommending his election as a Corresponding Member of the

Society. Mr. Brown was at that time attached to the Wesleyan

Mission in the Samoan group, but shortly afterwards returned to

Sydney, and was sent out as the leader of a new Wesleyan Mission at

Port Hunter, Duke-of-York Island. Mr. Brown left Sydney in

1 © Voyage round the World,’ by Lewis de Bougainville, translated by

John Reinhold Forster. 4to0: London, 1773.

» See above, p. 28.

J Smit del & lith . M&N Hanhart imp

Fig \.MONARCHA VERTICALIS

2.DICG2UM EXIMIUM.

Sumit ith

ARTAMUS

INSIGNIS

M&N Hanhart ump

way

foe ee Bias

eure

WYNNVHO

NWIO0THd

UAtT FAG =f

1877.] DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, ETC. SF

April 1875 in the ‘ John Wesley,’ and, after a visit to several mis-

sion-stations, arrived at Port Hunter in the August following. Here

he at once proceeded to collect living specimens for the Society, and

in September 1875 wrote to me announcing the dispatch to Sydney!

of a number of birds, of which, I regret to say, only the Cassowaries

eventually reached us alive’. In replying to Mr. Brown, I took the

opportunity of pointing out to him the very interesting nature of the

locality in which he was resident, and of assuring him that I would

do my best to see that any zoological specimens that he might be

able to collect there were properly worked out, and that due credit

was given to him.

Fig. 1.

Outline Map of Duke-of-York Island, New Britain, and New Ireland, from the

Admiralty Chart,

M:. Brown returned to Sydney in October last, bringing with him

the collection which we have before us this evening, in making which

he had, I believe, the assistance of Mr. Cockerell, a young Australian

naturalist and collector. Mr. Brown’s letters, however, do not contain

details upon the manner, nor, I regret to say in many cases, upon the

exact localities in which his specimens were obtained; but I gather

1 See extract from his letter, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 2.

? See P.Z.S8. 1876, p. 413, where these birds are determined as Casuwarius

bennetti. But until these birds are adult this determination must be considered

provisional only,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. VII. 7

95 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [ Feb. 20,

from his correspondence, and from notices in several newspapers and

journals’, that Mr. Brown’s head quarters during the year which he

passed in this district were Port Hunter, Duke-of-York Island,

where is the Wesleyan Church and Mission, and that frequent ex-

cursions were made thence to the adjoining large islands of New Bri-

tain and New Ireland. Writing on February 4th, 1876, he speaks

of having been seven times over to New Ireland in three months,

and of there being missionary stations at Nodup and Matupiin New

Britain, both occupied by native teachers. It may be assumed, there-

fore, that Mr. Brown’s collections were formed on those parts of the

islands of New Britain and New Ireland which are nearest to Duke-of-

York Island’, as shown in the accompanying outline chart (p. 97).

The collection of birds which Mr. Brown has transmitted to me

for determination consists of 89 skins, belonging to 70 species, of

which 10 appear to be new to science, as shown in the subjoined

Table.

P 6) ees New to

Skins. Species. ai

| I Science.

UF Pagsenessenccetesvacse sci 25 20 5

TI OaCey Bes ccvesc access - 16 13 1

TEP RELAG 5 <0 coatwcceine eo 10 8 1

WVcr IS ERIP OS) aie seveecseceesees 1 1 1

IVE PA CCIDIURES we. one ace sc 5 4

VI. Herodiones ............ 3 2

WET, Coltimbss o.n..cs.ccs0000 20 13 2

Wen.» Grallliteise Waens: cisco cass. 1 1

ONS diGamisess.cccccees. se 1 1

BAe linmicaiee! iicssnvesedeyes 5 5

KL, Gia Viseeonpesnarneciesnentec 2 2

89 70 10

The following is a detailed account of them *:—

1. Crsticota RuricEps, Gould, B. Austr. iii. pl. 45 (7).

Apparently a worn specimen of this species, which Mr. Sharpe

1 See Wesleyan Missionary Notices for Feb. 1876, p. 28, and Jan. 1877, p. 17.

2 Since this paper was read I find that Mr. Brown has sent a communication

to the Royal Geographical Society on his expedition to Duke-of-York Island.

It appears from this memoir (which, through Mr. Bates’s kindness, I have had

the opportunity of reading in MS.) that Duke-of-York Island is not, as is marked

on the chart, one island, but a group of twelve islands, of which seven are in-

habited. Mr. Brown states that he examined about 130 miles of the coast of

New Treland, from Cape Bougainville northward, and crossed the island from

west to east, at a point N.N.E. of Duke-of-York Island. On New Britain Mr.

Brown examined the coast from Cape Orford and Spacious Bay to Cape Palliser

on the west, and thence round Blanche Bay, and as far as Port Weber at the

head of a deep bay about 20 miles east of Cape Lambert. The collections sent

were therefore, we may presume, all made within these limits.—P. L. 8S.

3 Prof. Salvadori, to whom I transmitted Mr. Brown’s collection for exami-

nation, has most kindly furnished me with some notes on the specimens, of

which, at his request, I have not hesitated to make use.

1877. DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, ETC. 99

tells me occurred also in Mr. Stone’s collection from the south of

New Guinea. The exact locality is not given.

2. Pirra mackxotTr, Mill. & Schl.

One example, New Britain, Feb. 1876.

I was at first inclined to separate this Pitta from P. mackloti, on

account of its having a blue line on the crown, as in P. celebensis ;

but Prof. Salvadori assures me that “ some specimens from Batanta,

Waigiou, and Andai have this mark equally conspicuous.” The

occurrence of a Pitta in New Britain is a fact of great interest.

3. SAULOPROCTA MELALEUCA (Quoy et Gaim.).

Muscipeta melaleuca, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. i. p. 180,

t. 4. f. 3.

Sauloprocta melanoleuca, Cab. Mus. Ornith. Hein. p. 57.

Sauloprocta melaleuca, Scl. P. Z. 8S. 1869, p. 119.

Sauloprocta tricolor, Salvad. et D’Alb. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii.

p: 23.

The locality of Mr. Brown’s specimen is not marked; but the

species was first obtained in New Ireland. It is also found in

the Solomon Islands and New Guinea. Whether MMauscipeta tri-

color, Vieillot, ex Timor (Maugé), is identical must remain uncertain

until specimens from that island have been compared. Wallace dees

not include the species in his Birds of Timor (P.Z.S. 1863, p. 485).

4, RHIPIDURA SETOSA.

Muscipeta setosa, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. i. p. 181, t.4.

f. 4 (1830).

Rhipidura setosa, G. R. Gray, Gen. B. i. p. 259, et Cat. B. Trop.

Isl. p. 17.

Rhipidura gularis, Miller et Schl. Verh. Ethn. p. 185 (1839=

44).

One skin of this species, being from Duke-of-York Island, is, no

doubt, the true R. setosa, originally described from New Ireland ; but

I suspect it is also scarcely different from R. gularis of New Guinea,

and that these two species will have ultimately to be united. Cf.

Meyer, Sitz. Ak. Wien, Ixix. p. 503.

5. MonaARCHA VERTICALIS, sp. nov. (Piate XIV. fig. 1.)

Super ater: uropygio, primariorum tectricibus mediis et secunda-

riorum omnibus albis: frontis, faciet, regionis ocularis, et

gutturis totius plumis nigris, exstantibus, quasi squamosis,

fascia verticali alba ex similibus plumis composita: abdomine

et subalaribus albis : rostro et pedibus nigris: rictu setis rigidis

munito: long. tota 6:0, ale 3°3, caude 211.

Hab. Duke-of-York Island (Oct. 1875).

Obs. Sp. Monarche loricate, Wall. (P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 29, pl. vi.),

100 MR. P. 1. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [Feb. 20,

affinis, sed cauda nigra, uropygio et macula verticali albis digno-

scenda. ;

6. MonarcHA CHRYSOMELAS.

Muscicapa chrysomela, Garn. Voy. de la Coq. Zool. i. p. 594,

Atl. t. 18. f. 2.

Monarcha chrysomela, Sw. Class. B. ii. p. 257.

Monarcha cordensis, Cab. et Reich. Journ. f. Orn. 1876, p. 320 (7).

The locality for this species given in the text of the ‘ Voyage of

the Coquille’ is New Zealand ; that given on the plate is New Ireland,

which is, no doubt, correct.

The New-Guinea bird commonly assigned to this species is con-

spicuously different, having the greater part of the back black. I

propose to call it Monarcha melanonotus'. Qn the other hand, the

form from Kordo, which Meyer has recently named M. kordensis

(Sitz. Ak. Wien, lxix. p. 252), comes near the typical M. chrysome-

las, but has the black colour rather wider on the back, and extend-

ing further down on the throat. In M. kordensis also, the black

colour narrowly surrounds the eye, which is not the case in DL. chry-

somelas.

M. chrysomelas is sometimes referred to the genus Arses of Lesson;

but the first species in Lesson’s list (Traité d’Orn. p. 387), which

I suppose must be regarded as the type, is Arses telescophthalma,

which certainly belongs to a different form. I may also remark that

Arses kaupi of Australia being little more than a representative form

of d. telescophthalma, the institution of a separate genus (Ophry-

zone) for the former, as has been proposed by Mr. Ramsay (P. Z. 8.

1868, p. 383), is unnecessary, and that Ophryzone= drses.

7. MoNARCHA ALECTO.

Drymophila alecto, Temm. PI. Col. 430. fig. 1 (¢).

Monarcha alecto, Meyer, Sitz. Ak. Wien, lxix. p. 504.

Muscicapa chalybeocephalus, Garn. Voy. de la Coq. Zool. i.p. 589,

Atl t lash 2? ).

Monarcha chalybeocephalus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genova, vii. p. 768.

Piezorhynchus nitidus, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pl. 88.

New Ireland is the original locality of Garnot’s Muscicapa chaly-

beocephalus ; and Mr. Brown sends us a pair of birds from Duke-of-

York Island, collected in October 1875, the female of which quite

agrees with Garnot’s figure and description. 5

I have compared them with a series of Piezorhynchus nitidus from

Cape York, collected by Mr. Cockerell, and now in Mr. Godman’s

collection, and can find no tangible differences.

I have also examined skins of the same bird from New Guinea,

and am quite inclined to agree with Dr. Salvadori’s views (/. s. ¢.) as

to its range and synonyms. Dr. Meyer seems to have arrived at

1 The form from Aru, M. aruensis, Salvy. (Ann. Mus, Civ. Genoa, vi. p. 309),

appears to haye the back as black as the Papuan form.

1877. ] PUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, ETC. 101

nearly the same results, and I use the name alecto; which he adopts,

for the reasons which he gives,

8. ARTAMUs INsIENIS, sp. nov. (Plate XV.)

Candidus : capite cum cervice undique, alis et cauda nigerrimis :

remigum et rectricum pagina inferiore cineracea ; subalaribus

albis: rostro ceruleo, pedibus fuscis: long. tota 7 ‘7, ale 5'8,

caude 2°5.

Hab. New Ireland (March 1876).

O6s. Diversus ab 4. monacho capite alis et cauda nigris.

Here is a second instance of a repetition on the further side of New

Guinea of a Celebesian type, d. monachus of Celebes being certainly

the nearest known ally of this fine new species,

I have examined a specimen of 4. melaleucus (Forst.) of New

Caledonia in the British Museum, but find it quite distinct, having

the upper back black. 4. maximus, Meyer, of New Guinea, is of

the same large size as the present bird, but has the whole back black.

9. GRAUCALUS PAPUENSIS (Gm.).

T refer a single skin without exact locality to the wide-ranging

Graucalus papuensis, as understood by Salvadori (Ann. Mus. Gen.

vil. p. 771) and Meyer (Sitz. Ak. Wien, Ixix. p- 505).

10. Epoxiosoma, sp. ine. (2).

A single skin, without exact locality, belongs to a female of one of

the species of this genus—perhaps H. muelleri, Salvad. (= plum-

beum, Miill. nec Wagler). A very nearly similar skin in the British

Museum is marked £. schisticeps (G. R. Gray).

11. Lavace xarv.

Ceblepyris karu, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. p. 633, Atl. t. xii.

Lalage karu, Salvad. Ann: Mus. Gen, ix. p. 28.

A male of this species from Duke-of-York Island (Oct. 1875). It

was originally established on specimens from New Ireland.

12, Dicranostreptus MEGARHYNCHUS,

Edolius megarhynchus, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. Astrol. Zool. i. p- 184,

Atl. t. 6.

Dicrurus megarhynchus, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 119.

A skin of this fine species, from New Ireland, which is, I believe,

its true patria. Quoy and Gaimard say Havre Dorey, New Guinea;

but this is in all probability an error, as subsequent collectors have

not obtained it in New Guinea.

The specimen in the British Museum is likewise from New Ire-

land, obtained in Carteret Harbour by Capt. Lambrick, R.N.

13. Dicrurus L2MO-STICTUS, sp. nov.

Nigerrimus : alis caudaque extus eneo nitentibus : capitis, cervicis

undique et pectoris antici plumis nitente eneo maculatis, his

102 MR, P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [ Feb. 20,

maculis in gutture et in pectore rotundis, distinctis: habitu

generali D. carbonarii: long. tota 11°3, ale 6, caude@ rectr.

ext. 5°4, med. 4°6.

Hab. New Britain (October 1875).

This Drongo, of which there is one skin in Mr. Brown’s collection,

obtained in New Britain in October 1875, belongs strictly to the

same group as D. carbonarius of New Guinea and D. bracteatus of

Australia. I should have been rather inclined to refer it to the

former species; but as Mr. Sharpe, who has lately been engaged on

this difficult family, points out to me, if D. pectoralis' of the Sula

Islands is to be considered distinct, then this bird must also be

allowed equal rank; for in it the round feather-spots on the breast

are quite as large and well-marked as in D. pectoralis, and extend

moreover over the throat.

This appears to be another case of the recurrence of Celebesian

forms to the east of New Guinea.

14. Dicaum EximiuM, sp. nov. (Plate XIV. fig. 2.)

Supra saturate eneo-viride, pileo et capitis lateribus brunnescen-

tibus : uropygio coccineo: subtus album, fascia pectorali an-

gusta coccinea: lateribus et ventre medio fuscescenti-schista-

ceis, hypochondriis sicut dorso e@neis: subalaribus albis :

rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 3°3, ale 2:0, caude 10.

Hab. New-Ireland (March 1876).

This Diceum is quite distinct from any species known to me. It

is just possible that D. eneum of the ‘ Voyage au Pole Sud’ may be

the female of it.

15. NECTARINIA ASPASIA.

Cinnyris aspasia, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 676, Atl. t. 30. fig. 4.

Three skins (¢, ¢ gr. et 9) of this Sun-bird from Duke-of-

York Island. Mr. Shelley, who is now monographing this beautiful

group of birds, kindly sends me the subjoined remarks on them:—

“It is most interesting to find the true C. aspasia from Duke-of-

York Island. Previously this bird was known to be a native of at

least two thirds of the northern portion of New Guinea, and to ex-

tend westward to the islands of Popo and Mysol. The specimens

from Popo island have a slightly more lilac tinge to the throat, but

are not sufficiently distinct in my opinion for specific separation.

Lesson’s type of C. aspasia came from Havre Dorey ; and specimens

received thence agree in every respect with the adult male from

Duke-of-York Island, which may be thus described. General

plumage blue black; forehead, crown and nape metallic green;

least and median series of wing-coverts, the scapulars, the lower half

of the back, the upper tail-coverts, and the edges of the tail-feathers

metallic green, faintly shaded with steel-blue, in that respect con-

trasting with the colour of the crown, which is rather golden than

blue-green ; beneath, chin and throat steel-blue, very faintly shaded

with lilac.

1 Wallace, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 342.

1877. DUKE OF-YORK-ISLAND, ETC. 103

“ This short description of the plumage is quite sufficient to show

that the New-Ireland bird is truly C. aspasia; the rather more

golden shade of the crown is certainly too slight to be of any impor-

tance. The steel-blue throat is so faintly shaded with lilac that it

shows its affinities to be rather with the Dorey type than with the

Popo bird.

“T shall now give the measurements, that they may be compared

with two specimens, one from Dorey, and one from Mysol, in the

British Museum.

Length. Culmen. Wing. Tail. Tarsus.

in. in. in. in. in.

New Ireland ...... 4:2 0°65 2°35 7 0°65

WGEEY foe. dive we oe 4:2 0°65 2-4 1°5 0°55

1) C0 Re eee 4:0 0°70 2-4 15 0:60

“The adult female from Duke-of- York Island has the breast bright

sulphur-yellow, barely tinted with olive towards the front of the

chest, and the under tail-coverts slightly paler. The throat is ashy

tinted white. The upper part of the head and back of the neck ash-

grey, the back and the edges of the wing-feathers olive-yellow, the

black tail with the white tips to some of the outer feathers, are cha-

racters agreeing perfectly with the other females I have seen of this

species. The paler and brighter underparts are apparently only

due to the skin having been less exposed to the blackening influence

of the London atmosphere.

«The young male, or, perhaps, more properly the male in moult re-

sembles the female, excepting that the sides of the throat and a few

of the middle feathers are steel-blue, and on the front of the chest

there are a few black feathers, the first signs of the coming adult

plumage.

“In Mr. Godman’s collection there are two specimens of this

bird, said to have been obtained at Cape York, Australia. This

extension of the range so far south as Australia appeared somewhat

improbable for a member of the ‘ Hermotimia’ group, considering

how extremely limited is the range of all the other species of this

group.

“This species, however, was known to be the most widely spread

of the ‘ Hermotimia’ group and now that we find that it extends so

far eastward as Duke-of-York Island, we have little reason to doubt

its extending also southward to Cape York ; and on examination of

the two specimens in Mr. Godman’s cabinet, it will.be seen that the

Cape-York specimens have the violet shade on the throat, indicative

of the western form of this species as found at Popo and Mysol, but

agree in the colouring of the crown with the true C. aspasia from

Dorey, and not with the type specimen of Hermotimia chlorocephala,

Salvadori, from the Aru Islands.”

16. NECTARINIA FRENATA.

Nectarinia frenata, Miill. Verh. Zool. p. 61, pl. 8. fig. I.

104 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [Feb. 20,

Nectarinia flavigastra, Gould, P. Z.S. 1843, p. 104 ; Zool. Sulph.

p. 43, pl. 24 (9).

Nectarinia australis, Gould, B. Austr. Suppl. pl. 45.

Mr. Brown sends me from New Ireland an adult male and female

of this species. This is very interesting ; for the female of the New-

Ireland bird was described and figured by Mr. Gould in 1844, under

the title of Nectarinia flavigastra. There can be no doubt, Capt.

Shelley tells me, of the identity of the New-Ireland bird with WN.

JSrenata, which has the following wide range—Celebes, Moluccas,

New Guinea, New Ireland, islands of Torres Straits and North-

eastern Australia. This bird will be figured in Capt. Shelley’s

‘Monograph of the Cinnyride,’ part 3.

17. PHILEMON COCKERELLI, Sp. nov.

Supra fuscus unicolor, pileo et capitis lateribus paulo obscuriori-

bus: subtus dilutior, fusco-cinereus, gutture albicantiore et

striis angustis plumarum scapas occupantibus instructo: fronte,

loris, oculorum ambitu et mandibula inferiore usque ad aures

denudatis: plumis auricularibus dorso concoloribus: rostri

tuberculo nullo: rostro obscure corneo, pedibus albicanti-plum-

beis: long. tota 13:0, ale 6:0, caude 50, tarsi 1°7.

Hab. New Britain (Feb. 1876).

Obs. Similis P. moluccensi, sed pileo obscuriore, dorso omnino

concolori dignoseendus; a P. fuscicapillo colore corporis inferioris

dilutiore diversus.

I have already pointed out (P. Z. S. 1869, p. 120) the necessity

of using Philemon as the name of this genus, ;

18. CALORNIS NITIDA.

Calornis nitida, G. R. Gray, P. Z.S. 1858, p. 181.

Lamprotornis metallicus, Garn. Voy. de la Coq. Zool. i. p. 343.

Calornis metallica, Scl. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 120.

A pair of this species from Duke-of-York Island. The male

agrees with Mr. Gray’s type, collected during the voyage of the

‘Sulphur’ in New Ireland. Whether it be really separable from C.

metallica, I must leave the monographer to decide.

19, GRACULA KREFFTI.

Gracula kreffti, Scl. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 120, pl. ix.

Gracula gnathoptila, Cab. et Reich, Journ. f. Orn. 1876, p. 322.

My original example of this species having been received in spirit,

the yellow colour of the belly was much faded, and the absence of

the naked jaw-stripe (which occurs in G. dumonti) was not noted.

Both these characters are well developed in the present example

from New Ireland; and I have no doubt that the New-Hanover bird,

which has been recently termed G. gnathoptila, is of the same species.

20. Corvus, sp. ine.

A single skin of a Crow from New Britain, which Mr. Sharpe,

1877.] DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, ETC. 105

now engaged on the genus, is inclined to refer to C. enca', but Prof.

Salvadori to a smaller form of C. orru. If the former view be cor-

rect, this would be again a reappearance of a Celebesian form.

21. DENDROCHELIDON MYSTACEA.

Cypselus mystaceus, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 647, Atl. t. 22.

Dendrochelidon mystaceus, Gould, B. Asia, pt. xi.

One male specimen, without exact locality.

22. AucEDo Mo.uccensis, Blyth; Sharpe, Kingf. p. 21, pl. 4.

Alcedo ispida, var. moluccana, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 343.

One skin, without exact locality ; but Lesson obtained the species

in New Ireland.

23. Ceyx souirarta, Temm. ; Sharpe, Kingf. p. 115, pl. 38.

One skin, without exact locality.

24. Hatcyon ausicitia (Dumont); Sharpe, Kingf. p. 197,

pl. 73.

One skin, without exact locality.

25. Haucyon cutoris (Bodd.) ; Sharpe, Kingf. p. 229, pl. 87.

One skin, without exact locality.

26. Haucyon sanctus, Vig. et Horsf.; Sharpe, Kingf. p. 239

pl. 91.

One skin, from Duke-of-York Island, Oct. 1875.

27. TANYSIPTERA NIGRICEPS, sp. Nov.

Supra nigra, plaga interscapulari magna et uropygio albis : alis

nigris extus ceruleis: caude rectricibus lateralibus nigris

ceruleo marginatis, medianis elongatis albis in margine

externo limbo ceruleo ornatis, duabus quoque proximis in mar-

gine interno albis: subtus omnino cinnamomea unicolor : rostro

coccineo ; pedibus fuscis : long. tota 11°5, ale 3°6, caude rectr.

med. 6°8, ext. 2°1.

Hab. Duke of York Island (Oct. 1875).

Obs. Species distinctissima, 7. sylvie proxima, sed pileo nigro in-

signis.

28. Merors ornatus, Lath. ; Gould, B. Austr. ii. pl. 16.

A young bird of this Bee-eater from Duke-of-York Island. I

have also a skin from New Britain, obtained from Mr. Krefft in 1869

along with the birds from the Solomon Islands.

1 Mr. Sharpe writes: “ Your Crow is nearest to C. enca. There are three

races of this form :—

“1. C. enca: wing 10°8-12°5, tarsus 1-9-2°1.

“2. CG. orru: wing 12°5-13°1, tarsus 2°15-2°3.

«3. C. violaceus: wing 9°5-9°8, tarsus 1°65-1°75.

“Your bird measures 11°45, tarsus 1:9. It indicates a Celebesian affinity

again.”

106 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [Feb. 20,

29. Eurystromus cCRASsIRosTRIS, Sclater, P. Z. 8S. 1869, p. 121.

One skin, agreeing with the type from the Solomon Islands, is

marked female, but has no exact locality indicated.

30. CENTROPUS ATERALBUS.

Centropus ateralbus, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 620, Atl. t. 34 ;

Scl. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 122.

A skin of this Coucal is labelled ‘‘ New Britain and New Ireland,”’

the collector having, I suppose, found it in both these islands. It

has the whole head white, except a few frontal feathers, and a white

patch on each flank. But I am not disposed to regard the differences

from Lesson’s figure as more than individual.

31. CENTROPUS VIOLACEUS.

Centropus violaceus, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. Zool. i.

p. 229, t. 19.

One skin of this fine species, from New Britain, marked “ male.”

Quoy and Gaimard obtained it in New Ireland. The total length of

the present specimen is about 25:0 in., wing 9°5, tail 14°0. The

bill is black, the feet apparently whitish or pale yellow. Dr. Meyer’s

Nesocentor violaceus’, from Mysore, has been recently separated by

Salvadori as N. chalybeus (Aun. Mus. Gen. vii. p. 915).

32. CACOMANTIS INSPERATUS.

Cuculus insperatus, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1845, p. 19, et B. Austr, iv.

esas

i Cuculus assimilis, Gray, P. Z.S. 1858, p. 184 (2).

Cacomantis insperatus, Gould, Hand-b. B. Austr. i. p. 619.

Cuculus dumetorum, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1845, p. 19 (2).

One example from Duke-of-York Island, one from New Britain,

and a third with locality not marked. These skins seem to agree

sufficiently with Gould’s figure.

I have compared them with three Australian skins in the collection

of Mr. Godman, obtained from Cockerell; and I consider them refer-

able to the same species. Two of Mr. Godman’s skins are marked

«« O, dumetorum,” and a third (younger) bird “ C. insperatus.”

33, EupDYNAMIS PICATUS.

Cuculus rufiventer, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 622.

Eudynamis rufiventer, Walden, Ibis, 1869, p. 344.

Eudynamis picatus, Mull. Verh. Ethn. p. 176; Cab. et Heine,

Mus. Hein. ii. p. 55.

A pair of the Black Ludynamis, which must, I suppose, be referred

to this form of H. orientalis. They measure :— ¢,, total length 17

inches, wing 8:1, tail8°8 ; 2, total length 15:5 inches, wing 8, tail 8,

The ewact locality is not given.

34. EcLecrus poLycHiLoRus (Scop.).

From Duke-of-York Island Mr. Brown sends two skins ef what,

1 Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, pt. i. p. 16 (1875).

1877.] DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, ETC. 107

according to recent discoveries’, must, I suppose, be regarded as a

pair of this species. But it is only right to saye that Mr. Brown

does not share in the view that Z. linnei is the female of Z. poly-

chlorus. He writes :—‘‘ By the by, I hear that many naturalists

maintain that the Green Parrot (see specimens) is the adult male,

and the red one the female or young bird of the same species.

This is a gross error. Our attention was directed to this, and I am

quite sure that they are two different birds. We shot the green ones,

both male and female.”’

35. GEOFFROIUS CYANICEPS.

Piones heteroclitus 39, Hombr. et Jacq. Voy. au P. S. Atl. t. 25

bis, fig. 2.

Pionus cyaniceps, Puch. ibid. Zool. iii. p. 105.

Geoffroius heteroclitus, Scl. P. Z.S. 1869, p. 122.

_Askin from New Britain (Feb. 1876) agrees sufficiently with the

two specimens from the Solomon Islands which I have referred to

the female of this species on Dr. Finsch’s authority. But I am now

rather of opinion that Dr. Pucheran was probably correct in con-

sidering the so-called female of Hombron and Jacquinot a distinct

species.

Ny specimens have no yellow at all on the cheeks; but the whole

head is pale brown, with a cyaneous tinge.

36. LoricuLUS TENER, sp. nov.

Fem. Clare viridis fere unicolor, uropygio et caude tectricibus

superioribus flavicantibus : macula gutturali rubra: remigibus

et rectricibus nigris, extus dorso concoloribus, in pagina inferiore

lete ceruleis: rectricum ipsis apicibus flavicantibus: rostro

nigro : pedibus fuscis : long. tot. 3°8, ale 2°7, caud@ 1:2.

Hab. Duke-of-York Island (Noy. 1875).

Unfortunately there is only a single example of this diminutive

Loriculus in the collection. It would seem ‘to be nearest to L.

aurantiifrons of Schlegel (Ned. Tijdschr. iv. p. 9), but has not the

red rump, which, so far as I can tell from Schlegel’s description, is

present in both sexes of that species’.

Salvadori (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 912) and Meyer (Sitzungsb.

Isis, 1875, p. 78) both record the occurrence of L. aurantiifrons

in New Guinea, it having been originally described from Mysol. It

is the only species of the genus yet known to be found there.

37. CACATUA OPHTHALMICA.

Cacatua ducorpsi, Scl. P. Z. S. 1862, p. 141, pl. xiv. (err.).

Cacatua ophthalmica, Scl. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 188.

Plictolophus ophthalmicus, Finsch, Papag. i. p. 282.

1 Cf. Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Genova, vii. p. 756.

2 P.S. (March 26th).—Dr. Salvadori has now most kindly lent me a female

of L. aurantiifrons from Andai, New Guinea, for comparison. It has the rump

and upper tail-coverts scarlet instead of yellow, and is not generally of so bright

a green as my bird, which is otherwise very similar in size and colour.—P, L. §.

108 MR, P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [Feb. 20,

A single skin of this Cockatoo has no exact locality affixed to it.

It measures—whole length 17°5 inches, wing 11°5, tail 6°8.

38. NASITERNA PUSIO.

Nasiterna pusio, Scl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 620, pl. xxxv.

The single skin of this species agrees well with the typical speci-

men, which I presented to the British Museum after describing it.

The exact locality is not marked.

39. Lorius HYP@NOCHROUS.

_Lorius hypoinochrous, Gray, List of Psitt. p. 49 (1859).

Lorius hypenochrous, Scl. P. Z.S. 1869, p. 123, et 1876, p. 460.

One skin, marked ‘‘ New Britain and New Ireland,”’ meaning, I

suppose, that it occurs in both localities.

40. TRICHOGLOSSUS MASSEN#, Bp.

Dr. Cabanis (Journ. f. Orn. 1876, p. 324) has lately separated an

allied. species from New Hanover as 7. flavicans; but Mr. Brown’s

single skin appears to me to belong to the true 7. massene. Its

exact locality is not stated.

41, TRICHOGLOSSUS SUBPLACENS, Sclater, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 519.

Psitteuteles subplacens, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ix. p. 10.

From Duke-of-York Island we have a pair of this recently

described species. The female corresponds exactly with the same

sex in 7’. placens, but, like the male, has the rump entirely green,

like the back.

D’Albertis procured only a single male of this Parrot in S.E. New

Guinea, opposite Yule Island.

42. Ninox ODIOSA, sp. nov.

Supra murino-brunnea, plumis capitis et cervicis usque ad dorsum

medium albo guttatis : superciliis in fronte conjunctis albis : alis

extus maculis rotundis albis in plumarum marginibus externis

ornatis ; remigibus intus ad basin albis: subtus albus, pectore

dorso concolori, albo guttato et transfasciato, ventre et hypo-

chondriis striis paucis fuscis ornato: rostro flavo, pedibus

Suscis : tarsis totis plumosis, digitis setosis : long. tota corp. 7-0,

dle 5°8.

Hab. New Britain (Feb. 1876).

There is but one specimen of this Owl in the collection ; and that

is, unfortunately, imperfect, the tail being absent, and the wings

having been partly cut. There is, however, sufficient evidence that

it belongs to a species of Minox, not hitherto recognized, allied to NV.

punctulata’ of Celebes, but distinguished by the larger and more

distinct spots above, and the flammulated belly.

43. PANDION HALIAETUS.

A skin of this universally distributed species.

1 Noctua punctulata, Quoy et Gaim, Voy. Astr. Zool. 1. p. 165,

1877.] DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, ETC. 109

44. Haurasrur GirRENERA (Vieill.) ; Sharpe, Cat. i. p- 315.

One adult example. Locality not given.

45. AccirrTeR ETORQUES.

Urospizias etorques, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 901.

An adult, and a young specimen, apparently of this new species,

lately described by Salvadori from New Guinea and Salawatty, are in

the collection, but without exact locality.

The only divergence I note from Salvadori’s description of the

adult is, that in my specimen the tail-feathers (partly in moult) are

of a nearly uniform plumbeous, with but very faint indications of

any cross markings.

46. Baza ReInwarpTI (Mill. et Schleg.),

A single skin of this species, exact locality not marked, nearly

agrees with some specimens in the British Museum,

47. CARPOPHAGA RUBRICERA.

Columba pinon, Less. Zool. Voy. Coq. i. p. 343 (err.) ?

Globicera rubricera, Bp. C. R. xxxix. p. 1073, et Consp. ii. p. 31

(1854), et Ie. d. Pig. t. xxxix.

Carpophaga rubracera, Gray, List of Col. in B. M. p. 18.

Carpophaga lepida, Cass. Pr. Ac. Se. Phil. vii. p. 230 (1854).

_ _ One skin of this fine species, without exact locality. The original

type of Bonaparte, however, is from New Ireland; and a second

established patria is San Christoval, Solomon Islands (MacGillivray

in Brit. Mus.).

48. CARPOPHAGA VAN-wyckt.

Carpophaga van-wyckii, Cassin, Pr. Ac. Se. Phil. xiv. p. 320

(1862).

One skin of this rare and little-known species from Duke-of-York

Island. The original Specimen, described by Cassin, was obtained

in New Ireland, during the voyage of the U.S. North Pacific Ex-

ploring Expedition, under the command of Captain Rodgers. So

far as I know, there are no examples of this Fruit-pigeon in any

European collection.

49. CarPorpHAGA SPILORRHOA.

Carpophaga luctuosa, Gould, B. Austr. v. pl. 60.

Carpophaga spilorrhoa, Gray, P. Z. S. 1858, p- 186.

One skin of this species.

50. Pritopus SUPERBUS, Gould, B. Austr. v. Die. Oy.

One male of this widely spread species.

51. Pritopus rivoun.

Columba rivolii, Knip et Prev. Pig. ii. pl. 57; Des Murs, Icon.

Orn. pl. 4.

110 MR. P, L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [ Feb. 20,

Ptilonopus rivolii, Gray, List of Col. in B. M. p. 6.

A pair of this bird, the male of which agrees in every respect with

the figures and descriptions above quoted. We have thus a better

indication of the true patria of this fine Fruit-pigeon than has yet

been obtained.

Pt. strophium, Gould, from the Louisiade archipelago, is, I believe,

a different species, not having the purple patch in the middle of the

belly.

The female of the present bird is of a nearly uniform green, with

the lower belly and crissum yellow.

52. CEDIRHINUS INSOLITUS.

Ptilopus insolitus, Schlegel, Ned. Tijdschr. i. p. 61. pl. iii. fig. 3.

Ptilopus humeralis jobiensis (monstr. ?), Schlegel, Mus. P.-B.

Columba, p. 16.

Cdirhinus globifer, Cab. et Reich. Journ. f. Orn. 1876, p. 326.

One example of this remarkable Pigeon, from Duke-of-York

Island, obtained in October 1875. Schlegel originally described

his specimen, with which mine appears to agree in all essential par-

ticulars, as from ‘‘ New Caledonia,’ but subsequently came to the

strange conclusion that it was only a monstrous variety of Ptilopus

jobiensis !

There can be, to my mind, no doubt of the validity of the species,

which I agree with Hrn. Cabanis and Reichenow should even con-

Head of Edirhinus insolitus.

stitute the type of a new genus, readily recognizable by the hard

bony protuberance on its forehead.

Dr. Huesker obtained the specimen described by the last-named

author in New Ireland, during the voyage of the ‘ Gazelle.’

53. MACROPYGIA BROWNI, Sp. noy.

Alba: alis caudaque cum dorso toto schistaceo-nigris : pileo

postico, hypochondriis, ventre imo et crisso pallide cineracescen-

tibus: rostro basali coccineo, apicali flavo: pedibus rubris :

long. tota 18-0, ale 8°8. caude rectr. ext. 4:0, med. 9-0).

Hab. Duke-of-York Island.

1877. ] DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, ETC. 111

Obs. Species forma M. reinwardti oinnino similis, dorso caudaque

schistaceis nec castaneis diversa.

A single skin of this remarkable Pigeon is in the collection. It

appears to be in every respect a close ally of M. reinwardti, which

has a wide range over New Guinea and the Moluccas. My speci-

men is marked ‘ male, legs red,” and is obviously adult. Dr. Sal-

vadori kindly tells me that he has seen several young specimens of

M. reinwardti with the back and wings blackish; but I cannot

believe that the present example is otherwise than mature.

54. Macropyeia CARTERETIA, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 57.

Under this name I place two examples, adult and young, from

Duke-of-York Island, of a representative of the wide-ranging form

which Schlegel (Mus. P.-B. Col. p. 110) calls M. turtur, but for

which the oldest name, if all the forms are to be referred to one

species, is amboinensis (Linn.).

Bonaparte’s description of his M. carteretia from New Ireland is

evidently that of a young bird, and, so far as it goes, suits my young

specimen pretty fairly.

55. MACROPYG!A NIGRIROSTRIS, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii.

p- 972.

An adult bird from New Ireland (Nov. 1875) and a young bird

from Duke-of-York Island (Oct. 1875) seem to be referable to this

recently described species, which is one of the recent discoveries on

Mount Arfak.

The young bird has the head, neck, and breast of a much brighter

colour, and freckled with transverse black markings, except on the

throat.

The measurements, which are as follows, seem to be slightly inferior

to those given by Count Salvadori.

Long tota. alee, caude.

in in. in.

Adult, »INew:relands.:)...°). ¢<iawed..aule. 11:7 Have MiG?

Young. Duke-of-York Island ............ 1273) 6/565 0 6:2

56. CHALCOPHAPS STEPHANI.

Peristére d Etienne, Hombr. et Jacq. Voy. au Pole Sud, t. 28.

fig. 2.

Chalcophaps stephani, Puch. Zool. Voy. au P. S. iii. p. 119.

A pair of this species, with the exact locality not given. In the

female the forehead is grey instead of white, and there is no purplish

colour on the head and nape.

For the range of this species cf. Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ix.

p. 206.

57. PHLOGG@NAS MARGARIT.

Chalcophaps margarithe, D’ Alb. et Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen.

vil. p. 836.

Phlogenas margarite, Salvad. op. cit. viii. p. 405.

112 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM [Feb. 20,

Chalcophaps margarita, Salvad. op. cit. ix. p. 44.

Phlogeenas jobiensis, Meyer, Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, i. p. 10

(1875).

Of this beautiful Pigeon there are a pair and a young bird in the

collection, without the exact locality.

Now that Salvadori has received the adult of this species from

Jobie, I think there can be no doubt that Meyer’s Phlogeenas jobiensis

is merely the young of this bird. I have compared Dr. Meyer’s type

(now in Mr. Gould’s hands on loan) with my young bird, and find

them agree in every essential, though Dr. Meyer’s specimen shows

some traces of the purple colour of the adult appearing on the wing-

coverts, which is not the case with my specimen.

It is worthy of notice how nearly allied this species is to P. ery-

throptera, of the Society group, which, however, differs in its rather

smaller size and white forehead.

58. PHLOG@NAS JOHANNA, sp. nov. (Plate XVI.)

Fuscescenti-castanea, in dorso eneo lavata: tectricibus alarum

minoribus extus nitide purpureis: capite et cervice undique

cum pectore pallide cinereis, hoc colore in pileo saturatiore, in

pectore clariore et in album purum transeunte ; occipite, sicut

dorsum, eneo lavato : colore pectoris albo in semicirculum desi-

nente, et margine purpureo sicut in alarum tectricibus precincto:

alarum remigibus primariis fusco-nigris unicoloribus, secundariis

et scapularibus extus dorso concoloribus: cauda supra dorso

concolori, subtus nigricante, rectricum apicibus fusco-rufis :

rostro nigro : oculorum ambitu nudo ; pedibus rubris: long. tota

7°8, ale 4°4, caude@ 2°7, tarsi 1°1.

A pair of this beautiful Ground-dove, which, so far as I can make

out, is quite new, are in the collection ; the exact locality is unfortu-

nately not given.

The nearest species known seem to be P. stairi (G. R. Gray)’,

of the Samoans, from which, however, P. johanne may be readily

known by its lovely pure white breast, and P. canifrons, Hartl. &

Finsch, of the Pelew group’, in which the hind part of the neck is

rusty red.

59. Cata@nas nicosparica (Linn.).

One female, from Duke-of-York Island. Lesson (Voy. Coq. Zool.

i. p. 342) has already recorded the occurrence of this species in

New Ireland.

60. ArpreA sacra, Gm.: Finsch et Hartl. Orn. Central-Pol.

p- 201.

One skin in the grey, and one in the white plumage, from Duke-

of-York Island.

1 P. Z.S. 1856, p. 7, pl. 115.

2 Journ. Mus. Godeffr. viii. p. 27, pl. v. fig. 1.

1877. ] DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND, ETC. 113

61. ARDEA FLAViCOoLLIs, Lath.

Ardetta flavicollis, Gould, B. Austr. vi. pl. 65.

One skin either of the true A. flavicollis, or of its Australian

representative A. gouldi, Bp. (if these are really distinguishable).

62. MrecGaropius HUESKERI, Cab. et Reichenow.

Messrs. Cabanis and Reichenow (J. f. O. 1876, p. 326) describe

the Megapode of New Hanover as M. hueskeri; and I suppose the

single skin sent by Mr. Brown to be of the same species. But Prof.

Salvadori tells me that he finds it very difficult to distinguish

M. hueskeri from M. forsteni of the island of Bouru.

63. Raturna Tricotor, G. R. Gray, P. Z. 8S. 1858, p. 188;

Gould, B. Austr. Suppl. pl. 78.

One skin of this species, which extends over New Guinea, the

Aru Islands, and Cape York.

The collection also contains single skins of the following well-

known species :—

64. Cuaraprius ruLvus (Gm.), from Duke-of-York Island.

65. CHARADRIUS MONGOLICUS, Pall.

66. NUMENIUS UROPYGIALIS, Gould.

67. Toranus IncaNus (Gm.), from Duke-of-York Island.

68. TRrnGorDEs HyPoLEucus (Linn.), from Duke-of-York

Island.

69. SrERNA FULIGINOSA (Gm.).

70. ANovus sTotipus (Linn.), from New Ireland.

Having now passed in review the seventy species in Mr. Brown’s

collection, let us, before making any general remarks on it, consider

what was already known of the ornis of these islands. Duke-of-

York Island and New Britain may be dismissed in a few words, no

previous naturalist having, so far as I am aware, made any investi-

gation of the faunas, although a few chance specimens may have

been procured from them’. But New Ireland has been more favoured.

In 1823 it was visited by the French naturalist, Lesson, during the

celebrated voyage of the ‘Coquille,’ which added so much to our

knowledge of the fauna of the Eastern Islands. The ‘ Coquille’

remained from the 12th to the 21st of August of that year at Port

Praslin, near the extreme south of New Ireland’. In July 1827

1 New Britain is the undoubted patria of Casuarius bennettii, of which the

first (living) example was received by the Society in 1857.

2 Cf. Zool. Voy. Coquille, 1. p. 329 et seq.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1877, No. VIII. 8

114 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON BATS [ Feb. 20,

another French discovery-vessel, the ‘ Astrolabe,’ passed several

days in the adjoining port Havre Carteret ; and Messrs. Quoy and

Gaimard, the naturalists on board, though embarrassed by bad weather,

made several additions to Lesson’s ornithological discoveries. In

the summer of 1841, Havre Carteret was again visited by the English

vessel H.M.S. ‘Sulphur’ (under the command of Sir E. Belcher).

Surgeon Hinds certainly made a collection of birds on the occasion,

although Mr. Sharpe informs me that only three specimens are

registered in the British Museum as having been obtained in New

Ireland from the voyage of the ‘ Sulphur.’

From these sources we were acquainted, previously to the arrival of

the present collection, with the existence of some 25 birds in New

Ireland’. Mr. Brown has added at least six or seven species to the

list; and it is only from the defective labelling of his specimens,

as I believe, that we have not obtained from him a much more com-

plete insight into the character of its ornis.

Enough, however, is now known to show that New Ireland must

be referred decidedly: to the Papuan Subregion” of the Australian avi-

fauna. The presence of such torms as Gracula, Eclectus, Nasiterna,

Lorius, and Calenasis quite sufficient to prove that it belongs strictly

to the northern section of the Australian Region, rather than to

Australia itself; and there can be little doubt that New Britain, New

Hanover, and the whole of the Solomon groups belong strictly to the

same subregion. Let us hope that Mr. Brown may-be induced to

continue his collections, and to give us further opportunities of con-

tinuing these interesting investigations,

2. On a Collection of Chiroptera from Duke-of-York Island

and the adjacent parts of New Ireland and New Britain,

By G. E. Dosson, M.A., M.B., F.L.S., &c.

[Received February 2, 1877.]

(Plate XVII.)

Mr. P. L. Sclater, Secretary of the Society, has most kindly

placed in my hands for examination an exceedingly interesting col-

lection of Chiroptera from Duke-of-York Island and andajcet coasts

of New Ireland and New Britain, forwarded to him by the Rev.

George Brown, C.M.Z.8.

Although the collection consists of seventeen specimens only, twelve

distinct species are represented, of which four are undescribed, one

is the type of a new genus and species, and ten are new to the

fauna of these little-known islands.

1 J had intended to have given a complete list of the known birds of New

Treland as an appendix to the present paper, but, not having had time to com-

plete it satisfactorily, must reserve it for a future communication.

2 For general remarks on the division of the Australian Region into subregions,

see P, Z. 8. 1869, p. 125.

eg ay eT re es

yr ee St ee tc po re

1877. ] FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 115

Suborder MEGACHIROPTERA.

Family Prreroprips.

Group I, Preropt.

PTEROPUS MELANOPOGON.

Pteropus phaiops, Temm. Monogr. Mammal. ii. p. 65 (1835-41).

Pteropus :nelanopogon, Schlegel ; Peters, Monatsber. Akad. Berl.

1867, p. 330.

Pteropus melanopogon, var. neohibernicus, Peters, /. c. 1876, p. 317.

Although the single specimen in the collection is larger and has

considerably shorter ears than those described under the above name

by Dr. Peters, I have no hesitation in referring it to the same species,

as it agrees in all other respects with them and comes from the same

locality. In size and in the shortness of the ears it agrees more

closely with P¢. degener, Peters, from the Aru Islands, but differs

from that species in the much wider space occupied by the hair of

the back, which is more than an inch in breadth across the loins.

But in Pt. melanopogon the width of the space occupied by the fur

of the back diminishes as the animal increases in age ; and the length

of the ears is not only slightly variable in different individuals of

every species of the genus, but is often very considerably lessened by

a peculiar ulcerative process which attacks the margins of the ears.

I believe therefore that Pt. degener, Peters, has been founded on a

fully grown or even aged individual of Pt. melanopogon, that Pt.

melanopogon, var. neohibernicus, has been described from young in-

dividuals, and that the specimen in this collection is intermediate in

age between the two. In the following table the relative measure-

ments of these specimens are given for the purpose of comparison.

“lisa ad EA

. (a | & Siw

FI ne) r=] a | |

Sot ahaa ees

a o.

a 4

A |

Pt. degener, Peters. Aru in. fim. jin. | in. | in. | in. fim. | in.

TTB 00 088 on depapes eee capone 38/088) 7-7) ... | ... | 34/108) 2:4] J

Pt. melanopogon, Dobson.

New Ireland...............06. 37 |09 | 7:0) 14:0) 9:4) 33/11 | 24) go

Pt. melanopogon, var. neohiber-

Macus-Pevers,, WNewLreland,|) jo..{ 1:0) |,.8:03) coat]! wos: |i anncofeen er linwen, |) 22

The fur in our specimen is dark reddish brow: on the face, be-

tween the eyes, and under the jaws ; head, neck, shoulders, and the

116 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON BATS [Feb. 20,

whole under surface of the body bright reddish brown, the hairs

paler and more yellowish towards the base ; on the back dark brown,

intermixed with bright sulphur-yellow, which replaces the brown

across the loins; interfemoral membrane with longer, dark brown,

almost black hairs.

PTEROPUS CAPISTRATUS.

Pteropus capistratus, Peters, Monatsber. Akad. Berl. 1876, p.

316, pl.

A single specimen of an adult female of this remarkable species

agreeing in all respects with the original description. The single

central longitudinal black line dividing the forehead, with a similar

dark-coloured streak across the face on each side between the eye

and the angle of the mouth, as well as its considerably larger size,

at once distinguish this species from Pé. personatus, to which it is

in all other respects very closely allied.

CYNONYCTERIS BRACHYOTIS, sp. nov.

Resembles (. minor, Dobson, in size and in the nakedness of the

extremities, but may be at once distinguished by the much shorter

ears, longer muzzle, and deciduous first upper premolars.

Ears short, oval, rounded off above ; a prominent thickened lobule

at the base of the outer margin of the ear-conch ; muzzle long and

narrow, nostrils and upper lip as in C. amplexicaudata.

Fur short, dark brown above, with greyish tips; beneath light

ereyish brown. On the upper surface the back of the neck and

shoulders (in an adult female) is very thinly covered, almost naked,

and the fur of the body scarcely extends upon the membranes ; the

tibiee and feet and adjacent interfemoral membrane are naked ; be-

neath, a broad band of fur extends outwards behind the elbow and

forearm, lessening in width towards the carpus.

First upper premolar very small in immature individuals, decidu-

ous in adults ; remaining teeth as in C. amplexicaudata.

In the following Table the relative measurements of this species

and of C. minor, Dobson, are given.

‘ ai

S ; F

@ Steal ets E

A 2) | Se oO

aes Ee lore ee ace alee lars

Ls] Se 5 = | to) 4 os ee)

| s a ae = ° 5 3 iS)

pes [omalecmtess lore fee tet I ey

ro)

= 3 4 re B . a uf

= R = z s x

lq | |

- |

= re | = | |

C. brachyotis ...... 1°5 | 0-55) 0°55] 2°85) 0-9 | 4°5 | 3-4 | 1-15) 0-7 |

Roor |

} . 2 | | ~ e

| O, manor ........- 1°55) 0:45) 0.68] 2°8_| 0-9 | 4:4 |3°3 | 1:05) 0°75!

1877.] FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 117

The -collection contains two specimens—a perfectly adult female,

from which the above specimens were taken, and an immature female.

Fig. 1. Head of Harpyia major.

Figs. 2 and 2a. Skull and lower jaw of Harpyia major.

Figs. 3 and 3a, Skull and lower jaw of H. cephalotes.

HarpPYIA MAJOR, Sp. nov.

Much larger than H. cephalotes, Pallas, but with shorter ears,

longer nasal tubes, and much paler-coloured fur, differing also in the

form of the skull and of some of the teeth.

Fur above pale buff, the base of the hairs on the back dark ; ex-

1 The back of the skull is imperfect in the specimen from which this figure

was drawn,

118 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON BATS [Feb. 20,

tremities of the hairs on the head and about the ears yellow; on the

back the greater part pale buff; a dark vertebral line, as in H. cepha-

lotes, extends from a point between the shoulders to the tail; be-

neath dull yellowish buff throughout.

Upper canine on each side with a prominent external cusp; last

lower molar with a cireular crown. In H. cephalotes the upper

canine has a blunt ill-defined external projection, and the crown of

the last lower molar is oval or quadrilateral. The skull in this species

is also very much larger and differently shaped. The frontal bone

is deeply grooved between the postorbital processes ; and the nasal

bones terminate at such a height above the premaxilla as to be on

the same level with the floor of the groove behind them; the zygo-

matic arch is more than twice as thick as in H. cephalotes; and the

postorbital processes of the frontal are longer.

The following Table exhibits the measurements of the type of this

species, of another, immature specimen with the epiphyses of the

finger-bones unconsolidated, and of a perfectly adult specimen of

H. cephalotes from Timor.

pleated le cies ey

i |S g |S | Soe) fog | Sos | SS

i gp eA See Oa oe Sis es

Si sisia/4 |2 |8 [2 |€ [8 [8 |B

= - - - = ~ ”

=p s = a a a a a a —

i) |

ELTA OF ns eet ears ceeie 1:55 0°55 3-1 | 1-3) 2:2) 215] 1-65) 2:3/2:0 |1-0 [1-2 | 1-2

», (immature). | 1:5 | 0-55) 2:95) 1:3] 2:0} 1-9 | 1-55} 2:1 | 1-85) 0:95) 1-05) 1-1

H. cephalotes............ 1:3 | 06 | 2°42) 0-9) 1:6] 1°6 | 1:25) 1-7) 1°6 | 0°75' 0°85) 0-85

CEPHALOTES PERONII.

Cephalotes peronii, Geoffroy, Ann. du Mus. xv. p. 104 (1810);

Temminck, Monogr. Mammal. ii. p. 106.

Hypoderma peronii, Is. Geoffroy, Dict. Classiq. xiv. p. 708.

The collection contains two specimens of this species—an immature

female, and a young male with milk-dentition. In the latter there

are four upper incisors and two lower.

Group II. MacroG osst.

MACROGLOSSUS MINIMUS.

Pteropus minimus, Geoffroy, Ann, du Mus. xv. p. 97 (1810).

Pteropus rostratus, Horsfield, Zoolog. Researches in Java (1825).

1 T have found this to be the constant length of the forearm of all perfectly

adult specimens of 1. cephalotes from the Malay archipelago.

foot and claws.

”

1877.] FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 119

Macroglossus minimus, Temminck, Monogr. Mammal. i. p. 191

(1827); Dobson, Monogr. Asiat. Chiropt. p. 34 (1876).

Two specimens of this widely distributed species, differing in no

respect except in their slightly smaller size from individuals inbabit-

img the peninsula of India and Java, and probably identical with

the small variety from Australia to which Dr. Peters has given the

name M. australis.

MELonycTERIs’, gen. nov.

Muzzle long, narrow, cylindrical; nostrils projecting slightly ;

upper lip with a vertical groove, bounded laterally by naked raised

edges asin Péeropus and Cynopéterus; index finger with a distinct

claw ; metacarpal bone of middle finger as long as the index finger ;

wing-membrane from the sides of the body and from the dorsal sur-

face of the base of the middle toe ; tail none, or very short.

Dentition.— Inc. x53 C. ; Pm. —- M. aaa

First upper and lower premolars very small, close to the base of

the canines; molars close together, very narrow, scarcely elevated

above the gum.

Tongue very long and narrow, as in Macroglossus.

This genus is most closely related to Macroglossus, with which it

agrees in the general form of the skull and in the mode of attach-

ment of the wing-membrane to the sides of the body, but is distin-

guished by the very different position and size of the first premolars,

by the origin of the wing-membrane from the middle toe instead of

from the base of the fourth, and by the form of the extremity of

the muzzle.

Fig. 4. Fig. 5.

Front of muzzle and ear of M. melanops.

MELONYCTERIS MELANOPS, sp. nov. (Plate XVII.)

Slightly smaller than Honycteris spelea, Dobson, which it resem-

bles closely in the external form of the muzzle; nostrils as in Cyno-

nycteris amplexicaudata, but scarcely so prominent, separated by a

deep groove which passes down to the upper lip, where it becomes

1 undor, tree-fruit ; vuKrepis, a bat.

120 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON BATS [Feb. 20,

narrower and is margined as in Cynopterus by raised naked edges

(fig. 4); tongue very long, much attenuated in terminal fourth, armed

with recurved, brush-like papille ; ears about as long as the muzzle,

oval, rounded off above, the outer and inner margins of the ear-conch

equally convex, so that the ear attains its greatest width in the

middle (fig. 5).

Interfemoral membrane very short behind; no trace of a tail in

either of the specimens. Wing-membrane from the base of the

middle toe, or from the space between the second and middle toe,

and from the sides of the body. Fur moderately short, but very

dense, extending thickly upon the wing-membrane as far outwards

as a line drawn from the elbow to the knee, and more thinly for a

considerable distance beyond, and also covering the short interfemo-

ral membrane and the legs. Above bright reddish yellow, the base

of the hairs dark ; crown of the head dark brown, the extremities

of the hairs greyish yellow; a large patch round each eye dark

brown, almost black ; anterior half of the muzzle pale buff, a narrow

streak of the same colour passing backwards between the eyes; the

whole under surface of the body dark brown, almost black, the ex-

tremities of the hairs greyish; the fur on the sides of the body longer,

and the terminal half of the hairs brownish buff.

Upper incisors small, forming a semicircle in front, and separated

from the canines by a wide space on either side; central incisors

somewhat larger than the outer ones, and converging slightly ; lower

incisors very small, in pairs, separated by a space between; upper

Upper and lower jaws of M. melanops.

canines remarkably long and strong, deeply grooved anteriorly by a

longitudinal furrow: first upper premolar exceedingly small, and so

close to the canine as to appear to be a small basal projection from

that tooth; second premolar larger than any of the other teeth (ex-

cept the canines), in the centre of the wide space between the canine

and first molar; third premolar shaped like the second premolar,

but much smaller and close to the first molar; molars very narrow,

scarcely raised above the gum; first lower premolar larger than the

1877. ] FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 121

corresponding tooth in the upper jaw, but still very small, and simi-

larly placed close to the canine, and separated from the second pre-

molar by a wide space equal to the distance between the lower canines ;

second lower premolar scarcely larger than the third, and separated

from it by a wide space; third premolar close to the first premolar ;

molars close together, very narrow, their roots and those of the other

teeth in both jaws visible through the exceedingly thin translucent

alveoli (figs. 6 and 7).

The molar teeth in this species appear to be proportionally

smaller than in any other known species of Megachiroptera, while

the canines are longer and stronger.

Length (of an adult ¢ ): head and body 4':0; head 1'"4; eye

from nose 0!'"55; ear 0'°6; forearm 2!°4; thumb 0°85; first fin-

ger 1-9; second finger—metacarp. 1'85, Ist ph. 1!°35, 2nd ph.

1-9; fourth finger—metacarp. 1"°9, Ist. ph. 0''8, 2nd ph. 0'°8 ;

tibia 1°05; calcaneum 0''°3; foot and claws 0’'*7. :

Suborder MICROCHIROPTERA.

Family RHINOLOPHID.

PHYLLORHINA TRICUSPIDATA.

Rhinolophus tricuspidatus, Temminck, Monogr. Mammal. ii. p. 20,

pl. 32. figs. 11, 12 (1835-41).

One specimen of this small species with fur bright reddish brown

above and beneath. P. tricuspidatais probably the smallest species

of Rhinolophidz, and has hitherto been recorded from the Moluccas

and Amboyna only.

PHYLLORHINA GALERITA. :

Hipposideros galeritus, Cantor, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 1846,

. 183.

Phyllorhina labuanensis, Tomes, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 538.

Phyllorhina longicauda, Peters, Monatsber. Akad. Berl. 1861,

. 708.

Phyllorhina brachyota, Dobson, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 1874,

. 237.

af Phyllorhina galerita, Dobson, Monogr. Asiat. Chiropt. p. 69

(1876).

The single specimen in the collection agrees with individuals of

this species from the Oriental Region in having the tail almost wholly

included in the interfemoral membrane, and not with the very closely

allied P. cervina from Australia, which has the last and half the

antepenultimate caudal vertebra free. It is therefore very doubt-

ful if P. cervina can be considered distinct from this species.

As P. galerita is also found in the Peninsula of India and in

Burmah, its geographical distribution is very wide, much wider than

that of any other known species of Rhinolophide ; for although P.

speoris was described by Zelebor under the name of P. taztiensis, we

are not absolutely certain that the specimen so named was really ob-

tained at the island Tahiti.

122 ON BATS FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. [Feb.'20,

PHYLLORHINA CALCARATA, sp. nov. (Fig. 8.)

Ears as long as the head, triangular, with obtuse extremities ;

inner margin of the ear-conch very convex in lower half, almost

straight above; outer margin slightly concave immediately beneath

the tip, then straight. Nose-leaf simple in front, no secondary

leaflets on the sides of the muzzle ; horizontal leaf narrow, like that

of P. bicolor; the transverse terminal leaf as in P. larvata, broader

than the sella, with three short ill-defined vertical ridges dividing its

concave front surface; a small frontal pore behind the transverse

nose-leaf.

Fig. 8.

Head of Phyllorhina calcarata.

First phalanx of the thumb as long as the metacarpal bone.

Wings from the tarsus. Calcaneum remarkably long and strong,

longer than in any other known species of the genus, exceeding half

the tibia in length; tail long, projecting one tenth of an inch beyond

the interfemoral membrane.

Fur long and dense, above dark brown, the base of the hairs much

paler, especially on the anterior half of the body; beneath, orange-

brown.

Length: head and body 2'°5; tail 1''"4; head 0''"85 ; ear 0'"85;

nose-leaf 0''"3 x 0:22; forearm 2''°0; thumb 0'°35; second finger

—metacarp. 1''*3, 1st ph. 0''°8, 2nd ph. 10; fourth finger—meta-

carp. 1''"45, Ist ph. 0'°65, 2nd ph. 0'°55; tibia 0'''9 ; caleaneum

0''-6; foot and claws 0'''4.

Family VesPERTILIONIDZ.

KERIVOULA HARDWICKII.

Vespertilio hardwickii, Horsfield, Zoolog. Researches in Java

(1825).

Kerivoula hardwickii, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842,

p. 258 ; Dobson, Monogr. Asiat. Chiropt. p. 148, figs. a, 6, c (1876).

Although the single specimen representing this genus is larger

and has comparatively larger outer incisors and brighter-coloured

fur than individuals of K. hardwickii from India and Java, I have

nevertheless no hesitation in referring it to that species, with which

it agrees very closely in all other respects.

eto"

RAL Wh

doar qrequey NN

WL BP PASC

1877.] ON RODENTS ETC. FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 123

Family EMBALLONURIDE.

EMBALLONURA NIGRESCENS.

Mosia nigrescens, Gray, Voyage of the ‘Sulphur,’ Mammals,

p. 23 (1844).

A single specimen of this, the smallest species of the genus, which

is at once distinguished from L. monticola from the adjoining parts

of the Oriental region by the very differently shaped muzzle, by the

widely separated nostrils, and by its conspicuously smaller size.

E.. nigrescens has hitherto been recorded from Amboina and Ter-

nate only.

Besides the discovery of the new species described above, the fol-

lowing generalizations are afforded by an examination of the species

represented in this collection :—

I. That New Britain and New Ireland agree very closely in their

Chiropterous fauna with that of other lands within the Australian

region (Austro-Malayan subregion), three species only out of twelve

(Macroglossus minimus, Phyllorhina galerita, and Kerivoula hard-

wickii) extending also into the Oriental region.

II. That, to judge from the large proportion of frugivorous Bats

in the collection (nearly two thirds of the whole), New Britain and

New Ireland agree with the Oceanic Islands in this respect, rather

than with the continental lands within the Australian region.

3. On the Rodents and Marsupials collected by the Rev. G.

Brown in Duke-of-York Island, New Britain, and New

Ireland. By Epwarp R. Ausron, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c.

[Received February 14, 1877.]

(Plates XVIII. & XIX.)

Mr. Sclater has kindly intrusted me with the determination

of the Rodents and Marsupials contained in Mr. Brown’s interesting

collection.

They are few in number, consisting of but six species. Three

of these appear to be identical with animals known to inhabit New

Guinea, while the remainder belong to hitherto undescribed species.

The latter, however, find their nearest allies either in New Guinea

or in Northern Australia, thus fully confirming the strictly Papuan

character of the fauna of this group. The large proportion of new

species in this small collection shows, nevertheless, that a perceptible

amount of change has taken place, and leads us to hope that many

novelties will yet reward the researches of Mr. Brown, after whom I

propose to name the first of the new species :—

1. Mus Brown, sp. n.

Fur both above and below stiff and harsh, most of the hairs being

developed into fine flattened and channelled spines; on the back a

124 MR. E. R. ALSTON ON RODENTS AND [Feb. 20,

few much longer cylindrical bristly hairs. Ears moderate, rounded,

almost naked. Tail nearly naked, covered with about 150 rings of

large scales mixed with very short stiff hairs. Hind feet large and

broad, thumb of fore feet well developed, with a flat nail.

Upper parts grey mixed with reddish, each bristle being light

grey at the base and either black or light rufous towards the tip, the

longer hairs black throughout. Chin, throat, breast, belly, and in-

side of limbs dull white ; feet white, each with a dark stripe on the

upper surface ; on the fore feet this mark is near the middle of the

foot, on the hind feet nearer the outer edge. Lars and tail dusky.

Measurements of two specimens (in spirits) :—

3 2

in. in.

Length of head and body ............ 5°60 5°15

ss head) e500 Aes ene eee Abo 1:45

S GeiE Hs er ds on ee ki "55 55

4 CHUGH See hr een ree los book 4:90 4°50

in iindifoots weet a eee es ere LOO 95

Skull and teeth typically murine. Female with two pair of pec-

toral and two of abdominal teats; male with testes very largely

developed.

This spiny Rat is nearly allied to the North Australian species

described by the late Dr. Gray under the name of Acanthomys

leucopus'; but it is a very much smaller species, and differs both in

colour and proportions. The collection contains a female in skin

and both male and female in spirits.

Along with these are four young Mice too immature to be safely

determined. If, as I believe, they belong to the present species, the

hair is softer and the colour of the upper parts more rufous in youth,

2. URoMYS RUFESCENS, sp. n. (Plate XVIII.)

Fur close and woolly, the longer hairs little developed. ars

short, rounded, naked. ‘Tail shorter than the head and body, naked,

tessellated with very small convex subcircular scales.

Upper parts bright chestnut, the hairs being lead-coloured at the

base and broadly tipped with bright rufous, the longer hairs black,

the top of the head more greyish. Lower parts white, the two

colours being sharply defined; feet pale brownish. Ears and tail

_ dusky.

Measurements of a female (in spirits) :—

Length of head and body ........ 5°00

a GAO gRE MG sora crete cotcerte 1°45

e CAT cai ee gel arets *50

He hil leereeret toe Ct ohaattce + = se 4°30

3 inmnditootee eae ce oe cars 6 1:05

1 Pp. Z. 8.1867, p.598. This, like the present species, clearly belongs to true

Mus and not to Acanthomys, Lesson (= Acomys, Geoffr.). It will therefore re-

quire to be renamed, Gray’s specific title being preoccupied by the common

North-American Mouse, Mus leucopus, Raffinesque (Hesperomys leucopus auctt.).

1877.] MARSUPIALS FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 125

This handsome Rat is most nearly allied to the species froin

Salawatti, recently described by Dr. Peters and the Marquis G.

Doria as U. druijni’; but it is about a third smaller, is more

uniformly rufous in colour, and has the tail markedly shorter (in-

stead of longer) than the head and body. All the other described

species have long particoloured tails’.

Dr. Peters, in his original characters of this genus’, says that the

dentition is quite similar to that of Mus; but one of the present

specimens, having the teeth less worn than in his example of

U. macropus, shows that the ridges of the molars are not definitely

divided into tubercles. The viscera are almost exactly like those of

the common Rat, except that the czecum is slightly more elongated.

3. PERAMELES DOREYANUS.

Perameles doreyanus, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. de l Astrolabe, i.

p- 100, Atlas, pl. xvi.

The collection contains one skin of this well-known Papuan species.

First discovered (but not systematically named) by Lesson and

Garnot on the island of Waigiou’, it was afterwards found by Quoy

and Gaimard at Dorey Harbour, New Guinea. According to Dr.

Gray, specimens were sent by Mr. Wallace from the Aru Islands? ;

but the Perameles of that group has since been separated by Dr.

Peters and the Marquis G. Doria as P. aruensis®; and the same

authors have described two other allied species—P. rufescens from

the Ké Islands’, and P. longicaudata from New Guinea’.

4. BELIDEUS ARIEL.

Belideus ariel, Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 11.

This pretty little Flying Phalanger is represented by an adult male

and female in skin, and an immature male in spirit. In the female

the extreme tip of the tail is white, doubtless an individual variety.

As in other Papuan examples, there is a much broader dark mark

round the eye than in the North-Australian specimens described by

Mr. Gould’ ; but I do not think they can be specifically separated ;

and when a sufiicient series from different parts of the continent of

Australia are compared I suspect that this species will have to be

united with the southern B. éreviceps.

The known range of this Phalanger is extensive. First described

from North Australia, it has been found in New Guinea by S.

Miller, in Batchian and the Aru Islands by Wallace and Von

Rosenberg, and in Halmahera by Bernstein.

1 Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, viii. p. 336 (1876).

2 Dr. A. B. Meyer lately andipued a new species from New Guinea under

the name of U. papuanus (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, xvii. p. 146), with-

out giving any description. As he states, however, that it is nearly allied to

U aruensis, Gray, it can hardly be the present animal.

3 Monatsb. Ak. Berlin, 1867, p. 343. + Voy. de la Coquille, i. pt. 1, p. 128.

OPS Zais. gn P 113. 6 Ann, Mus. Ciy. Genova, vii. p. 542.

7 Op. cit. p 8 Op. cit. viii. p. 335.

® In the alee in the ‘Mammals of Australia’ (i. pl. xxvii.) no black mark

whatever is shown; but a narrow black line is mentioned in the description.

126 ON RODENTS ETC. FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. [Feb. 20,

5. Cuscus ORIENTALIS.

Didelphys orientalis, Pallas, Misc. Zool. p. 59.

An adult female Cuseus in skin and a half-grown female in spirits

are strikingly different in appearance ; but I cannot at present sepa-

rate them from this very variable species. The former is of a dark

sooty grey above, with an obscure dorsal streak; the fur is very

close and woolly ; and the tips of the hairs have a bright silvery

lustre. The latter (which measures, head and body, 8°80 inches,

tail 7°80 inches) is bright shining rufous above, slightly washed with

black, but with no definite dorsal streak ; lower parts and spot

below ear light yellow.

Both differ from the characters usual given of C. orientalis in

having only ¢wo small incisors behind the large central lower pair,

and in wanting the small extra premolar in the upper jaw. But,

as Mr. Waterhouse has observed!, these small teeth are not to be

trusted in this group. I find that a skull of C. wrsinus in the

British Museum has two small incisors on one side and three on the

other; and of two skulls of C. celebensis, Gray, a male has one only

in each ramus, while a female has one on the right and three on the

left. In all other essential characters Mr. Brown’s specimens agree

with C. orientalis; and it must be left to future observation to show

whether the peculiarity of their dentition is or is not constant.

According to Lesson and Garnot this animal is termed Kapoune by

the natives of New Ireland, with whom it is a favourite article of food?.

6. Macropus LUGENS, sp.n. (Plate XIX.)

Muffle entirely naked, the bare space extending in a band over

each nostril. Ears moderate, sparsely haired except near the base.

Tail clad for the first three inches with short woolly hair, thence to

the end scaly, nearly naked at the sides, more thickly clad above

and below with short stiffish hairs. Fur moderately soft, not close-

set, with no under-fur; hair of occiput radiating from a point a

little behind the ears, that of the nape directed backwards, that of

the vertex forwards, forming a transverse crest where it meets the

fur of the forehead and temples. Hair of breast radiating from each

axilla, that of the throat and chin directed forwards.

Upper parts almost uniform umber-brown, darkest on the back,

the hairs unicolorous to the base, flanks and thighs lighter, feet

darker brown. From the upper lip a broad but ill-defined brownish-

white stripe passes to below the eye. Chin brownish black ; throat,

breast, and belly pale isabelline.

Approximate measurements (in skin) of an immature male :—

Length of head and body......-......... 22-00

‘ GAG cepa paremece athec Pesan isicke 3°50

55 ear Re acs Se NG che 1°75

% Cail eet es lee ee eral Ld 14:00

» hind foot (without claw). . » 5 ee

1 Nat. Hist. Mamm. i. p. 265. ? Voy. de la afore ne Zool. i. p. 158.

VWTdSVOaN VITONIA

* dum’ sorg trey Uy

Kip le) foc)

rar, 4 2 Ne,

’

‘

. .

, 7

1877.] ON REPTILES ETC. FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 127

The third upper incisor is but little longer than the second, and

has the external fold close to its posterior border. The milk-molars

are still retained ; but the premolar, when exposed in the maxillary,

is found to be only slightly longer than the first true molar, the

former measuring ‘27, and the latter -22 of an inch.

This interesting Kangaroo bears a striking superficial likeness to

Dorcopsis luctuosa (D’ Alb.)—a resemblance which, along with its

generally sad-coloured coat, suggests the specific name proposed.

Even externally, however, it may be at once distinguished by the

direction of the hair of the nape, the nearly naked scaly tail, and the

uniform brown of the upper parts, while its dentition at once shows

it to be not a Dorcopsis but a true Macropus.

When Mr. Garrod first clearly established the distinctions between

Dendrolagus, Dorcopsis and Macropus', only one species of the

last genus was known to inhabit the Austro-Malayan Subregion,

namely M. bruni (Schreb.), from the Aru and Ké Islands. Since

then two species have been described from New Guinea—JZ. papu-

anus by Dr. Peters, from the eastern extremity of the island’, and

Halmaturus crassipes by Mr. E. Pierson Ramsay, from Port

Moresby*. From all of these, as well as from all the Australian

species, M. /ugens appears to be perfectly distinct. In the character

of the covering of the tail it most resembles M. papuanus, from

which, however, it differs in its entirely bare muffle, and in the pro-

portions of its upper incisors, as well as in coloration.

I trust that Mr. Brown may soon be able to procure fully adult

examples of this Kangaroo, and also to give us information as to

the exact habitat of this and the other species contained in his

collection.

4. On a Collection of Reptiles and Fishes from Duke-of-York

Island, New Ireland, and New Britain. By Dr. AtBurt

Guntuer, V.P.Z.S.

[Received Feb. 20, 1877.]

(Plates XX. & XXI.)

A collection of Reptiles made by the Rev. G. Brown on Duke-of-

York Island forms a valuable contribution to the very scanty know-

ledge we possess at present of the Reptiles of New Ireland and New

Britain. Indeed, since the visit of the French naturalists Lesson

and Garnot, those islands have been entirely neglected, only a few

species having reached European collections from the neighbouring

Solomon Islands. The species forming this first collection of Mr.

Brown, are not sufficient in number to base upon them a more pre-

cise conclusion than that arrived at by Mr. Wallace, who appears to

1 “Qn the Kangaroo called Halmaturus luctuosus by D’Albertis and its

Affinities,” P. Z. 8. 1875, pp. 48-59, pls. vii.—ix.

2 Ann. Mus. Ciy. Genova, vii. p. 544 (1875).

® Proc, Linn. Soc. New 8. Wales, i. p. 162 (1876).

128. . DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES AND [ Feb. 20,

be quite correct in including these islands in his Austro-Malayan sub-

region, as will be seen from the following list, in which I have noted

the geographical range of each species.

List of Reptiles.

Lizarps:

1. Monitor chlorostigma, Cuy. ............ Celebes, Ceram, New Guinea, North

Australia, Solomon Islands.

.2. Eumeces albofasciolatus, Gthr.......... North Australia.

3. Hinulia megaspila, sp. n.

4, Keneuxia smaragdina, Less. ......... Ceram, Amboyna, Philippines, Pelew

Island, New Guinea.

5. Mabouia carteretii, D. & B......... ... New Ireland, New Guinea, Amboyna,

and Wokan (Doria).

6. Mabowia cyanura, Less. ...........-.+- Amboyna, Mysol, New Guinea, hence

throughout Polynesia.

7. Mabouwia nigra, Hombr. & Jacq. ...... Fiji Islands, Samoa Islands, Con-

trariété Island.

Ba (Gecko wnitiacus, Miabr. ean deev ee. eet Mysol, Ceram, Amboyna, New Guinea,

Aru Islands.

9. Hypselurus macrolepis, Ptrs. ......... Pelew and Solomon Islands,

SNAKES:

1. Lielaphis modestus, Schleg. ..........-. Ceram, Amboyna, Mysol, Aru Islands.

2. Tropidonotus hypomelas, sp. n.

3. Dendrophis solomonis, Gthr. ......... Solomon Island.

4. Dendrophis macrops, sp. n.

5. Dipsas irregularis, Mery. ...,.....+++.-. Celebes, Ceratn, Amboyna, Mysol,

Sangi Isl., New Guinea, Key Isl.

6. Liasis amethystinus, Schneid. ......... Ceram, Mysol, Aru and Key Islands,

New Ireland.

7. Nardoa schlegelit, Gray. .........0-0.5 New Ireland.

8. Exygrus carinatus, Schneid. .......+. Ceram, Amboyna, Mysol, New Guinea.

9. Hrebophis asper, g. et sp. n.

10. Diemenia miillert, Schleg. .........+++ New Guinea, North Ceram.

ll. Platurus fasciatus, Daud. ............ Throughout the Hast Indian arehi-

pelago and Polynesia.

Descriptive Notes.

HiNvLIA MEGASPILA, Sp. n. (Plate XX.)

Resembles H. (Zumeces) aruensis in shape and general appearance.

No supranasal shields. Lower eyelids scaly. Internasal broad and

short, transversely linear, separated from the vertical by two frontals,

which are broadly in contact with each other. In £&. arvensis the

vertical is in contact with the internasal. Postnasals two, small and

lateral, followed by a single large loreal; upper labials eight. LEar-

opening large, oval, without prominent scales ; forty-one or forty-

seven longitudinal series of scales round the body ; about fifty-eight

transverse series between the fore and hind limbs; two larger pre-

anal plates, with some smaller lateral ones. The fore limbs reach to

the middle of the eye when stretched forward, the hind limbs some-

what beyond the middle of the trunk. Fingers and toes short ;

third and fourth fingers equal and longer than the second; fourth

hind toe the longest ; third longer than the fifth. Colour brown ;

1877.] FISHES FROM DUKE-OF*YORK ISLAND. 129

three large round black spots on the side of the neck ; the first above

the ear-opening, the second immediately behind it, the third above

the axil; a series of numerous smaller black irregular spots along

the upper part of the sides. Sides finely mottled with black strias.

Lower parts whitish ; throat of one Specimen with three blackish

longitudinal bands, the middle being much less distinct than the

lateral.

in. lin;

PB tail epee AS ate 3 tet yan 8 0

Distance of the snout from the eyerntr. cs. 33

FA = Gal eee ae 9

3 3 axle 5

* A; vent nets) PT

Length of fore limb.................._. 1 0

Fe Chirnnpee: 0. oar terctad gins. 23

Fa hind limb 2c, i Ata ee ee eae

3 Secondeioe so alee. Acta Rs 2

35 TeL ines Ts tet vods Rue 3

s RGurtnufoers fee fe ts ene ets oie) 54

Be init hy tae Ae 8 0 3

LigLaruis MopgEstvs.

A Snake widely spread in the Austro-Malayan region, Varying in

some points which may generally be relied upon as constant charac-

ters, and showing affinities to several very distinct types, hence often

misunderstood, and appearing in the literature under many denomi-

nations. It is distinguished by a depressed head, with rather broad

snout, small eye, and subvertical pupil, appearing round when ex-

panded. Normally two shields in front and behind the eye; but

these shields are frequently confluent into one, sometimes on one

side of the specimen only ; sometimes the lower preéocular coalesces

with the loreal. Seven (very rarely eight) upper labials, the third and

fourth entering the orbit. Arrangement of the temporals irregular

and variable. Body elongate, slightly compressed, the ventral scutes

showing more or less lateral keels, which disappear entirely in large

females. Scales smooth, in seventeen rows. Ventral scutes varying

between 180 and 212 ; analentire; subcaudals double, exceptionally

confluent intoa single series. The maxillary series of teeth is formed

by from ten to twelve teeth, the front teeth being the smallest ; they

increase in Strength towards the middle of the bone, one or two

before the penultimate being again smaller ; the penultimate is some-

times as long as, sometimes a little longer than, the middle, some-

times not separated by an interspace from the preceding, sometimes

separated by a very small space only ; the last tooth generally, again,

is small: it is not rarely altogether doubtful whether the dentition

of a specimen should be considered diacranterian or syneranterian ;

but it is never lycodont.

The coloration is very uniform, above dark, below lighter, the

dark colour sometimes descending on the scutes, the light sometimes

Proc. Zoou. Soc.-—1877, No. IX. 9

130 DR. A. GUNTHER ON REPTILES AND [Feb. 20,

ascending on the sides. Specimens from Ceram and Amboyna show

generally a light colour.

To this species I refer now the following Snakes, described by

various authors :—

1837. Lycodon modestus, Schleg. Essai ii. p. 119 ; from Amboyna.

1854. Lycodon modestum and L. lividum, Dum. & Bibr. pp. 380

and 381; from Amboyna and Pulo Samao.

1861, Adblabes greineri, Bleeker, Rept. of Amboyna; from Am-

boyna.

1861. Coronella rosenbergii, Bleeker, Rept. of Ceram; from

Ceram.

1863. Lielaphis holochrous, Giinther, P. Z. S. p. 59; from

Ceram.

1874. Lycodon aruensis, Doria, Ann. Mus. Gen. p. 352; from

the Aru Islands.

The specimens which I have examined are from Ceram, Mysol,

and Amboyna ; and they differ less among each other than the two

specimens from the Duke-of-York Island. Both have a syncrante-

rian dentition (ten teeth); but one has eight upper labials, all the

subcaudals divided, and 197 ventrals; the other has seven upper

labials, 180 ventrals, and, singularly enough, only the first two and

the last nineteen subcaudals divided, the sixty-three middle ones

being entire.

Other species belong to the same genus, and one or the other may

eventually prove to be identical with the one described, viz. :—

Lielaphis batjanensis, Gthr., from Batjan.

Zamenophis australis, Gthr., from Cape York, with which Lycodon

keyensis of Doria, from the Key Islands, appears to be identical.

Lycodon parvus, Meyer, from Jobi.

TROPIDONOTUS HYPOMELAS, sp. n.

Body very slender; head moderately long and deep; eye large ;

Fig. 1.

vA EA

Head of Tropidonotus hypomelas.

1877.] FISHES FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 131

scales in seventeen rows, all keeled ; ventrals 196, anal bifid; sub-

caudals 99; anterior frontals truncated in front; loreal as high

as long; two preeoculars, the upper just reaching to the upper

surface of the head; three postoculars, the lower of which is the

narrowest and smallest ; 9 upper labials, the fifth and sixth enter-

ing the orbit ; temporals 2+3, the two anterior in contact with the

postocular. The dentition is syncranterian, almost isodont. Upper

parts brownish olive, with small blackish and whitish spots longitu-

dinally arranged. Lower part of the anterior half of the trunk

whitish, with a series of black spots along the median line of the

abdomen, each scute having a black spot. In the middle of the

length of the trunk the dark colour of the sides gradually encroaches

on the scutes, which, on the hinder half of the body and on the tail,

are uniform blackish.

One specimen, thirty-two inches long, the length of the tail being

nine inches.

Drnpropuis MACROPS, sp. n.

This Snake is distinguished from Dendrophis solomonis by its

large eye, the diameter of which exceeds its distance from the nos-

tril. Scales in thirteen rows; loreal large, longer than high ; eight

or nine upper labials, two of which enter the orbit; one preeocular

weer

Head of Dendrophis macrops,

not extending to the vertical; two postoculars ; temporals irregu-

larly arranged, 2+2+ 2; ventrals 195, strongly keeled ; subcaudals

140; vertebral scales of moderate size; upper parts uniform olive-

coloured ; scales with an elongate white spot on the outer margin ;

upper part of head brownish olive; lower parts uniform greenish.

One specimen, forty-six inches long, the tail being fourteen inches.

Erezopuis, g. n. Erycid.

Body stout and thick, covered with short scales, which are arranged

in numerous rows, and provided with exceedingly strong keels.

Head resembling that of a Crotaline suake, covered above and on the

side with numerous scales ; rostral flat, truncated, oblique, not ex-

tending to the upper surface of the snout 3; nostril very small, in the

middle of an oblong shield ; eyes small, surrounded by small scales ;

ventrals rather narrow ; tail very short, slightly prehensile, with a

single series of subcaudals; teeth in both jaws numerous, the ante-

rior of the maxillary, mandible, and palatine bones much enlarged ;

tongue remarkably slender ; no rudiments of hind limbs.

132 ON REPTILES ETC. FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. [Feb. 20,

EREBOPHIS ASPER, Sp. n. (Plate XXI.)

The head of this singular Snake is subtriangular, with high sub-

vertical sides, swollen behind and covered with small, obtusely keeled

scales ; snout truncated in front, with a distinct canthus rostralis,

the nasal plate being immediately below the canthus. Ten

or eleven low labial shields form the margin of the upper lip,

and are covered with minute tubercles. The skin behind the eye

forms a fold with a more or less distinct hollow below it. Thirteen

lower labials ; gular scales in many series.

The body is very thick and short, distinctly compressed. The

scales are short and rounded behind, thick and provided with a

strong keel, forming in the middle of the body about forty-one longi-

tudinal series. The longitudinal series do not run parallel to the

vertebral line, but gradually descend backwards towards the belly.

The three or four outer series of scales are smooth, the outermost

being the largest. Ventrals 146; subcaudals 20.

Upper parts dark brown, with indistinct patches of lighter brown.

’ All the lower parts and the smooth lateral series of scales yellowish.

Only one specimen of this highly interesting Snake is in the col-

lection ; it is twenty-nine inches long, the head measuring 12 inch,

and the tail two inches.

BATRACHIANS.

PLATYMANTIS PLICIFERA, Gthr.

Singular as it may appear, the Platymantis of Duke-of-York

Island is not identical with P. vitiana from the Fiji Islands, but

with P. plicifera from the Philippines. If single examples had been

examined, slight differences in the form of the foremost part of the

snout and in the length of the hind limb might have been regarded

as indicative of specific distinctness ; but they prove to be merely

individual when the whole series of specimens (five from Duke-of-

York Island and six from the Philippines) is examined.

Fisues.

The species sent by Mr. Brown are twenty-five in number, belong-

ing tc the most common forms generally distributed over the tropical

parts of the Indo-Pacific region ; and as they evidently form but a

very small proportion of the fish-fauna of this archipelago, an enu-

meration of the species would add nothing to our knowledge. How-

ever, the collection contained a specimen of Histiopterus typus

(Schleg.), a species hitherto believed to be peculiar to the Japanese

seas, and represented on the eastern and southern coasts of Aus-

tralia by H. labiosus and H, recurvirostris.

1877.] ON CRUSTACEANS FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 133

5. Ona Collection of Crustacea made by the Rev. G. Brown,

C.M.Z.S., on Duke-of-York Island. By Epwarp J.

Minrs, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological De-

partment, British Museum.

[Received February 19, 1877.]

The Crustacea collected by Mr. Brown belong, with one exception

(Lysiosquitla maculata), to the Decapoda, and amount in all to forty-

four specimens, representing sixteen species. Although none of the

species collected are new to science, several are interesting and little-

known forms. I may particularly mention the Grapsodes notatus of

Heller, originally described from specimens collected by the Novara

Expedition at the Nicobars, and peculiar on account of the form of

the carapace and structure of the orbital region; and the Sesarma

ah of Hess, hitherto recorded only from Sydney, New South

ales.

I have added a description of a remarkable species of Sesarma

(S, teniolata) in the British-Museum collection. The majority of

the species collected by Mr. Brown are well-known forms, and gene-

rally distributed throughout the Indo-Pacific region.

ATERGATIS FLORIDUS.

Cancer floridus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) p. 1041 (1766).

Cancer ocyroé, Herbst, Naturg. Krabben u. Krebse, iii. (part 2)

p- 20, pl. liv. fig. 2 (1801); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 375

(1834).

Atergatis floridus, De Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust. (Dee. ii.) p. 46

(1835); A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat. i. p. 243

(1865).

One example, a female, of this very common and widely distributed

Indo-Pacitic species is in the collection.

CARPILIUS CONVEXUS.

Cancer convexus, Forskal, Descript. Animalium &c., Insecta,

p- 88 (1775).

Carpilius convecus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 382, pl. xvi.

figs. 9 & 10 (1834); A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Archiy. Mus. Hist. Nat. i.

p: 215 (1865).

Two specimens, both females, are in the collection. This is also

a very common species, and generally distributed thronghout the

Indo-Pacific region. In C. convevus the abdomen of the male is

6-, of the female 7-jointed; but in the males a small marginal

fissure is usually to be observed on each side of the abdomen, mark-

ing the line of coalescence of the third and fourth segments. In the

females the right chela is usually very large and massive.

134 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEANS [Feb. 20,

ETISUS DENTATUS.

Cancer dentatus, Herbst, Naturg. Krabben u. Krebse, i. p. 186,

pl. xi. fig. 66 (1790).

Etisus dentatus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 411 (1834).

One specimen, a female with ova, is in the collection. This is

another widely distributed species. Specimens are in the British-

Museum collection from the Mauritius, Torres Straits, and New

Caledonia.

ACTHODES TOMENTOSUS.

Zozymus tomentosus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 385 (1834) ;

Régne Animal de Cuvier, Atlas, pl. xi. dvs, fig. 2.

Actaodes tomentosus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust. i. p. 197

(1852).

ee tomentosa, A. M.-Edw., Nouv, Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat. i.

p- 262 (1865).

Four specimens of this species, all of them males and three of

large size, were collected. Length of largest specimen ? inch, greatest

breadth 11 inch. Like most of the species collected, this is a very

common Indo-Pacific species.

I may here observe that M. A. Milne-Edwards, in his revision of

the Cancride (Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. i. p. 259, 1865), has

united the genera Actea and Acte@odes, not considering the excavate

or non-excavate finger-tips a character of genericimportance. Dana,

on the other hand (Expl. Exp. Crust. i. p. 147, 1852), has based his

subfamilies Xanthinze and Chlorodinee upon this very peculiarity of

structure, and has shown that the genera may be arranged in each

division in two parallel series. I am inclined to think the latter the

most natural and convenient arrangement of the genera; but it will

probably be necessary, if Dana’s system be adopted, to unite the sub-

families Cancrinze and Xanthine, as the genus Cancer bears nearly

the same relation to Héisus in the Chlorodine, as Liomera to Carpi-

lodes, or Xantho to Leptodius.

LEPTODIUS EXARATUS, var. SANGUINEUS, Milne-Edwards.

? Chlorodius sanguineus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p,

402 (1834); Dana, U.S, Expl. Exp. xui. Crust. i. p. 207, pl. xi.

fig. 11 (1852).

Chlorodius nodosus, Randall, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 111

(1839); Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust. i. p. 210, pl. xi. fig. 14

(1852).

? Leptodius sanguineus, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Hist,

Nat. ix. p. 224 (1873).

Five males and one female specimen of a Leptodius were collected,

which I should have referred, without any doubt, to the Chlorodius

sanguineus of Milne-Edwards, were it not that M. Alphonse Milne-

Edwards in his description says:—‘‘ Jamais il n’y a de tubercules

sur les parties saillantes.” In the specimens before me there is a

slight tubercle on the carapace behind each tooth of the antero-

1877.] FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 135

lateral margins. The Chlorodius nodosus of Randall, as figured by

Dana (J. c.), is evidently the same species and variety as the speci-

mens from Duke-of- York Island, and is not, I think, distinct from

C. sanguineus as figured by the same author. The principal character

that differentiates this variety from the typical evaratus is the presence

of an additional small tooth behind the last tooth of the antero-lateral

margins. C. sanguineus is considered a distinct species by Dana, and,

with some hesitation, by A. Milne-Edwards, but was united with

C. ewaratus by Stimpson in his preliminary “ Report on the Crustacea

collected by the United-States Expedition to the North Pacific”

(Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 34, 1858).

Ozius RUGULOSUS.

Ozius rugulosus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 34 (1858);

Heller, Voy. Novara, Crust. p. 22, pl. iii. fig. 1 (1865); A. M.-Edw.

Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat. ix. p. 240, pl. xi. fig. 3 (1873).

Three specimens of this species are in the collection—two females

and a young male. Specimens are in the British-Museum collection

from the Mauritius, Australian coast, and New Hebrides; and it has

been recorded from the Nicobars, Bonin Islands, Tahiti, and New

Caledonia. Thus it is evident that its range extends over the whole

Indo-Pacific region ; but it is probably nowhere a common species.

ERIPHIA LEVIMANA.

Eriphia levimana, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 427 (1834) ;

Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust. i. p. 249, pl. xiv. fig. 7 (1852) ;

A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat. ix. p. 255 (1873).

Two males and four females were collected by Mr. Brown. In

the young animal the series of tubercles upon the frontal margin are

not developed, the margin appearing subentire; but those on the

postfrontal region and antero-lateral margins are clearly distinguish-

able. #. levimana is distributed throughout the Indo-Pacific region ;

there are specimens in the collection of the British Museum, from

Madagascar and the Mauritius, that certainly belong to this species,

and not to the allied HZ. smithit of M‘Leay (Anaulosa in Smith’s

Zool. 8. Africa, p. 60), figured by Krauss (Stid-Afrikan. Krust. p. 36,

pl. ii. fig. 3, 1843), of which specimens, from Port Natal, are in the

Museum collection.

OcyPoDE CERATOPHTHALMA.

Cancer ceratophthalmus, Pallas, Spic. Zool. ix. p. 83. pl. v. figs.

7,8 (1772).

Ocypode ceratophthalma, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 347 (1798) ;

M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 48 (1837); Régne Animal de

Cuvier, Atlas, Crust. pl. xvii. fig. 1; Ann. Sci. Nat. (Sér. 3) Zool.

xviii. p. 141 (1852); A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat.

ix. p. 270 (1873).

In the collection are two specimens of an Ocypode, males, and

both in a mutilated condition, which I refer to this species. In both

specimens are to be seen the large orange-red blotches on the sides

136 MR. £. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEANS [Feb. 20,

and back of the cardiac region which always characterize O. cera-

tophthalma. ‘he terminal spines of the eyes in one specimen are

quite short ; in the other specimen they are longer, but not one third

of the total length of the eye. Occasionally they are very greatly

elongated; and evidently their length is of no value as a specific

character. O. ceratophthalma is a very common and generally

distributed Indo-Pacific species.

GRAPSUS STRIGOSUS.

Cancer strigosus, Herbst, Naturg. der Krabben und Krebse, iii.

(part 1) p. 55. pl. xlvii. fig. 7 (1799).

Grapsus strigosus, Latr. Hist. Crust. et Ins. vi. p. 70 (1803);

M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 87 (1837); Aun. Sci. Nat. Zool.

(Sér. 3) xx. p. 169 (1853); A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Archiv. Mus. Hist.

Nat. ix. p. 286 (1873), wbi synon.

Two specimens, a male and a female with ova, both in an imper-

fect condition, are in the collection. M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards

(7. c.) has excellently summarized the characters which distinguish

this common and variable species from the closely allied and still

more common and variable G. pictus, and has indicated the synonymy

of each species.

G. strigosus is distributed throughout the Indo-Pacific region,

and is even (as is also G. pictus) found on the western coast of the

American continent.

GRAPSODES NOTATUS.

Grapsodes notatus, Heller, Reise der Novara, Crust. p. 58, pl. v.

fig. 2 (1865).

Three specimens, a young male and two females, are in the col-

lection, which, I think, belong to this species. Dr. Heller’s speeimens

were from the Nicobars; both the genus and species are unrepre-

sented in the collection of the British Museum. The antero-lateral

margins are described as 3-toothed, as are those of the specimens

from Duke-of-York Island (including the external orbital tooth) ;

in the figure of G. notatus there is an additional small antero-lateral

tooth: this is piobably an error of the draughtsman. As in the

allied genus Nectograpsus, there is a wide hiatus between the outer

orbital tooth and the suborbital lobe; this is mentioned in Dr. Heller’s

description, but not properly represented in the figure. Dr. Heller’s

genus Grapsodes is evidently very nearly allied to Nectograpsus of

the same author, principally differing in the existence of antero-lateral

marginal teeth. The two genera, in fact, bear the same relation to

one another in the subfamily Sesarminze as do certain species of

Chasmagnathus to Cyclograpsus in the Grapsine.

SESARMA ROTUNDATA.

Sesarma rotundata, Hess, Archiv. f. Naturg. xxxi. p. 149, pl. vi.

fig. 9 (1865).

Three specimens of this species, all of them males, are in the

collection. §S. rotundata belongs to the section of the genus in

1877.] FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 137

which the lateral margin of the carapace is 3-toothed, and is distin-

guished by the peculiar convexity of the hepatic regions, and the

granulation of the front part of the carapace, and the anterior legs.

The ambulatory legs are long and slender, the last joint much shorter

than the preceding. The specimen described by Hess was from

Sydney, NewSouth Wales; and specimens are in the British-Museum

collection from the Fiji Islands (Nairai) and Eastern seas.

I subjoin the description of a species in the British-Museum

collection’.

Srsarma (Hotomertopvs) ausryt.

Sesarma (Holometopus) aubryi, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Archiv. Mus.

Hist. Nat. Bulletin, v. p- 29 (1869) ; ix. p. 307, pl. xvi. fig. 3

(1873).

Six specimens, four males and two females, of which one bears a

considerable quantity of ova, were collected. They agree in all

particulars with A. Milne-Edwards’s description of the species, based

upon specimens collected at New Caledonia, except that in the figure

of the abdomen, probably that of a male, the sides are represented

nearly straight, and the terminal jot as broad at base as the

preceding ; whereas in the specimens from Duke-of-York Island

(as is usual in Sesarma and the allied genera) the terminal abdominal

joint is much smaller than the preceding at its base.

In the Sesarma (Pachysoma) hematocheir of De Haan (Faun.

Japon. Crust. p. 62, pl. vii. fig. 4), upon which Milne-Edwards

founded the genus Holometopus, the front is broader in proportion

to its depth, the abdomen has the sides more decidedly concave, and

the terminal joint longer; the differences between the two species,

however, are very slight, and may depend upon the age of the

specimen.

CARDISOMA CARNIFEX,

Cancer carnifex, Herbst, Naturg. Krabben u. Krebse, i. p. 163,

pl. xli. fig. 1, g (1796).

1 SESARMA TENIOLATA.

Sesarma teniolata, White, List Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 38 (1847), sine deser.

Carapace quadrate and very convex, the groove defining the gastric region

deep, the lateral margins with two prominent teeth (including the external

orbital tooth). Front nearly vertically deflexed, the anterior margin sinuated,

the median sinus wide ; postfrontal lobes four, not very abrupt; carapace behind

the lobes slightly. granulated. Anterior legs robust ; arm with a very strong

tooth near the distal extremity of its upper margin; wrist closely covered with

granules or small tubercles, each of which is itself crenulated ; hand granulated

externally, and with a strong granulated ridge on its inner surface; upper

margin with a longitudinal, comb-like, closely pectinated ridge; mobile finger

with a longitudinal ridge on its upper surface marked with about sixty trans-

verse strix. Ambulatory legs compressed and slightly hairy. Abdomen of male

with the last joint not half the width of the preceding. Length and breadth of

carapace about 12 inch.

Hab. Philippine Iskands (Cuming, coll. Brit. Mus.).

This species is allied to S. tetragona, Fabr., but is distinguished from it by the

©urious longitudinal comb-like ridge on the upper margin of the hand and the

‘ransyersely striated ridge on the mobile finger.

138 ON CRUSTACEANS FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. ([Feb. 20,

Cancer hydromus, Herbst, J. c. p. 16, pl. xli. fig. 2, 2 (1796).

Cardisoma carnifex, Latr. Encycl. Méth. Hist. Nat. x. p. 685

(1825) ; M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 23 (1837); A. M.-Edw.

Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. ix. p. 264 (1873).

In the single imperfect specimen (male) of this species in the

collection a very small tooth exists at some distance behind the

external orbital angle; the raised line defining the antero-lateral

margins is continued but a short distance backward beyond this

tooth; the left anterior leg is the larger; the ambulatory legs are

clothed with long hairs.

PAGURUS PUNCTULATUS.

Pagurus punctulatus, Olivier, Encycl. Meth. viii. p. 641 (1811) ;

M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 222 (1837).

A single specimen of this very common species is in the collection,

a female, inhabiting the shell of Doliwm perdiz.

White, in the ‘List of Crustacea in the Collection of the British

Museum,’ p. 60, adopts Herbst’s earlier name of Cancer megistos for

this species; but, as the description and figure of C’. megistos are

wanting in the only copy of Herbst’s work that I have seen, I retain

for the present Milne-Edwards’s designation of Pagurus punctulatus,

by which this species is generally known.

PARRIBACUS ANTARCTICUS.

Scyllarus antarcticus, Lund, Skrivt. Naturh. Selsk. Kjdben.

Bd. ii. Heft 2, p. 22 (1793); Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 399

(1798).

Ibacus antarticus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 287 (1837).

Parribacus antareticus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust. 1.

p- 517, pl. xxxii. fig. 6 (1852).

Two specimens, a male and a female, were collected. The male

has the appendages (pleopoda) of the second and third abdominal

segments much larger than those of the female, foliaceous, and equally

developed; in those of the fourth and fifth segments the inner ramus

is rudimentary. In the female the third, fourth, and fifth segments

have the inner ramus of the appendages produced, substyliform, and

two-jointed at its extremity.

LySIOSQUILLA MACULATA.

Squilla maculata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 511 (1793); Lamarck,

Hist. Ann. sans Vert. v. p. 188 (1818) ; M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust.

ii. p. 518 (1837).

Cancer (Mantis) arenarius, Herbst. Naturg. Krabben u. Krebse,

ii. p. 96, pl. xxxiil. fig. 2 (1796).

One specimen, a male, of this common Indo-Pacific species is in

the collection. It is of rather small size (about 8 inches). This

species, when fully grown, is probably the largest of the genus.

M&N Hanharl. ry

OM DUKE OF YORK ISLAND

1877.] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 139

6. Note on the Echinodermata sent by the Rev. G. Brown

from Duke-of-York Island. By Epear A. Situ,

F.Z.8.

[Received February 19, 1877.]

The three species of Echinodermata in the collection made by the

Rev. G. Brown are all common well-known forms, and have been

recorded previously both from the Indian and Pacific Oceans.

ASTERID.

1. ScyrasTerR varioLatus, Retzius.

Other localities are Zanzibar, Bourbon, Mauritius, Rodriguez,

New Caledonia. .

2. GYMNASTERIA CARINIFERA, Lamarck.

This species has been brought from the Red Sea, Indian Ocean,

Torres Straits, and Sandwich Islands.

OpHIURID.

3. OpHrocoma ERINacEvs, Miiller & Troschel.

Found also in the Red Sea, at Mozambique, Zanzibar, Rodriguez

Island, Sandwich Islands, Society Islands, &c.

7. On a Collection of Lepidoptera made by the Rev. G.

Brown on Duke-of-York Island and its Neighbourhood.

By Osserr Satyrin, F.R.S., and F. DuCanr GopMan,

F.Z.8.

[Received February 2, 187 4

(Plates XXIT. & XXIII.)

The collection of Butterflies made by Mr. Brown on Duke-of-York

Island and the neighbouring islands of New Britain and New Ireland

contains examples of 26 genera and 40 species, while in that of the

Moths there are examples of 11 genera represented by 14 species.

As might be expected from the close proximity of these islands to

New Guinea, the Lepidopterous fauna partakes of the character of

the larger island ; for, putting aside such widely ranging genera as

Danais, Euplea, Mycalesis, &e., the presence of an Ornithoptera

belonging to the O. priamus group, of Papilio euchenor and of a

species of the P. ulysses group, as well as the absence of any thing

like generic peculiarity, shows quite clearly where the relationship

of the fauna lies, at least as regards the Butterflies.

With the islands of the South Pacific which lie further to the east-

ward and south-eastward, the Butterfly-fauna of which is slowly

being brought to light, the comexion of New Britain and New

Ireland is not so intimate.

Mr. Butler (P. Z. S. 1874, p. 274 et seq.) has recently published a

list of the species described up to that date from the South-Sea Islands;

140 MESSRS. SALVIN AND GODMAN ON [Feb. 20,

to this he has since made some additions (P. Z.S. 1875, p. 610).

In this list he includes the species mentioned by Montrouzier in his

article on the Butterflies of Woodlark Island, and also the few in-

cluded in ‘The Entomology of the Voyage of the ‘Coquille,’’ from

New Ireland. But Woodlark Island is very properly included in

the Papuan fauna by Mr. Wallace; and New Ireland also belongs to

the same fauna, as seems evident from the present collection.

At least 27 species are included in Mr. Butler’s list from these

localities ; and deducting them from the total of 104 species, we have

77 as the number of species at present known to inhabit the South-

Sea Islands beyond the immediate influence of New Guinea. To

these must be added the 23 additional species mentioned in Mr.

Butler’s second paper, making a total of 100. Very much remains

to be done before any thing like a complete knowledge of the Butter-

flies of the South-Sea Islands is acquired; but it would seem that

these islands can hardly fail to present a comparatively poor Lepi-

dopterous fauna; and, judged by this standard, New Britain and the

adjoining islands certainly cling to the richer fauna of New Guinea.

Of the genera in the present collection not found in the South-

Sea Islands proper, we have Cynthia, Rhinopalpa, Cethosia, Cyrestes,

Minetra, Pithecops, and Ornithoptera; whilst, of the remainder,

Drusilla is a very characteristic New-Guinea form, represented in

Otaheite by a single species, and the rest are all more or less widely

ranging genera.

It is unfortunate that in making this collection Mr. Brown has

not noted the particular island where each specimen was captured.

The presence in it of two such distinct species of Ornithoptera as

O. aruana and O. urvilliana is suggestive; and it seems very

probable that the former was obtained in New Britain and the latter

in New Ireland. As O. aruana has a very wide range, and the latter,

as far as we yet know, an extremely limited one, it seems quite

possible that the faunze of these two islands may differ more inter se

than might be expected from the proximity of the two shores. We

hope that Mr. Brown will be able to clear up this point, as it is one

well worthy of investigation.

A considerable number of the species in the present collection

differ in a slight degree from their representatives from Western New

Guinea and the adjoining islands. This is hardly surprising, seeing

the wide interval of several hundred miles which intervenes between

New Britain and the point previously investigated. Some of these

races we have described in the present paper; others we leave until

the receipt of additional specimens shows more clearly the extent to

which they differ.

The nearest point to New Britain which has had its Butterflies

examined is Woodlark Island. This island is situated on the north

side of the Louisiade archipelago, in about 9° S. lat., and 153° E.

long. It remained undiscovered until 1836, but has since been

visited by French missionaries, one of whom, M. Montrouzier,

having made a small collection of Butterflies, described them in

1856 in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Phys. et Nat. de Lyon,’ Unfor-

1877.] BUTTERFLIES FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 141

tunately the species there mentioned are, many of them, at present

unknown to our collections 3; but the paper is one that has an im-

portant bearing upon the nomenclature of the Butterflies of the

eastern end of New Guinea and of the islands which lie beyond.

In concluding these preliminary notes, we offer our thanks to

Mr. A. G. Butler of the British Museum for his assistance in enabling

us to compare our specimens with those in the national collection,

and for his help in several matters connected with the subject of

this paper,

RHOPALOCERA.

NYMPHALID4.

DaNnaIna.

1. DANats AUSTRALIS.

Danais australis, Hombr. & Jacq. Voy. Péle Sud, Zool. iv. p. 388,

Atlas, t. 2. f. 5, 6 (N. Australia).

The specimens sent (three in number) seem to agree better with

the figure quoted above than with any other of the many local

forms into which the widely ranging D. limniace (L.) has been

divided. The hind wings have their distal halves of a paler brownish

tint, and in this respect resemble the race described by Mr. Butler

(Ent. Month. Mag. xi. p- 163), from New Guinea (Dorey), as D.

leucoptera.

2. DANAIS SOBRINA.

Danais sobrina, Boisd. Voy. Astr. Entom. p- 103, Atlas, t. 4.

f. 3 (Bouru and New Guinea),

The single specimen in the collection only differs from the plate

quoted above in having the spots of both wings rather larger.

3. EupL@a UNIBRUNNEA, sp. n.

3 Exp. 4:9. Form similar to that of EZ. proethoé, Godt. Above

uniform brown, except the granular patch and the portion of the

hind wings covered by the fore wings, which are yellowish white :

beneath brown, fore wings with a submarginal row of minute

bluish-white spots and two larger ones, extracellular, one on each

of the median interspaces; hind wings with a marginal row of

similar spots, which become evanescent towards the anal angle; at the

apical angle is another row of four spots inside the first row ; a row

of seven spots surrounds the outside of the upperside and distal end

of the cell; and, lastly, one is situated inside the cell close to the

distal end. There are a pair of preocular spots, a pair of supra-

ocular, a pair on the prothorax, and one on each of the wing-

coverts.

Obs. Allied to ZF. semicirculus, Butl. (EZ. cuvieri, Feld.), but

differing in the absence of all spots on the upper surface of the wings.

A large and apparently well-marked species, of which Mr. Brown’s

collection contains two examples. The second specimen has a

pinkish-white tinge on the cell of the primaries.

142 MESSRS. SALVIN AND GODMAN ON [ Feb. 20,

4. EupLa@a prownl, sp. n. (Plate XXII. figs. 1, 2.)

3 Exp. 4°75. Form similar to that of Z. prothoé, Godt. Above

uniform pale creamy buff with opalescent reflexions; the costa and

outer margin of the anterior wings dark brown, the veins in both

wings also dark brown, and the granular patch of the hind wings

dark buff; beneath as above, both wings gradually shaded into

tobacco-brown towards their bases; there are faint outlines of spots

along the outer margin of the anterior wings, and others in a curve

across the apex of both wings, also between the costal and radial

nervules and one at the distal end of the cell.

The colour of this remarkable species distinguishes it at once from all

members of the genus. It is one of the finest novelties in Mr. Brown’s

collection ; and we have much pleasure in naming it after him.

5. EUPL@A TREITSCHKII.

Euplea treitschkii, Boisd. Voy. Astr. Ent. p. 98; D. & H. Gen.

Diurn. Lep. t. 11. f. 2.

Originally described from specimens obtained at Port Praslin, New

Ireland. The single example sent agrees closely with the plate

cited above, but differs in having more spots in the central area of

the hind wings.

6. HAMADRYAS ZQUICINCTUS, Sp. n.

Exp. 2°2. Closely allied to H. zoilus (Fab.), from which it only

differs in having the white spot of the hind wings nearly circular,

the black margin being of equal width round the apical angle and

outer margin, gradually tapering along the inner margin towards the

base of the wing.

Of the several closely allied races of H. zozlus, this seems most

entitled to separation ; still it must be admitted that the relationship

is by no means remote.

There are two specimens in the collection, agreeing with one

another in the character pointed out above.

SATYRINA.

7. MYCALESIS LUGENS.

Mycalesis lugens, Butler, P. Z.S. 1875, p. 612.

Agrees with the type in the British Museum, which was procured

by Mr. Wykeham Perry on Vaté Island, New Hebrides.

8. MyYCALESIS FLAGRANS.

Myealesis flagrans, Butler, Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 4, xviii.

p- 243.

The specimen sent agrees very closely with the types of the

species described by Mr. Butler (/. c.) as MM. flagrans.

9. MycaLusis MEDUS.

Mycalesis medus (Fab.), Butl. Cat. Satyridee, p. 139.

Agrees with Bornean and New-Guinea specimens in the British

Museum.

1877. ] BUTTERFLIES FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 143

Morpuinz&.

10. DrusiLLA ANABLEPS.

Drusilla anableps, Voll. Tijdschr. v. Entom. iii. p. 40, t. 1. f. 3,

and t. 2. f. 1 (1860) (Otaheiti).

Mr. Brown has sent four specimens of Drusilla, one male and

three females. The male and one of the females agree closely with

Vollenhoven’s Plate, and seem to represent the true D. anableps.

The other two females offer a certain amount of variation, of which

we are not yet able to ascertain the value. It may be that the

specimens of D. anadleps were taken on one island, and the other

two females upon another; but on this point we have as yet no in-

formation. In order to draw attention to these aberrant specimens,

we append a description of one of them.

Exp. 4:3. Dark brown, an oval white spot between the end of

the cell of the anterior wings and the anal angle, but nowhere

touching the outer or the inner margin; hind wings with a similar

lunate spot, the horns clasping a large ocellus composed of an outer

dark margin surrounding a circle of pale fawn-colour, having a

black pupil pierced with a white spot: beneath as above, the white

spot of the anterior wings being rather larger; the posterior wings

have in addition an ocellus near the apical angle, round the inner

margin of which the white patch is extended in a narrow curved line.

NYMPHALIN.

11. CyNTHIA INSULARIS, Sp. 0.

Q Exp. 4°4. An insular race of C. juliana (Cr. Pap. Ex. t. 280.

f. A, B) from Amboyna, differing chiefly in the position of the white

band, which in C. juliana erosses the hind wings inside the ocelli.

In the present insect this band passes through and outside these

ocelli, and between it and the outer margin of the wing are two

submarginal dark undulating lines separated by whitish lunules.

The general colour of the base of the wings is rich brown, without

any greenish tinge ; beneath, the principal band which crosses the

hind wings is straighter and broader than in C. juliana, and dark

brown instead of black.

A single female (the sex by which the races of Cynthia are most

easily distinguishable) is in the collection. We have also compared

it with the type of OC. ada, Butl. P. Z.S. 1873, p. 686, ex Queens-

land, and find it distinct.

12. RHINOPALPA ALGINA?

Vanessa algina, Boisd. Voy. Astr. Entom. p. 122; Hombr. &

Jacq. Voy. Pole Sud, Zool. iv. p. 390, Atlas, t. 2. f. 8, 9 (Triton

Bay, New Guinea).

The single specimen sent has the fulvous transverse band of the

anterior wings nearly straight, and thus resembles the figure cited

above. In this respect it differs from R. amelia, Guér. (Voy. Coq.

Zool. p. 278, t. 14. f. 1), where this band is distinctly angulated, as

144 MESSRS. SALVIN AND GODMAN ON [ Feb. 20

in R. sabina, Cr. (Pap. Ex. t. 289. f. A-D)'. The spots near the

apex of the wing are white, not fulvous, and are situated further from

the costa than in Hombron and Jacquinot’s plate. The specimen is

not in good condition ; and the examination of more examples may

prove that the species is really distinct from any of those above

mentioned.

13. JUNONIA VELLIDA.

Papilio vellida, Fab. ; Donov. Ins. N. Holl. t. 25. f. 3.

A single specimen of this widely ranging species is in the collection.

14. CETHOSIA OBSCURA.

Cethosia obscura, Guér. Voy. Coq. Zool. p. 277, t. 15. f. 4 (New

Ireland).

Mr. Brown has sent two specimens of this rare species, which we

believe has not been obtained since the voyage of the ‘Coquille,’

when specimens were taken at Port Praslin in New Ireland.

15, D1ADEMA INEXPECTATA, Sp. 0.

3g Exp. 3-4. Allied to D. alimena (L.), but differing in the

much narrower band of blue which traverses both wings, and which

becomes nearly obsolete as it turns towards the costa of the fore

wings ; beneath the fore wings are devoid of the blue patch which

traverses the median nervules, the apex of the wings is darker, and

an oblique band of spots which passes from the costa to beyond the

cell is evanescent; the hind wings show only traces of the pale

transverse band of D. alimena, and the submarginal spots are much

larger; the basal portion of both wings is deeper red-brown.

The specimens of the widely ranging D. alimena are all fairly

constant in their characters; and from them the male specimen in

Mr. Brown’s collection differs in the above particulars.

16. DrapEMA UNICOLOR, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. figs 1, 2.)

3 Exp. 3°6. Above uniform dark brown; the margin of the

secondaries hardly paler, with a narrow black submarginal line; a

row of minute bluish spots parallel to the outer margin of both

wings: beneath slightly paler; three bluish spots in the cell near

the subcostal nervure, and a distinct row parallel to the outer margin;

a marginal dark band with a central lighter band surrounds the outer

margin of both wings.

Allied to D. perryi, Butl. (P. Z.8. 1875, p. 613, t. 67. f.3), but

differing in the uniformity of the colouring of the upper surface and

the reduced size of the submarginal spots of both wings, and other

characters.

This species seems to be separable from any yet described. We

compared it with the type of D. perry, and found that Mr. Brown’s

specimen differed in several particulars.

1 The former of the last-named species is distinct from the latter, though

placed together by Kirby (Cat. Lep. p. 192), as is quite apparent from a com-

parison of the two sufficiently accurate figures.

1877.]} BUTTERFLIES FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 145

17. CyREsTIS FRATERCULA.

Exp. 2-2. Allied to C. acilia, Godt., from New Guinea, of which

it is doubtless an insular race. The white band crossing both wings

is comparatively narrow, and is drawn to a point at the costa of the

anterior wings, and also as it approaches the anal angle of the hind

wings. The fulvous patch at the same angle is restricted, and only

surrounds the terminal ocellus. In this respect this race resembles

C. lelia, Feld., and C. strigata, Feld., from both of which it differs

in the pointed form of the transverse white band; beneath it re-

sembles the race we believe to be C. strigata (exempl. in mus. nostr.

ex Gilolo or Morty, Wallace), except that the white submarginal

bands of the hind wings are all narrower,

Two specimens of this Cyrestis are in the collection, both alike as

to their markings. Though, as we have already stated, but a race

of C. acilia, it seems as much entitled to separation as several other

races which have had names bestowed upon them.

18. Mrinerra, sp.?

One imperfectly developed specimen of a Minetra probably indi-

cates that a distinct race inhabits these islands ; but it may be as

well to defer characterizing it for the present, until more specimens

come to hand. It most resembles specimens from Bouru and

Ceram, collected by Mr. Wallace, and which are doubtless referable

to the Amboyna species M. sylvia (Cram. Pap. Ex. t. 43. f. F, G).

19. DotescHaLuiaA BRowNI. (Plate XXII. figs. 3, 4.)

2 Exp. 3-8. Allied to D. australis, Feld. (Voy. Nov. Lep.

p. 405, t. 51. f. 1,2), but larger; the inner edge of the terminal

black portion of the primaries, instead of running nearly parallel to

the outer margin, ends at the anal angle ; a well-defined subtriangular

black spot at the end of the cell: the secondaries have the two

black spots as in D. polibete, Cr., but are without either white or

blue centres. Beneath there are well-defined light marks across the

cell, beyond it, and in the apical angle ; the base of the secondaries

has also two light spots of a violet tint 3; two ocelli on the secondaries

beneath correspond to the black spots of the upper surface.

We have been unable to find any species exactly corresponding to

this. It differs from all we have seen, in the black of the primaries

ending at the anal angle instead of on the inner margin. Both the

species recently described by Mr. Butler, D. herrichii and D. mont-

rouziert (P.Z.S. 1875, p. 612), the types of which we have ex-

amined, appear to be quite distinct from the present insect.

20. CHARAXES JUPITER. ‘

Charazes jupiter, Butler, Lep. Ex. p- 14, t. 5. f. 4, 7.

This handsome species, of which Mr. Brown has sent a single

specimen, agrees well with Mr. Butler’s figure cited above. The

original specimen was obtained by Mr. Wallace at Dorey, New

Guinea.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. X. 10

146 MESSRS. SALVIN AND GODMAN ON [Feb. 20,

LYCAZNID&.

21. Lyc#NnA PH@BE.

Lycena phoebe, Murray, Ent. M. Mag. x. p. 107 (S. Australia).

A single specimen of a Lycena closely resembles specimens in the

British Museum bearing the above name.

22. Lycmna, sp. ?

A mutilated specimen of a pale blue species, perhaps allied to

L. cleodus, Feld. (Voy. Nov. Lep. t. 34. f. 20, 21).

23. LAMPIDES BZETICUS.

Papilio beticus, L.

Of this widely ranging species Mr. Brown sends a single specimen.

24, LAMPIDES BERENICE.

Lycena berenice, H.-Sch. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 74.

A single specimen agreeing with specimens thus named in the

British Museum.

25, SCOLITANTIDES CLEOTAS.

Polyommatus cleotas, Guér. Voy. Coq. p. 277, t. 18. f. 4.

A single specimen of this species, the first examples of which

were obtained during the voyage of the ‘Coquille’ at Port Praslin,

New Ireland. This specimen agrees with the plate quoted above as

to the distribution of blue on the primaries, and thus shows that

Mr. Butler was justified in separating the New-Hebrides species as

S. excellens (P. Z.S. 1875, p. 616, t. 67. f. 1, 2).

26. PirHEcors DIONISIUS.

Lycena dionisius, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Ent. p. 82 (New Guinea).

A single specimen agreeing with a New-Guinea example obtained

by Mr. Wallace.

PAPILIONIDE.

PIERINE.

27. TrRtas, sp. ?

A male and two females of a species closely allied to 7. candida

(Cr. Pap. Ex. t. 331. f. A), but differing in having a narrower

black outer border, and in the greater extent of the black on the

inner margin of the hind wings. ‘The latter character is especally

shown in the female, where the black extends over the base of the

primaries. The specimens are not in very good condition, and we

prefer waiting till we can examine more examples before describing

the species.

28. ELODINA HYPATIA.

Llodina hypatia, Feld. Voy. Nov. Lep. p. 216 (New Guinea).

Three specimens, one male and two females, apparently belonging

to this species.

1877. ] BUTTERFLIES FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 147

29. Pieris QUADRICOLOR, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. figs. 3, 4.)

3 Exp. 2°6. Above white, both wings margined except on their

inner border with black; inside the black border and the base of

the wings greyish: beneath as above, except that there is no grey

on the inner margin of the black border, and that the basal two

thirds of the secondaries is yellow; the black border beneath is pure

and without any spots or markings.

This appears to be a distinct species from any yet described. It

belongs to the genus Belenois of Mr. Butler’s arrangement of the

Pieridze, and is perhaps most nearly related to P. affinis, Voll., from

Celebes.

30. CALLIDRYAS CROCALE.

Papilio crocale (Cr.).

A single female specimen, apparently of this species.

PaPILIONINe.

31. ORNITHOPTERA ARUANA.

Ornithoptera aruana, Feld. Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 391.

Papilio aruana, Feld. Voy. Nov. Lep. p. 3, t. 1.

Specimens sent by Mr. Brown agree best with our Aru examples

of O. aruana. They have the same pointed apex to the secondaries ;

the yellow spots on the same wings, seen in some species of this

group, are also absent; but the black spot between the first and

second median branches is absent in three out of four specimens ;

in the fourth it is quite small.

In endeavouring to determine these specimens we have had occa-

siou to examine a tolerable series of the Ornithoptere belonging to

the O. priamus group ; and our present conclusion is that but few of

the species sought to be set up have any real specific value, and

that their number will have to be considerably reduced whenever a

full comparison of specimens is made. The characters of such so-

called species as O. triton, O. oceana, O. cassandra, and others, being

drawn from notoriously variable features, seem to fail in giving spe-

cific precision to the insects bearing them.

32. ORNITHOPTERA URVILLIANA,

Papilio urviliana, Guér. Voy. Coq. p. 273, t. 13. f. 1, 2.

The original specimens of this fine species were obtained at Port

Praslin, New Ireland, during the voyage of the ‘ Coquille;’ but from

that time to the present nothing more has been known of the species.

Mr. Brown now sends specimens of both sexes, the males agreeing

accurately with the plate quoted above, the females being hitherto

undescribed. The males present a slight amount of variation inter

se, one having the characteristic blue markings rather purer than

the other, in which a slightly greener tint prevails. But there can

be no doubt of the complete distinctness of the species, and that,

whatever may eventually be done with the many races af oat 0.-pria-

: we

148 MESSRS. SALVIN AND GODMAN ON [Feb. 20,

mus group, O. urvilliana will have to rank as a species at least as

distinct as O. cresus.

The female closely resembles that of O. priamus itself, being of a

sordid brown colour, the light markings being also dingy and not

well defined as in the female O. aruana. In form and position

these marks correspond to those of the female O. priamus. The

anal angle, however, is more produced, a character also shown in the

male.

33. PApiLio EUCHENOR.

Papilio euchenor, Guér. Voy. Coq. p. 273, t. 13. f. 3.

A species ranging widely over the whole of the New-Guinea area,

but unusually constant in its characters, little or no variation being

observable in specimens from distant points.

34. Papitio 2

Two imperfect specimens of a Papiliv, belonging to the P. helenus

group, are in the collection. The species seems to be most nearly

allied to that described by Mr. Wallace from New Guinea as P.

albinus (Trans. Linn. Soc. xxv. p. 49, t. 5. f. 5); but there are several

slight points of distinction, the investigation of which had best be

deferred until the receipt of better specimens.

35. PaprLio AGAMEMNON, L.

A Papilio of this form has been sent by Mr. Brown. It most

resembles the “local form 6” from Ké Island, mentioned by

Mr. Wallace in his paper on the Papilionidee of the Malayan Region

(Trans. Linn. Soc. xxv. p. 67). The secondaries are wholly black,

except a line which crosses the cell obliquely near its base; the

second transverse band which crosses the primaries consists of five

spots, instead of being a continuous line as is shown in the Ké-Island

example, now in Mr. Druce’s collection. The colour of the spots

is greener, and the insect is much larger. It doubtless constitutes

oue of the numerous slight modifications, to use Mr. Wallace’s words,

in which P. agamemnon presents itself, and which were deemed by

that writer to be hardly prominent enough to characterize as species.

36. PapPILio CHOREDON.

Papilio choredon, Feld. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. xiv. p. 306 (Aus-

tralia).

Several mutilated specimens appear to belong to this race of

P. sarpedon, L. It was, doubtless, the same race which was found

by Montrouzier on Woodlark Island, and called by him P. sarpedon

(Ann. des Scien. Phys. et Nat. de Lyon, viii. p. 401).

37. PAPILIO TELEMACHUS?

Papilio telemachus, Montr. Ann. des Sc. Phys. et Nat. de Lyon,

viii. p. 401 (Woodlark Island).

Two specimens of a species of Papilio, belonging to the P.-ulysses

group, agree fairly with Montrouzier’s description cited above. They

1877.] BUTTERFLIES FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 149

have the six silky black spots on the anterior wings mentioned in

the description, though the uppermost is almost obsolete. Until

examples from Woodlark Island are compared with these specimens,

it will not be possible to say if they really belong to P. telemachus

or not.

38. Paprttio poLyporws?

A male and a female of a species closely allied to P. polydorus, L.,

is in the collection. The species differs in its much shorter secon-

daries, and in the almost total disappearance in the male of the red

submarginal spots of the upperside. It seems most nearly allied to

the true P. polydorus, and is perhaps but a local form, which it is

hardly necessary to characterize at present.

HESPERID2.

39. TAGIADEs, sp. ?

A specimen of a species allied to 7. japetus (Cr. Pap. Ex.

t. 365. f. E, F), but differing in having a large white spot on the

secondaries, which is surrounded by a dark border between it and the

white fringe of the outer margin. As only a single specimen is sent,

it is not advisable to name the species, if such it be, at present.

40. PAMPHILA AUGIAS.

Papilio augias, Linn.

A single worn specimen, apparently belonging to this widely

ranging species.

HETEROCERA.

Mr. Brown’s collection contains fourteen species of Moths, the

genera of which and some of the species we have, with Mr. Butler’s

assistance and by comparison with the specimens in the British

Museum, been able to determine. They are as follows :—

AGARISTIDA.

1. OpaTHaumis tincea (Cr.) Pap. Ex. t. 228. f. B:

Agrees with specimens so named in the British Museum and with

Cramer’s figure. Cramer, however, states that his insect came froin

Surinam.

Hypsip@.

This family is represented by three genera.

2, 3. Hypsa by two specimens (in bad condition) of two species,

one of which appears to be allied to Hypsa intacta, Walk. (List

Lepidopt. Brit. Mus. part ii. p. 451); the other approaches the

species figured in the ‘ Voyage of the Astrolabe’ as Agnais australis

(Boisd. Voy. Astr. p. 252, t. 5. f. 3); but the hind wings, instead of

being yellow edged with black, are uniform dingy brown ; the white

mark at the base of the primaries is also absent.

150 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. [Feb. 20,

4, Nrocu@ra EuGENIA (Cr.), Pap. Ex. t. 398. f. M (Amboyna).

A single specimen (in good condition) agrees very closely with

Cramer’s figure, and doubtless belongs to the species there represented.

5. Cieis posticauis, Guér. Voy. Cog. p. 286, t. 18. f. 5.

Originally described from specimens taken at Port Praslin, New

Ireland, during the voyage of the ‘Coquille.’ The single specimen

sent by Mr. Brown (the antennz of which are gone) agrees accurately

with the plate cited above.

NYCTIMERID&.

6. NycTrmera, sp.?

A species allied to N. lacticinia (Cr. Pap. Ex. t. 128. f. E),

which, however, is described as coming from the Coromandel coast.

LIPpARID&.

7. REDOA, sp.

A specimen in poor condition, but belonging to this genus. _

OmMMATOPHORID.

8. Nyctrpao, sp. ?

A species allied to N. crepuscularis (Cr.) (Pap. Ex. t. 60. f. A),

from Amboyna &c., but perhaps nearest WN. ephesphoris (Hiibn.).

lt differs from all the species represented in the British Museum in

the position of the transverse band of the secondaries.

CYDIMONID4.

9. NyYcTALZMON PATROCLUS, L.

Papilio patroclus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 749, ex Clerk, Icon.

t. 8744. 15 Cr. Pap. Ex. t.,.198.f. A.

The specimens sent by Mr. Brown (two males and one female)

agree closely with the figures of Clerk and Cramer, and doubtless

represent the true P. patroclus of Linnzeus. This species is at once

distinguishable from its allies by the direction of the transverse band

of the primaries, which, instead of running nearly parallel to the

margin, starts from a little beyond the middle of the costa and

crosses to the inner margin just within the anal angle. Cramer’s

figure was taken from an Amboyna specimen.

10. ALcIDES AURORA, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. figs. 5, 6.)

3 Exp.3°85. Primaries pointed ; outer margin strongly curved,

the anal angle falling well within the apical angle of the secondaries ;

secondaries rounded, without median projections, dentate on the outer

edge, each tooth being rounded and furnished with a prominent

fringe ; primaries and basal half of secondaries deep greenish black ;

the cell metallic green blending with a green band which crosses the

primaries beyond the cell to the inner margin just inside the anal

angle; base of the costa variegated with the same colour ; distal half

Se se Peper) eae Vs a

V ching t

7 a Weare pany

gM ecg 8 er ee

P.Z.$.1877.P1.XKIV.

SSG 5. ( P

— ry Ss

M&N Hannarti

Rob*HF Rippon del el hth

NEW COLEOPTERA FROM DUKE OF YORK ISLAND.

“

Peay Rae Ls

M&N Hanliar

Rob! HF Rippor del eb libh

1877.] ON COLEOPTERA FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 151

of the secondaries white, washed with metallic green except the

cilia, and with a pink patch spread over the middle of the median

branches : beneath white, washed with pale metallic green, apical

angle, a band crossing the primaries, and an irregular band following

the curve of the outer margin of the secondaries greenish black ;

cilia white ; antennze black ; body greenish black above; abdomen

beneath orange.

Though abundantly distinct both in form and colour, the pink

colour on the secondaries of this species suggests a resemblance to the

insect described by Hopffer as Nyctalemon metaurus (Neue oder

weniger bek. Schmett. d. k. zool. Mus. z. Berlin, Heft ii. p. 2,

t. 11. f. 3, 4), from the South Seas. We know of no other species

with which it can be at all compared.

Patyipa.

1]. Eumeria rosarra (Cr.),

A single imperfect specimen apparently belonging to this widely

ranging Moth.

Mricronip.

12, 13, 14. Micronra.—Three species of this genus are in the

collection, only one of which is represented in the British Museum,

under the name of M. justaria, Walk. (Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 821

(Dorey).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pruare XXTI.

Figs. 1, 2. Huplea browni, p, 142.

3, 4. Doleschallia browni, p- 145.

Prats XXIII.

Figs. 1, 2. Diadema unicolor, p. 144.

3, 4. Pieris quadricolor, p. 147.

5, 6. Alcides aurora, p- 150.

8. On the Coleoptera collected by the Rev. G. Brown,

C.M.Z.S., on Duke-of-York Island, New Ireland, and

New Britain. By H. W. Barss, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

[Received Feb. 20, 1877.]

(Plates XXIV. & XXV.)

The Coleoptera collected by the Rev. Mr. Brown comprise

44 species, all in single or very few specimens, except one large

and beautiful Longicorn, a new Batocera, of which there is a

great number of specimens, mostly in a much damaged condition.

It is evident at a first glance of the contents of the jar, in which

were a quantity of large Orthoptera (Lurycantha horrida and

numerous Locustide), Spiders, aud even a Bat, that the collection

was hastily made, and ean give no adequate idea of the extent of the

152 MR. H. W. BATES ON COLEOPTERA [Feb. 20,

Coleopterons fauna. The first and doubtless a true impression is,

that it is essentially the same as that of New Guinea, and not at all

inferior as regards the size and beauty of the species. Although the

collector evidently made no search, but simply took the first things

that came in his way, the collection, small as it is, contains several

species equal to the finest of the New-Guinea fauna.

Fam. CicINDELID&.

CICINDELA D’URVILLEI, Dejean, Spec. Gén. des Coléop. v.

p. 225.

Three specimens. It is recorded by Dejean as from New Guinea.

THERATES LABIATUS, Fabricius, Syst. El. i. 232; Dej. Spec.

Gén. 1. 158.

One specimen, of the bluer colour prevalent in New Guinea and

the Aru Islands. The species is found throughout the Moluccas,

and as far east as the Solomon Isles.

TRICONDYLA APTERA, Olivier, Entom. ii. 33. 7, tab. 1. f. 1;

Dej. Spec. Gén. ii. 438.

Qne example, similar to others with which I have compared it from

Mysol, Aru, New Guinea, and the Solomon Islands.

Fam. CaRABID&.

PsEUDOZEZNA-ALTERNATA, ni. sp. (Plate XXIV. fig. 2.)

Piceo-nigra, obscura, ventro elytrisque nitidis ; capite postice

vuguloso et modice punctato ; thorace omnino subtiliter trans-

versim ruguloso ; elytris interstitus alternis elevatis, costiformi-

bus, politis.

Long. 8 lin.

Differs at once from ail the other species (P. orientalis, obscura,

and opaca) by its alternately raised and polished elytral interstices.

The crown and nucha, as well as the thorax, are much more finely

sculptured than in P. odscura trom Borneo and Singapore. ‘The

intervals of the elytra between the raised lines are little less shining

than the latter ; and the punctured strice are but slightly impressed

and somewhat irregular.

Fam. Cucusip.

HeECTAKTHRUM BISTRIATUM, Castelnau, Hist. Nat. des Ins. ii.

p- 384.

One example, differing from the description above cited only in

being of twice the dimensions. Castelnau’s species is from Java.

Fam. LAMELLICORNIA.

PARASTASIA BIMACULATA, Montrouzier, Ann. Soc. Agr. Lyon, 2™°

série, vil. p. 23 (1855).

P. percheroni, id. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1860, p. 271.

This species, described by Montrouzier from Woodlark Island, not

1877.] ¥ROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 153

far from New Ireland, and from Lifu, is said by Reiche to be identical

with P. dimaculata (Guérin) from Penang. If I have rightly deter-

mined the species, it is distinct, being much less coarsely punctured,

especially on the thorax.

ORYCTODERUS CORONATUS, n. sp. (Plate XXIV. fig. 5.)

Oblongus, modice convexus, niger nitidus, capite subcrebre punc-

tulato, thorace sparsissime punctato, transversim quadrato,

angulis posticis late rotundatis ; elytris thorace haud latioribus,

stria suturali excepta omnino levibus ; sternis castaneo-rujis,

rufo-hirtis.

3. Clypeo utrinque fortiter bisinuato (haud inciso), margine

antico recto, paulo reflexo; fronte media unituberculata ;

tarsis anticis ut in O. latitarsi incrassatis.

Long. 18 lin.

Closely allied to Oryetoderus latitarsis, and differing solely in the

form of the margins of the clypeus, and the presence of a tubercle

in the middle of the foréhead. A species (still undescribed) was

taken by Wallace in the island of Goram, which presents also the

character of a tuberculated forehead ; and I should have been inclined

to regard both as varieties of O. latitarsis, if this latter species did

not show itself so constant in its specific characters. The Goram

species, besides being much smaller, differs in the nearly entire

lateral margins of the clypeus.

There is only one example in the collection, unless a female indi-

vidual, 11 lines long,* be a small specimen ofthe other sex.

DiPELicus NASUTUS, n. sp. (Plate XXIV. fig. 4.)

Oblongus, convexus, crassus, supra castaneo-niger nitidus, subtus

castaneo-rufus, rufo-hirtus ; capite levi, clypeo antice obtuse

bidentato laminaque ascendente semiovata, apice late emar-

ginata ; thorace sparsim subtiliter punctulato, haud excavato,

sed sulco dorsali antice levi haud profundo ; elytris striato-

punctatis striaque suturali magis impressa.

Long. ¢ 18 lin.

Allied to D. cantori, but distinguished at once by the vertical

expansion of the clypeus being notched at the tip instead of entire

and triangular. The singular dilatation of the terminal joint of the

labial palpi, distinctive of this genus, is well developed, as is also the

truncation of the dilated apices of the posterior tibiee and the long

dilatation of the upper edge of the basal joint of the hind tarsi.

One example only.

SCAPANES AUSTRALIS, Boisd., ‘ Voyage de |’ Astrolabe,’ Coleop.

p. 158, tab. 9. f. 4.

Oue pair; more robust and with more coarsely punctured elytra

than New-Guinea specimens taken by Wallace. The thoracic horns

are parallel, instead of convergent towards the tips. If these dif-

ferences prove constant when a large number of specimens are

obtained, they may prove the present form to be a distinct species.

154 MR. H. W. BATES ON COLEOPTERA [Feb. 20,

XyYLOTRUPES GIDEON, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 541.

Half a dozen specimens, of both sexes; the males in different

stages of development as regards the cephalic and thoracic horns ;

compared with individuals from Flores, Penang, &c., I perceive no

difference worthy of mention, although Philippine and Australian

specimens differ very considerably. The typical X. gideon inhabits

Java.

PuH#XOcHROUS.

A species not at present determinable, the single specimen agree-

ing with others I have received from Marquis Doria as found by

Dr. Beccari at the Aru Islands.

Fam. Lucanip&.

CLADOGNATHUS BISON, Olivier, Entom. i. 1, p. 13, tab. 3. f. 6.

Two specimens. The species is found in Amboyna and Celebes,

and, if Cl. einetus of Montrouzier is but aslight var., as Major Parry

believes, also in New Guinea, Kei Is., Aru and Woodlark Island.

EuRYTRACHELUS THOMSONI?, Parry, Trans. Entom. Soc. vol. ii.

3rd ser. p. 47.

One male example of a species of this genus, agreeing with the

description above quoted in the polished disk of the elytra. It differs,

however, in various other points, so as to leave the determination

uncertain.

PassaALus.

There is in the collection a species, of this or an allied genus,

which cannot at present be determined.

Fam. BupreEsTID2&.

CYPHOGASTRA.

A species of this genus, which I am informed is about to be de-

scribed by Dr. Gestro, from New-Guinea examples.

Fam. CLERIDZ.

Cyiiprus vescol, Fairmaire, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1849, p. 361.

One example, known previously only from Tahiti.

Fam. CURCULIONIDE.

PACHYRHYNCHUS BIPLAGIATUS. (Plate XXIV. fig. 3.)

Pachyrhynchus biplagiatus, Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1841, p. 216.

One example. Found also in the Solomon Islands.

PACHYRAYNCHUS VERRUCATUS, n. sp. (Plate XXV. fig. 3.)

Eineo-niger, politus, pedibus sparsim griseo-hirtis ; thorace ob-

longo-ovato, lateribus sparsim, linea dorsali impressa dense

argenteo-squamosis; elytris globoso-ovatis, thorace duplo la-

1877.] FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 155

tioribus, grosse striato-punctatis, basi lateribus et apice viridi-

argenteo maculatim squamosis, dorso utrinque maculis duabus

rotundatis elevatis corallinis politis.

Long. 7 lin.

Closely allied to P. quadripustulatus (Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. di

Genova, vii. p. 1008) from Geelvink Bay, New Guinea; agreeing

with that species in the peculiar raised coral-like spots of the elytra.

According to a coloured drawing which Dr. Gestro has kindly sent

me, the two spots of each elytron in his species are much more

widely distant than they are in P. verrucatus, the thorax is destitute

of the dorsal line of scales, and the rounded patches of greenish-

silvery scales which adorn the base, sides, and apex of our species

are wanting. In his species the thorax is much broader in propor-

tion to the elytra, and the elytra longer and less globose; but these

may be distinctive of the sex of his specimen, doubtless a female. In

P. verrucatus the lines of large punctures are interrupted and

diverted near the site of the raised red spots. The rounded patches

of scales consist of one on each side of the scutellum, a marginal row

of five or six on each side, a submarginal row of three or four, and a

vitta-formed one parallel to the suture near the apex. The meso- and

metasternum are alsoadorned with patches of similarly-colonred scales.

One example.

EUPHOLUS BROWNI, 0. Sp. (Plate XXV. fig. 2.)

Niger, rostro verticeque viridi-aureo squamosis ; thorace dorso

late sulcato, vittis quinque argenteo-viridi squamosis, una dor-

sali interrupta, alteris utrinque duabus lateralibus ; elytris basi

planatis, postice gibbosis, grossissime punctato-sulcatis, fasciis

et maculis argenteo-viridi squamosis, scilicet (1) juata humeros

maculis nonnullis parvis, (2) ante medium fascia maculari

interrupta prope suturam valde antice curvata, (3) fascia pone

medium maculari recta, et (4) vittis subapicalibus tribus prope

suturam et marginem; pectore et abdomine lateribus lete

aureo-viridi-squamoso maculatis.

Long. 12 lin.

Allied to Hu. amalie (Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. di Genova, vol. vii.

p- 1004), from which it differs, according to a coloured drawing with

which Dr. Gestro has favoured me, in the form and situation of the

belts and vitte of silvery blue or green scales of the elytra. It is

one of the most beautiful species of the genus. Hu. amali@ was

found at Sorong in N.W. New Guinea.

One example.

EUPHOLUS, sp.

Three specimens of an apparently variable species which cannot at

present be determined.

SPHENOPHORUS, Sp.

One example. There are also four other Curculionidee in the col-

lection, obscure forms which cannot at present be named.

156 MR. H. W. BATES ON COLEOPTERA [Feb. 20,

Fam. BRENTHIDA.

EcTroceMUS RUFICAUDA, n. sp. (Plate XXV. fig. 5.)

3. Niger, nitidus, subtus (prosterni lateribus exceptis) antennis

et pedibus castaneo-rujis, elytris maculis vitteformibus utrinque

quinque apiceque late castaneo-fulvis; rostro opaco, supra

suleato, parte basali cylindrica asperiter granulosa, parte

anteriore medio fortiter constricta, apice triangulari, margini-

bus reflexis serratis ; antennis omnino strigosis.

Long. 17 lin.

This species so nearly resembles LZ. pterygorhinus (Gestro) of

Cape York, Australia, that I have some hesitation in describing it as

distinct. The differentiating characters, however, seem to be of the

same kind and degree as those which suffice to distinguish most

other species of the group. The most conspicuous points of dif-

ference reside in the elytral markings, the linear pale spots in the

present species consisting of (1) on the second interstice a longer

line at the base and a shorter one towards the apex, (2) on the third

interstice a line of moderate length exactly in the middle, (3) on the

fifth a very short line considerably behind the middle, and (4) on

the seventh a short line not far behind the shoulder. Besides these

pale marks, the whole of the apex of the elytra is reddish, a feature

which I do not observe in the characters of any other described

species.

ORYCHODES, sp.

CEOCEPHALUS, sp.

BRENTHUS, sp.

Fam. LonGIcorRNIA.

XIXUTHRUS MICROCERUS.

Macrotoma microcera, White, Cat. Long. Col. Brit. Mus. i. p. 40.

Three examples. The species is generally distributed throughout

the Moluccas. Mr. Wallace met with it at Kei, Morty, Mysol,

Bouru, Amboyna, Batchian, Celebes, Ternate and New Guinea

(Dorey). It has also been recorded from Java.

ARCHETYPUS FULVIPENNIS, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. v. ser. 2

p- 15; id. ib. ii. ser. 3, p. 672.

One example, ¢. Found also by Mr. Wallace in Aru Island,

Bouru, Waigiou, Dorey, and New Guinea.

NEOCERAMBYX AURIFABER.

Hammaticherus aurifaber, White, Cat. Long. Col. Brit. Mus. i

p. 128.

Several specimens. A widely distributed species in the Eastern

archipelago.

CERESTUM SIMPLEX, Gyll. in Schonh. Syn. Ins. App. i. 3, p. 178.

Two specimens. A very widely distributed species throughout

1877.] FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 157

the eastern intertropical islands, from the Philippines to Tahiti, but,

according to Mr. Pascoe, not met with by Mr. Wallace.

SPHINGNOTUS DUNNINGI, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 3rd ser. iii.

p- 484, pl. xviii. f. 4.

A single example, male, which, on account of the identity of its

peculiar coloration and general structure, may be referred to this

species, of which ‘only one specimen is known. Our insect differs

from Pascoe’s figure (representing probably the female) in its broader

head, rather longer thorax and more parallel-sided elytra, characters

which are generally found to be distinctive of the male sex in the

Longicornia.

PELARGODERUS AROUENSIS.

Rhamses arouensis, Thomson, Arch. Ent. i. 446, pl. xvii. f. &.

Several specimens of large size, not differing from the Aru-Island

form.

DrocHARES FIMBRIATUS.

Cerambyz fimbriatus, Oliv. Ent. iv. p. 71, pl. xix. f. 143.

One specimen of the entirely opaque variety of this variable

species.

MonowAMMUS LoNGICcoRNIS, Thomson, Arch. Ent. i. p. 444.

The species was previously recorded only from Aru and Saylee.

BATOCERA BROWNI, n. sp. (Plate XXV. fig. 1.)

B. wallacei (Thoms.) affinis. Magna, robusta, supra pube

cinerea vestita ; thorace immaculato; elytris tuberculis nitidis

sparsissimis a bast usque ultra medium notatis, utrinque lineis

duabus paulo elevatis, interstitiis densius tomentosis, apice

breviter sinuato-truncatis, angulo suturali dentiformi.

3. Antennis longissimis, validis, tuberculato-asperatis ; art.

tertio valde elongato et robusto, pedibusque anticis denti-

culato-asperatis.

Long. 36 lin.

Distinguished from all the varieties of B. wallace: that I have

seen, by the whole body, above and beneath, being clothed with ashy

white pubescence, three macular streaks down each elytron being

formed of more dense felted tomentum of an ochraceous tint, and the

flanks of the body having the usual chalky-white vitta; also by the

very different tuberculation of the elytra, which consists in a number

of small, widely scattered, black tubercles, spread over the whole

surface except towards the apex, where the derm is coarsely reticulate-

rugose, and where the dense tomentum conceals the integument.

Besides these scattered tubercles, each elytron has two fine raised

shining lines, apparently formed of tubercles arranged linearly. The

outer angle of the apical truncature of the elytra is rounded, and not

158 ON COLEOPTERA FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. [Feb. 20,

dentate as in B. Wallacei. As to the general form of body, legs, and

antennee there is no conspicuous difference.

The species is allied also to B. una of White (New Hebrides), de-

scribed from a 9 example; but in this latter the clothing of the

elytra is quite unicolorous. One example.

BATOCERA NEBULOSA, n. sp. (Plate XXIV. fig. 1.)

B. gerstaeckeri (Thoms.) affnissima ; differt elytris fere equa-

liter cinereo irrorato-nebulosis anguloque exteriore truncature

apicalis nullo modo spinoso. Elongata, fusca, elytris subeneo-

fuscis nitidis, tomento cinereo passim subplagiatim irroratis,

basi dense tuberculatis ; thorace immaculato ; corpore subtus

lateraliter albo vittato.

3. Antennis corpore duplo longioribus, rugosissimis : articulis

3-6. subtus denticulato-asperatis, apice haud spinosis: tarsorum

anticorum articulis 1. et 2. extus spiniformiter productis.

A species so closely resembling B. gerstaeckeri from Sula, that

I should not have ventured to treat it as distinct, had not the many

dozens of specimens compared showed a perfect constancy in the few

points of difference. Most of the specimens are more or less abraded ;

but in the many which have the pubescence intact, it is much more

equally distributed over the elytra than in B. gerstaeckeri, and the

subregular bare shining patches of the ground-colour of that species

do not exist. In the abraded specimens the derm does not possess

the glossiness which distinguishes B, gerstaeckeri. A constant

structural peculiarity is the untoothed outer angle of the elytral

truncature. The spinous prolongation of the anterior tarsi of the g

is always seen on the first joint, but on the second only in large

well-developed individuals.

PERIAPTODES LUCTATOR, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soe. iii. ser. 3,

p. 284.

Several examples. The species was originally taken by Wallace in

Ceran.

GNOMA GIRAFFA.

Cerambyz giraffa, Schreibers, Linn. Trans. 1801, vi. p. 198, pl. xxi.

f. 8.

Two examples, ¢. Much more robust in form than the same

species from Ceram and Amboyna; but the elytra are granulated

and punctured in the same way, and not smooth posteriorly as in the

closely allied New-Guinea species Gn. ctenostomoides.

EczEMOTES GUTTULATA, n. sp. (Plate XXV. fig. 4.)

Oblonga, convexa, atro-fusca, tenuiter brunneo-pubescens, supra

omnino subconfertim nitido-granulata; elytris guttulis ochraceis

sparsim conspersis, apice brevissime truncatis ; subtus nigro-

nitida, capite et sternis lateribus, tibiis autem extus fulvo-

1877.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 159

tomentosis, femoribus antennarumque scapo subtiliter granu-

latis.

Long. 11 lin.

One example.

Fam. Cassip1p&.

ASPIDOMORPHA. sp.

One specimen.

Fam. CoccinELLID&,

EpiLacHna, sp.

Two specimens.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puatr XXIV.

. Batocera nebulosa, p. 158.

Pseudozena alternata, p. 152.

. Pachyrhynchus biplagiatus, p. 154.

. Dipelicus nasutus, p. 1538.

. Oryctoderus coronatus, p. 153.

Fig.

Sus Cobo

PLATE XXV.

. Batocera browni, p. 157.

. Eupholus browni, p. 155.

. Pachyrhynchus verrucatus, p. 154.

. Eezemotes guttulata, p. 158.

Ectocemus ruficauda, p. 156.

Fig.

OU G9 bo

March 6, 1877.

Dr. E. Hamilton, V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of February, 1877.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of February was 57, of which 30 were ac-

quired by presentation, 18 by purchase, 2 were bred in the Gardens,

and 7 were received on deposit. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals was 66.

The most noticeable additions during the month of February were

as follows :—

1. A Mexican Eared Owl (Asio mexicanus'), purchased of a

* In his new Catalogue of Owls (Cat. Birds, ii. p. 231) Mr. Sharpe has

transferred the term americanus, which Mr. Salvin and I, following Burmeister,

have used for the present species, to the American form of Asio otus, usually

called wélsontanus, and has, moreover, given “Stephens” as the authority for

the name. But the name americanus was made by Gmelin (1766), not by

Stephens, and was founded on Brisson’s Asio americanus, which, so far as I ean

decide, is much more likely to have been intended for the preseuit bird than for

A. wilsonianus. Whether “ Strix mexicana, Gm.,” founded ultimately on the

160 EXHIBITION OF FEMALE GEOCICHLA LAYARDI. ([Mar. 6,

dealer in Liverpool, Feb. 14th, and said to have been received from

Para, being the first example of this very well-marked spieces of Asio

(sive Otus) which I have seen alive.

2. A Rhea, purchased at Liverpool, Feb. 14th, along with the

above-mentioned Owl and other animals. This bird appears to belong

to the species which, in 1860, I distinguished as Rhea macrorhyncha

(Trans. Zool. Soe. iv. p. 356, pl. xlix.), from an example then living

in the Society’s Gardens, which had been originally obtained at the

same port.

There can be no question, I think, that we have here to deal with

a locally isolated race of Rhea americana, probably existing some-

where in the campos of the interior of N.E. Brazil, whence individuals

are generally brought down to Para.

The present specimen is in very poor condition, but, so far as a

cursory examination of it in its present state can decide, presents all

the characters assigned to R. macrorhyncha in my description and

figure.

“[P.S.—Since I read this report, Mr. Salvin has called my attention

to the following passage in Stedman’s ‘ Narrative of an Expedition

to Surinam’ (London, 1806), which seems to indicate the existence

of a Rhea in that country :—

“The largest bird in Guiana is there called ¢wyew, and by others

emu. It is a middle species between the Ostrich and the Cassowary

(as I was told ; for I never saw one in the country). It is said to be

about six feet high from the top of the head to the ground: its head

is small, its bill flat, the neck and limbs long, the body round, with-

out a tail, and of a whitish-grey colour; its thighs are remarkably

thick and strong ; and it has three toes on each foot, while the Os-

trich has but two. This bird, it is said, cannot fly at all, but runs

very swiftly, and, like the Ostrich, assists its motion with its wings.

It is mostly found near the upper parts of the rivers Marawina and

Seramica.”’ |

Mr. E. W. H. Holdsworth, F.Z.8., exhibited a specimen of Geo-

cichla layardi, Walden, which had been obtained in 1876, at Jaffna,

in the north of Ceylon. It differed from the type specimen described

by Lord Walden in 1870, the only previous example recorded, in

having the orange parts less bright, and the back and wing strongly

tinged with olive. As the latter character is distinctive of the female

in some other species of this group of Thrushes, there was every

reason to believe that both sexes were represented in the only two

examples known of this peculiar Ceylonese species.

The following papers were read :—

“Tecolotl” of Fernandez, can be fairly construed as applicable to this Owl, is

very doubtful indeed; but as to continue to use the term americanus wouldlead

to great ambiguity, it is better, perhaps, to adopt Gmelin’s name mewxicanus for

the present species.—P. L, S.

1877. ] PROF. OWEN ON ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 161

1. Notes on Ornithorhynchus paradoxus. By Grorcr Fre-

pERIC Bennert, in a Letter from Dr. Grorcr BENNETT,

F.L.S., F.Z.S., to Professor Owrn, C.B., F.RB.S., &.,

with Remarks by the latter.

[Received February 12, 1877.]

At the conclusion of a paper ‘‘On the Ova of the Ornithorhyn-

chus paradoxus,”’ in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ for 1834, I

noted “the principal points in the generative economy of this animal

which remained for determination” (p. 565). These points were

again urged on the attention of observant naturalists in Australia, in

the paper “On the Marsupial Pouches, Mammary Glands, and

Foetus of the Echidna hystrix,” in the ‘ Philosophical Transac-

tions’ for 1865, p. 682.

The letter of December 2lst, 1876, with which I have been

favoured by my esteemed friend Dr. George Bennett, and which

T have now the pleasure to communicate to the Society, affords good

eround to hope that, through the continuance of the researches of

his son (results of which are appended to the letter), some at least

of these points will shortly be determined.

“Sydney, Dec, 21, 1876.

“My pear Owen,—I have received from my son, Mr. G. F.

Bennett, at Toowoomba, Queensland, the following notes he has

made on the Ornithorhynchus. They give the results of his first

attempt at exploring the burrows of these singular animals for the

purpose of ascertaining their season of copulation and other impor-

tant points, such as the manner of copulation, the period of gestation,

the nature and succession of the temporary structures developed for

the support of the foetus during gestation, the exact size, condition,

and powers of the young at the time of their birth, the act of suckling,

the period during which the young requires the lacteal nourishment,

and the age at which the animal attains its full size. These queries

were made by you some years ago ; and I have always responded that

no reply could be given to them except by exploring the animals’

burrows, by aid of the aborigines, at different seasons of the year.

This has now been commenced, and, if steadily followed up, will no

doubt result in some interesting discoveries as to the generation of

the Monotremata.

“<I remain, my dear Owen,

* Your sincere old friend,

**GrorGE Bennett, M.D.”

The notes are as follows :—

“« Having heard that the Platypus was found very plentiful in the

Lockyer Creek, which is an eastern water emptying itself into the

Bremer river, I started on the 26th of October, 1876, with Mr. A.

T. Blakiston, to a selection of his on the Lockyer, near Helidon, to

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1877, No. XI. 11

162 MR. G. F. BENNETT ON ORNITHORHYNCHUS. _ [ Mar. 6,

commence my investigations. After arriving at our destination we

went to the creek, and found a very fine water-hole, where, during the

winter, Platypi are said to be very numerous; so, after going in the

water, we discovered many holes in the banks, which we surmised were

very probably burrows of the Water-Mole. On the 27th I went down,

accompanied by Mr. Blakiston, to the water-hole we had visited on

the previous evening, which was bordered by rocks on one side, but on

the other by a high sandy bank. I then found a burrow, which I

thought would repay the trouble of excavating ; so I set steadily to

work and gradually opened it up. The burrow was about four by

three inches in size, running all the way upwards in a serpentine

direction; and when I had got about five feet from the entrance,

I came to a chamber on the right-hand side, twelve inches in

length by six inches high, and eight inches in diameter. I thought

at the time that I had arrived at the end of the burrow; but

on probing further on my left, I found that it still ran on; so I

continued to dig until I had got about five feet further, when I found

another chamber similar in size to the first, my burrow still continu-

ing to the left. I then proceeded with my digging, and did not

reach the end until I had gone another ten feet, when to my surprise

and delight I found a chamber measuring 18 inches by 10 inches,

and 8 inches in diameter, which contained a nest formed of dried

grass, reeds, and gum-leaves (Hucalypti), evidently, from their

blackened appearance, taken from under the water. In the nest were

two young Platypi, probably about a month old. In the nest they

were rolled up in a ball, with the tail lying flat on the beak, or rolled

up with the tail covering the head, and the beak resting on the stomach

or on the back, and with the right paw resting on the tail coiled up.

They were very fat and plump, but without fur, of a greyish colour,

and had a velvety appearance when the sun was shining upon them.

The young ones measured five inches from the head to the tail.

Their eyes were not opened fully, which satisfied me that they had

never been out of the nest. I was very much disappointed at not

finding the mother with them, as, when putting my hand up the

burrow after I had dug fifteen feet, 1 fancied I heard a kind of growl

like that of a Koala; but I must have been mistaken, as I searched

the place well on the following day to ascertain if there was any sign

of an opening where she could have escaped.

“¢On the 28th I brought the young ones home with me and left

them on their nest in my room, when I observed that their favourite

resting-position was lying on their backs, the beak resting on one of the

fore feet, and the other stretched out. When handled they gave a shrill

kind of hiss or whistle, resembling that of a young duck. I attempted

to get them to suck, but without success. I used a feeding-bottle

with a glove nipple made very small to suit the aperture of their

throat. They were therefore three days without any food, but

looked as well and as lively as on the day I took them from the

nest ; but they soon perished, and I have preserved them in spirits to

send to Sydney.

«The sketch (fig. 1, p. 163) will give avery good idea of this burrow

1877.] MR. G. F. BENNETT ON ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 163

when excavated, showing also that the object of the animal is always to

reach as high above flood-level as possible. It is not actually above the

winter floods, which in this creek are very heavy, but above the mark

of ordinary freshets. The chambers on the right are raised about an

inch above the floor-level of the burrow, and, although they bear indi-

cations of having been occupied, do not appear ever to have been used

as a nest, as no sign of grass of any description was found in them.

Pies 1.

Sketch of burrow of Ornithorhynchus, laid open October 26th.

«“«J visited the same place at Helidon, accompanied by Mr.

Blakiston, on the 19th of November, 1876, and again inspected the

burrow in which I had previously found the young Platypi, to see if the

mother had escaped by means of any side entrance, but found none.

I then looked for another burrow, and found one which I considered

would repay the trouble of excavating ; so I set to work, and after

proceeding about 4 feet. came upon a small chamber on the left side,

which ran out to 4 inches in diameter, the widest side nearest the

burrow being 9 inches in width and 6 inches high ; and then following

11*

164 MR. G. F. BENNETT ON ORNITHORHYNCBUS. _ [Mar. 6,

the burrow for another 4 feet, I came to another chamber on the right-

hand side, which was 9 inches wide, 15 long, and 5 inches high; the

burrow still continued for 2 feet more, when the final chamber

was reached. This had an entrance about 10 inches wide; the

chamber measured 17 inches long, 10 inches wide, and 6 inches high ;

but there was no sign of any nest in it, nor any thing to indicate that

it had been inhabited for that purpose at any time, although the

surface of the top appeared to be smooth and hard, as if the animal

Fig. 2.

Sketch of burrow of Ornithorhynchus, laid open November 19th.

had been rubbing upon it. I then found and opened another burrow,

which showed indications of being inhabited. The size of the entrance

was 23 to 4 inches, and ran very circuitously. I then excavated

this burrow to about 20 feet (having passed a small unfinished chamber

on the left about 4 feet from the entrance,-which is shown in the

sketch, fig. 2; at every foot the burrow was rising up the bank),

when I came upon a chamber on the right-hand side measuring 8

inches high, 10 inches wide, and 16 incheslong. I then dug on for

about 2 feet mere, when I came upon another chamber on the right-

1877. | MR. G. F, BENNETT ON ORNITHORHYNCHUE. 165

hand side measuring at the entrance 10 inches wide, 8 high, and 10

long. I then continued to dig about 6 feet more, when I came

upon another chamber with an opening of 10 inches. In this

chamber, which measured 18 inches long, 8 inches high, and 12

wide, I found, to my delight, two young ones, their skins of a bluish

tint with a glossy appearance, as if a down were coming over them,

and measuring 43 inches from the beak to the tip of the tail. They

had not got their eyes opened; but I resolved to try if they could

swim at all; so I obtained a tin dish which would hold about a depth

of water of 8 inches, and [ put one in at atime. They swam on

vigorously, but could not keep their heads above the water, although

they made great efforts todo so. After they had been about 25

seconds in the water, I took them out and returned them to their

nests, perfectly satisfied that up to this time they had never been in

the water. The young Platypz were taken from the nest about noon

on the 19th of November, and had no food given to them until

Monday night, about 9 p.m., when they had a little milk sweetened

with sugar, and lukewarm. They took about a teaspoonful each.

The plan adopted to feed them was to insert one teaspoon into the

mouth and gradually pour the milk from another intoit. They were

fed regularly three times daily, and appeared healthy and lively to

the time of their death, which happened about midday on Wednesday

the 22nd of November, within an hour of each other. Every care

was taken to keep them warm: they were placed in a box in their

natural nest with an addition of wool ; the light was excluded, leaving

a sufficient circulation of air. The day before their death, when the

beak was placed in the spoon containing the milk, they appeared to

lap it up. They did not waste away, but were quite plump when they

died. They were very restless at night, keeping moving about the

box ; in the day-time they were nearly always asleep. After death

they decomposed so rapidly that I was not able to put them in spirits.

“*Qne peculiarity in the burrows laid open was that the side-

chambers, with only one exception, were situated on the right-hand

side, and slightly higher than the main track of the burrow. The use

of these chambers I cannot comprehend; for even when I have

found nests, these chambers show no signs of having been used, even at

any remote period, as they have nothing left in them, not even a bit

of grass. I believe that the reason why I have as yet been unable to

capture any of the old animals, in the nest or in the burrows, has been

that I have commenced operations too early in the morning, before

they have returned from their excursions in search of food; but on

this and other subjects connected with the economy of these singular

animals I hope next season to effect some more interesting discoveries,

as this time I was ignorant and did not know how to commence

exactly and had to work without any of the blacks. In the burrow

shown in the second sketch (fig. 2), the nest was much deeper under

the ground than in the first (fig. 1), being fully 4 feet from the surface

of the ground (the other being 2 feet) and through a very hard sandy

soil. Having taken the level of the hole from the water-surface,

found that it was 22 feet; so that it would be a good flood that

166 PROF. OWEN ON ORNITHORHYNCHUS. [ Mar. 6,

would reach that height: and such floods are not common, as the

opposite side of the creek is flat.

«The Hehidna, or Native Porcupine, is very numerous in the

Gomarren Scrub, Merugaden, lately a portion of Gowrie run, but

now the homes of many free selectors. A friend, Mr. Wilcox,

caught four for me, but injudiciously placed them in his garden,

from which they soon escaped by burrowing. I regretted this, as it

was the supposed season of the year for their breeding. They are

often found about the nests of the Brush-Turkeys (Talegalla). A

lad one day brought me a young one which I considered was about

two months old.’ ”

These notes, besides the interest of the direct observations on the

burrows and nests of the Ornithorhynchus, and the success of the

experiment of feeding the young with lukewarm slightly sweetened

milk, for three days, which in some degree supports the conclusions

on the function of the abdominal glands of the Monotremes’, affords

a valuable indication of the probable period at which the female Orni-

thorhynchus may be got in the impregnated state. The specimen with

uterine ova, described in ‘ Phil. Trans.’ 1834, p. 555, was shot by Dr.

Bennett, on the 7th October ; the first pair of young were discovered

by his son on the 28th October; the second pair, discovered on the

19th November, were somewhat smaller. The young Ornithorhyncht

taken in 1832 by Dr. Bennett, from a nest on the banks of the Mur-

rumbidgee river, which young measured only 14 inch in length (in

a straight line), and were considered by him to have been recently

brought forth’, were discovered on the 8th December.

From this it may be inferred that the breeding-season of the Or-

nithorhynchus has a certain range in time. They may bring forth

in one river a few weeks earlier or later than in another ; and there

seems to be a difference of a week or two, in this respect, in the same

river. But the months of September, October, and November are

those in which there seems to be most chance of obtaining a preg-

nant Platypus.

Of the breeding-season of the Hchidnu I have not yet received as

satisfactory indications. It would seem to be earlier in the year, as

the young in the rudimental pouch, described and figured in the

paper above cited *, was stated to have been found, with the mother

(which was captured), on the 12th August. The month of July might

be the time favourable for obtaining a female Echidna in the impreg-

nated state. As the Echidna is very numerous in a locality which

may be within the range of observation of the author of the preceding

‘Notes,’ I feel sanguine that the means of determining the uterine

and foetal membranes and appendages of the Monotremes will be

afforded to the anatomist at no great distance of time.

1 « Phil. Trans,’ 1832, p. 517, and ‘ Phil. Trans,’ 1865, p. 671.

2 «Phil. Trans.’ 1834, p. 566, 8 Phil, Trans. 1865, p. 678.

1877.) LAEUT.-CcoL. BEDDOME ON NEW UROPELTID2. 167

2. Descriptions of three new Snakes of the Family Uropeltide

from Southern India. By Lieut.-Col. R. H. Beppome,

F.Z.S.

[Received February 12, 1877.]

PLATYPLECTRURUS MADURENSIS, 0. Sp.

Snout much rounded and very obtuse ; rostral very small, scarcely

reaching the surface of the head ; nasals very large, vertical, six-sided,

not much produced behind; 3rd labial large, but 4th much

larger; eye pretty large, surrounded by the 3rd labial, postfrontal,

superorbital, and postocular (the latter shield sometimes confluent

with the supraorbital); occipitals elongate ; mental very small ; the

Ist pair of chin-shields meet behind it and have a 2nd pair between

them and the lst ventral; an elongated temporal shield is sometimes

present between the 4th labial and the occipital ; abdominals 149-

170 ; anal bifid ; subcaudals 10-15 ; tail scarcely compressed, scales

quite smooth ; terminal scale sharp-pointed, and with a sharp ridge

on each side ; colour above a nacreous purplish-brown ; each of the

abdominal scutes and the two lower rows of scales on each side,

white in the centre, but with a complete ring round the outer margins

of the same colour as the back, giving the whole belly a very uniform

coloration. 11-14 inches long.

Hab. About Kodiukarnal on the Pulney Mountains (Madura

district), 600 feet elevation; very rare.

SILYBURA DINDIGALENSIS, 0, Sp.

Rostral large, as long as the vertical, acute and with a high ridge,

not separating the nasals, which are very large; eye very small, in

front of the ocular shield; vertical much pointed behind ; scales in

19 rows on the neck and anterior portion of the body, and 17 round

the middle, the central row not at all enlarged; caudal disk well

defined and flattened, but not nearly so much as in 8. ceylanica, some

of the scales small, with 4 prominent keels, others confluent into

elongated scales the whole breadth of the disk, and furnished with

10-17 keels; terminal scale large, slightly bicuspid ; abdominals

large, 167-169, and bifid ; subcaudals 6 pairs. Colour yellow, much

blotched with black, each scale being a bright yellow (during life)

more or less blotched and spotted with black, the two colours nearly

equal, or the yellow rather predominating ; belly blackish, with very

irregular transverse bars ot yellow; a yellow line runs along tie

labials and a short way along the sides of the trunk; tail yellow

beneath. 12-15 inches long by 13 inch in circumference.

Hab. Heavy forests on the Sirumullay hills, near Dindigul, at

4000-5000 feet elevation.

SILYBURA MACRORHYNCBA, Ni. Sp.

Rostral exceedingly large, nearly 7 inch in length, very acute, and

raised in a sharp ridge along its upper surface ; nasals large, very

168 j MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW [ Mar. 6,

oblique, broad below, very narrow upwards, and just meeting behind

the rostral, vertical 3-sided shield-shaped ; eyes very small, near the

front of the ocular shield; scales in 19 rows round. the anterior por-

tion, in 17 round the niiddle of the body ; abdominals 226; anal

bifid ; subcaudals 6 pairs, length 214 inches, girth very nearly 2

inches. Colour uniform brown, but somewhat paler below; a mar-

ginal yellow band along the side of the trunk for a short distance,

commenciug at the 4th labial ; tail black below, but encircled by a

yellow band. Caudal disk rather flat ; the scales with 4-5 prominent

keels ; terminal one very large, bluntly bicuspid.

Hab. Anamullay Mountains, 4000 feet elevation ; very rare.

3. Descriptions of new Species of Heterocerous Lepidoptera

in the Collection of the British Museum. By Artuur

G. Buruer, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

[Received February 16, 1877.]

The followiug interesting new species are all based on compara-

tively recent additions to the national collection.

SPHINGIDZ.

Di1LuDIA CHROMAPTERIS, 0. Sp.

Primaries silvery grey, crossed by subangulated lunulated brown

lines, very indistinct at the base, most strongly marked upon the

costal area; the usual apical patch bordered with dark brown, and

from its infero-interior angle to the inner margin a series of five

sinuated black lituree; the usual longitudinal black streaks on the

median areoles, but the upper one much elongated and forking (from

its outer extremity) into two clavate lines, which almost reach the

outer margin ; discoidal stigma white, black-edged ; secondaries with

the basal half bright ochre-yellow, the external half greyish brown ;

two transverse central bands, the mner one black, the outer one

dusky, dentated, bordered externally by pale grey diffused spots ; a

large spot at anal angle, its inner half black, its outer half white ;

fringe of all the wings white, spotted with brown; body grey, irro-

rated with red-brown ; the head and collar with a central longitudinal

inverted x-shaped dark-brown marking ; tegule bordered externally

with black, and fringed with white hairs ; metathorax with a large

central transverse blackish spot ; body with a central blackish line,

and with lateral increasing longitudinal bands on each segment ;

antennee reddish : wings below uniformly whity-brown; the base of

primaries yellow to the centre of the discoidal cell ; fringe as above ;

body below white: expanse of wings 3 inches !1 lines.

Hab. Madagascar.

This beautiful species seems to be allied to Sphinx jasmini of

Boisduval; but the coloration of the secondaries and the uniform

character of the under surface at once distinguish it,

1877. | HETEROCEROUS LEPIDOPTERA. 169

PROTOPARCE LINGENs, n, sp.

Primaries above greyish brown, crossed by ill-defined black lunu-

lated interrupted lines, most strongly defined over the central area ;

an oblique blackish band across the end of the cell, and not extend-

ing beyond the median nervure ; the usual longitudinal black streaks on

the median interspaces ; a black-bordered apical patch as in Diludia ;

fringe alternately white and brown, a black-edged white discoidal

stigma; secondaries ochreous, sordid towards apex ; costal area

marginal black band, tapering from the apex to the anal angle ; outer

border greyish brown; anal margin white ; fringe alternately white

and brown; body above brown 3. back of collar black : tegulee

bordered externally with black and fringed with white; two black.

bordered yellow Spots on metathorax ; hind margin of thorax black ;

abdomen with a central longitudinal interrupted black line from the

second to the fifth segment ; a central white spot on the basal seg-

ment ; a lateral series of black-bordered oblique white spots ; hind

margin of the segments white-edged 3 antennze whity-brown, ferru-

ginous internally ; proboscis castaneous: wings below pale brown,

the basicostal area of primaries, and the basal half of secondaries

sandy brown; body below white, the palpi and front of pectus tes-

taceous: expanse of wings 3 inches 4 lines ; length of body 1 inch

7 lines, of proboscis extended 3 inches 5 lines, of antennz 10 lines,

Hab. Madagascar.

Considering the size of this species, the length of its proboscis and

of its antennee are remarkable. It is most nearly allied to P. solani,

but is a well-defined and very distinct species.

CHALCosIID2&.

CyrcLosta UNIFORMIS, n. sp.

Dull brown, shot with dark dull green, as in C. panthera, but

with no trace of the conspicuous maculated white border common to

that species ; expanse of wings 2 inches,

fab. Sarawak (Low).

A very distinct species. It occurs also in Sumatra.

MIMEvuPLaa, n. gen.

Allied to Cyclosia and Pompelon, general aspect of Amesia,

coloration of the Rhopalocerous genera Huplea and Calliplea.

This genus differs from both Cyclosia and Pompelon in the less-

rounded form of the primaries, the longer inner margin of these

wings, the great length of the median and shortness of the subcostal

nervures ; the discoidal cell is consequently longer behind than in

front, and is deeply and angularly excavated in front; the upper

radial is emitted with the third subcostal branch from a short foot-

stalk, whereas the lower radial is not emitted from the same point

with the third median branch as in Cyclosia and Pompelon ; the ab-

domen extends also beyond the secondaries, Type

170 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. [ Mar. 6,

MImMEUPL@A RHADAMANTHA, 0. Sp.

Wings above rich chocolate-brown, becoming slightly purplish

towards outer margin; primaries with a broad subquadrate white

patch over the end of the cell; immediately below the latter and

upon the second median interspace a fusiform white streak ; three

submarginal white dashes towards the external angle ; a lilac dot at

base; secondaries with the internal half of the basal third occupied

by a large white patch ; body dark brown; front of head and back

of collar dull blue; anal half of abdomen blue-shot: wings below

nearly as above ; body brown, laterally spotted with white, venter

shot with blue; legs brown above, pearly white below; expanse of

wings 2 inches, 6 lines.

Hab. Sarawak (Low).

Resembles the female of Calliplea rhadamanthus, which occurs

with it in Borneo; I know of no other Moth at all nearly allied

to it.

4. Descriptions of a new Species of Bulimus from Western

Australia, and of a Paludinella from Lake Eyre, South

Australia. By Gzuorce Frencn Anaas, F.L.S.,C.M.Z.S.

[Received February 19, 1877.]

(Plate XXVI.)

BuLiMvs PONSONBII, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 1.)

Shell imperforate, elongately ovate, solid, shining, everywhere

marked with very fine decussated transverse strize crossing the lines

of growth, rich olive-brown without any markings, paler towards the

apex; whorls 5, slightly convex ; spire conical, blunt at the apex ;

aperture pale lilac within, longer than the spire, wider towards the

base ; outer lip simple ; columella arcuate, the margins united by a

strong spreading callus.

Long. 2 inches 2 lines, lat. 1 inch.

Hab. Western Australia.

This species appears to have been hitherto overlooked by authors,

or confounded in some unaccouutable manner with the Bulimus

atomatus of Gray, from New South Wales, from which it is altogether

distinct.

I found three examples in the British Museum labelled B. atomatus,

yar., with a note on the back of the tablet stating that they were

obtained by Mr. John Gould in Western Australia in 1839.

Mr. J. H. Ponsonby, having lately shown me a specimen from his

collection, drew my attention to the species, which I have much

pleasure in naming after him.

PALUDINELLA GILEsI, n. sp. (Plate X XVI. fig. 2.)

Shell perforate, globosely turbinate, rather thin, pale orange,

VITVELSNVY NOY S'TIAHS dO SHIOHdS MAN

dat qzeqUeH Ny WN

; eee SZd

ayy Aqaemos a9

1877.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. - 171

showing here and there narrow, transverse, somewhat diaphanous

lines of a dark colour, very finely longitudinally striated with the

lines of growth; whorls 5, very convex, the last inflated; sutures

impressed ; aperture subcircular ; outer lip simple, arcuate; margins

united by a broad, flattened, whitish caHus, which is expanded over

the columella and somewhat produced at the base.

Operculum horny, paucispiral, with the nulceus subcentral.

Long. 4, lat. 23 lin.

Hab. Shores of Lake Eyre, South Australia (Waterhouse).

5. Descriptions of one Genus and twenty-five Species of

Marine Shells from New South Wales. By Gzrorcu

Frencn Angas, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., &e.

[Received February 19, 1877.]

(Plate XXVI.)

Murex BRAZIERI, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 3.)

Shell elongately ovate, solid, light brown, tinged with brownish

purple on the columella and within the aperture, variced with six ir-

regular varices ; whorls 5, somewhat excavated and flattened above,

the upper ones encircled with two, and the last with five strong erect

ribs, some of which are double, crossed longitudinally with squamate

ridges throughout, which are nodulous on the ribs, and become more

foliaceous towards the base ; aperture ovate, outer lip dentate within ;

canal half the length of the aperture, slightly recurved.

Long. 4, lat. 2 lin.

Hab. Dredged outside Port-Jackson Heads in 20 fathoms (Bra-

zier).

This little species is somewhat allied to Murex mundus of Reeve.

PeRISTERNIA BRAZIERI, 0. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 4.)

Shell fusiform, moderately solid, light yellowish brown, longitu-

dinally ribbed with about eight broad ribs, tumid above, which become

obsolete towards the anterior portion of the basal whorl, crossed

with numerous fine, impressed, concentric lines, especially on the

upper whorls ; whorls 63, slightly flattened below the sutures ; sutures

irregularly impressed ; aperture narrowly ovate; outer lip with a

small blunt tooth anteriorly ; columella arcuate, with a slight callous

projection close to its junction with the outer lip; canal moderate,

very slightly exserted and recurved.

Length 1 inch, breadth 5 lines.

Hab. Near Redbank River, New South Wales (Brazier).

The tooth-like projection just inside the outer lip, at the upper

portion of the canal, is only present in fully adult specimens. The

slight fold in the columella, characteristic of Peristernia, is either

absent or but very faintly developed in the present species.

172 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. | Mar. 6,

TRUNCARIA AUSTRALIS. (Plate XXVI. fig. 5.)

Shell eclongately fusiform, moderately solid, pale brown, shining ;

whorls 73, the two apical ones thin and papillose, the rest somewhat

distantly and flatly longitudinally plicate on the upper portion, the

plicee crossed with fine impressed lines, the middle of the last whorl

smooth with a few impressed lines near the base; sutures grooved ;

aperture narrowly ovate, dilated below; outer lip arcuate, slightly

thickened within; columella somewhat flattened, covered with a

smooth white callus, and abruptly truncate at the base.

Length 3} lines, breadth 1 line.

Hab. Dredged off “ Sow and Pigs,’ Port Jackson (Brazier).

OLIVELLA BRAZIERI, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 6.)

Shell elongately ovate, smooth, shining, pale flesh-colour, orna-

mented with several irregular distant chestnut-coloured flames de-

scending from the sutures, and with zigzag lines and markings which

become thicker and more distinct towards the centre of the last

whorl, forming a sort of zone, below which is a narrow impressed

pale band, the markings again appearing in a fainter form towards the

base ; whorls 6 ; sutures excavated ; aperture longer than the spire ;

outer lip simple, nearly straight, truncate at the base; columella

slightly twisted and plicate below, with a narrow keel extending round

the base of the whorl.

Long. 6, lat. 23 lin.

Hab. Newcastle beach, New South Wales.

CoLUMELLA (ANACHIS) SMITHI, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 7.)

Shell elongately ovate, moderately solid, purplish olive, with a

band of white dots just below the suture, and another encircling the

middle of the last whorl; whorls 6, strongly and closely longitudi-

nally ribbed, the ribs becoming evanescent towards the base of the

lower whorl, which is transversely grooved ; aperture narrowly sub-

quadrate ; canal short, everted and recurved.

Long. 13, lat. 2 lin.

Hab. Port Jackson; under stones at low water.

In sculpture this species much resembles C. atrata, Gould ; but it

is less than half the size, and of a purplish-olive colour, with white-

dotted bands.

I have named it after Mr. Edgar Smith, who so ably superintends

the Conchological Department in the British Museum.

MARGINELLA STRANGEI, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 8.)

Shell elongately ovate, rather thin, smooth, shining, semitrans-

parent, white, somewhat suffused with pale yellowish brown on the

body-whorl, and with an opaque white band below the suture;

whorls 4; spire small, obtuse, apex blunt; aperture narrow; outer

lip thickened and strongly variced, varices opaque white; columella

4-plaited.

Long. 13, lat. 1} lin.

Hab. “Sow and Pigs” reef, Port Jackson (Brazier).

1877.| MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. 173

MARGINELLA METCALFI, n.sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 9.)

Shell elongately subtriangularly ovate, rather thin, smooth,

polished, creamy white; whorls 4; spire obtusely conical, blunt at

the apex; aperture rather narrow; outer lip thickened and slightly

varicose ; columella 4-plaited, the lowest plait descending.

Long. 2, lat. 1 lin.

Hab. Port Jackson.

More elongated and less triangular than M. ochracea, Angas,

and wanting the orange effuse band and pale varix of the latter.

OBELISCUS JUCUNDUs, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 10.)

Shell elongately subulate, smooth, shining, white, with two light-

brown bands on each whorl, three on the last one; whorls 9, nearly

flat; apex papillary, sinistral ; sutures impressed ; aperture quadrately

ovate ; outer lip simple, arcuate ; columella with a prominent twisted

fold encircling the pillar.

Long. 3, lat. 1 lin.

Hab. Port Jackson, deep water (Brazier).

OscrLLa LiGaTA, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 11.)

Shell very minute, elongately pupiforin, rather thin, rosy white,

transversely, broadly, and prominently ribbed; whorls 6, the apex

terminating in a mucro or nipple; aperture quadrately ovate; outer

lip simple; interior of the columella furnished with a single small

transverse tooth or plait.

Long. 1, lat. 3 lin.

Hab Botany Bay, New South Wales.

This curious little shell is remarkable for its mucronate apex, and

its pale pinkish colour. It belongs to the Pyramidellidz.

STYLIFER BRAZIERI, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 12.)

Shell rather acuminately ovate, smooth, pellucid, white, polished ;

whorls 6, rounded, flattened just below the sutures, which are very

finely callously marginate; spire elevated, apex styliform; aperture

subovate, pointed behind, and rounded in front; outer lip thin,

simple ; columella arcuate, very slightly thickened above, the margins

joined by a thin distinct callus.

Length 2 lines, breadth 1 line.

Hab, ‘Sow and Pigs,” Port Jackson. Parasitic on a species of

starfish (Brazier).

CoNUS METCALFEI, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 13.)

Shell triangularly elongate, very slightly everted towards the base,

ornamented with rows of small distant square or elongated irregular

brownish-yellow spots, those in the centre larger and more varied in

shape, forming a sort of band, sculptured all over with rows of

minute, close-set, oblong punctures more numerous and distinct

towards the base, which is encircled by a number of narrow elevated

ridges ; whorls 7, upper ones slightly concave, spirally striated, and

174 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. [Mar. 6,

cancellated with fine, close-set, thread-like lines; apex of the spire

elevately produced.

Long. 10, lat. 6 lin.

Hab. Dredged at “Sow and Pigs” reef, Port Jackson (Brazier).

A very elegant cone, totally distinct in its characters from any

other Australian species.

BirrruM TURRITELLIFORMIS, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 14.)

Shell elongately turreted, rather thin, light yellowish brown,

inclining to reddish purple on the upper whorls, transversely finely

ridged, the interstices very minutely and closely longitudinally

striated, the last whorl keeled below, with the base smooth and

slightly concave; whorls 10, convex; sutures impressed ; aperture

roundly ovate; outer lip simple, arcuate; columella somewhat

thickened and twisted towards the base, canal short.

Long. 4, lat. 1 lin.

Hab. Port Jackson (Brazier).

Were it not for the form of the aperture, this shell might easily

be mistaken for a little Turritella.

ALVANIA ELEGANS, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 15.)

Shell minute, imperforate, scalariform, moderately solid, whitish,

regularly cancellated by three transverse (on the last whorl four) and

several longitudinal ribs, which become sharply nodulous at the

intersections; whorls 5, convex, sutures deeply incised; aperture

circular ; lip flattened and variced externally.

Long. 14, lat. 3 lin.

Hab. Port Jackson.

This beautifully sculptured species is from shell-sand.

ALVANIA GRACILIS, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 16.)

Shell imperforate, elevatedly turbinate, moderately solid, light

purplish brown ; whorls 5, longitudinally ribbed as far as the peri-

phery of the last whorl, and strongly transversely lirate throughout,

the intersections producing a regular beaded appearance ; the trans-

verse ridges towards the base strongly defined ; aperture subcircular,

peritreme thickened.

Length 1, breadth 2 line.

Hab. Port Jackson, from shell-sand (Brazier).

TorcuLA PARVA, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 17.)

Shell narrowly acuminately turreted, very pale brown, with an in-

distinct light-chestnut band at the sutures, transversely very finely

ridged, with three rather prominent keels on each whorl; whorls 11,

slightly convex; sutures impressed; aperture subquadrate; outer

lip simple; columella slightly arcuate above, a little thickened and

produced at the base.

Long. 44, lat. 1 lin.

Hab. Dredged at the “Sow and Pigs” bank, Port Jackson (Bra-

zier).

1877.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. 175

TURBO EXQUISITUS, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 18.)

Shell small, imperforate, solid, pale greenish buff or light pink,

painted with very broad descending flames of an orange colour on

the upper portion of the whorls ; whorls 43, angulated at the peri-

phery, flattened above, the upper whorls encircled below the angle

with two, and the last whorl with five stout scabrously nodulous

ribs; between these and the sutures are four or five smaller and

closer ribs of a similar character, and on the base of the last whorl

about eight ribs, which are less nodulous and scabrous than those

above, the interstices being crossed by fine striz ; spire somewhat

elevated ; aperture nearly circular; columella thickened, terminating

ina bient callosity at the base ; pearly within,

Length 6, breadth 44 lines.

Hab. Cape Solander, Botany Bay: found after an easterly gale

(Brazier).

A variety occurs of a brilliant orange-red colour throughout.

CYLICHNA ELEGANS, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 19).

Shell elongately ovate, umbilicated, rather thin, white, irregularly

and faintly longitudinally striated, the strize more distinct and equal

near the apex, transversely ornamented with numerous rows of very

fine, close-set, crenate, interrupted lines, which, together with the

longitudinal striae, become very nearly obsolete towards the centre ;

apex perforate, somewhat tumid around the perforation; aperture

narrow above, wider below; outer lip thin, simple; columella short,

smooth, very slightly expanded over the umbilicus.

Length 6, breadth 3 lines.

Hab. Port Stephens, New South Wales (Brazier).

DIAPHANA BRAZIERI, 0. Sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 20.)

Shell subglobose, with along narrow open umbilicus, thin, hyaline,

covered with a fine membranaceous olive epidermis; last whorl in-

flated; spire flatly depressed; whorls 33, rounded above, sutures

impressed ; aperture contracted above, subovate below; outer lip

sharply angled posteriorly, slightly sinuous, arcuate below; columella

abruptly truncate below the umbilicus.

Length 2 lines, breadth 13 line.

Hab. ‘Sow and Pigs,” Port Jackson. In 4 fathoms, sandy mud,

on weeds (Brazier).

ERVILIA AUSTRALIS, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 21.)

Shell oblong-ovate, equivalve, subequilateral, moderately convex,

rather solid, white, with one or two small light-brown markings on

either side of the anterior portion of the dorsal margin, and some-

times on the posterior; finely transversely striated, and on either

side crossed with a few delicate radiating lines, which are more

numerous in front; umbones small, strongly defined, incurved,

approximate; dorsal margins nearly flat ; anterior side a little pro-

duced; posterior side rounded ; ventral margin convex.

Long. 33, alt. 24, lat. 1} lin.

Hab. ‘Sow and Pigs” bank, Port Jackson (Brazier).

13 3.

176 MR. G. F, ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. [Mar. 6,

Gen. Mysetua, Angas,

Shell small, thin, equivalve, inequilateral, quadrately cuneate,

concentrically striated. Hinge with a small triangular internal car-

tilage-pit, close to which is a single small, diverging, subcircular,

flattened cardinal tooth in one valve, and with two thin short hori-

zontal lateral processes in the other vaive. Siphonal inflection none.

MyseLLA ANOMALA, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 22.)

Shell somewhat triangularly ovate, compressed towards the base,

rather thin, anterior side shortest, white, covered towards the edges

with a pale brown epidermis, concentrically very finely and regularly

ridged ; dorsal margins nearly straight, anterior side somewhat com-

pressed and subtruncate; posterior side rounded; ventral margin

scarcely convex; umbones a little tumid; beaks small, incurved,

approximate.

Long. 5, alt. 4, lat. 2 lin.

Hab. Shark Island, Port Jackson, in black mud, 12 fathoms

(Brazier).

CyTHEREA SOPHIA, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 23.)

Shell small, roundly ovate, tumid, moderately solid, irregularly

concentrically striated with the lines of growth, shining, white,

painted with a narrow longitudinal band of irregular bright-chestnut

markings on the anterior side of the valves, and a broader one of

larger markings on the posterior side, leaving a white ray in the

centre ; umbones tinged with yellow and carnation-red; lunule

distinct.

Long. 6, alt. 5, lat. 4 lines. :

Hab. Cape Solander, Botany Bay, after an easterly gale (Brazier).

The small size, rounded form, and rich colouring of the umbones

lead me to consider this shell a distinct species from any of its

allies. I have much pleasure in naming it after Mrs. Brazier.

Lucrna (CopAk1A) QuADRATA, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 24.)

Shell quadrately ovate, moderately solid, subventricose, very in-

equilateral, yellowish white, very finely concentrically striated

throughout, the striae becoming slightly undulating and scabrous to-

wards the base, where they are crossed on either side by broader

radiating flattened ridges; dorsal margin concavely excavated ante-

riorly, nearly straight and rapidly descending posteriorly ; ventral

margin arcuate, rounded in front ; umbones acute, incurved, approx-

imate; dorsal area excavated.

Long. 2, alt. 13, lat. 1 lin.

Hab. Shark Island, Port Jackson.

KeELLIA SOLIDA, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 25.).

Shell somewhat quadrately ovate, rather tumid, inequilateral,

anterior side the shortest, solid, opaque, white, shining, smooth and

polished at the umbones, showing irregular concentric lines towards

the base; umbones small, distinct, approximate; anterior side

1877.) MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. 177

obtuse, posterior side arcuate ; dorsal margin arched, basal margin

very slightly areuate.

Long. 33, alt. 24, lat. 12 lines.

fab. “* Bottle and Glass” rocks, Vaucluse Bay, Port Jackson

(Brazier).

A very solid, pure white, shining species, more oblong than most

others of the genus.

NUCULA PUSILLA, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 26.)

Shell minute, obliquely and triangularlarly ovate, subventricose,

inequilateral, rather thin, pale greenish white, under the lens very

finely concentrically striated, and crossed with exceedingly delicate

radiating hair-like lines ; dorsal margin sloping and convex poste-

riorly, shorter in front; ventral margin arcuate; umbones tumid,

approximate.

Long. 13, alt. 1, lat. 2 lin.

Hab. Port Jackson, in shell-sand (Brazier).

LEDA ENSICULA, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 27.)

Shell equivalve, very inequilateral, depressed, ovately oblong, the

anterior side attenuated into a long narrow rostrum curving upwards,

rather thin, whitish, covered with a delicate pale olive-coloured epider-

mis, finely and irregularly concentrically striated by the lines of growth,

with a few very faint strize radiating anteriorly from the umbones;

dorsal margin concave in front and excavated on both sides with two

narrow diverging ridges extending from the beaks to the end of the

rostrum, the space between them being crossed with fine striae, short

and convex behind ; posterior side bluntly angled; ventral margin

arcuate ; beaks small, distinct, approximate, incurved.

Long. 7, alt. 3, lat. 12 line.-

Hab. Brought up from a depth of 45 fathoms on the “tangles” of

the dredge, off Port-Jackson Heads (Brazier).

A very remarkable shell, quite unlike any other Australian form

of the genus at present known.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI,

Fig. 1. Bulimus ponsonbii, p. 170. | Fig. 15. Alvania elegans, p. 174.

2. Paludinella gilest, p. 170. 16. gracilis, p. 174.

3. Murex brazieri, p. 171. 17. Torcula parva, p. 174.

4. Peristernia braziert, p. 171. 18. Turbo exquisitus, p. 175.

5. Truncaria australis, p. 172. 19. Cylichna elegans, p. 175.

6. Olivella braziert, p. 172. 20. Diaphana brazieri, p. 175.

7. Columella (Anachis) smithi, p. 21. Ervilia australis, p. 175.

172. 22, Mysella anomala, p. 176.

8. Marginella strangei, p. 172. 23. Cytherea sophie, p. 176.

9. —— metcalfi, p. 173. 24. Lucina (Codakia) quadrata,

10. Obeliscus jucundus, p. 173. p. 176._

ll. Osecilla ligata, p. 1738. 25. Kellia solida, p. 176.

12. Stylifer brazieri, p. 173. 26. Nucula pusilla, p. 177.

13. Conus metcalfi, p. 174. 27. Leda ensicula, p. 177.

14. Bittiumturritelliformis, p.174. |

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. XII. 12

178 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [ Mar. 6,

6. A further List of Additional Species of Marine Mollusca

to be included in the Fauna of Port Jackson and the

adjacent Coasts of New South Wales. By Gurorcz

Frencu Aneas, F.L.S., F.R.G.S., C.M.Z.S., &e.

[Received February 19, 1877.]

In the year 1867 I published in these ‘ Proceedings’ a list of the

Marine Mollusks of Port Jackson and the coast of New South

Wales, amounting in all to 408 species’. In 1871 I gave an addi-

tional list, comprising 109 more species*. I am now enabled, through

the indefatigable researches of Mr. Brazier, and from other sources,

to add a further list of 140 univalves, and 36 bivalves; thus bringing

up the number of species of Marine Mollusca at present known to

inhabit the coast of New South Wales to a grand total of 693.

Class CEPHALOPODA.

Fam. NautTiLip&.

1. NautTiuus pompi.ivs, Linn.

Cast ashore at Coff’s Harbour, north of the Bellinger River.

2. NAUTILUS MACROMPHALUS, Sow.

Same locality as N. pompilius.

Class PTEROPODA.

Fam. CavoLinip&.

3. CavoLina GinBosA, Rang.

Found washed up on exposed beaches all along the coast.

4. CavoLina FLAVA, D’Orb.

Obtained in the dredge at night, in Port Jackson.

5. CAVOLINA QUADRIDENTATA, Lesueur.

On exposed beaches.

6. CavoLina Loncrrostris, Lesueur.

Obtained in the dredge with C. flava, in Port Jackson.

7. CAVOLINA LiMBATA, D’Orb.

On exposed beaches,

8. CAVOLINA INFLEXA, Lesueur.

On exposed beaches.

9. Diacr1a Mucronata, Quoy & Gaim.

Port Stephens.

10. SryL1oLa suBuLATA, Quoy & Gaim.

On exposed beaches.

1 See P. Z. 8. 1867, pp. 185, 908, 912. ? See P. Z. S. 1871, p. 87.

1877.] MOLLUSCA OF PORT JACKSON. 179

Fam. Triprerip&,

11. TripreRA COLUMNELLA, Rang.

Oa exposed beaches.

Class GASTEROPODA.

PROBOSCIDIFERA.

Fam. Muricip#.

12. Murex BRAZIERI, Angas, P.Z.S. 1877, p.171, pl. xxvi. fig. 3.

A minute, imbricately sculptured species, having the two central

transverse lirze double.

Dredged outside Port-Jackson Heads in 20 fathoms (Brazier).

13. Murex (Cuicorgus) ceRvICORNIS, Lam. ; Reeve, Conch.

Icon. Murex, pl. 16.

Brought up in the dredge, 25 miles off Montagu Island, coast of

New South Wales, from a very great depth, in company with Cypre-

ovula umbilicata, Voluta papillosa, and a large species of Limopsis

(‘ Challenger’ Expedition, este Brazier).

Subfamily Fusinz.

14, Fusus taticosratus, Desh.

Beaches near Redbank River, New South Wales (Brazier).

15. Fusus novz-HOLLANDIa#, Reeve.

Cape Solander, Botany Bay (Brazier).

Fam. Fascrotariip2.

16. PERISTERNIA BRAZIERI, Angas, P.Z.8. 1877, p. 171,

pl. xxvi. fig. 4,

Redbank River, New South Wales (Brazier).

Although in this species the fold on the columella is wanting, its

general characters partake more of those of Peristernia than of Fusus.

Fam. Trrronirp.

17. Trironi1um (Simputum) Gemmatum, Reeve.

Cape Banks, Botany Bay (Brazier).

18. Trrronrum (Gurrurnium) CAUDATUM, Gmel.

Triton canaliferus, Lam. ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. iii. fig. 8,

Port Stephens and near mouth of Macleay River.

19. Tr1rontum (EripRomus) coxz, Brazier, P. Z. 8. 1872, pl.

iv. fig. 9.

Near Bellenger River (Brazier).

20. Bursa (Lampas) urans, Schum.

Murex lampas, Liun.

Triton lampas, Reeve, Conch. Icon, pl. ix. f. 30.

Near mouth of Macleay River (Brazier).

180 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [ Mar. 6,

21. Bursa (LAMPAS) GRANIFERA, Lam.

Ranella granifera, Lam. Enc. Méth. pl. 414. fig. 4.

Near Macleay River.

22. Bursa (LaAMPAS) VENUSTULA.

Ranella venustula, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. vii. fig. 37.

Taken alive at ‘‘ Bottle and Glass” rocks, Port Jackson, by Mr.

Rossiter.

23. Bursa (Apotion) ANcEps, Lam.

Port Stephens (Brazier).

Fam. Buccinip.

24. COMINELLA ALVEOLATA, Kien.

Twofold Bay. Ranges westward to Port Lincoln.

Subfamily Nassrnz.

25. Nassa (NroTHA) GEMMULATA, Lam.

Near Redbank River (Brazier).

26. Nassa (Hima) precussaTa, Kien.

Brisbane Water (Stérange).

NassA (ALECTRION) INTERMEDIA, Dunker, ‘Novara’ Exp.

Moll. tab. i. fig. 2.

In my first list, I gave this species as N. suturalis, var. (Buecinum

suturale, Lam.). It must now stand as NV. intermedia, Dunker.

Port Jackson.

27. Nassa (ALecrrion) sprraTa, A. Ad. P.Z.S. 1851, p. 106.

Broken Bay, and Port Stephens (Brazier).

28. TRUNCARIA AusTRALIS, Angas, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 172, pl. xxvi.

fig. 5.

‘*Sow and Pigs” bank, Port Jackson (Brazier).

Subfam. PurpuriInz&.

29. Purpura (Cron1A) ANOMALA, Angas, P. Z.S.1877,pl.v.fig.1.

Dredged in 25 fathoms outside Port-Jackson Heads (Brazier).

30. RicrnuLa (SIsTRUM) ADELAIDENSIS, Crosse, Journ. de

Conch. 1865, pl. ii. fig. 1.

Jervis Bay. Common in South Australia.

Fam. Dacty.ip2&.

31. OxivaA ERYTHROSTOMA, Lam.

Near Redbank River (Brazier).

32. OLIVELLA BRAZIERI, Angas, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 172, pl. xxvi,

fig. 6.

Neweastle beach, New South Wales (Brazier).

1877.] MOLLUSCA OF PORT JACKSON. 181

Fam. Fascro.aritp@.

33. Fascrotarta coronata, Lam.

Twofold Bay. Ranges westward to the Great Australian Bight.

34. Latirus strancer, A. Ad. P. Z. S. 1854, p- 316.

Port Jackson (Strenge).

Fam. Vo.utip2.

35. VOLUTELLA PAPILLOSA, Swainson.

Voluta papillaris, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. iv. fig. 10.

Obtained in the dredge in very deep water near Montagu Island,

25 miles off the coast of New South Wales (Brazier).

36. SCAPHA MAMILLA, Gray.

Found on the beach near Lake Macquarie (Brazier).

37. CaLLIPARA BRAzIERI, Cox, P.Z.S. 1873, pl. xlviii. fig. §.

Little River. Wooli Wooli, near mouth of the Clarence riven

(Brazier).

The type of Dr. Gray’s genus Callipara is the Voluta bullata,

Swainson, from Algoa Bay, South Africa. Another Australian

species of this curious genus has been found at Nicol Bay, on the

north-west coast, and described by Dr. Cox (P. Z.S. 1871, pl. xxxiv.

fig. 5) as V. coniformis.

38. MrcrovoLuta AUSTRALIS, Angas, P. Z.S. 1877, pl. v. fig. 2.

Dredged in 24 fathoms outside Port-Jackson Heads (Brazier).

This singular little shell has somewhat the aspect of a Voluta ful-

getrum in miniature; but the deep siphonal notch and the toothed

projection of the base of the pillar are wanting, the base being

rounded and spout-shaped.

Fam. Mirrip«#.

39. Mirra (Nepuarta) Banta, Reeve.

Shark Island, Port Jackson (Brazier).

Subfam. CotumBeturn 2,

40. CoLUMBELLA TYLER], Gray.

Near Bellenger River (Brazier).

_ 41. Cotumpetia (ANACHIS) sMITHI, Angas, P. Z. S. 1877,

p- 172, pl. xxvi. fig. 7.

A minute brown species zoned with white dots. Under stones in

Port Jackson. :

The C. lentiginosa of Reeve (not Hinds) is from North Australia,

I propose that it should be called C. darwini.

182 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [ Mar. 6,

42, CotumBetta specrosa, Angas, P. Z. S. 1877, pl. v. fig. 3.

Port Jackson (Brazier).

Columbella dermestoides, Kiener, in my List in P. Z.S8. 1867,

. 195, must be altered to C. lineolata, Pease.

Columbella interrupta, Angas, has been altered to C. angasi,

Brazier, the former name being preoccupied.

Fam. MArGINELLID.

43. MarGInetta ANGASI, Brazier, MS. ; Crosse, Journ. de Conch.

1870, p. 304.

Port Jackson. ‘ Bottle and Glass” rocks.

An extremely minute, hyaline species.

44. MarGIne.a strancet, Angas, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 172, pl. xxvi.

fig. 8.

« Sow and Pigs” bank, Port Jackson (Brazier).

45. MARGINELLA METCALFI, Angas, P.Z.S. 1877, p.173, pl. xxvi.

fig. 9.

Port Jackson (Brazier).

46. PorcELLANA RUFULA, Gask. MS.; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Mar-

gineila, fig. 149.

Outside Port-Jackson Heads, 25 fathoms (Brazier).

A beautiful little shell with an elongated spire and two coloured

bands. The type specimen from Mr. Taylor’s collection, now in

the British Museum, is from the Cape of Good Hope, and of a

roseate hue; the Australian specimens obtained by Mr, Brazier have

yellow bands.

47, Erato anciostoma, Sow. Thes. Conch.

Outside Port-Jackson Heads (Brazier).

An elegantly shaped species, with the outer lip angulated and pro-

duced at the upper part.

48. Erato corruGata, Hinds.

Vaucluse Bay, sandy mud, 8 fathoms (Brazier).

Fam. SycoryPip&.

49, SycoTyPus RETICULATUS, Lam.

Near the mouth of the Macleay river.

Fam. NATICcID.

50. NaricA ALA-PAPILIONIS, Chem.

Port Stephens and near Redbank River.

51. Narica (Ruma) FILosa, Sow. MS. in Mus. Cuming.

Natica filosa, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. xvii. fig. 72.

Farm Cove, Port Jackson, in 5 fathoms. Port Stephens, after

gales.

1877.] MOLLUSCA OF PORT JACKSON. 183

52. Narica couutet, Recluz (=. concinna, Dunker).

Parramatta river, New South Wales, 7 fathoms (Brazier).

53. NatTIcINA COARCTATA, Reeve.

New South Wales (Brazier).

Fam. Cassipip2&. -

54. Semicassis pauctrueis, Menke.

Merimbula and Twofold Bay (Brazier).

55. SEMICASSIS CORONULATA, Sow. Tank. Cat.

Port Stephens ; Macleay River (Brazier).

56. Semicassis ToRQuUATA, Reeve.

Macleay river.

5Z. SrmiIcassis AREOLA, Linn.

Bellenger and Macleay river-beaches, and southwards to Broken

Bay (Brazier).

58. Srmicassis sABuURON, Adanson.

Macleay, Bellenger, Nambuccra, and Redbank beaches.

59. Semicassis sopH1, Brazier, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 617.

Macleay and Nambucera.

60. Sremrcassis prua, Reeve.

Near Redbank River (Brazier).

Fam. ScaLip.

61. Scata cLiaturus, Linn.

Port Stephens and Broken Bay (Brazier).

62. CrrsoTREMA HYALINA, Sow.

“Sow and Pigs” bank, 5 fathoms (Brazier).

Fam. PyraAMIDELLIDZ.

63. TurBONILLA Festiva, Angas, P. Z.S. 1877, pl. v. fig. 4.

Port Jackson, deep water (Brazier).

For Turboniila nitida, Angas, in my first list of Port-Jackson

shells, read 7. hofmani, there being a species from Japan described

by Arthur Adams under the name ni¢ida in the ‘ Annals’ for 1860.

64. OpELiscus sucunDUus, Angas, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 173, pl. xxvi.

fig. 10.

Port Jackson (Brazier).

65. Oscitxa tieata, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 173, pl. xxvi. fig. 11.

Botany Bay, New South Wales (Brazier).

66. CinGULINA BRAzIERI, Angas, P. Z. 8S. 1877, pl. v. fig. 5.

Port Jackson.

184 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [ Mar. 6,

Fam. STyLIFERID.

67. APICALIA GUENTHER], Angas, P. Z.8. 1877, pl. v. fig. 6.

New South Wales (us. Brit.).

68. Sryxirer Brazrert, Angas, P.Z.S. 1877, p. 173, pl. xxvi.

fig. 12.

“Sow and Pigs,” parasitic on a Starfish (Brazier).

This appears to be a true Stylifer: it has a more elongated spire

than the typical species; and the sutures are finely callously mar-

gined.

Fam. CerirHioPsiD&.

69. CerirHiorsis PURPUREA, Angas, P. Z.S8. 1877, pl. v. fig. 7.

Dredged off Shark Island, Port Jackson (Brazier).

70. Trrroris MacuLosus, A. Ad.

Port Jackson (Brazier).

Fam. ARCHITECTONICID.

71. ARCHITECTONICA PERSPECTIVA, Linn.

Near the mouth of the Macleay river (Brazier).

72. TorINIA INFUNDIBULIFORMIS, Chemn.

On the beach near Newcastle, New South Wales (Brazier).

This species differs from 7. straminea, Lam., in the form and

character of the umbilicus.

TOXIFERA.

Fam. Conip.

73. Conus (Coronaxis) minimus, Linn.

Near Bellenger and Redbank rivers (Brazier).

74. Conus METCALF, Angas, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 174, pl. xxvi.

fig. 13.

« Sow and Pigs” bank, 4 fathoms (Brazier).

A very elegantly painted cone, of which one living specimen only

has yet been obtained.

75. Conus smitrui, Angas, P. Z.S8. 1877, p. 36, pl. v. fig. 8.

Cape Solander, Botany Bay.

Fam. TurRip&.

76. Drivuia xMuLA, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 36, pl. v. fig. 9.

Coast of New South Wales; also New Zealand.

77. CLATHURELLA BRENCHLEYI, Angas, P. Z.S. 1877, pl. v. fig. 12.

Port Stephens (Brazier).

78. CLATHURELLA RUFOZONATA, Angas, P.Z.S. 1877, pl.v. fig. 13.

Port Jackson.

1877. | MOLLUSCA OF PORT JACKSON. 185

79. CuaTHuRELLA pustuLata, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 38, pl. v. fig. 14.

Port Jackson ( Brazier).

80. CLarHuRELLA MopeEsTA, Angas, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 38, pl. v.

fig. 15.

Port Jackson (Brazier).

81. MANGELIA JACKSONENSIS, Angas, P. Z. S. 1877, pl. v. fig. 10.

Dredged off Port-Jackson Heads in 25 fathoms (Brazier).

82. MANGELIA FLAVESCENS, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1877, pl. v. fig. 11.

Port Jackson (Brazier).

83. MANGELIA LALLEMANTIANA.

Pleurotoma lallemantiana, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865.

North and Middle Harbours, Port Jackson (Brazier).

84. MANGELIA VINCENTINA.

Pleurotoma vincentina, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 1865.

Dredged off Port-Jackson Heads ; Cabbage-Tree Bay (Brazier).

The figure given in the French Journal of this species is so bad, no

one could recognize it. The shell is white, with a row of brown

spots between the ribs a littte below the sutures, and sometimes

with a central band on the last whorl. Crosse figures it of a uni-

form brown colour.

Fam. TEREBRID®.

85. TeREBRA GUNNI, Reeve.

In 45 fathoms, due east of Port Jackson, and in 20 fathoms,

Jervis Bay (Brazier).

86. TrresRa MARMoRats, Desh. P. Z.S. 1859, p. 279.

Near Redbank River (Brazier).

87. Acus (Hasruxa) spectraBiuis, Hinds,

Near Redbank River (Brazier).

88. Acus (EuryTA) Braziert, Angas, P. Z.8. 1875, pl. xlv. f. 5.

Dredged off Port-Jackson Heads in 25 fathoms (Brazier).

RostrRiFERA,

Fam. StroMBID.

89. Stromsus (Canarium) puicatus, Lam.

Near the Nambuccra river (Brazier).

90. SrromsBus (CANARIUM) ELEGANS, Sow.

“Sow and Pigs” reef, Port Jackson (Brazier).

91. SrromBus (GALLINULA) CAMPBELLI, Gray.

Port Stephens (Brazier).

186 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [Mar. 6,

92. Harpaco (MinuiPes) scorpio, Linn.

“ Bottle and Glass”’ rocks, Port Jackson (Brazier).

Fam. Cypra@ip2.

93. Cypr@a MILARIS, Linn.

Macleay-River Heads (Brazier).

94. Cyprma caput-anecuts, Philippi.

Shark Island, Port Jackson; Botany Bay ; Lake Macquarie, &c.

(Brazier).

Fam. AMPHIPERASID&.

95. AMPHIPERAS OvuM, Linn.

Near Bellenger River (Brazier).

96. AmpurpEerRas DeNTATA, Ad. & Reeve.

«Sow and Pigs”’ bank, Port Jackson (Brazier).

A beautiful little species of a purplish flesh-colour, with a pale

band.

97. AMPHIPERAS PUNCTATA, Duclos.

Port Stephens (Brazier).

98. Votva votva, Linn.

Port Stephens (Brazier).

99. VOLVA PHILLIPINARUM, Sow.

Port Stephens (Brazier).

Fam. CANCELLARIID.

100. CanceLiariaA (TRIGONOsToMA) ANTIQUATA, Hinds.

Dredged in 7 fathoms off Green Point, Port Jackson; also cast

ashore after gales at Port Stephens, and near Redbank River (Brazier).

101. CANCELLARIA (TRIGONOSTOMA) COSTIFERA, Sow., var.

A dwarf variety. Port Stephens (Brazier).

Fam. Creriraup2,

102. CrerITHIUM CARBONARUM, Phil., var.

Redbank River, New South Wales (Brazier).

This appears to be a dark-brown-coloured variety of Philippi’s

species, which is stated to come from Samoa.

Subfam. PotamipiInz.

103. BrrrruM TURRITELLIFORMIS, Angas, P, Z.S. 1877, p. 174,

pl. xxvi. fig. 14.

Port Jackson (Brazier).

1877.] MOLLUSCA OF PORT JACKSON. 187

Fam. Lirrorinip#.

104. Lirrorina unpuxata, Gray,

Port Stephens (Brazier).

Fam. Risso.

Rissoina turricula, Angas, P. Z.S. 1867 (name preoccupied), is

R. angasi ot Pease.

Rissoina smithi, Angas, P. Z.S8. 1867, is R. fusciata, A. Ad.

P. Z.S. 1851. (Former name must be cancelled.)

105. Rissorna HANLEYI, Schwartz.

Port Jackson (Brazier).

Smaller than 2. fasciata. White, variously banded with purple

and brown.

106. Rissoa FRAUENFELDI, Schwartz ; Dunker, Voy. ‘ Novara,’

pl. ii. fig. 13.

Shark Island, Port Jackson.

107. Auvanta oxrvacea, Dunker, Voy. ‘Novara,’ pl. ii. fig. 14.

Port Jackson, under stones.

108. AnyaniA saLeBrosa, Dunker, Voy. ‘ Novara,’ pl. ii. fig. 15.

Bondi, Botany, and Coodgee Bays.

: ai ALVANIA GRactLis, Angas, P. Z.S. 1877, p- 174, pl. xxvi.

ahs Jackson. Shell-sand (Brazier).

‘ ee ALVANIA ELEGANS, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1877, p- 174, pl. xxvi.

gee Jackson. Shell-sand (Brazier).

111. Saprnxza FLaminea, Dunker, Voy. ‘ Novara,’ pl. ii. fig. 18.

Bondi and Coodgee Bays.

1]2. Saprnza incrpata, Dunker, Voy. ‘ Novara,’ pl. ii. fig. 19.

Botany and Coodgee Bays.

113. ANABATHRON ConTABULATA, Dunker, Voy. ‘ Novara,’ pl. ii.

fig. 20.

Coodgee and Botany Bays.

114. Seta ArROPURPUREA, Dunker, Voy. ‘ Novara,’ pl. ii. fig. 21.

Botany, Bondi, and Coodgee Bays.

115. Seria nrtens, Dunker, Voy. ‘ Novara,’ pl. ii. fig, 22.

116. Cineuxa ausrratiz, Dunker, Voy. ‘ Novara,’ pl. ii. fig. 23.

Fam. Turrire.iips.

117. Turriretta (Havustator) eunnt, Reeve.

Twofold Bay (Brazier).

188 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [ Mar. 6,

118. Turrrrecia (Hausrator) rncisa, Reeve.

Port Jackson, deep water (Strange).

119. Torcura paRvA, Angas, P.Z.S. 1877, p.174, pl. xxvi. fig. 17.

“Sow and Pigs” bank, Port Jackson (Brazier).

Fam. CALYPTREZID®.

120. Catyprraa porosa, Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 20.

* Sow and Pigs” bank, Port Jackson, four fathoms (Brazier).

The specimen obtained by Mr. Brazier is less corrugated than the

type specimen, and is probably a young shell.

Order SCUTIBRANCHIATA.

PopoPHTHALMA.

Fam. NERITID&.

121. Nerira rumpHI, Récluz.

Near Redbank River.

Fam. TrocHIp&.

122. Turso peruotatus, Linn.

Middle Harbour, Port Jackson, and northwards to the Clarence

river (Brazier).

: 123. Turso exquisitus, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 175, pl. xxvi.

g. 18.

Cape Solander, Botany Bay; washed on shore after an easterly

gale (Brazier).

This little species is elaborately and beautifully sculptured; one

specimen is clouded with pale brown, red, and white; the other is

of a uniform coral-red colour. Its nearest ally is 7. gemmatus,

Reeve, from the Taylor collection.

124. CLANCULUS UNDATUS, Lam.

Twofold Bay (Brazier). Also found in South Australia.

125. ZizipHINUS ARMILLATUS, Wood.

Cape Solander, Botany Bay (Brazier). Also Encounter Bay,

South Australia; and ‘Tasmania.

126. ZizrpHinus speciosus, A. Ad. P. Z. 8. 1854.

Port Stephens (Brazier).

127. ZizipHinus pEcOoRATUS, Phil.

Brisbane Water (Strange).

128. Eruaria BrAzierI, Angas, P. Z.8. 1877, pl. v. fig. 17.

Shell-sand, ‘‘ Sow and Pigs” bank, Port Jackson.

129. CrrsoneLia avstraLis, Angas, P. Z. S. 1877, pl. v. fig. 16.

Shell-sand, Botany Bay, New South Wales.

1877. } MOLLUSCA OF PORT JACKSON. 189

EpRIOPHTHALMA.

Fam. FissurELLID&.

* Emarginula dilecta, A. Ad. P. Z.S. 1851” (no. 211 in my first

list of New-South- Wales Marine Mollusca, P. Z. S. 1867), should be

altered to “H#. candida, A. Ad. P. Z. S. 1851.”

Fam. TEcruriIp2&.

130. Tecrura conorpEA, Quoy & Gaim.

‘Sow and Pigs” reef, Port Jackson (Brazier).

TECTIBRANCHIATA.

Fam. AcTHoONID=.

131. Myonta stnvata, Angas, P. Z. S. 1877, pl. v. fig. 18.

“Sow and Pigs” bank, Port Jackson (Brazier).

Fam. ApPLustTRiIpD&.

132. Hypatina aLsocincra, V. der Hoeven.

Port Stephens (Brazier).

Fam. Buuip2.

133. BuLua ampuuta, Linn.

Port Stephens and Bellinger River (Brazier).

134. Burra (Hamrnea) cuticutirera, Smith, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. May 1872.

Port-Jackson Harbour.

135. Buiua (HamiIneA) crocata, Pease.

Lake Macquarie, New South Wales (Brazier).

Fam. CyYLicHNID&.

136. TorNaTINA HOFMANI, Angas, P.Z.8. 1877, p. 39, pl. v.

fig. 19.

** Sow and Pigs,” Port Jackson.

137. TORNATINA BRENCHLEYI, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1877, pl.v. fig. 20.

Dredged outside Port-Jackson Heads in 10 fathoms.

138. CyLIcHNA ELEGANS, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 175, pl. xxvi.

fig. 19.

Port Stephens, New South Wales (Brazier).

More ovate than others of the genus; beautifully transversely

crenulately sculptured.

139. DrAPHANA BRAZIERI, Angas, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 157, pl. xxvi.

fig. 20.

“Sow and Pigs,” Port Jackson, in sandy mud and weeds, 4

fathoms (Brazier).

Only a single specimen of this remarkable shell has been found.

Its nearest allies are Bulla gouldi, Couthouy, and Bulla debilis,

Gould, both of which are North-American species.

190 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [ Mar. 6,

Fam. LopHOcERCID®.

140. LopHocercus pELIcATULUs, G. & H. Nevill, Journ. As.

Soc. Bengal.

“Sow and Pigs,” Port Jackson, amongst weeds on sandy mud

(Brazier).

The type specimens of Messrs. Nevill are from Ceylon.

Fam. APLYSIID.

141. DoLABRIFERA BRAZIERI, Sow.

Bottle and Glass” rocks, Port Jackson (Brazier).

142. ApLysta ExcAVATA, Sow.

Port Jackson.

143. APLYSIA HYALINA, Sow.

Lane Cove, Port Jackson (Brazier).

144. APLYSIA SYDNEYENSIS, Sow.

Shark Island, Port Jackson (Brazier).

145. ApLysIA ANGASI, Sow.

“Sow and Pigs” reef (Brazier).

146. APLYSIA NORFOLKENSIS, Sow.

Shark Island, Port Jackson (Brazier).

HEetTEeROPODA.

Fam. [IANTHINID.

147. RecLuzia HARGREAVEsI, Cox, P. Z. 8. 1870, pl. xvi. fig. 8.

Found washed ashore at the mouth of the Miall river, Port

Stephens.

PuLMONIFERA.

Tam. ELLopup2.

148. OpHIcARDELUS IRREGULARIS, Mouss. Journ. de Conch.

1869.

Port Jackson.

149. OpHIcARDELUS MINOR, Mouss.

Port Jackson and Botany Bay.

Class CONCHIFERA

PHOLADACEA.

Fam. PHOLADID&.

1. JOUANNETIA CUMINGI, Sow.

Mouth of Bellinger River in blocks of hard clay (Brazier).

1877.] MOLLUSCA OF PORT JACKSON. 191

Fam. GasTROCH ENID.

2. Humpwreyia coxi, Brazier, P. Z. S. 1872, pl. iv. fig. 10.

Near Port Stephens (Brazier).

Fam. ANATINID.

3. THRACIA JACKSONIENSI!S, Smith, Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zoology),

vol. xii. pl. xxx. fig. 24.

Dredged at ‘‘ Sow and Pigs ” reef, Port Jackson (Brazier).

4. TuHracta ANGASIANA, Smith, Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zoology),

vol, xii. pl. xxx. fig. 23.

‘* Sow and Pigs,’ Port Jackson (Brazier).

VENERACEA.

Fam. Macrrip.

5. TRIGONELLA EXIMIA, Desh. P. Z. S. 1853.

Dredged alive in Chowder Bay, Port Jackson (Brazier).

Fam. TELLINID&.

6. Tevuina (ArcopaGiA) pEcussaTA, Lam.

* Bottle and Glass’ rocks, Port Jackson (Brazier).

7. SEMELE scaBrRa, Hanley.

Dredged off Shark Island, Port Jackson, in black mud, 12 fathoms

(Brazier).

8. Donax (Latona) RADIANS, Lam.

Berry’s Bay, Port Jackson, 5 fathoms (white var. Brazier).

9. Donax (SERRULA) NiTIDUS, Desh.

Dredged in Middle Harbour, 5 fathoms (Brazier).

10. Ervinia ausrraxis, Angas, P. Z.8. 1877, p. 175, pl. xxvi.

fig. 21.

‘Sow and Pigs” bank, Port Jackson (Brazier).

11. MyseLLa anomata, Angas, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 176, pl. xxvi.

fig. 22.

Off Shark Island, Port Jackson, in black mud, 12 fathoms

(Brazier).

Fam. VENERID&.

12. Curtone (CrrcoMPHALUS) LAMELLATA, Lam.

Dredged at ‘Sow and Pigs” bank, Port Jackson ; also Jervis

Bay (Brazier).

13. Catone (TimociEA) GALLINULA, Lam.

Twofold Bay (Brazier).

192 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE MARINE [ Mar. 6,

14. Canuisra vicrorr£, Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1875,

p: 27.

Lake Macquarie and Broken Bay, New South Wales. Also Tas-

mania, Victoria, and South Australia (Brazier).

15. Cyrnerea sopu1#, Angas, P. Z.8. 1877, p. 176, pl. xxvi.

fig. 23.

Cape Solander, Botany Bay; after an easterly gale (Brazier).

A smail, rounded species, richly painted with orange-chestnut, with

the umbones cornelian-red. I have named this pretty little shell

after Mrs. Brazier.

16. TAPES FLABAGELLA, Desh.

Port Jackson; Lake Macquarie, New South Wales (Brazier).

Also from Tasmania.

17. Tapes (CunEvs) GALactiTEs, Lam.

Jervis Bay (Brazier). Common in South Australia.

Fam. CarpDIID&.

18. Carpium (ACANTHOCARDIA) MULTISPINOSUM, Sow.

Live specimens, Macleay river; dead valves at Port Stephens

(Brazier).

19. CArpium ruGosum, Lam.

Port Stephens (Brazier).

LUCINACEA.

Fam. Lucinip&.

20. Lucina (CopaktA) FrButa, Reeve.

Port Jackson and Port Stephens (Brazier).

21. Lucina (Cycxas) cumrnet, A. Ad. & Angas, P. Z.S. 1863.

Dredged outside Port-Jackson Heads in 20 fathoms (Brazier).

22. Lucina (Cycuas) orNATA, Reeve.

Port Jackson.

23. Lucrna (CopakiA) quaprarta, Angas, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 176,

pl. xxvi. fig. 24.

Shark Island, Port Jackson.

Fam. LAsreip2.

24, Kevura souipa, Angas, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 176, pl. xxvi. fig. 25.

“Bottle and Glass” rocks, Vaucluse Bay, Port Jackson (Brazier).

Fam. MytiLip2.

25. Myritus (AuLAacomyaA) KRAussi, Kiister; Reeve, Conch.

Icon. Mytilus, pl. ix. fig. 40.

Variety of M. nicobaricus, Chemn.

Cape Banks, Botany Bay (Brazier).

1877.] MOLLUSCA OF PORT JACKSON. 193

PECTINACEA.

Fam. TriGonip.

26. TRIGONIA MARGARITACEA, Lam.

Twofold Bay (Brazier).

Fam. Arcip&.

27. PecruncuLUs GEALEI, Angas, P. Z.S. 1873, pl. xx. fig. 5.

Dredged off Port Macquarie (Admiral Loring).

28. Limopsis CANCELLATUS, Reeve.

Outside Port-Jackson Heads, 45 fathoms (Brazier).

Fam. Nucuuip2.

29. Nucuxa pusiLxa, Angas, P.Z.S.1877, p. 177, pl. xxvi. fig. 26.

Port Jackson, in shell-sand (Brazier).

30. Nucuwa simputex, A. Ad. P.Z.S. 1856.

Port Jackson (F. Strange).

Fam. Lepip%.

31. Lepa crassa, Hinds, P. Z. 8S. 1843, p. 99.

Dredged off Port-Jackson Heads in 25 fathoms ( Brazier),

32. Lepa EnsicuLa, Angas, P.Z.S. 1877, p.177, pl. xxvi. fig. 27.

Off Port-Jackson Heads, 45 fathoms (Brazier).

A very remarkable shell, with the anterior side produced into a

long narrow beak, curving upwards.

Fam. Prectinip#.

33. PEcTEN ASPERRIMUS, Lam.

- Green Point, Port Jackson, and Twofold Bay (Brazter).

34. Voua Fusca, Klein.

Port Jackson and Port Stephens (Brazier). Also Moreton Bay.

35. Amusstum BALLOTI, Bernardi, Journ. de Conch. 1861.

Neutral Bay, Port Jackson, obtained alive in the trawl in 6 fathoms,

sandy mud (Brazier). Common in New Caledonia.

: Fam. SponpYLIDz.

36. PiicaruLA mmBricata, Menke.

Port Jackson; Port Stephens (Brazier).

Fam. Ostreip#.

37. OsrrEA ANGAsI, Sow. Conch. Icon. Ostrea, pl. xiii. fig. 27.

Neutral Bay, Port Jackson, sandy mud, 6 fathoms.

In my former list (Nov. 28, 1867) I gave this fine species as

Osirea purpurea (Ostrea edulis, var. purpurea, Hanley, Conch.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. XIII. 13

194 COUNT T. SALVADORI ON [ Mar. 6,

Miscell. pt. 3), at the same time expressing my opinion that it

should be separated as a distinct species under the name of purpurea.

Since then, Mr. Sowerby has published his Monograph of the genus

Ostrea in the ‘ Conchologica Iconica ;’ and quite agreeing with my

views as to the distinct characters of the Australian species from the

European one, he has figured the magnificent specimen (18 inches in

circumference) brought home by me from Port Jackson, and given

the species my name.

7. Notes on some Birds mentioned by Dr. Cabanis and Hr.

Reichenow as collected in Papuasia and in the Moluccas,

during the Voyage of the ‘Gazeile” By T. Satvaport,

C.M.Z.S.

[Received February 19, 1877.]

In the third part of the ‘ Journal fiir Ornithologie’ for 1876, there

is a list of the birds collected during the voyage of tne ‘ Gazelle,’ by

Cabanis and Reichenow!. In that list are mentioned some species

of Birds from Papuasia and the Moluccas, on which I wish to make

some remarks.

PRATINCOLA CAPRATA (Linn.), New Guinea (!), 7. c. p. 319.

I am rather surprised to find this species among the birds of New

Guinea. Pratincola caprata did not appear in the very extensive col-

lections which have been made in New Guinea by D’Albertis, Beccari

and Bruijn, neither has it been mentioned by any writer on the birds

of New Guinea, or of the Moluccas. Besides, the particular locality

where it was collected is not mentioned by Cabanis and Reich-

enow ; also it is to be noticed that there seems to be some mistake

as regards the locality mentioned for other species included in the

same list. For example, Ptilopus globifer, which previously was

said to be from New Hanover, is now stated to be from New Ireland.

Therefore, when I observe that other birds in the same collection

are from Timor, I venture to ask whether the Pratincola caprata

was not really obtained in Timor, where, as is well known, this

bird lives.

RuIPiIpuRA FUSCESCENS, Cab. et Reichenow, J. c. p. 319, from

Segaar Bay, New Guinea, allied to R. albiscapa from Austvalia, is a

species which I do not know.

LEUCOCERCA SETOSA (Quoy et Gaim.), /.c. p. 320, from Galeow

Strait.

Muscipeta setosa (Quoy et Gaim.) was described from New Tre-

land ; and I doubt whether it may be safely identified with Rhipidura

gularis, Mill., from New Guinea; the descriptions of the two birds

do not agree in several particulars.

1 Uebersicht der auf der Expedition Sr. Maj. Schiff ‘Gazelle’ gesammelten

Végel (1. ¢. pp. 319-330).

1877.] BIRDS FROM THE MOLUCCAS. 195

Monarcua corpensis, Meyer, New Hanover (!), J. c. p. 320.

This species has been described from Mysore ; and knowing what a

limited range the species from the islands of Geelvink Bay which

are representatives of New-Guinea forms have, I am rather inclined

to suspect that the bird from New Hanover may belong to a different

species.

MELIDIPNUS MEGARHYNCHUs (Gr.), J. ¢. p- 321.

The new genus Melidipnus has the same type as my genus

Melilestes, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 950 (1875).

The Zropidorhynchus gilolensis (which I take to be the same as

Melitograis striata, Sund. Meth. Nat. Av. disp. Tent. p. 50),

according to me, does not belong to the same genus, but must be

left in the distinct genus Melitograis, ov referred to Philemon

(restricted).

GracuLa GNATHOPTILA, Cab. et Rehnw., J. c. p. 322, New

Hanover.

_ Cabanis and Reichenow say that this species differs from Gracula

kreffti, Sclat., in having a yellow belly and in the complete absence

of the naked skin along the lower edge of the mandible. I donbt

whether the above-mentioned characters are sufficient to distinguish

the New Hanoverian bird from that of the Solomon Islands. Having

been able, through the kindness of my friend Dr. Sclater, to examine

the type specimen of his G. kreffti, I have found that, although

rather discoloured by the spirit of wine in which it has been preserved,

that bird also has a yellow belly ; and, according to my notion, the

naked line along the lower edge of the mandible being much narrower

depends on the way in which the bird has been skinned and stuffed.

Ina very large series of specimens of G. dumonti from New Guinea and

the Aru Islands there is a great variation in the width of the naked skin

along the lower edge of the mandible, some examples having it much

narrower than others, according to the way they have been skinned.

I take this opportunity to state that the figure of Gracula kreffti

(P. Z. 8. 1869, pl. ix.) is quite wrongly coloured on the lower part of

the back and on the upper tail-coverts, where, instead of yellow, it

ought to be perfectly white.

Aucepo motuccensis, Bechst. (sic!), /.¢., p. 323, New Ire-

land.

I suppose that “ Bechst.”’ is a misprint for “Blyth ;”’ I have already

shown that this bird must be called Alcedo ispidoides, Less.

ReAMPHOCOCCYX CALORHYNCHUs (Temm.), J. c. p. 324,

Ceram (!).

Were the specimen or specimens brought home collected in Ceram,

or received in Ceram? Tillnow R. calorhynchus was believed to be

peculiar to Celebes.

13”

196 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

(EprruHINUS GLoBIFER, Cab. & Rehnw., U. c. p. 326.

Ptilopus (Gdirhinus, noy. subgen.) globifer, Cab. & Rehnw.

Sitzb. Ges. nat. Freunde zu Berlis vom 16. Mai 1876, p. 73.

Have Dr. Cabanis and Reichenow compared the curious bird with

Ptilopus insolitus, Schleg. Ned. Tijdschr. v. Dierk. i. p. 61, pl. mi.

fig. 3? I suppose not, as otherwise they would not have failed to

mention the great likeness which there appears to be between their

bird and that of Schlegel. Péilopus insolitus also has the base of the

upper mandible swollen into a round ball; the colours are very much

the same as those of @. globifer, excepting that it has the smaller

and also some of the greater and median wing-coverts and the last

remiges, approaching the back, light grey. Schlegel had received

his birds as from New Caledonia; but in the. Muséum des Pays-Bas,

Columbe, p. 16, he has expressed his opinion that perhaps the type

specimen of his Péilopus insolitus was nothing else than a monstrous

specimen of Ptilopus humeralis jobiensis |

It seems to me very probable that Gdirhinus globifer is identical

with Ptilopus insolitus—a species which I shall have to add to the

List of the Pigeons included in the second part of my ‘‘ Prodromus

Ornithologie Papuane et Moluccarum” (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ix.

pp. 194-208).

8. Revision of the Authobranchiate Nudibranchiate Mollusca,

with Descriptions or Notices of forty-one hitherto un-

described Species. By Puinzeas S. Apranam, M.A.,

B:Sc., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S.

[Received February 20, 1877.]

(Plates XX VII.-XXX.)

Before the time of Cuvier but comparatively little attention had

been paid to the naked-gilled Mollusca. Linneeus, in the earlier

editions of his ‘Systema Nature,’ alludes to Tethys, as a genus of

the order Zoophyta; in his 10th edition, 1758, the genera Doris

(with one species) and Scyllea first appear, and together with Tethys

are included in the 4th order Molusca, of his 6th class, Vermes. He

also diagnoses what we now believe to be Holis papillosa, under the

generic name Limax. In the 12th edition four species of Doris are

scantily characterized, viz. D. verrucosa, D. bilamellata, D. levis,

and D. argv. The second and fourth have been identified; but of

the remaining two we are not certain: D. verrucosa may be D.

verrucosa of Cuvier; and D. levis may be D. repanda of Alder and

Hancock. Linneus at first considered that the cireumanal branchiz

of Doris were oral tentacula ; he rectified his mistake, however, in

his 12th edition, after the proper homologies of the parts had been

pointed out by Bohadsch in 1761. In the ‘ Fauna Greenlandica,’

published by Otto Fabricius in 1780, the foot of a Doris is described

?SA.del. Smit hth.

Poko? 7. Pl RXV

M&N Hanhart imp.

NEW NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA.

oot se 6 ee ee ee ee Se

PZS1877.Pl. XXVIII

M&N Hanhart imp

NEW NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA.

P.Z.8.1877 PI.XXIX

M& N.Hanhart imp. ~

NEW NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA

wes Plas Orth. Kak

pa ’

: ~ :

= )

5) Be

Sy, 410, Vase rn

M&N.Hanhart imp.

NEW NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA.

1877.| ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 197

as ‘the worm itself,” while the upper lamella, which is really the

principal part of the body of the animal, is regarded as a kind of

protecting house. The number of species of Doris was increased to

12 by O. F. Miiller in 1776; and subsequently most of them were

figured in his ‘ Zoologica Danica, Six of the new species, however,

do not correspond with Linneeus’s' genus, and in fact, belong to other

sections of the Nudibranchiata. Gmelin followed Miller, and still

further enlarged the genus to include 25 species. The genus Doris,

thus made to be almost synonymous with what we now understand

as the ** Nudibranchiata,’” was reduced by Cuvier in the ‘Tableau

élémentaire d’ Histoire Naturelle,’ 1798, to its original Linnzean signi-

fication, and shown to include but 7 of the previously enumerated

species. In the ‘Annales du Muséum’ for 1804, Cuvier wrote a

classical article on Doris, in which he brought forward 13 species,

giving more or less lengthened descriptions of several of them, and

figures of six. He divided the genus into ‘ Les Doris planes,’ and

‘Les Doris prismatiques.’ In 1814, in his memoir on a new classifi-

cation of Mollusca, De Blainville proposed the name ‘ Cyclobranches’

(Cyclobranchiata) for his 4th order of “ Cephalic } Mollusea,” to in-

clude those “ which have the organs of respiration symmetrical,

hidden or exposed, and placed in a circle on the posterior portion of

the body.” Cuvier, in 1817, ignored this, and used the same term

for the 7th order of the class Gasteropoda, to embrace the Chitons and

Patellas. He has been so very generally followed that it would only

create confusion now to employ the name in its original meaning.

In the same year Cuvier called the whole of the naked-gilled Mol-

lusks ‘‘ Nudibranches”’ (Nudibranchiata) ; and in 1820 Goldfuss,

shortly followed by Férussac, named those with the branchiz

surrounding or near the anus on the medio-dorsal line, ‘“ Antho-

branches” or ‘‘Anthobranchiata,”’ the nomenclature now adopted.

From the commencement of this century, the number of known

species has been largely increased by scientific voyagers and by home

workers. 1n 1817 Risso described 6 Mediterranean species in the

‘Journal de Physique,’ a number that he increased to 10 in his

‘ Histoire Naturelle de Europe Méridionale’ of 1826. In a mono-

graph, ‘ Ueber das Molluskengeschlecht Doris,” published in the

‘Nova Acta Nat. Cur.’ in the latter year, Rapp enumerated 27 forms,

among which 6 were new; several of them he figured. Riippell

and Leuckart, two years afterwards, described and figured 12 new

species in the ‘ Atlas zu der Reise im nérdlichen Afrika.” Ehrenberg,

in 1831, described 15 new varieties in his ‘Symbolee Physicee ;’ and

this naturalist enunciated a somewhat elaborate classification, founded

upon differences in the arrangement of the branchial apparatus of

the animals before him. His system has not been found to hold

ood. Inthe following year, Quoy and Gaimard, in the ‘ Voyage

de l’Astrolabe,’ gave drawings and descriptions of 21 species of

Doridide, all but three of which were new. ‘They were chiefly from

the Malayan, Australian, and Pacific Islands. Other naturalists who

have principally increased our knowledge of these Mollusks have

been :—D’Orbigny, to whom we owe 12 or 13; Cantraine, who enu-

198 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

merated 17 (a few of them new) from the Mediterranean ; Philippi,

who recorded 23 from Sicily; Lovén, who found 18 (5 new) on the

Scandinavian shores; Verany, who described 11 new species, and

enumerated 1] others from the Gulf of Genoa, and who afterwards

catalogued 23 from the environs of Nice. Kelaart has described 42

from Ceylon ; Angas, 21 from New South Wales; Alder and Han-

cock, 32 from India and Ceylon; Gould, 9 species from Eastern

North America, and 14 from the Pacific Isles; Pease, 28 from the

same part of the world. Recently Bergh has figured, described, or

named about 32 species of Anthobranchiate Nudibranchiata from

the Philippine archipelago. In addition, De Blainville, Leach, Gray,

Fischer, Mérch, and several other naturalists have more or less

studied the group, and have from time to time added species to the

list. With the exception of Cuvier, Delle Chiaje, Johnston, Alder,

Hancock, Embleton, and Bergh, few observers have examined the

anatomy of this section of the order.

Between the years 1845 and 1855, appeared Alder and Hancock’s

‘Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca.’ This is

by far the most important work that has ever been writien on the

naked-gilled Mollusca. In it 39 species of our native Antho-

branchiata areineluded, and 29 of them minutely described and beauti-

fully figured. Twenty-two were new or but recently described by

the authors ; and, for the first time, something like a philosophical

classification of the Nudibranchiata was proposed. Upon that

arrangement is based, in a great measure, the plan adopted in the

present paper.

The Anthobranchiate naked-gilled Mollusks are found all over

the globe, frequenting, for the most part, rocky shores between

high- and low-water mark. Some, however, have been dredged

from comparatively deep water, or have been found on floating sea-

weed. They appear to be more numerous, larger, and with more

brilliant colours in the warmer seas, especially in those of the eastern

hemisphere. Some of them have a wonderfully wide “habitat.”

In the British Museum there are specimens of the common European

Doris tuberculata, which were obtained from New Zealand and from

Vancouver Island. Lamellidoris bilamellata, also one of the

commonest of North-European Dorididee, is found on both coasts of

North America ; and several other instances might be given. The

Americah forms are, as a rule, few, small, and obscure in colouring.

The small, brightly coloured Chromodorides are all inhabitants of

warm seas; while the Polycerides have principally been discovered

on the colder shores. The Indian and Pacific Oceans seem to be

the head quarters of the remarkable tongueless Doridopsidee ; but

a few have extended so far north as the Mediterranean.

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 199

Order NUDIBRANCHIATA, Cuvier, 1817.

Doris, Miller, 1776.

Dermobranches (Dermobranchiata) a corps nu, Dumeril, 1806.

Les Tritoniens (Tritoniacea), Lamarck, 1819.

Hydrobranches (part of), Lamarck, 1819.

Gymnobranchia, Schweigger, 1820.

Notobranchia (part of), Bronn, 1862.

Opisthobranchiate, hermaphrodite Mollusca, with the branchiz, if

present, more or less exposed on the back or on the sides ; without

shell when adult.

Suborder I. ANTHoBRANCHIATA, Goldfuss, 1820.

Cyclobranches (Cyclobranchiata), De Blainville, 1814.

Pygobranchia, Gray, 1821.

Doridide, Leach, 1820.

Dorides, Férussac, 1821.

Urobranchia, Latreille, 1825.

Doridiea, Menke, 1828.

Deride, D’Orbigny, 1837.

Doridiacea, Philippi, 1853.

Acanthobranchiata, Alder and Hancock, 1855.

The branchiz more or less surrounding the anus upon the medio-

dorsal line.

Fam. I. DORIDIDA, Ald. & Hane. 1855.

Doridini, Ehr. 1831.

Doris bombées et planes, Cantr. 1840.

Dorina, Macgillivray, 1543.

Doridine, Ald. & Hane., 1845.

Doridina, Gray, 1847.

Mantle (notheum) large, without marginal appendages; skin

generally very spiculose ; dorsal tentacles (rviinophora) laminate and

retractile within cavities.

The Dorididz may be classed under two sections or subfamilies :—

§ 1. Those with the oral tentacles free ; and with the odontophore broad and

bearing numerous spines in each transverse row. (PLATYGLOSSz£.)

§ 2. Those with the oral tentacles united into an oral veil; and with the odon-

tophore narrow and strap-shaped, and bearing but few spines in each

transyerse row. (LEPTOGLOSS#).

§ |. PLatyGLosss.

Genus Doris, Linneeus, 1758.

Argus, Bohadsch.

Body depressed, or subconvex; integument spiculose; mantle

often tuberculate, covering the head and the foot ; branchize plumose

or ramose, united at the base, and retractile with the anus intoa

common pallial cavity; mouth inferior, with two distinct oral ten-

200 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

tacles (rarely absent); odontophore broad, with numerous spines in

each transverse row.

The genus is very similarly characterized in the Appendix to

Messrs. Alder and Hancock’s monograph. In the text of that work,

however, ‘“‘ Doris”’ is made to include Doris proper, Lamellidoris,

and Acanthodoris as sections. ‘There can be little doubt that the

internal and external distinctions of the three groups are really sound

generic differences.

The following subdivisions of the restricted genus Doris were pro-

posed by Alder and Hancock ;—

“a. Dorsal tentacles conical ; oral tentacles tubercular ; cloak with hard spicu-

lose tubercles. Lingual spines simple, uniform; no central spine.

Type D. tuberculata, Cuv.

“}. Dorsal tentacles conical; oral tentacles tubercular ; cloak with soft

tubercles. Lingual spines long, linear, obtuse, denticulated ; no central

BPING? aractacecsemttncaes sonornpceearaceeckdssereess Type D. zetlandica, A. & H.

“¢, Dorsal tentacles clavate ; oral tentacles linear; lingual spines of two forms;

MOLCENCC Al SPINO en acaeiien see ecr nm ceemesvencouses Type D. johnstoni, A. & H.

“d. Dorsal tentacles linear; oral tentacles angular, flattened. Lingual spines

denticulated ; a small central spine. Mouth with a spinous collar.

Type D. repanda, A. & H.

“e, Dorsal tentacles conical, partially retractile, and protected by leaf-like ap-

pendages; oral tentacles linear or tubercular; branchize linear, simply

pinnate; cloak with large tubercles. Lingual spines simple, uniform ; no

central spine. Glossodoris, Hhy. ..........00e0eeee0s D. verrucosa, Cuy.

“f. Dorsal tentacles conical; oral tentacles leaf-shaped; branchiz each with

several pinnate rays branching from a foot-stalk; cloak very large, flat

and coriaceous. Lingual spines? dctinodoris, Ehr. D. cruenta, Qu. & G.

‘«g.? With only two tentacles; branchis in front of anus, not surrounding it.

Lingual spines? dctinocyclus, Bhy. .......-....00-00+ A. vetulinus, Bhr.

“h,? Dorsal tentacles truncated ; branchie small; cloak large, carinated on the

back. Lingual spines? Atagema, Gray............. D. carinata, Qu. & G.”

So far as we at present know, perhaps 9 species may be referred to

division a, one to division 6, four to ce, and two tod. Division e

corresponds with the genus “ Doridigitata,’ D’Orbigny, or “ Glosso-

doris,” Gray (non Ehrenberg), and includes four species. The group

J, supposed to be synonymous with “ Actinedoris,” Ehr., can scarcely

be maintained ; for many of the species which have been referred to

it are probably Doridopside, and D. cruenta, which Alder and

Hancock have taken for the type, undoubtedly belongs to the “ As-

teronotus’’ group. Division / contains but one species. This ar-

rangement gives no place to a large number of Dorides which have

the common characters of a depressed coriaceous body, wide and

granular mantle, rhinophores clavate and retractile in denticulate-

edged sheaths, oral tentacles linear or slightly flattened, branchize

six, retractile in a cavity protected by six lobular marginal processes,

lingual spines simple, uniform, none central—and the type of which

is Asteronotus hemprichii, Ehr. After using all the above sections,

we should still have left some 90 species or so, which either do not

fit into any of them, or which have been too scantily characterized

for us to determine their position. A great many of the published

descriptions of these animals are so meagre and superficial, often

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 201

merely the evanescent colours being given, that it is sometimes a

matter of doubt whether they belong to the genus at all. Such

being the case, no accurate synoptical table of the species can be

formed in the present state of our knowledge.

List of Species’.

1. Dorts HEMPRICHII.

Asteronotus hemprichii, Ehrenberg, Symb. Phys., An. evert.

excl. insect. (1831).

Hab. Red Sea (Massowah).

2. D. crventa, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. de l’Astrol. Zool. ii.

p- 260, pl. 18. f. 5-7 (1832).

Actinodoris cruenta, Gray.

Doris (Argus) cruenta, Morch.

Hab. New Guinea.

3. D. CRUENTATA.

Asteronotus cruenta, “Alder, MS.,” Gray, Fig. Moll. An. iv.

t. 226. f. 2 (1850).

Hab. Torres Straits.

4. D. ANGUSTIPES.

Doris (Argus) angustipes, Mérch, Journ. de Conchyl. 3° ser. iii.

p- 32 (1863).

Hab. St. Thomas.

5. D. souea, Cuvier, Ann. du Mus. iv. p. 465, pl. 74. f. 1, 2

(1804).

Doris semelle, De Blainville.

Hab. Mauritius.

6. D. scasra, Cuv. 1. c. p. 466.

Actinodoris scabra, Gray.

Hab. Timor, Tonga, New Guinea.

7. D. rorsteri, De Blainv. Bull. Sc. Soc. Phil. année 1816,

p- 94.

Hab. Atlantic.

. 8. D. puncrata, Quoy & Gaim. l. c. p. 262, pl. 18. f. 3-10.

Actinodoris punctata, Gray.

Hab. New Zealand.

1 I commenced by placing the species next to each other according to

their affinities ; but for reasons just alluded to, this cannot always be done ;

hence, except in some cases, it does not follow in this and in the following

lists, that the forms arranged close together are always those most nearly re-

sembling one another.

202 MR. P. S, ABRAHAM ON THE { Mar. 6,

9. Doris PUNCTIFERA.

Doris punctata, D’Orbigny, Hist. Nat. des iles Canar. ii. Mol-

lusques, p. 38, pl. 4. f. 1-5 (1857).

Doris orbignyi, H. and A. Adams.

Hab. Teneriffe.

10. D. puncruoxata, D’Orb. Voy. dans Amér. mérid. v. p.

187, pl. 16. f. 4-6 (1836).

Hab. Valparaiso.

11. D. canarrensis, id. Hist. Nat. tles Can. ii. p. 39.

Hab. Teneriffe.

12. D. rormosa, Alder and Hancock, Trans. Zool. Soc. v. p.

116, pl. 29. f. 1-3 (1864).

Hab. Madras coast.

13. D. exxioTt, id. J. e. p. 116, pl. 28. f. 1, 2.

Hab. Coromandel coast.

14. D. srriata, Kelaart, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. iii.

p- 203 (1859).

Hab. Madras, Ceylon.

15. D. rockyerana, id. Ann. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. iv. p. 268 (1859).

Hab. Ceylon.

16. D. parvauis, Ald. and Hance. J. c. p. 117, pl. 28. f. 3.

Hab. Madras.

17. D. concinna, Ald. and Hane. J. ¢. p. 118, pl. 28. f. 4-6.

Hab. Madras.

18. D.sprracutata, Gould, U.S. Expl. Exp. ‘ Moll. &e.” p. 300,

pl. 23. f. 395 (1852).

Actinodoris spiraculata, H. and A. Adams.

Hab. Feejee Islands.

19. D. arco, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. 12thed. p. 1083 (1767).

Argus, Bohadsch, 1761; Doris rubra, Risso ; Doris argus, Rapp.

Hab. Mediterranean.

20. D. peruviana, D’Orb. 1. c. p. 188, pl. 15. f. 7-9.

Doriopsis peruviana, Bergh.

Hab. Lima.

21. D. macuxosa, Cuv. J. c. p. 466.

Actinodoris maculosa, Gray.

Hab. Australia; Vanikoro.

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 203

22. Doris cmixstis, Kel. Ann. Nat.. ist. 3rd ser. iii. p. 293

(1859).

‘<P

Hab. Ceylon.

23. D. sanGUINEA.

Doris (Asteronotus) sanguinea, Cooper, Proc. Cal. Ac. Nat. Sc.

. p- 204 (1862).

Hab. W. North America (Sandiego Bay).

24. D. ALABASTRINA.

Doris ( Asteronotus ?) alabastrina, id. 1. ec. p. 204.

Hab. W. North America (Sandiego Bay).

25. D. cortacea, sp. nov. (Plate XXVII. figs. 1-4.)

Hab. Seychelles ; Sir. C. Hardy’s Isles ; S. Africa.

26. D. rasuata, sp. nov. (Plate XXVII. fig. 9.)

Hab. 4

27. D. 1nFRAMACULATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXVII. figs. 5-7.)

Hab. Amboina.

28. D. inrrana&vaTA, sp. nov. (Plate XXVII. fig. 8.)

Hab. Mediterranean.

29. D. wepatica, sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 9.)

Hab. Ricinola.

30. D. manrixa, Bergh (in sched.}. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 1-4.)

Hab. Seychelles, Samoa.

31. Doris arroGans, Bergh, figured in Semper’s Reise im

Arch. phil. Bd. ii. Heft 9, t. 41. f. 2 (1875).

Hab. Philippine seas.

32. D. susrumipa, sp. nov. (Plate XXVII. figs. 10, 11.)

Hab. Mediterranean.

33. D. speciosa, sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 10, 11.)

Hab. Amboina.

34. D. consranttA, Kel. 7. c. p. 298.

Hab. Ceylon.

35. D. viperina, id. J. c. p. 299.

Hab. Ceylon.

36. D. srraGuLaTa, sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 7, 8.)

Hab. 2

37. D. ruBercuxata, Cuv. lc. p. 469, pl. 74. f. 5.

Doris argo, Pennant ; Doris britannica, Leach ; Doris montagut,

204 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE | Mar. 6,

Leach; D. pseudo-argus, Rapp ; Doris argus, Stark ; Doris mera,

Ald. & Hane. ; Dendrodoris tuberculata, Gray ; Actinocyclus tuber-

culatus, H. & A. Adams.

Hab. Northern European coasts ; Western North America (Vic-

toria) ; New Zealand.

38. Doris rLavipes, Leuckart, Brev. An. quor. Descr. p.14(1828).

Hab. Mediterranean.

39. D. MoNTEREYENSIS, Cooper, l. c. p. 205.

Hab. Californian coast.

40. D. ronrarnu, D’Orb. J. c. p. 189, pl. 15. f. 1-3.

Doriopsis fontainii, Bergh.

Hab. Chilian coast.

41. D. rtamuea, Ald. & Hance. Mon. Br. Nud. Moll. p. 41, and

pt. i. fam. 1, pl. 4 (1844).

Doris argus, Forbes; ? Deris rubra, Risso; ? Doris argus, Bou-

chard-Chanterenx.

Hab. British and ? French coasts.

42. D. crucis.

Doris ( Dendrodoris) crucis, ‘‘Oersted in sched.,’’ Morch, /.c. p. 33.

Hab. St. Thomas ; Santa Cruz.

43. D. cryprosromata, Morch.

Doris tuberculata, “Cuv.,” Andou in Savigny’s Deser. de l Egypte

(1809).

Hab. Egypt.

44. D. vesrira, sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 5, 6.)

Hab. Straits of Magellan.

45. D. murrea, sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 12-14.)

Hab. Mauritius.

46. D. zeruanpica, Ald. & Hane. J. ¢. p. 42, and Append. p. i.

(1855).

Hab. Shetland Isles ; Norway.

47. D. mr~yeGRana, id. /. ec. p. 41, and Append. p. i.

Hab. South coast of England; St. Vincent.

48. D. sounsront, id.

Doris obvelata, Johust. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. i. p. 52 (1838).

Hab. British Isles.

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 205

49. Doris coccinea, ‘“ Montagu, MS.,’’ Forbes, Rep. Moll. and

Rad. of Aigean Sea, in Brit.-Assoc. Rep. for 1843, p. 133.

Doris rubra, D’Orb.

Hab. South coast of England; France; Aigean Sea.

50. D. resruprnaris, Risso, Journ. de Phys. Ixxxvii. p. 370

(1818).

Doris planata, Ald. & Hane.

Hab. Mediterranean and N. Europe.

51. D. GRANULOSA, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 1-3.)

Hab. New Zealand.

52. D. toneuua, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 4, 5.)

Hab. New Zealand.

53. D. repanpa, Ald. & Hance. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. p.

32 (1842); figured, Monograph &c. Fam. 1, pl. 6.

Doris levis, Fleming ; Doris obvelata, Lov.; Doris planulata,

Stimpson ; ? Doris levis, Linneeus; ? Doris bilamellata, Gravenhorst ;

? Doris marginata, Montagu.

Hab. N. Europe ; Eastern N. America (Grand Manan).

54. D. Guasra, Friele & Hansen, Bidr. til Kundsk. om de Norske

Noudibr. p. 2 (1875).

Hab. Norway.

55. D. Rarrpriosa, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 29, 30.)

Hab. ?

56. D. muscuna, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 6, 7.)

Hab. New Zealand.

57. D. ANALAMPULLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 8-10.)

Hab. Australia.

58. D. cucuuuata, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 1], 12.)

Hab. ——?

59. D. LABIFERA, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 13, 14.)

Hab. Seychelle Islands.

- 60. D. tanvernara, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 15-17.)

Hab. New Zealand.

61. D. coxzarata, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 25, 26.)

Hab. Port Essington. ‘

62. D. pusrunaTa, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 18, 19.)

Hab. Australia.

206 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [Mar. 6,

63. Doris pusruxosa, Cantraine, Malac. Méd. et lit. p. 60, pl. A.

f. 5 (1840).

Hab. Mediterranean Sea (Naples).

64. D. sorp1pA, Riippell & Leuckart, Atl. zu der Reise im nordl.

Afrika, N. wirb. Th. des roth. Meers, p. 34, t. 10. f. 3 (1828).

Hab. Red Sea (Massowah).

65. D. SORDIDATA.

Doris sordida’, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. de lAstr. Zool. ii. p. 266,

pl. 19. figs. 12, 13 (1832).

Hab. Mauritius.

66. D. scuemBru, Verany, Cat. d. An. d. g. d. Genov. &c. pp.

17 & 21 (1846).

Hab. Gulf of Genoa; Nice.

67. D. porri, Ver. J.c. pp. 17 & 22.

Hab. Gulf of Genoa ; Nice.

68. D. vintosa, Ald. & Hane. Trans. Zool. Soc. v. p. 119, pl.

33. f. 1 (1866).

Hab. Coast of Madras.

69. D. excavaTa, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 26.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

70. D. ecurnata, id. J. c. p. 27.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

71. D. scapriuscuna, id. U.c. p. 27.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

72. D. prxosa, id. J. c. p. 27.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

73. D. GRANDIFLORIGER.

D. grandifiora, Pease, l.e. p. 30.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

74. D. serosa, Pease, J. c. p. 26.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

75. D. vENoSA, Quoy & Gaim. J. c. p. 274, pl. 20. figs. 15, 16.

Hab. Flacq.

76. D. AREOLIGERA.

D. areolata’, Ald. & Hane. J. ¢. p. 119, pl. 30. figs. 1 & 3.

Hab. Coast of Madras.

1 It is doubtful whether this be not the same as Riippell & Leuckart’s

Pe Aocomiine to Alder and Hancock, this resembles D. spongiosa, Kel. The

name was previously employed by Stimpson.

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 207

77. Doris rusticata, Ald. & Hane. /. ¢. p. 120, pl. 30. figs. 4, 5.

Hab. Coast of Madras.

78. D.casranea, Kelaart, Ann. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser.iii. p.303(1859)

Hab. Ceylon and coast of Madras.

79. D. nrvea, Kel. J. ec. p. 296 (1859),

Hab. Coast of Ceylon.

80. D. marmorata, id. J. ce. p. 296.

Hab. Coast of Ceylon.

81. D. vermicetut, Gould, Unit.-St. Expl. Exp. xii. p. 293, pl.

22. fig. 387 (1852).

Hab. Valparaiso.

82. D. tureora, “ Couthouy, MS.,” Gould, J. ¢. p. 295, pl. 22.

fig. 389.

Hat. Eastern N. America (Burnt Island, Orange Harbour).

83. D. pLumutara, “ Couthouy, MS.,” Gould, /. c. p. 294, pl. 22.

fig. 338.

Hab. E. coast of N. America (Orange Harbour).

84. D. varioxata, D’Orb. Voy. d. l’Am. Mér. v. p. 186, pl. 16.

figs. 1-3 (1836).

Hab. Valparaiso.

85. D. curvensis, id. U. ¢. p.

Hab. Valparaiso.

86. D. HumBertI, Kel. /. c. vol. iv. p. 268 (1859).

Hab. Ceylon.

87. D. rericutata, “Schultz,” Philippi, En. Moll. Sic. i. p. 105

(1836).

Hab. Sicily.

88. D. perecuisxis, Gould, /. c. p. 296, pl. 22. f. 395.

Hab. Honolulu.

89. D. parriiiosa, Kel. 1. ¢. ili. p. 297.

Hab. Ceylon.

90. D. ruropuncrata, id. J. ¢. p. 297.

Hab. Ceylon.

91. D. osstosa, id. 7. ¢. p, 298.

Hab. Ceylon and Madras coast.

208 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

92. Doris TRISTIS, Ald. & Hane. l. ec. p. 121, pl. 30. f. 6, 7.

Hab. Coast of Madras.

93. D. exantHemarta, Kel. /. c. p. 300.

Hab. Ceylon.

94. D. vartasittis, id. J. c. p. 300.

Hab. Ceylon.

95. D. teoparnt, id. J. c. p. 294.

Hab. Ceylon.

96. D. SUBLUTEA.

D. luteola, id. 1. ¢. p. 299.

Hab, Ceylon.

97. D. rnrectTa, id. J. c. p. 302.

Hab. Ceylon.

98. D. corrueata, id. J. c. p. 303.

Hab. Ceylon.

99. D. sexxicosa, id. l. c. p. 303.

Hab. Ceylon.

100. D. preva, id. /. ¢. p. 303.

Hab. Ceylon.

101. D. rracruis, Ald. & Hane. f. c. np. 118, pl. 28. f. 7, 8.

Hab. Madras coast.

102. D. ranvernosa, Kel. J. c. p- 302.

Hab. Ceylon.

103. D. runesris, Kel. 7. c. p. 293, and Ald. & Hane. J. e.

pl. 30. f. 9, 10.

Hab. Ceylon and Coromandel coast.

104. D. marmorata, Risso, Journ. de Phys. Ixxxvii. p. 369

(1818).

Hab. Mediterranean (Nice).

105. D. tures, id. l.c. p. 369.

Hab. Mediterranean (Nice).

106. D. riss#, Verany, 7. c. pp. 16 & 21 (1846).

Hab. Gulf of Genoa; near Nice.

107. D. stsmonp4&, id. /. ec. pp. 16 & 21.

Hab. Gulf of Genoa ; near Nice.

rn *

1877.| ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 209

_ 108. Doris nisprpa, D’ Orb. J. c. p. 188, pl. 15. f. 4-6.

Hab. Valparaiso.

109. D. romentosa, Cuv. /. c. p. 470.

Hab. Valparaiso.

110. D. ToMENTIFERA.

D. tomentosa, Philippi, En. Moll. Sic. i. p. 104 (1836), ii. t. 19.

Haé. Mediterranean.

111. D. arsopuncrata, Cooper, /. ¢. ili. p. 58 (1863).

Hab. Mediterranean.

112. D. panruertna, Angas, Journ. de Conch. xi. p. 47, pl. 4.

f. 5 (1864).

Hab. New South Wales.

113. D. varia.

D. variabilis, id. l.c. p. 44, pl. 4. f. 1.

Hab. New South Wales, Port Jackson.

114, D. arsurus, id. J. c. p. 47, pl. 4. f. 4.

Hab. New South Wales.

115. D. aspersa, Gould, /. c. p. 304, pl. 25. f. 399.

Hab. Paumotu Islands.

116. D. smaraepina, id. J. c. p. 296, pl. 22. f. 390.

Hab. Paumotu Islands.

117. D. scamexrziana, Garrett ; Bergh, Journ. des Mus. Godeff.

Heft viii. p. 96, t. 8. f. 34-37.

Hab. Paumotu Islands.

118. D. vittosa, Pease, Am. Journ. Conch. vii. p. 11, pl. 3. f. 1

(1872).

Hab. Wuaheine.

119. D. crnerosa, id. l. c. p. 13, pl. 5. f. 1.

Hab. Huaheine.

120. D. nusitosa, id. 7. c. p. 13, pl. 6. f. 1.

Hab. Huaheine.

121. D. prunnea, Bergh, figured in Semper’s Reise im Arch.

philipp. Bd. ii. Heft ix. Taf. 41. f. 4 (1875).

Hab. Philippine sea (?).

122. D. carina.

D. carinata, Ald. & Hance. 1. c. p. 122, pl. 29. f. 5, 6.

Hab. Coast of Madras.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. XIV. 14

210 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

123. Doris GrsBerosa, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. of Nat. Se. Philad.

1855, p. 379:

Hab. China.

124. D. orrvacea, id. J. c. p. 380.

Hab. Loo Choo.

125. D. rocersn, id. 7. c. p. 380.

Hab. Kikaisima.

126. D. arroxata, id. J. c. p. 380.

Hab. Boninsima.

127. D. 1npuratTaA, id. J. ¢. p. 380.

Hab. China.

128. D. waTens, id. J. c. p. 380.

Hab. Loo Choo.

129. D. aprcunata, Ald. & Hane. J. c. p. 122, pl. 30. f. 8.

Hab. Coast of Madras.

130. D. uncu, “ Alder, MSS.,”’ Gray, Fig. Moll. An. iv. p. 103,

ede, Ue

Hab. Torres Straits.

131. D. verrucosa, Cuv. 1. c. p. 467, pl. 75. f. 4-7.

Doridigitata verrucosa, D’Orb.; Glossodoris verrucosa, Gray.

Hab. Mauritius ; the Mediterranean.

132. D. BERTHELOTI.

Doridigitata bertheloti, D’Orb. Hist. Nat. des iles Canar. ii.

Moll.” p. 40, pl. 4. f. 5-8 (1837) ; Glossodoris bertheloti, Gray.

Hab. Canary Islands.

133. D. D’oRBIGNYI.

Glossodoris d’orbignyi, “‘D’Orb.” Gray, l. c. p. 102, t. 216. f. 2

(1850).

Hab. Canary Islands.

134. D. piscavensis, Fischer, Journ. de Conch. xx. p. 6 (1872).

Hab. Coast of France (Gironde).

135. D. seposita, id. /.c. p. 8.

Hab. Coast of France (Gironde).

1877.| | ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 211

136. Dorts cartnata, Quoy & Gaim. l. c. p. 254, pl. 16. f. 10-14.

Atagema carinata, Gray.

Hab. New Zealand.

137. D. pR&TENERA, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 10-12.)

Hab. New South Wales.

138. D. MoLurpustuLATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 13, 14.)

Hab. ?

139. D. pecuttaris, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 15-17.)

Hab. South Australia (Port Lincoln).

140. D. artponensis, Kel. J. c. p. 268.

Hab. Ceylon.

141. D. pexiucrpa, Risso, Hist. Nat. de l’Eur. Mér. iv. p. 33

(1826).

Hab. Mediterranean.

142. D. eurrara’, id. l. c. p. 33.

’ Hab. Mediterranean.

143. D. Granpirtora, Rapp, J. c. p. 520, pl. 27. f. 5.

Dendrodoris grandiflora, Gray; Actinocyclus grandiflora, Adams.

Hab. Mediterranean.

144. D. sericera, Rapp, l. c. p. 521, pl. 26. f. 8.

D. rappii, Cantr.; Dendrodoris setigera, Gray.

Actinocyclus setiger, Adams.

Hab. Mediterranean.

145. D. rumata, Riipp. & Leuck. J. ¢. p. 29, t. 8. f. 2.

Hab. Red Sea.

146. D. “areus, n. sp.,” Mérch, Vid. Medd. for 1871, p. 25.

Hab. Danish Seas.

147. D. papriiata, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 30.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

148. D. nucieona, id. J. ¢. p. 29.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

149. D.? weLLINGTONENsIs, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 27, 28.)

ITab. New Zealand.

150. D ? pexicata, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 20-22.)

Hab. Chilian coast (Chiloe).

1 Philippi considers that this and the ensuing two species may be varieties

of D. Rae in which case they must be Doridopside.

14*

212 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [Mar. 6,

151. Doris? cerEBRALtis, Gould, l. c. p. 298, pl. 23. f. 393.

Hab. Feejee Islands.

152. D.? trvactna, id. /.c. p. 297, pl. 22. f. 392.

Hab. Honolulu, Oahu.

153. D? curysoperma, Angas, /. c. xii. p. 46, pl. 4. f. 3.

Hab. Port Jackson.

154. D.? ornarta.

1), (Dendrodoris) ornata, Ehr. 1. ce.

Hab. Red Sea.

155. D.? FRAGILIs.

Actinocyclus (°) fragilis, id. 7. e.

Hab. Red Sea.

156. D.? eRINACcEA.

Goniodoris erinaceus, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. xii. p. 57, pl. 5.

f. 5 (1864) ; Chromodoris erinaceus, Bgh.

Hab. Port Jackson.

157. D.? RETICULOSA.

Goniobranchus reticulata, Pease, Am. Journ. Conch. ii. p. 205,

pl. 14. f. 1 (1866).

Hab. Pacific Islands.

Genus ANGASIELLA, Crosse, 1864.

‘«* Body elongate, rounded in front, attenuated and produced into

a point behind ; mantle everywhere covering the head and the foot ;

dorsal tentacles 2; subclavate ; branchize plumose, few, and placed

before the anus, a little behind the middle of the back.” (Crosse.)

As M. Crosse has told us nothing about the retractility of the

branchize or the condition of the oral tentacles, odontophore &c.,

we cannot be certain of the position of this genus.

1. AnGasteLLa Epwarpst, Crosse, Journ. de Conchyl. xii. p. 49,

pl. 4. f. 9.

Hab. Port Jackson.

Genus Kentrovoris, Bergh, 1876.

‘Mantle broad, soft, with the upper side everywhere minutely

granular ; rhinophores retractile; tentacles conical; branchise re-

tractile, the plumes tripinnate ; podarium broad, the margin in front

deeply grooved, with the upper lip veliform and deeply emarginate ;

rounded behind ; no buccal armature ; no median tooth, the lateral

ones uncinate. Penis armed with-a spine.” (Bergh.)

1. K. ruBescens, Bgh. ; Semper, Reise in Arch. 2“ Bd. Heft x.

1876, p. 413, T. 33. f. 8, T. 49. f. 14-19, T. 50. f. 1-8.

ITab. Mare Palaense (Aibukit).

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 213

2. Krenrroporis Gieas, Bgh. 7. c. p. 419, T. 50. f. 9-23, T. 51.

fel 5.

Hab. Philippine sea.

3. K. anNULIGERA, Bgh. J. e. Pp. 4287 TI4 1) fe Tsgee2 1 6.

Hab. Philippine sea.

Genus Curomoporis, Ald. & Hane. 1855.

Doriprismatica, O’Orbigny, 1837 (part of).

Goniodoris, Gray, 1850 (part of ).

Goniobranchus, Pease, 1866.

Hemidoris’, Stimpson, 1855.

Body elongate, subquadrate ; mantle narrow, covering the head,

but not the extremity of the foot; generally smooth, and marked

with bright colours in stripes or spots ; oral tentacles conical or

tubercular. Branchize linear, usually pinnate, retractile ina common

cavity. Odontophore broad, with numerous transverse rows of

many close-set plates, each bearing two large spines, one in front of

the other, the posterior one bearing denticulations ; no central plate ;

a buccal collar, formed of two broad plates, bearing close minute

bifid spines.

List of Species’.

1. C. zesrina, Ald. & Hane. Trans. Zool. Soe. y. p. 123, pl. 29.

f. 7 (1861).

Hab. Coast of Madras.

QO: ELISABETHINA, Bergh, Journ. des Mus. Godeff. Heft viii.

p- 73 (1875), and in Semper’s Riese im Arch. phil. Bad. ii. Heft

x. T. 21. f. 6-15, & T. 53. ¢. 58.

Hab. Philippine seas.

3. C. anna, Bgh. J. e. Pp. 73; fig. Semper, U. ¢. T. 51. £. 22, 23.

Hab. Philippine seas.

4. C. striate, id. /. e. Pp. 73; fig. Semper, Z. ¢. T. 51. f. 24, 25.

Hab. Philippine seas.

5. C. GLortosa, id. J. c. Heft vi. T. 1. f. 6-9 (1874).

Hab. Tabiti.

6. C. scurra, id. J. c. Heft vi. T. 1. £. 10-13; fig. Semper, /. c.

Peale, 26231.

Hab. Tahiti.

7. C. usrrio, id. J. c. Heft wii, p. 73,

Hab. Pacific Ocean.

_ 8. C. tuxuriosa, id. J. ¢. p. 7d.

fab. Pacific Ocean.

* The only characters given are “mantle adnate behind ; the rest as in Doris,”

The description of the typical species, H, ceruleata, would apply to a Chroino-

doris.

* In a recent list by M. Bergh, 73 forms are included,

214 MR. P.S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

9. CuromoporRIs Lemniscata, Beh.

D. lemniscata, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. de l’Astr. Zool. ii. p. 268,

pl. 19. f. 8, 11 (1832).-

Goniodoris lemniscata, Gray ; Doriprismatica lemniscata, H. & A.

Adams.

Hab. Mauritius.

10. C. LinEATA.

D. lineata, Souleyet, Voy. de la Bonite, Zool. ii. p. 453, pl. 25.

f. 5-9 (1852); Goniodoris lineata, Gray.

Doriprismatica lineata, Adams.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

11. C. maenirica, Bergh.

D. magnifica, Quoy & Gaim. /. e. p. 270, pl. 28. f. 1-4.

Goniodoris magnifica, Gray *.

Doriprismatica magnifica, Adams.

Hab. New Guinea.

12. C. warret, Bgh.

Goniodoris whitei, Adams & Reeve, Zool. of Samarang, Moll.

p. 68, pl. 19. f. 6 (1848).

Doriprismatica white, H. & A. Adams.

Hab. China seas.

13. C. vicrurata, Bgh.

Goniodoris picturata, Mirch, Journ. de Conch. xi. p. 35 (1863).

Hab. St. Thomas.

14. C. rriineata, Beh.

G. trilineata, Ad. & Reeve, l.c. p. 68, pl. 17. f. 4, 4 a.

D. trilineata, H. & A. Adams.

Hab. China seas.

15. C. auapricotor, Bgh.

D. quadricolor, Riipp. & Leuck. 7. e. p. 31, t. ix. f. 2.

Hab. Red Sea.

16. C. vittaFranca, Bgh.

D. villafranca, Risso, Journ. de Phys. Ixxxvii. p. 470 (1818).

D. pulcherrima, Cantraine; D. villafranca, Philippi; Doripris-

matica villafranca, D’Orb.; Goniodoris villafranea and Goniodoris

pulcherrima, Gray.

Hab. Mediterranean.

17. C. eractuis, Bgh.

D. gracilis, Delle Chiaje, Mem. sulla Storia &c., ed. 2, p. 76, tav.

M04. fee eae.

Hab. Mediterranean.

1In M. EB. Gray’s ‘ Figures,’ t. 67. 7.17, is given a drawing of a Chromodoris,

called “ D. magnifica, Banks, Icon, Ined. 25; Eudeayour River,” which may he

the same animal.

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 215

18. CuRomoporis caru eA, Bgh.

D. cerulea, Risso, l. c. p. 370.

D. gracilis, Rapp ; D. tricolor, Cantr. ; Gon. cerulea, Gray; Dorip.

cerulea, H. & A. Adams.

Hab. Mediterranean.

19. C. pecora, Pease.

D. decora, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 29.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

20. C. marcinata, Pease.

D. marginata, Pease, 1. e. p- 30.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

21. C. yinEoxara, Beh.

D. lineolata, Van Hass. Bull. Sc. Nat. iii. p. 238 (1824).

Hab. Java.

22. C. ata, Beh.

D. alba, Van Hass. 1. c. p. 238.

Hab. Indian Ocean.

23. C. porsauis, Bgh.

D. dorsalis, Gould, Un.-St. Expl. Exp., Moll. &c. p. 304, pl. 25.

f. 400 (1852).

Doripr. dorsalis, H. & A. Ad.

Hab. Society Islands (Eimeo).

24. C. ruminara, Bgh. 1. ce. p. 75; figured in Semper, J. c. T. 51.

f. 32, 33, and T. 53. f. 5-12.

Hab. Philippine Islands.

25. C. seMPERI, id. J. ¢. p. 75; figured in Semper, J. c. T. 51.

CBE Ee, Sd Se es ae ae AL aR i oa ES

Hab. Philippine Islands.

26. C. raupera, id. /.c. p. 75; figured in Semper, J. c. T. 53.

f. 15-27.

Hab. Philippine Islands.

27. C. vireinea, id. 1. e. Bp. Jae

Hab. Philippine Islands.

28. C. aAuBEscens, id. J. ¢. p. 75.

D. albescens, “Schultz,” Phil. En. Moll. Sic. i. p. 105 (1836), and

figured ii. t. 19. f. 7; Gon. albescens, Gray ; Doriprism. albescens,

H.& A. Ad. >

Hab. Mediterranean (Sicily).

216 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [Mar. 6,

29. CHRroMopDoRIS OBSOLETA, Bgh.

D. obsoleta, Riipp. & Leuck. J. c. p. 31, t. 9. f. 3.

Goniodoris obsoleta, Gray ; Doriprismatica obsoleta, H. & A. Ad.

Hab. Red Sea (Tor).

30. C. rrncroris, Bgh.

D. tinetoria, Riipp. & Leuck. 1. ce. p. 32, t. 9. f. 4.

Gon. tinctoria, Gray ; Doripr. tinctoria, H. & A. Ad.

Hab. Red Sea (Tor).

31. C. putcHELLA, Bgh.

D. pulchella, Riipp. & Leuck. 1. ¢. p. 32, t. 9. f. 5.

Gon. pulchella, Gray ; Doripr. pulehella, H.& A. Ad.

Hab. Red Sea (Tor).

32. C. patiipa, Bgh.

D. pallida, Riipp. & Leuck. 1. e. p. 33, t. 10. f. 1.

Gon. pallida, Gray ; Doripr. pallida, H. & A. Ad.

Hab. Red Sea (Tor).

33. C. variecata, Pease, Am. Journ. Conch. vil. p. 15, pl. 7.

f. 1 (1871).

Hab. Tahiti.

34. C. TRIoni, Bgh.

Goniodoris trioni, Garrett, Proc. Ac. Nat. Hist. Phil. p. 232, pl.

4 (1873).

Hab. Society Isles.

35. C. pusruuans, Bgh. lJ. e. p. 75.

Hab. Philippine seas.

36. C. ruromacuatTa, Pease, /. c. p. 17, pl. 8. f. 1.

Hab. Huaheine.

37. C. ELEGANTULA, Bgh.

D. elegantula, Phil. En. Moll. Sic. ii. p. 80, t. 19. f. 8 (1844).

Gon. elegantula, Gray ; Doripr. elegantula, H. & A. Ad.

Hab. Mediterranean (Sicily).

38. C. scaccui, Bgh.

D. scacchi, Delle Chiaje, 1. c. T. 104. f. 13, 14, 15.

Hab. Mediterranean.

39. C. stmpiex, Pease, J. c. p. 17, pl. 8. f. 2.

Hab. Maiao.

40. C. anpomacu.ata, Bgh.

Goniobranchus albomaeulatus, Pease, /. c. il. p. 204 (1866), & Am.

J. Conch. vi. pl. 20. f. 2.

Hab. Pacific islands.

1877.] | ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 217

41. CHRomoporis ALBonorata, Bgh. /.¢. p. 76.

Hab. Pacific Ocean.

42. C. 1nornara, Pease, J. ¢. vii. p- 18, pl. 8. f. 3 (1871).

Hab. Huaheine.

43. C. LeNTIGINOSA, Pease, J. ¢. p- 18, pl. 9. f. 1.

Hab. Pacific (Huaheine).

44. C. vartans, Pease, l. c. Be 19. (pl.'9; fe

Hab. Pacific (Huaheine, Maiao).

45. C. putcura, Bgh.

D. pulchra, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 247.

Goniobranchus pulchra, id.

Hab. Pacific Islands.

46. C. visrata, Bgh.

D. vibrata, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 28.

Goniobranchus vibrata, id.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

47. C. propinauara, Bgh.

D. propinquata, Pease, 1. c. p. 28.

Goniobranchus propinquata, id.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

48. C. prcra, Bgh.

D. picta, Pease, 7. ec. p. 29.

Goniobranchus picta, id.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

49. C. purpurga, Beh.

D. purpurea, “ Risso,” ! Guérin, Mag. de Zool. 1" année, ‘ Moll.”

p. 17, pl. 17. f. 1-4 (1881).

Goniodoris purpurea, Gray ; Doriprismatica purpurea, H. & A. Ad.

Hab. Mediterranean (Villafranca).

50. C. BenNert, Beh.

Goniodoris bennetti, Angas, Z. c. p. 51, pl. 4. f. 10.

Hab. New South Wales (Port Jackson).

51. C. rorine1, Beh.

Goniodoris loringi, Angas, 1. ¢. p. 52, pl. 42783 14

Hab. Port Jackson.

52. C. Mariel, Bgh.

Goniodoris mariei, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. XX. pp. 77 & 153,

Be 7-8. 5 (1872).

Hab. New Caledonia, Noumea.

" Called “ D. purpurea, Laurillard,” on the plate.

°218 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

53. CHROMODORIS SPLENDIDA, Bgh.

Goniodoris splendida, Angas, 1. c. p. 55, pl. 5. f. 2.

Hab. Port Jackson.

54. C. papune, Bgh.

Goniodoris daphne, Angas, J. c. p. 54, pl. 5. f. 3.

Hab. New South Wales (Wooloomooloo Bay).

55. C. Festiva, Bgh.

Goniodoris festiva, Angas, 1. c. p. 53, pl. 4. f. 12.

Hab. New South Wales (Vaucluse Bay).

56. C. MONTROUZIERI.

Goniodoris montrouziert, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 3rd ser. xv.

p. 311, pl. 12. f. 4 (1876).

Hab. Noumea, New Caledonia.

57. C. VERRIERI.

Goniodoris verrieri, id. 1. c. p. 313, pl. 12. f. 5.

Hab. Noumea, New Caledonia.

58. C. LAMBERTI.

Goniodoris lamberti, id. 1. c. p. 314, pl. 12. f. 6.

Hab. Noumea, New Caledonia.

59. C. PETITI.

Goniodoris petiti, id. l. c. p. 315, pl. 12. f. 7.

Hab. Noumea, New Caledonia.

60. C. SOUVERBIEI.

Goniodoris souverbiei, id. 1. c. p. 316, pl. 12, f. 8.

Hab. Noumea, New Caledonia.

61. C. aLBopustrutosa, Bgh.

Doris albopustulosa, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 30.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

62. C. patLens, Bgh.'

Doris pallens, Rapp, J. c. p. 522, t. 27. f. 9.

Hab. Mediterranean.

63. C. crosse1, Bgh.

Goniodoris crossei, Angas, l. c. p. 54, pl. 5. f. 1.

Hab. Port Jackson.

64. C.? pustuya, Bgh. J. c. Heft vi. t. i. f. 19, 20 (1874).

Hab. Pacific Ocean.

' Very scantily characterized by Rapp; Philippi thinks it possible that this

and D. elegantula are varieties of the same species.

1877.] | ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 219

65. Curomoporis? puncrutirera, Bgh.

Doris? punctulifera, id. l. c. Heft vi. t. 1. f. 19, 20.

Hab. Pacific Ocean.

66. C. scHULTZIANA.

D. elegans, Cantr. Bull. ii. p. 383 (1835).

D. picta, “Schultz,” Philippi; D. schultziana, Delle Chiaje ;

Goniodoris picta, Gray ; Doriprismatica picta, H. & A. Ad.; G.

elegans, Fischer.

Chromodoris? elegans, Bgh.

Chr.” picta, Bgh.

Hab. Mediterranean, coast of France.

67. C. NARDI.

C.? nardii, Bgh.

D. nardii, Verany, Cat. an. inv. Golfo Genova, &. pp. 16 & 20

(1846).

Hab. Gulf of Genoa; Nice.

68. C. INFUCATA.

C.? infucata, Bgh.

D. infucata, Riipp. & Leuck. J. c. p. 34, t. 10. f. 3.

Goniodoris infucata, Gray ; Doriprismatica infucata, H. & A. Ad.

? D. marmorata, Audouin (sec. Riipp. & Leuck.).

Hab. Red Sea (Tor).

69. C. ELEGANS.

C.? elegans, Bgh.

D. elegans, Qu. & Gaim. J. ec. p. 273, pl. 20. f. 12-14.

Goniodoris elegans, Gray ; Doriprismatica elegans, H. & A. Ad.

Hab. Friendly Islands (Tongataboo).

70. C.? crrrina, Bgh. J. c. Heft vi. t. 1. f. 14-17 (1874).

Hab. Pacific Ocean.

71. C. patLescens, Bgh.’ /. c. Heft viii. p. 81, t. 7. f. 4-4, &

. 9. f. 11-18.

Hab. Tahiti.

72. O.? sUBPULCHELLA.

C.? pulchella, Bgh.*, Semper’s Reise im Arch. der phil. 2te Th.

2te Bd. Heft v. t. 25. f. 11 (1873).

Hab. Philippine seas.

Cad

73. C. LuTEO-RosA, Bgh.’

D. luteo-rosa, Rapp, 1. c. p. 521, pl. 26. f. 6, 7.

Hab. Mediterranean.

1 Not included in his list of Ohromodorides.

* No description ; the retractility of the branchiz and rhinophores is not

well shown in the figure. Bergh does not include it in his list of Chromodorides.

3 The foot is described as smaller than the mantle, and Cantraine considers

the animal near D. guttata, Risso.

220 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

74. CHROMODORIS MACCARTHYI.

D. maccarthyi, Kelaart, Ann. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. iii. p. 292

(1859).

D. maccarthiana, id.

Hab. Coast of Ceylon.

75. CO. GLENEI.

D. glenei, Kelaart, 7. c. p. 294.

Hab. Coast of Ceylon.

76. C. AMABILIS.

D. amabilis, Kel. 1. c. p. 294.

Hab. Coast of Ceylon.

77. C. FIDELIS.

D. fidelis, Kel. l. e. p. 295.

Hab. Coast of Ceylon.

78. C. PASINII.

D. pasinii, Verany, 1. ec. pp. 16 & 20.

Hab. Gulf of Genoa, and Nice.

79. C. PIRAINII.

D. pirainii, id. l. ec. pp. 17 & 21.

Hab. Gulf of Genoa, and Nice.

80. C. CALCARZ.

D. calcare, id. 1. c. pp. 16 & 20.

Hab. Gulf of Genoa, and Nice.

81. C. RETICULATA.

D. reticulata, Qu. & Gaim. l. ¢. p. 273, pl. 20. f. 12-14.

Goniodoris reticulata, Gray; Doriprismatica reticulata,H.& A.Ad.

Hab, Tongataboo,

82. C. XANTHOLEUCA.

D. (Glossodoris) xantholeuea, Ehr, Symb. Phys. &e.

Glossodoris wantholeuca, Gray.

Hab. Red Sea.

83. C. ERYTHRZA.

D. (Glossodoris) erythrea, Ely. 1. ¢.

Glossodoris erythrea, H. & A. Ad.

Hab. Red Sea.

84. C. IMPERIALIS.

D. prismatica, var. imperialis, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860,

p- 32.

Doriprismatica imperialis, id. Am. Journ. Conch. iv. p. 132

(1869).

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

1877.] | ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 221

85. CHROMODORIS PRISMATICA.

D. prismatica, var. lineata, Pease, l. c. p-. 32.

Doriprismatica lineata, id. (1869).

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

86. C. VENULOSA.

D. venulosa, Leuckart, Brev. An. quor. Deser. p. 15 (1828).

Hab. Mediterranean.

87. C. KROHNII.

D. krohnii, Verany, l. c- pp. 17 & 21.

Hab. Gulf of Genoa; Nice.

88. C.? VILL.

D. villa, Verany', 1. c. pp. 17 & 21.

Hab. Gulf of Genoa; Nice.

89. C.? LUTESCENS.

D. lutescens, “ Delle Chiaje,”’ Verany, /. c. pp. 16 & 20.

Hab. Gulf of Genoa; Nice.

90. C.? orstnit.

D. orsinii, Verany, l. c. pp. 16 & 20.

Hab. Gulf of Genoa; Nice.

91. C. TENNENTIANA.

D. tennentiana, Kel. 1. ec. vol. iv. p. 268 (1849).

Hab. Ceylon.

92. C.? pRETIOSA?.

D. pretiosa, Kel. 1. c. vol. iii. p. 295.

Hab. Ceylon.

93. C.? BRACHYPHYLLA’®.

D. (Pterodoris) brachyphylla, Ehr. 1. ec.

Glossodoris brachyphylla, H. & A. Ad.

Hab. Red Sea (Tor).

94. C.? picTuRATA.

D. (Pterodoris) picturata, Ehr. 1. ec.

Glossodoris picturata, H. & A. Ad.

Hab. Red Sea (Suez).

95. C.? sponsa.

D. (Actinodoris) sponsa, Ehr. 1. c.

Actinodoris sponsa, Gray.

Hab. Red Sea (Ras Muhamed).

96. C.? moxurra, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 18, 19.)

Hab. 2

! The branchiz are said to be foliaceous. 2 Foot shorter than the mantle.

3 The branchiz ‘are described as very short and ramulose.

222 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE | Mar. 6,

97. CHroMoDORIS! CHRULEATA.

Hemidoris ceruleata, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sec. Phil. vii.

p. 379 (1855).

Hab. China.

Gen. Orovorts, Bergh, 1875.

Mantle (nothzeum) somewhat as in Miamira, keeled above with

transverse ribs; no frontal or caudal veils, or lateral lobes lamellate

beneath. Foot rather narrow. Integument without spicules. Arma-

ture of the oral aperture as in Méamira—a spinous buccal collar.

Odontophore as in Miamira ; but the rachis is hardened’. ( Bergh.)

O. mramrrana, Bgh. J. ec. Heft viii. p. 67, T. 7. f. 3-3, & T. 10.

f. 9-20 (1875).

Hab. Tahiti.

Gen. Ceratoporis, Gray, 1850.

Echinodoris, Bergh, 1874.

Form rather depressed ; back everywhere covered with elongated

papillae ; back and papille spiculose. Rhinophores and. branchize

retractile. Odontophore with the pleurz multidentate. Penis armed

at the apex with series of minute uncini. (Bergh.)

Dr. Gray’s diagnosis is very scanty, and, with little doubt, incor-

rect?. As M. Bergh remarks, Dr. Gray himself had not seen the

animal for which he constituted the genus Ceratodoris. The name

« Echinodoris”’ is decidedly more appropriate ; but this does not seem

a sufficient reason for giving up the earlier appellation.

C. Eouipa, Gray.

Doris eolida, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. de l’Astr. Zool. ii. p. 263,

pl. 18. f. 11-15.

? Echinodoris eolida*’, Bgh. Journ. des Mus. Godeff. Heft vi.

p. 109, T. 3. f. 4-20 (1874).

Hab. Waigiou.

Gen. Hexasrancuus, Ehr. 1831.

? Heptabranchus, Adams, 1849.

Rhacodoris, Morch, 1863 (part of).

Body soft ; integument non-spiculose (?)*; rhinophores sharply

bent, and with an anterior knee, retractile within marginated cavities ;

1 Qrodoris, according to M. Bergh, is nearly related to his new genus

Miamira, which, again, is closely allied to Casella. The large development

of the mantle and the absence of marginal processes places the first among the

Doridid, while the contrary characters approximate the two latter to the Poly-

ceridz. Perhaps the three genera may be regarded as intermediate between

Dorididz and Polyceride.

2 Viz. “Tentacles elongate, filiform, not retractile.”

8 Quoy and Gaimard’s appears to me a distinct species, judging from their

description and figure of the rhinophores and papillz: the arrangement of the

branchiz is also different.

*T can find no spicules in the 29 specimens, representing 5 or 6 species, which

I haye examined.

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 223

branchize generally small, numerous, ramose, non-retractile, arranged

in 6 to 8 tufts, which are set in an open circle at some distance

around the anal opening ; oral tentacles large, fleshy, flat, ovoid or

leaf-shaped, with crenulate edge. Odontophore broad, with numerous

lateral simple spines in each transverse row : none median in position.

The species fall under two well marked divisions —

a. Those with the body depressed ; the mantle non-pustulose, widely

expanded, and attenuate at the border; and the mouth with

two lateral more or less horny plates, forming a kind of pre-

hensile collar.

1. HexaBrancuus PR&TEXTUS, Ehr. Symb. Phys. “An. Ey.

excl. insect.” (1831).

Hab. Red Sea.

2. H. sancuinevs, Gray.

D. sanguinea, Riipp. & Leuck. Atlas &e., Neu. Wirb. Th. des R.

Meers, p. 28, t. 8. f.. 1 (1828).

Hab. Red Sea.

3. H. surzensis, Abraham, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser.

vol. xviii. p. 137, pl. 6. figs. 3, 3a (1876).

Hab. Red Sea.

4. H. supersus.

Doris superba, Gould, U.S. Expl. Exp., Mollusca, p. 301, pl. 23.

fig. 396 (1852).

Actinodoris superba, H. & A. Adams.

Hab. Samoa Islands.

5. H. carpinauis, H. & A. Adams.

D. cardinalis, Gould, 1. c. p. 302, pl. 25. fig. 397.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

6. H. sumprvosus, H. & A. Adams.

D. sumptuosa, Gould, 7. ec. p- 303, pl. 24. fig. 398.

Hab. Tonga Islands.

7. H. sanpwicuensis, Gray.

D. sandwichensis, Souleyet, Voy. de la Corv. ‘la Bonite,’ Zool.

p. 451, pl. 25. f. 1-4 (1852).

fTab. Sandwich Islands.

ii.

8. H. MARGrINaTUs.

D. marginata, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. Zool. ii. p. 255,

LED ead (1832).

D. marginalis, Gray; D. gloriosa, Kelaart.

fab. Amboina; Ceylon.

224 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE {Mar. 6,

9. HexABRANCHUS ORBICULARIS, sp.nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 23,

24.)

Hab. Mauritius.

10. H. ANEITEUMENSIS, sp. nov.

H. aneitensis, Bergh (in sched.).

Hab. Aneiteum.

11. H. MAURITIENSIS, sp. nov.

Hab. Mauritius, Rodriguez.

12. H. apamsi, Gray, Fig. Moll. An. iv. p. 104, t. 219. f. 1

(1850).

Hab. 2

13. H. putcHe tvs, Pease, P. Z. S. 1360, p. 33.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

14. H. rausrus, Bergh, figured in Semper’s ‘Reise,’ Bd. ii. Heft

ix. (1875) t. 41. f.

Hab. Philippine seas (?).

15. H.? FLAMMULATUS.

D. flammulata, Quoy & Gaim. 1. ¢. p. 257, pl. 17. f. 6-10 (1832).

Actinodoris flammulata, Gray.

Hab. Friendly Isles.

16. H.? BURNETTII.

Heptabranchus burnettii, ‘A. Ad.,’’ Gray, Fig. Moll. An. p. 104,

t. 219, f. 2 (1850).

Hab. ——?

b. Those with the body subprismatic, and not much depressed ; the

mantle more or less pustulose, and its border but little eapanded

or attenuated ; with no prehensile collar.

17. H. LAcEeRvs.

D. lacera, Cuv. Ann. du Mus. iv. p. 453, pl. 73. f. 1-3 (1804).

D. laciniata, Gray. f

Hab. Timor.

18. H. pewLucipuuus, Abr. l. c. p. 136, pl. 6. f. 2, 2a—2e.

Hab. 2

§2. LEPTOGLOSS &.

Gen. Catyciporis, Abraham, 1876.

Body depressed; mantle ample, covered with soft papillee ;

branchiz simply laminate, arranged like a cup around the anus, sub-

retractile in a common cavity. Oral tentacles represented by a

fleshy, laterally extended veil. Odontophore narrow, bearing two

bicuspid spines, one each side, in each transverse row; no central

spine, spinous collar, or under jaw.

1877.| ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 225

CaLyciporis GUENTHERI, Abraham, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

4th ser. vol. xviii. p. 133, pl. 6. f. 1, 1 a-le (1876).

Hab. ——?

Gen. Lameturiporis, Ald. & Hane. 1855.

Onchidoris, De Blainv. 1816’. Onchidiorus, Férussac, 1821. On-

chidora, Cuv., 1830. Villiersia, D’Orbigny, 1837. Oncidiodoris,

Agassiz, 1847. Oneodoris, Agassiz, 1847.

Body depressed. Mantle large. Head with a veil in place of oral

tentacles. Branchiz simply pinnate, set in an open circle or ellipse,

non-retractile. Odontophore narrow, with a few spines in each

transverse row.

This genus contains two well-defined divisions, first enunciated by

Messrs. Alder & Hancock.

a. Body not very depressed ; mantle with moderate-sized spicula.

Spawn of few coils, cup-formed. Odontophore with two Jarge

spines and two or more rudimentary ones; usually a simple

central plate.

1. L. aspera, Ald. & Hance.

Doris aspera, id. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. p. 32 (1842), figured

in Mon. Br. Nud. pl. 9. f. 1-9.

D. pallida, Agassiz. ? D. fusca, Fabricius?.

Hab. North European shores ; eastern coast of North America.

2. L. acuriuscu.a.

D. acutiuscula, “Stp.,” Moller, Index Moll. Gron. in Nat. Tidssk.

iv. p. 79 (1842-3).

Hab. Eastern coast of North America.

3. L. Proxima, Ald. & Hance.

D. prowima, id. Mon. Brit. Nud. p. 42, and pt. 6, fam. 1, pl. 9.

f. 10-16 (1854).

Hab. Danish and English coasts.

4. L. LOVENI.

D. muricata, “ Miiller,’ Lovén, Index Moll. Lit. Scand. &c.

p- 5 (1846).

D. loveni, Ald. & Hance.

Hab. North-European shores.

* Onchidoris was constituted by De Blainville in 1816 fora supposed species

(“O. leachit”) which we now know to be L. bilamellata, his specimen being still

existing in the collection of the British Museum. This was pointed out by Alder

and Hancock, and the erroneous characterization exposed, in 1854; nevertheless

compilers of Zoological text-books and reference-books still continue to talk of

“ Onchidoris leachii ;? and several of them have taken Onchidoris, in spite of its

hypothetical characters, as the name of the whole genus,

* Morch considers it identical with D. fusca, Miller, and with D. muricata,

Meyer and Mobius (non Miiller).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. XV. 15

226 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

5. LAMELLIpoRIS MuRICATA, Ald. & Hane.

D. muricata, Miiller, Zool. Dan. Prod. p. 229 (1776).

Onchidoris muricata, Gray.

Hab. Krish, Danish, and French coasts.

6. L. vuriana, Ald. & Hance.

D. ulidiana, Thompson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xv, p. 312

(1845).

Hab. Irish coast.

7. L. piapHana, Ald. & Hance.

D. diaphana, id. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 313 (1845).

O. diaphana, Gray.

Hab. S. of England and Danish coasts.

8. L. ostonea, Ald. & Hance.

Ds oblonga, id. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 314 (1845).

Hab. 8. coast of England.

9. L. DERELICTA.

D. derelicta, Fischer, Journ. de Conch. xv. p. 7 (1867).

D. verrucosa, ‘ Cuv.,”? Delle Chiaje, &c. [sec. Fischer].

Hab. French coasts.

10. L. prsamexuata, Ald. & Hane.

D. bilamellata, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, p. 1083 (1767).

D. fusca, Miiller; D. verrucosa, Pennant; D. elfortiana, De Bl.

O. leachii, De Bl.; D. vulgaris, Leach; D. obvelata, Bouch.-

Chant. /

D. affnis, Thomps. ; D. liturata, “ Beck,” Miller ; D. coronata,

Agassiz.

Oncidoris bilamellata, Hogg ; L. leachii, Morch.

Hab. Coast of N. Europe, Iceland, Greenland, East N. Ame-

rica, and Vancouver Island.

11. L. TUBERCULATA.

Onchidoris tuberculatus, Hutton, Reports &e. New Zealand, Mar.

Moll. p. 53 (1873).

Hab. New Zealand.

12. L. DIADEMATA.

D. diademata, Agass. 1850 (no deser. or fig.), Gould, Inv. of Mas-

sachusetts, 2nd ed. p. 230, pl. 21. f. 298, 300-304 (1870).

13. “L. n. sp. ?,”? Moreh, Vidensk. Meddelels. for 1871, p. 23.

Hab. Danish Seas.

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 227

b. Body very depressed, with large spicules symmetrically arranged.

Spawn of many narrow coils. Odontophore with two large broad

spines and two rudimentary ones ; no central plate.

14. LaAMELLIpoRIS pEepREssA, Ald. & Hane.

D. depressa, Ald. & Hance. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. p. 32.

Villiersia seutigera, D’Orb.’ Mag. de Zool. vii. “‘Mém. sur des

esp. &c. de l’ord. des Nud.” p. 14, pl. 109. f. 1-4 (1837).

15. L. 1inconspicua, Ald. & Hane.

D. inconspieua, id. Mon. Br. Nud. Moll. p. 43, and pt. 5, fam. 1.

pl. 12. f. 9-16 (1851).

Onchidoris inconspicua, Gray.

Hab. British coast (Northumberland).

16. L. Grisea.

D. grisea, “‘Stimps. MS.,” Gould, Inv. Mass. 2nd ed. p- 232,

pl. 20. f. 292, 295 (1870).

flab. E. N. America (Massachusetts).

17. L. TENELLA.

D. tenelia, Agass. 1850 (no deser. or fig.) ; Gould, J. ¢. p. 229,

pl. 20. f. 289, 290, and 293.

Hab. E. N. America (Massachusetts).

18. L. pusiuua, A. & H.

D. pusilla, id. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 313 (1845).

O. pusilla, Gray.

Hab. 8. coast of England (Devonshire).

19. L. sparsa, A. & H.

D. sparsa, id. 1, e. vol. xviii. p. 293 (1846).

O. sparsa, H. & A. Adams.

Hab. British coast (Cullercoats),

20. L. LurEocriNcTA.

D. luteocincta, M. Sars, Bidr. til Kundsk. Chr. Faun. ii. p. 77

(1870).

Hab. Scandinavian coast {Vallo).

21. L. EcHINATA.

D. echinata, Lovén, Ind. Moll. Lit. Seand. &c. p. 5 (1846).

“«? D. affinis A. & H.,” Lovén.

Hab, West Scandinavian shores (Boh).

» Messrs. Alder and Hancock showed that the Viliersia seutigera of D’Orbigny

was closely allied to, if not identical with, L. depressa, and that the generic cha-

racters were based upon erroneous observations —a view since confirmed by M,

Fischer. Notwithstanding this, the genus ‘‘V7i/liersia,” like “Onchidoris,” still

finds a place in our text-books. -

228 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

22. LAMELLIDORIS ? EUBALIA.

D. eubalia, Fischer, Journ. de Conch. xx. p. 10 (1872).

Hab. French coast (Gironde).

23. L. “?n. sp.’ Morch, J. c. p. 24.

Hab. Danish Seas.

Gen. Acanruoporis, Gray (1850).

Body convex; mantle moderate in size, covered with soft papillee.

Oral tentacles united in a veil, with free flattened lateral ends. Bran-

chiee united at the base, non-retractile. Odontophore narrow, with 2

large spines and several rudimentary ones in each transverse row,

none central ; usually a spinous buccal collar and rudimentary under

jaw.

J. A. prnosa, Gray.

Doris pilosa, Miller, Zool. Dan. iii. p. 7, t. 65. f. 5-8 (1789).

“Het eegeltze of de Zeeslak met eene ster ob de stint,’ Bommé.

D. stellata, Gmelin; D. levis, Cuv.; D. nigricans, Fleming; D.

flemingii, Forbes ; D. sublevis, Thompson; D. similis, A & H.; 2.

fusca, Lovén; D. tomentosa, Lov. ; ? D. rocinella, Leach.

Hab. European coasts; Eastern North America.

2. A. MOLLICELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 1-4.)

Hab. Lord Auckland’s Islands.

3. A. GLoBosA, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 5-9.)

Hab. New Zealand,

4, A. susquaprata, Ald. & Hance.

D. subquadrata, id. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 313 (1845),

and fig. in Mon. Br. Nud. pl. 16. f. 1-3.

D. quadrangulata, Alder.

Hab. British coasts.

Fam. I]. POLYCERIDA, A. & H. 1855.

Les Doris prismatiques, Cuv. 1804 (part of).

Subfam. Polycerine, A. & H. 1845.

Mantle small or obsolete, generally with marginal appendages,

integument usually spiculose. Rhinophores various, often laminated.

Messrs. Alder and Hancock divide the Polyceridz into two sec-

tions, according as the rhinophores are retractile or non-retractile.

This gives a convenient arrangement.

§ a. Rhinophores retractile within sheaths ; the odontophore

broad. (HKuRYGLOss#.)

Gen. Mramrra, Bergh, 1874.

Mantle (nothzeum) anteriorly produced into a frontal veil, and

1 This may be a Doris allied to D. verrucosa.

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 229

furnished with lateral flattened lobes, lamellate below, behind con-

tinued into a caudal veil, above keeled and with transverse ribs.

Oral aperture armed with a spinous buccal collar. Odontophore

broad, with numerous series of teeth, many of them multidentate ;

the rhachis unarmed. (Bergh.)

1. MIAMIRA NOBILIS, Bgh. Journ. des Mus. Godeff. Heft apd Wel be

f.5; and T. 4. f. 29-33 (1874), & Bd. ii. T. 33. f. 2, & p. 411.

Hab. Philippine seas, Albany, Samoa, Amboina.

Gen. Casrnxua, H. & A. Adams, 1858.

Body compressed, elongated. Mantle margin small, forming undu-

lated lobate or erect crests along the sides of the back. Rhinophores

laminated, retractile. Foot narrow. Oral aperture armed. Odonto-

phore with numerous minute spines, none median.

1. C. arroMARGINATA, Bgh.

Doris atromarginata, Cuv. Ann. du Mus. iv. p- 473, pl. 74. f. 6

(1804). D. caudale, Lamk.

Doriprismatica atromarginata, D’Orb.; Goniodoris atromargi-

nata, Gray ; C. philippinensis, Bgh.

Hab. Pacific Islands, Philippines, New Guinea, Australia, &e.

2. C. coutpu, H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll. ii. p. 57, pl.

63. f. 5 (1858).

Hab. Australia.

Gen. KarinGa, fide? & Hancock, 1864.

Body oval, subprismatic. Margin of mantle most developed in

front, where there is a row of close-set papillated processes extend-

ing over the head; a few similar processes are upon the sides of the

back. Rhinophores laminated. Oral tentacles flattened. Branchiwe

non-retractile, placed separately in a circle at some distance around

the anal opening. Odontophore broad, with numerous rather distant

rows of tricuspid spines. No jaws or collar.

1. K. ornata, Ald. & Hane. Trans. Zool. Soc. v. p. 135, pl. 32.

f. 7-10 (1864).

Hab. Coromandel coast.

Gen. Triopa, Johnston, 1838.

Tritonia, Lamarck, 1801. Themisto, Oken (part of), 1815.

Euplocamus, Philippi, 1836 (part of). Cladophora, Gray, 1840.

Body more or less depressed. Mantle small, covering the head,

the margin with linear subclavate or branched appendages. Rhino-

phores laminated. Oral tentacles cylindrical or ovoid. Branchize

few, non-retractile. Odontophore broad, with numerous plates, the

two or three inner ones with large spines, none central.

Triopa was instituted by Johnston for the Doris elavigera of

Miiller. Messrs. Alder and Hancock proposed to retain as well the

230 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

genus Euplocamus for the E. croceus of Philippi. The differences

between the two genera, however, appear to be more of degree than of

kind, and serve better for distinguishing sections of one genus ; more-

over the latter name is in general use for a genus of Insects, as well

as for a genus of Birds. Huplocamus originally tookin the Idalie.

Oken’s Themisto included Polycera quadrilineata and Triopa

clavigera.

a. The lateral marginal processes linear or subclavate ; oral tentacles

cylindrical ; the two inner lateral plates of the odontophore

bearing large spines.

1. TrRIoPA CLAVIGERA, Johnston.

Doris clavigera, Miiller, Zool. Dan. Prod. p. 229 (1776).

Tergipes pulcher, Johnst.; Polycera claviger, Sars; Euplo-

camus plumosus, Thompson ; Euplocamus claviger, Thompson.

Hab. North European coasts.

2. T. LACERA.

Doris lacera, Miller, Zool. Dan. iv. p. 23, t. 138, f. 3, 4 (1806).

T. lacera, ‘‘ Miller,’ Lovén.

Hab. Scandinavian seas.

3. T. rvcrsa, M. Sars, On some Remark. Forms, &c. i. p. 35, pl. 3.

f. 1-3 (1872).

Hab. Coast of Norway (Christiana).

4, T. caTaLin#, Cooper, Proc. Cal. Ac. Nat. Sc. iii. p. 59 (1863).

Hab. Coast of Western North America (Catalina Island).

5. T. CARPENTERI, Stearns, Proc. Cal. Ac. Nat. Sci. v. p. 78

(1873).

Hab. Monterey (California).

6. T. HOLBOLLII.

Euplocamus holbéllii, Moller, Ind. Moll. Greenl., in Nat. Tidsskr.

iv. p. 79 (1842) ; Polycera holbdllii, *‘ MOll.,”’ Stimpson.

Hab. Greenland shores.

7. T.? eractuis, Pease, Am. Journ. Conch. vi. p. 301, pl. 19.

f. 3, a-d.

Hab. Huaheine.

b. Lateral marginal processes branched or papillated; oral ten-

tacles as ovoid lobes ; the three inner lateral plates of the very

broad odontophore bearing large spines; a spinous buccal

collar.

8. T. CROCEA.

Euplocamus croceus, Philippi, En; Moll. Sic. i. p. 103, pl. 7. f. 1

(1836).

1877.| ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 231

? BE. frondosus, id. ; ? Doris ramosa, Cantraine ; ? Idalia ramosa,

Phil. ; Idalia crocea, id.

Hab. Mediterranean, and south coast of England (Cornwall).

9. Tropa yatesu, Angas, Journ. de Conch. xii. p. 60, pl. 5. f. 8

(1864).

Hab. New South Wales.

Gen. THECACERA, Fleming, 1828.

Body limaciform, smooth. Mantle obsolete; supracapital veil

indistinct. Rhinophores laminated. No oral tentacles. Branchize

non-retractile, with linear or tubercular lateral appendages. Odon-

tophore broad, with 12-14 plates ; the two imner on each side bearing

bicuspid spines; no central plate. Small lateral corneous jaws.

a. Rhinophores with completely surrounding sheaths.

1. T. virescens, Ald. & Hanc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 2ud ser.

viii. p. 290 (1851).

Hab. 8. coast of England (Cornwall).

2. T. caprrata, Ald. & Hanc. Mon. Br. Nud. Moll. p. 44, &

Append. p. iv (1855).

Hab. 8. coast of England (Cornwall).

b. Rhinophores with partially surrounding sheaths.

3. T. PENNIGERA, Fleming.

Doris pennigera, Montagu, Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. p. 17, t. iv.

f. 5 (1815).

Polycera pennigera, Fleming.

Hab. N. European coasts (England, France).

Gen. Crimora, Alder & Hancock, 1862.

Body limaciform. Mantle nearly obsolete, forming a supracapital

veil with branched appendages, and a papillated ridge along each

side of the back. Rhinophores laminated. Oral tentacles tubercular.

Branchiz non-retractile, placed about two thirds down the centre of

the back. Tail short, without a dorsal carina. Odontophore broad,

bearing 26 or 27 spines on each side of three kinds; the innermost

one is large, hooked, and bicuspid; the next 5 or 6 are short and

obtuse, and supported on subquadrilateral plates; the rest very long,

slender, and minutely denticulated on the inner margin. No central

spine.

C. papituata, Ald. & Hanc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. x.

p. 263 (1862).

Hab. Guernsey.

232 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

Gen. PLocamoruorvts, Riippell & Leuckart, 1828.

Plocamoceros, Cuvier, 1830. Plocamophorus, Gray, 1842. Peplidia,

Lowe, 1842. Histiophorus, Pease, 1860.

Body limaciform. Mantle represented by a supracapital veil

bearing tuberculate or branched appendages on the margin, and by two

or three tubercular processes upon each side of the back. Rhino-

phores laminate. Oral tentacles flat. Branchize few, non-retractile.

Tail dorsally carinated. Odontophore with the spines near the middle

bicuspid, none median in position. An incomplete buccal collar.

1. P. oceLuatus, Riipp. & Leuck. Atl. zu der Reise nord. Afrik.,

*‘Neue Wirb. Th. des roth. Meers,” p. 17, T. 5. f. 3.

HTab. Red Sea.

2. P. crytonicus, Ald. & Hane.

Polycera? ceylonica, Kelaart, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. iii.

p- 489 (1859); figured by Ald. & Hane. T. Z.S. vol. v. pl. 32. f. 4-6.

Hab. Coromandel and Ceylon coasts.

3. P. rmpeRtALis, Angas, Journ. de Conch. xii. p. 52, pl. 5. f. 7

(1864).

Hab. New South Wales.

4. P. MACULATUS.

Histiophorus maculatus, Pease, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 36.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

5. P. MADER.

Peplidia madere, Lowe, P. Z. 8. 1842, p. 51.

Hab. Madeira.

6. P. nawvarus, Abraham, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. xviii.

p- 139, pl. 6. f. 4, 4a.

Hab. New South Wales.

7. P. uevrvarius, Abraham, Bull. de la Soc. Zool. de France,

1876, p. 287, f. 1-4.

8. P. ? sp.’, figured in Krusenstern’s ‘ Atlas,’ T. 88. f. (1813).

Hab. ——?

9. P. r1LEes11, Bergh ; figured partially in Semper’s ‘ Reise,’ T. 51.

f. 17-27, & T. 53. f. 1-4 (1876).

Hab. 2

10. P. RAMULOSUS.

Polycera? ramulosa, Stimpson, Proce. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. vii. p. 379

(1855).

Hab. China.

' T have been unable to see the text of Krusenstern. In case the animal

has not been named by Tilesius, I have elsewhere proposed flagellatus for its

specific name, on account of the flagellate lateral prolongations of the supra-

capital yeil.

—~

1877.| ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 233

Gen. Hictrus, Lovén, 1846.

Aigires, Lovén, 1844.

Body convex, covered with large tubercles. Mantle indistinct,

represented by a supracapital veil, and by a tubercular ridge along

each side. Rhinophores linear, smooth or hispid. Branchiz non-

retractile. Odontophore with simple, curved lateral spines; no

central spine. An upper corneous jaw.

1. AX. PUNCTILUCENS, Lovén.

Polycera punctilucens, D’Orbigny, Mag. de Zool. vii. p. 7, pl.

106. f. 1-3 (1837).

Doris maura, Forbes; Algires punctilucens, Lovén.

Hab. North European coasts.

2. A. peucKartTi, Verany, Journ. de Conch. iv. p. 388 (1853).

Hab. Mediterranean (Nice).

3. AX. HISPIDUS, Hesse, Journ. de Conch. xx. p- 346 (1872),

and figured xxi. pl. 12. f. 3-7.

Hab. Coast of France (Brittany).

Gen. Norovoris, Bergh, 1875.

Body limaciform (the back not distinct from the sides). Rhino-

phores smooth, retractile in cavities protected by valves. No buccal

armature. Lingual teeth, none median, the lateral ones erect and

-hook-shaped. ( Bergh.)

N. cirrina, Bergh, J. c. Heft viii. p. 64, T. 9. f. 32-45, & T. 10.

f. 1-8 (1875).

Hab. Rarotonga.

Gen. Ceratosoma, Adams & Reeve, 1848.

Body elongate, prismatic, smooth, ending in a bluntly pointed tail ;

the dorsal surface passes into a postbranchial fleshy protuberance.

Mantie obsolete. Rhinophores laminated. Branchie with the roots

more or less coherent, placed in front of, and partially around, the

tubular anus, with which they are retractile into a common, smoothly

margined cavity. Odontophore with numerous rows of simple spines,

none of which are central. A spinous buccal collar.

1. C. cornniceruM, Adams & Reeve, Zool. of Voy. of Samarang,

“Moll. &c.” p. 68, pl. 19. f. 5 (1848).

Doris trifida, Gray; C. trilobata, id.

Hab. Sooloo and Philippine seas.

2. C. TRILOBATUM, Adams.

D. trilobata, Gray, M. E. Gray’s Fig. Moll. An. iv. p. 13, t. 67.

f. 14 (1850).

C. trilobata, id.

234 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE { Mar. 6,

3. CERATOSOMA GRACILLIMUM, “Semper,” Bgh. in Semper’s

‘ Reise im Arch. d. Phil.’ 2te Th. 2te Bd. Heft v. T. 25. p. 8 (1873),

& Heft x. p. 403 (1876).

Hab. Philippine sea.

4. C. caLepontcum, Fischer, Journ. de Conch. sér. 3, tom. xvi.

p- 92 (1876).

Hab. New Caledonia.

5. C. renur, Abraham, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. xviii.

p. 141, pl. 7. f. 5, 5a, 56 (1876).

Hab. 2

6. C. BREVICAUDATUM, id. J. c. p. 142, pl. 7. fig. 6.

Hab. Australia.

7, C. osLoncuM, id. Ll. c. p. 143, pl. 7. f. 7, 74, 7b.

Hab. W. Australia.

8. C.? weBBil'.

Polycera webbii, D’Orbigny, Hist. Nat. des iles Canar, ii. “ Moll.”

p. 41, pl. 4. f. 8-10 (1837).

Goniodoris webbii, Gray ; Doriprismatica webbii, H. & A. Ad.

Hab. Canary Isles.

Gen. TREVELYANA, Kelaart, 1858.

Gymnodoris, Stimpson’, 1855. Stenodoris, Pease’, 1866.

Body limaciform, rather swollen or raised on the central region.

Mantle obsolete. No appendages. Rhinophores laminate and retrac-

tile. Branchie pinnate, non-retractile, placed round the anus almost

on the centre of the back. Mouth without oral tentacles or veil, and

without collar or jaws. Odontophore broad, bearing simple spines.

1. T. ceytonica, Kel. Amn. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. i. p. 257,

pl. 108. f. 1, 2 (1858).

T. zeylanica, id.

Hab. Ceylon.

1 This may prove to be the type of a new genus; from D’Orbigny’s deserip-

tion it would seem to be intermediate in character between Ceratosoma and Poly-

cera.

2 Stimpson’s diagnosis is :—‘‘Limaciform, smooth. Similar to Polycera, but

different in wanting branchial appendages and aveil. Branchix likewise simple.”

Tt seems to me that there is little doubt that this is synonymous with Kelaart’s

genus. The name Trevelyana, however; has been generally employed, although

enunciated three years subsequently to Gymnodoris; and, moreover, we cannot

be quite sure of their identity until Stimpson’s specimens be properly examined

* Mr. Pease’s Stenodoris does not appear to differ essentially from Kelaart’s

genus. He states that “the body is deeply incised on either side, a short dis-

tance behind the dorsal tentacles,” and that the branchie are “ subretractile.”

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 235

2. TREVELYANA BICOLOR, Ald. & Hane. Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v.

p. 132, pl. 29. f. 11, 12 (1864).

Hab. Madras coast.

3. T. impuDICA.

Doris impudica, Riipp. & Leuck. lL. c. p. 33, T. 10. f. 2.

Hab. Red Sea.

4. T. LIMACINA.

D. limacina, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. Zool. ii. p. 252,

pl. 16. f. 8, 9 (1832).

Hab. Amboina.

5. T. morosa, Bergh, Semper’s Reise, 2te Th. 2te Bd. Heft v.

Ey f. 9.

Hab. Philippine sea.

6. T. concinna, Abraham, J. c. p. 145, pl. 7. f. 8, 8a, 8 6.

Hab. Red Sea (Gulf of Suez).

7. T. prcra, Pease, Am. Journ. Conch. vi. p. 301, pl. 20. f. 1

(1872).

Hab. Huaheine.

8. T. MACULATA.

Gymnodoris maculata, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. vii.

p- 379 (1855).

Haé. Loo Choo.

9. T. RUBRA.

Stenodoris rubra, Pease, /. ce. vol. il. p. 206, t. 4. f. 2 (1866).

Hab. Pacific Islands.

10. (?) T. sp.?; Bergh, figured in Semper, J. ec. T. 33. f. 5 (1874).

Hab. Philippine sea (?).

11. (2) T. sp.?, id., figured in Semper, /. c. f. 6.

Hab. Philippine sea (?).

Gen. Nemprotna, Bergh.

In Semper’s ‘ Reise im Archipel der Philippinen,’ Bd. ii. Heft ix.

(1875) T. 41, M. Bergh figures a Nudibranch, apparently resembling

a Trevelyana, under the name Nembrotha citrina. As no particulars

accompany the drawing, the characteristics of the genus cannot here

be given.

N. crrrina, Bergh, in Semper, /. c. T. 41. f. 5.

Hab. Philippine seas (?).

236 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE | Mar. 6,

§ . Rhinophores non-retractile. Odontophore narrow.

(STENOGLOsSz.)

Gen. Gontoporis, Forbes (1840).

Doriprismatica, D’ Orb. (1837, part of) ; Pelagella, Gray (1850).

Body rather depressed; mantle distinct with waved or scalloped

margin. Rhinophores laminated. Oral tentacles flattened. Branchiz

non-retractile. Odontophore with four plates in each transverse row ;

the two next the median line bearing each a large spine; no central

plate. A spinous buccal collar.

1. G. noposa, Forbes.

? Doris electrina, Pennant (1777); Doris nodosa, Montagu, Linn.

Trans. ix. p. 107, pl. 7. f. 2 (1804); G. emarginata, Forbes ; D.

barvicensis, Johnston.

G. elongata, Thompson ; Doriprismatica nodosa, H. & A. Adams.

Hab. Shores of N. Europe.

2. G. DANIELSSENI, Friele & Hansen, Bidr. til Kundsk, om de ~

Norsk. Nudibr. p. 4 (1875).

Hab. Bergen.

3. G. castaneA, Ald. & Hanc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi. p.

314 (1845). . ;

Doris paretii, Verany ; Pelagella paretii, Gray.

Goniodoris paretii, Ver. ; Doriprismatica paretii, H. & A. Adams.

Hab. British and Norman coasts, and the Mediterranean.

4. G. moprsta, Ald. & Hane. Trans. Zool. Soc. v. p. 132, pl.

28. f. 12 (1864).

Hab. Coast of Madras.

5. G. crrrina, id. 7c. p. 131, pl. 32. f. 1-3.

Hab. Coast of Madras.

6. G. aspersa, id. /.¢. p. 131, pl. 33. f. 2.

Hab. Coast of Madras.

7. G. 2 sp.

Pelagella, sp., ‘a drawing by M. Grsted,” Morch, Journ. de Conch

xi. p.35 (1863).

Hab. Santa Cruz.

8. G.? rnaviputa’, Bergh, in Semper’s Reis. &c., Heft. v. T. 25.

f. 10 (1873).

Hab. Philippine sea.

1 No description given. The figure resembles Chromodoris ; but the rhino-

phores are apparently non-retractile.

1877.| ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 237

9. Gontoporis? veRRUCOSA!.

G. verrucosa, Crosse, Journ. de Couch, xii. p. 56, pt. 5. f. 4

(1864).

Chromodoris verrucosa, Bergh.

Hab. Port Jackson.

Gen. AETHEDORIS.

Alder & Hancock figure in vol. 5 of the Zoological Suciety’s ‘Tran-

sactions,’ a form belonging to a new genus “‘ apparently related to

Goniodoris.” As no specimen came into their hands, they could

give no description. The most striking characteristic, seen in the

drawing, is the expansion of the bilobed head, each lobe being semi-

crescentic, with the apex curving backwards and the margin bearing

12 to 14 conical dentations.

A. INDICA.

Figured, Alder & Hane. Trans. Zool. Soc. v. pl. 33. f. 20 (1864).

Hab. Madras coast.

Gen. Inari, Leuckart (1828).

Euplocamus, Philippi (1836, part of).

Body convex, smooth. Mantle indistinct, the margin bearing fila-

ments, generally longest in front. The head is produced anteriorly.

Rhinophores linear, laminated. Branchie simply pinnate, non-

retractile. Odontophore with 4 spines in each tranvserse row, the

two middle ones large, no central spines. A spinous buccal collar.

Messrs. Alder & Hancock have thus divided the species :—

a. Centre of back with filaments. Inner lingual spines falcate and

nearly smooth ; external spines short. Spinous collar complete.

1. I. rLeGans, Leuck. Brev. An. quor. Descr. p. 15, f. 2 (1828).

I. laciniosa, Phil. Euplocamus laciniosus, id.

fab. Mediterranean ; coast of France and Channel Islands.

2. I. peacui, Ald. & Hanc., figured Mon. pl. 27.

I. elegans, Alder, Trans. Tynes. Club, i. p. 112 (1848).

Hab. British coasts.

3. I. crrrigera, Phil. En. Moll. Sie. ii. p. 77, t. xix. f. 4 (1844).

Hab, Sicilian shores.

4, I. renracuxara, Stimps. Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. vil. p. 379

(1855).

Hab, China.

1 The figure seems to show that the rhinophores are retractile; if so the animal

cannot be a Goniodoris; there is no means of judging as to the retractility of

the branchize, which are ‘‘yoluminous and ramifying” and therefore probably not

belonging to Chromodoris, The elongated tubercles covering the body and the

sober coloration are also not characteristics of a Chramodoris.

238 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

b. Centre of back without filaments. Inner lingual spines recurved

and denticulate; external spines hooked. Spinous collar in-

complete and bilobed.

5. Ipauia aspersa, Ald. & Hanc., Mon. Br. Nud. Moll. p. 46,

pt. 1, fam. 1. pl. 26 (1845).

I. cirrigera, Lovén. ? I. caudata, Cirst.

Hab. North European coasts.

6. I. rvmeauauis, Forbes & Hanl. Brit. Moll. iii. p. 579, pl. 20.

f. 4 (1853).

Hab. Shetland Isles.

7. I. auapricornis, Forbes & Haul.

Doris quadricornis, Montagu, Linn. Trans. xi. p. 17, pl. 4. f. 4

(1815).

Hab. South coast of England (Devonshire).

8. I. putcnetya, Ald. & Hane. J. c. p. 46, and Append. p. v

(1855).

Hab. South coast of England (Cornwall).

Genus Ancuta, Lovén, 1846.

Miranda, Alder & Hancock, 1847 ; Drepania, Lafont, 1874.

Body limaciform, smooth. Mantle obsolete, forming an indis-

tinct ridge near the branchiz, bearing one or more appendages.

Rhinophores laminate, bearing styliform basal appendages. Head

produced at the sides into tentacular processes. Odontophore with

four spines in each transverse row, the two next the median line large

and broad, with the inner margin denticulated; no central spine.

A spinous buccal collar.

M. Lafont states his Drepania to differ from Ancula in the

head bearing two elongated tentacles analogous to those of Folis, in

the branchiz not being surrounded by linear appendages, and in

the rhinophore carrying but one filament instead of two. Unless the

lingual characters prove to be importantly different from those of

Ancula, it would seem advisable to unite Drepania with the latter

genus.

a. With several appendages near the branchie.

1. A. cristaTA, Lovén.

Polycera cristata, Alder, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vi. p. 340,

t. ix. f. 10-12 (1841).

Miranda cristata (Ancula cristata in text), Ald. & Hane.

Hab. North European shores.

2. A. suLpHuREA', Stimpson, Mar. Inv. of Grand Manan,

p- 26 (1853).

Hab. Eastern North America (Grand Manan).

1 Tt is doubtful whether this be not a variety of A. cristata.

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 239

b. With but one pair of appendages near the branchie.

3. ANCULA FUSCA.

Drepania fusca, Lafont, Journ. de Conchyl. xxii. p. 369 (1874).

Hab.

Gen. Potycera, Cuvier, 1817.

Themisto, Oken, 1815 (part of); Cuf@ea, Leach, 1820; Polycere,

Risso, 1826; Polycerus, Verany, 1846.

Body limaciform. Mantle indistinct, forming a supracapital veil,

and a tuberculate ridge on the sides. Rhinophores laminated. Bran-

chiz non-retractile, with lateral appendages. Odontophore with

twelve to sixteen plates in each transverse row, the two near the

centre large and bicuspid ; nocentral spine. Lateral corneous jaws.

Messrs. Alder and Harcock classify the species under two well-

marked divisions.

a, Supracapital veil dilated, with the margin bearing tentacular

Jjilaments. Branchie simply pinnate; their lateral appen-

dages elongated and few.

1. P. QUADRILINEATA, Sars.

Doris quadrilineata, Miiller, Zool. Dan. Prod. p. 229 (1776).

D. cornuta, Abildg.; D. flava, Mont.; Themisto quadrilineata,

Oken; 7. flava, id.; Cufea flava, Leach; Polycere flava, Risso ;

Polycera flava, Fleming ; ? P. varians, Sars; P.ornata, D’Orb.; P.

typica, Thompson; P. cornuta, Lovén.

Hab. North and south European coasts.

2. P. norripA, Hesse, Journ. de Conch. xx. p. 345 (1870) ;

figured, xxi. pl. 12. f. 1, 2.

Hab. French coast.

3. P. prepesa, Lovén, Ind. Moll. Scand. p. 6 (1846).

Hab. West Scandinavian shores.

b. Supracapital veil short, bilobed, the margin tuberculate. Bran-

chie plumose, their lateral appendages tubercular and more

numerous.

4. P. ocetuata, Ald. & Hane. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ix.

p. 33 (1842).

? Triopa nothus, Johnston; P. (Palio) ocellata, Moreh.

Hab. North European coasts.

5. P. ressonu, D’Orbigny, Mag. de Zool. vii. p. 5, pl. 105 (1837).

P. citrina, Alder ; Doris illuminata, Gould ; P. modesta, Lovén ;

Aigires lessonii, Gray ; P. illuminata, Stimpson.

Hab. North European coast, and Eastern North America (Massa-

chusetts).

6. P. pupica, Loven, Ll. c. p. 6.

Hab. West Scandinavian shores.

240 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE ([ Mar. 6,

7. Potycrra Dust, Sars, Bidrag, p. 13, t. 2. f. 5, 6 [see. Sars,

Besk. og Iagtt. 1835].

Idalia dubia, Gray.

Hab. Norway (Bergen).

8. P. coox1, Angas, Journ. de Conch. xii. p. 58, pl. 5. f. 6

(1864).

Hab. Australia (Botany Bay).

9. P.? capensis’.

Polycera capensis, Qu. & Gaim. in Freycinet, Voy. des Corv.

l’Uranie et la Physic., Zool. p. 417, pl. 66. f. 4 (1824).

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

Gen. Bracuycuuants, Ehrenberg, 1831.

Mantle very small, forming a dorsal arena, with narrow upturned

border. Rhinophores laminated, arising in front of the mantle-mar-

gin. Branchize retractile. Mouth terminal.

B. pantuerina, Ehr. Symb. Phys., An. evert. excl. ins.

TTab. Red Sea.

Fam. III. DORIDOPSIDA, Alder and Hancock, 1864.

Doris-like Mollusca, without well-developed spicula in the in-

tegument, with the mouth suctorial, opening on the front margin

of the foot, with a retractile proboscis, but destitute of odontophore,

jaws, or spinous collar.

The absence of an odontophore, so generally possessed by the

cephalophorous Mollusca, justified Messrs. Alder and Hancock in

raising this group to the rank of a family.

Gen. Doripopsis, Alder & Hancock, 1864.

Doriopsis, Pease, 1860; Rhacodoris, Morch, 1863 (part of);

Haustellodoris, Pease, 1871.

Body more or less depressed, ovate or elliptical. Mantle ample,

covering the head and the foot, smooth or with soft tubercles, and

without marginal appendages. Rhinophores laminated and retrac-

tile within cavities. Head indistinct, generally with two small

lateral lobes, but without proper oral tentacles. Branchize generally

ramose, retractile with the anus into a common cavity.

This genus, as thus characterized, was first constituted by Alder

and Hancock. Mr. Pease’s ‘‘ Doriopsis” had previously been

published; but, as defined by him*, no one could consider it

_ 1 The description and drawing are too imperfect to determine whether this

is a Polycera or not.

2 «Oblong or oval, depressed. Mantle large, covering head and foot. Dorsal

tentacles two, lamellated and retractile, non-pedunculate. Orals none. Bran-

chial plumes disposed in the form of a semicircle, on the posterior portion of

the back, and retractile into a similarly formed slit, the convex portion poste-

riorly.”—Prasr, 1860.

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 241

identical with Doridopsis. In 1871 Mr. Pease still adhered to his

own genus; and he did not consider it synonymous with Alder and

Hancock’s, for which he at the same time proposed the name

Haustellodoris.

While agreeing with M. Bergh that Mr. Pease’s forms are pro-

bably species of Alder and Hancock’s genus, we cannot follow him

in adopting “‘ Doriopsis’’ as the generic name, not only because none

but Mr. Pease’s own species, about which we cannot always feel sure,

will fall under that genus as defined by him, but also because the

root of “ Doris” is “ Dorid-,”’ and not ‘ Dori-;’”’ so that ‘‘ Doridop-

sis” is more correct etymologically than ‘‘ Doriopsis.”’

List of Species’.

1. Doriporsis RuBRA (Kel. ‘sp.), Ald. & Hane. Trans. Zool.

Soc. v. p. 126, pl. 31. f. 1, 2 (1864).

Doris rubra, Kelaart, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser, iii. p. 298

(1859).

Doriopsis rubra, Bergh.

Hab. Coasts of Madras and Ceylon.

2. D. rusca, Ald. & Hance. J. c. p. 126, pl. 31. f. 3.

Doriopsis fusca, Bgh.

Hab. Coast of Madras.

3. D. cemmacea, Ald. & Hance. J. c. p. 126, pl. 31. f. 4-7,

Doriopsis fusca, Bgh.

Hab. Coast of Madras.

4. D. cuavuuata, Ald. & Hane. /.c. p. 127, pl. 31. f. 10-12.

Hab. Coast of Madras.

5. D. ruspercuxosa (Qu. & G. sp.), Ald. & Hane.

Doris tuberculosa, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. de lAstr., Zool. ii,

p- 248, pl. 16. f. 1, 2 (1832).

Actinodoris tuberculosa, Gray ; Doriopsis tuberculosa, Bgh.

Hab. New Guinea and Coromandel coast.

6. D. CARBUNCULOSA.

Doris carbunculosa, Kel. 1. c. p. 301.

Hab. Ceylon; India; Mauritius,

7. D. pusrutosa, Ald. & Hane. Trans. Zool. Soc. v. p. 128,

pl. 31. f. 8, 9.

Doriopsis pustulosa, Bgh.

Hab. Coast of Madras.

8. D. arromacutata, Ald. & Hane. J. c. p. 129, pl. 31. f. 20-24,

Doriopsis atromaculata, Bgh.

Hab. Coast of Madras.

1 M. Bergh admits forty-four species in his list.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. XVI. 16

242 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

9. Doriporsis punctata, Ald. & Hane. J. c. p. 129, pl. 31. f. 17.

Doriopsis punctata, Bgh.

Hab. Coast of Madras.

10. D. mrntata, Ald. & Hance. /. c. p. 130, pl. 31. f. 18, 19.

Hab. Coast of Madras.

11. D. GRANULOSA.

Doriopsis granulosa, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1860, p. 32.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

12. D. scaBRa.

Doriopsis scabra, Pease, Am. Journ. Conch. vi. p. 300, pl. 19.

f. 2 a—c.

Hab, Tahiti.

13. D. viripis.

Doriopsis viridis, id. Proc: Zool. Soc. for 1861, p. 241, and Am.

J. Conch. vi. pl. 19. f. 1 ae.

Hab. Tahiti.

14. D. NEBULOSA.

Hexabranchus nebulosus, id. Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1860, p. 53.

Doriopsis nebulosa, Bgh. Journ. Mus. Godeff. vii. T. . f. 55,

and T. 11. f. 24.

fab. Sandwich Islands.

15. D. AFFINis.

Doriopsis afinis, Bgh. 1. c. pp. 84 & 93, T. vii.,f. 6-6, T. x. f. 22,

and T. xi. f. 2 (1875).

Hab. Tahiti.

16. D. Tristts.

Doriopsis tristis, id., Semper, Reis. im Arch. Phil. 2tes Bd.

2ter Th. t. xxxiil. f. 9.

Hab. Philippine Sea.

17. D. RUBRILINEATA.

Doris rubrilineata, Pease, Am. Journ. Conch. vii. i. p. 12, pl. 3.

f. 2a, 6 (1871).

Hab. Tahiti.

18. D. nrera (Stimps. sp.), Ald. & Hane. /. ce. pl. 31. f. 13-16,

Doris nigra, Stimpson, Proc. Phil. Ac. Nat. Sc. vol. vii. p. 380

(1855).

Doris atrata, Kel.; Dorie atroviridis, id.; Doriopsis nigra,

Bgh.

Hab, Loochoo Islands; coast of Madras ; Ceylon.

1877.] | ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 243

19. Doripopsis KREBsII. :

Doris (Rhacodoris) krebsii, Méreh, Journ. de Conch. 3° sér. iii.

p. 34 (1863).

Doriopsis krebsii, Bgh.

Hab. St. Thomas; Santa Cruz.

20. D. uimpaTa.

Doris limbata, Cuv. Ann. du Mus. iy. p. 468, pl. 74.f. 3,4 (1804).

D. virescens, Risso; D. albolimbata, Riipp. & Leuck. ; ? D. lugu-

bris, Gravenhorst ; Dendrodoris limbata, Gray ; Actinocyelus lim-

bata, H. & A. Adams; Doriopsis limbata, Bgh.

Hab. Mediterranean, Red Sea.

21. D. mvpacus, Tapparone-Canefri, Zool. del viagg. &c., Mala-

col. p. 114, t. i. f. 16 (1874).

Hab. Yokohama.

22. D. opscura, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 29, 30).

Hab. ?

23. D. AusTRALIENSISs, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 25, 26.)

Hab. New South Wales.

24. D. ausTRA.is.

Actinodoris australis, Angas, 1. c. p. 49, pl. 4. f. 8 (1864),

Doriopsis australis, Bgh.

Hab. New South Wales. .

25. D. rumea, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 31, 32.)

Hab. 2

26. D. rapara, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. fig. 22.)

Hab. ?

27. D. 1norNaTA, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 33-35.)

Hab. Mediterranean. ©

28. D. TIGRINA. ;

Doris tigrina, Audouin, in Savigny’s Descr. de l Egypte, i. pt. iv.

p- 13, pl. 1. f. 3 (1809).

D. punctata, Riipp. & Leuck, ; Doriopsis? punctata, Bgh.

Hab. Red Sea (Suez).

29. D. GIBBULOSA.

Doriopsis gibbulosa, Bgh. J. ¢. p. 86’.

Hab. New Caledonia.

30. D. NicoBARICca.

Doriopsis nicobarica}, id. 1. c. p. 86.

Hab. Indian Ocean.

* No description or figure.

16*

244 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

—

31. DoriIpDOPsiIsS SEMPERI.

Doriopsis semperi, Bgh. l. c. p.86 ; and in Semper, J. c. Heft x.

. 386 (1876).

Hab. Philippine Sea.

32. D. MoODESTA.

Doriopsis modesta, id. 1.c. p. 86 ; and in Semper, / c. p. 386.

Hab. Philippine Sea.

33. D, PELLUCIDA.

Doriopsis pellucida, id. l.c. p. 86; and in Semper, J. ec. p. 386.

Hab. Philippine Sea.

34. D. puDIBUNDA.

Doriopsis pudibunda, id. 1. c. p. 86; and in Semper, J. ¢. p. 387.

Hab. Philippine Sea.

35. D. MACULIGERA.

Doriopsis maculigera, id. 1. c. p. 86 ; and in Semper, J. c. p. 387.

Hab. Philippine Sea.

36. D. pEBILIs.

Doriopsis debilis, Pease, Am. Journ. Conch. vii. 1. p. 11, pl. 5.

. 2, 2a (1871).

Hab. Huaheine.

37. D. compra.

Doriopsis compta, id. l. ec. p. 12, pl. 4. f. 1.

Hab. Apaiang.

38. D. soRDIDA. -

Doriopsis sordida, id. l.c. p. 14, pl. 4. f. 2.

Hab. Tahiti.

39. D. FUSCESCENS.

Doriopsis fuscescens, id. l.c. p. 14, pl. 4. f. 3.

Hab. Maiao.

40. D. KRUSENSTERNII.

Figured in Krusenstern, Reise um die Welt, Atlas, T. Ixxxviii.

. 1-4 (1813).

Actinodoris krusensternii, “ Tilesius,”’ Gray.

Hab.

41. D. TILesit.

Figured in Krus. 7. c. Atlas, T. Ixxxviil. f. 5, 6.

Actinodoris tilesii, “ Tilesius,” Gray.

Hab,

42. D. parva, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs, 27, 28.)

Hab. 2

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 245

43. Doripopsis VARIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 23, 24.)

Hab. Ningpo.

44. D. suBPELLUcrIDA, sp. nov. (Pl. XXX. fig. 36.)

Hab. St. Vincent.

45. D. sprcunata, Bgh. in Semper, J. c. Bd. x. p. 387 (1876).

Hab. Philippine Sea.

46. D. mammosa, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 20, 21.)

Hab. ——?

47. D.? sp., Ald. & Hane. J. ¢. note, p. 115.

Hab. Madeira.

The following are probably Doridopside; but the published de-

scriptions are almost too vague to determine with certainty.

48. Doripopsis? MAURITIANA.

Doris mauritiana, Qu. & Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol., Zool. ii. p. 269,

pl. 20. f. 5-8 (1832).

Actinodoris mauritiana, Gray ; Doriopsis mauritiana, Bgh.

Hab. Mauritius.

49. D.? rumosa.

Doris fumosa, Qu. & Gaim. J. c. p. 267, pl. 19. f. 14-17.

Actinodoris fumosa, Gray ; Doriopsis fumosa, Bgh.

Hab. Mauritius.

50. D.? vio“acera.

Doris violacea, Qu. & Gaim. 1. c. p. 264, pl. 19. f. 1-3.

Hab. Australia.

51. D.? pENISONI.

Doris denisoni, Angas, J. c. p. 45, pl. 4. f. 2.

Hab. Port Jackson. >

52. D.? aurgEA.

Doris aurea, Qu. & Gaim. l.c. p. 265, pl. 19. f. 4-7.

Hab. Australia.

53. D.? aurRirTa.

Doris aurita, Gould, Un.-St. Exp]. Exp., ‘‘ Moll. &e.” p. 299,

pl. 23. f. 394 (1852).

Hab. Feejee Islands.

54. D.? NopULosa.

Doris nodulosa, Angas, 1. e. p. 48, pl. 4. f. 6.

Hab. New South Wales.

246 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [Mar. 6,

55. Dorrpoprsis ? CARNEOLA.

Doris carneola, id. 1. c. p. 48, pl. 4. f. 7.

Hab. Port Jackson.

56. D.? GRISEA.

Doris grisea, Kelaart, Ann. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. ii. p. 297 ( 1859).

Hab. Ceylon.

57. D.? SPONGIOSA.

Doris spongiosa, id. l. c. p. 302.

Hab. Ceylon.

58. D.? cerisa.

Doris cerisa, id. 1. e. p. 296.

Hab. Ceylon.

59. D.? SANDIEGENSIS.

Doris (Actinocyclus) sandiegensis, Cooper, Proc. Cal. Ac. Nat.

Sc. ii. p. 204 (1862).

Hab. West coast of North America (Sandiego Bay).

60. D.? veLuTINUsS.

Actinocyclus velutinus, Ehrenberg, Symb. Phys. An. evert. excl. Ins.

Hab. Red Sea (Massowah).

61. D.? rugosa.

Doris rugosa, Pease, Proe. Zool. Soe. for 1860, p. 31.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

62. D.? ra@ripa.

Doris feetida, id. 1. e. p. 31-

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

63. D.? RETICULATA.

Doris reticulata, id. t. c. p. 26.

Hab. Sandwich Islands.

64. D.? vERRUCOSA.

Actinocyclus verrucosus, Ehr. 1. ¢.

Hab. Red Sea.

65. D.? LuGuBRISs.

Doris (Dendrodoris) lugubris, id. ¢. e.

Hab. Red Sea (Massowah).

66. D.? cupREA.

Doris (Dendrodoris) cuprea, id. 1. ¢.

Hab. Red Sea (Massowah).

67. D.? GRANULATA.

Doris (Dendrodoris) granulata, id. l. e.

Hah. Red Sea (Massowah).

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 247

68. Doripopsis ? DIARDI.

Doris diardi, Kel. 1. c. iv, p. 267 (1859).

Hab. Ceylon.

69. D.? ELISABETHINA.

Doris elizabethina, id. l.c. p. 267.

Hab. Ceylon.

70. D.? martet’.

Doris mariei, Crosse, Journ. de Conch. 3° sér. xv. p. 307, pl. 12.

Hab. New Caledonia, Noumea.

71. D.? RossiTERI.

Doris rossiteri, id. l.c. p. 309, pl. 12. f. 2.

Hab. New Caledonia, Noumea.

72. D.? FABREI.

Doris fabrei, id. l. c. p. 310, pl. 12. f. 3.

Hab. New Caledonia, Nouméa.

Descriptions of the new Species.?

Doris CORIACEA, sp. nov. (Plate XXVII. figs. 1-4.)

Body much depressed, elliptic. Mantle very large, leathery, the

border widely extended all round and subcrenulate; granular above

from the presence of numerous close, minute, rounded, subequal

tubercles. Rhinophores clavate, with numerous laminee on the upper

half, retractile within deep cavities, the margins of which are raised

and denticulate at the edge. Branchiz 6, tripinnate, set round the

long, thin, tubular anus in a cavity having a 6-lobed completely

contractile margin. Oral tentacles short and flattened. Foot nar-

row, with a shallow transverse groove in front, the upper lamina

being rather enlarged and divided mesially.

The colour of the spirit specimens is in general brownish fawn,

sometimes darker, and occasionally nearly white. On the upper

surface irregular patches of minute black speckles are situated epi-

dermically between the granular tubercles. In some specimens these

black markings are nearly wanting ; in others, they are over the whole

1 Mr. Crosse gives no account of the oral apparatus of this or of the two

following species. He considers that the latter may belong to Mr. Pease’s genus

Doriopsis.

2 It is just possible that a few of the descriptions which follow may relate

to forms already named by other observers. For reasons more than once

alluded to, however, it is impossible to be certain of this either way ; all that

that can be said is, that none of the hitherto published diagnoses can be defi-

nitely referred to any of the following animals.

My descriptions would have been more minute had I been able to cut up

the specimens: they belong, however, to the collection of the British Museum ;

and I did not feel justified in making any thing like complete dissections.

248. MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

surface. Underneath, a close, black, minute freckling is usually

found on and near the sides of the foot, but not elsewhere.

In a large spirit specimen the length was 82 millimetres, the

breadth 59, the height (or thickness from the middle of the back to

the sole of the foot) 15.

Hab. South Afriea ; Seychelles ; Sir C. Hardy’s Islands.

The mantle is highly spiculose, the spicula being numerous and

close, crossing each other more or less at right angles, nearly straight

and cylindrical in form, and with blunt ends. They are rather

massed together in bundles.

The odontophore is comparatively small, and bears about 26

transverse rows of numerous small, well-curved, lateral spines.

Doris INFRAMACULATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXVII. figs. 5-7.)

Body depressed, oblong-elliptic. Mantle leathery, finely granular

above, with a wide, irregularly crenulate border. Rhinophores

clavate, the apex pointed and bent rather backwards, laminated low

down, their cavities with raised crenulate border. Branchie 6, tri-

pinnate, spreading: the anus short, with its margin digitate ; the

general cavity has the edge raised, smooth, or sublobulate. Oral

tentacles small, subconical, and grooved above. Foot oblong, trun-

cate in front, rounded behind, with a small transverse anterior

groove, having the upper lamina notched.

Colour of the spirit specimens light-brown, with irregular patches

of dark-brown situated between the minute granular tubercles of the

upper surface, principally upon the mantle-border. Underneath, upon

the sides and upon the mantle-expansion, are some large and small

chocolate-brown spots.

Length (in spirit) 50 millims., breadth 34.

Hab.- Amboina.

The odontophore is proportionally larger than in D. coriacea: it

bears about 30 transverse rows of lateral recurved spines.

Doris INFRANZVATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXVII. fig. 8.)

Body oblong-elliptic, depressed. Mantle widely expanded all

round, with a wavy and irregularly crenulate border, covered above

with very minute granules. Rhinophores clavate, with the upper

half diagonally laminate and conical, the lower rather swollen and

marked with transverse strize, retractile within cavities, with the mar-

gin raised, denticulate and contractile. Branchize 6, bipinnate ; the

anus long and tubular ; the general cavity with the wall produced,

6-lobed,- and completely contractile. Oral tentacles sublinear,

flattened, or longitudinally indistinctly grooved on the upperside.

Foot oblong, rounded before aud behind; transversely grooved,

with the upper lamina notched, in front.

Colour (in spirit) light brownish ; above, sparingly clouded with epi-

dermic intergranular brown ; beneath, with scattered, unequal, dark-

brown freckles upon the mantle-expansion all round, near the foot.

Length (of a large specimen in spirit) 42 millims., breadth 28.

Hab. Mediterranean Sea.

1877.] | ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 249

Doris TABULATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXVII. fig. 9.)

Body very flat, oblong, rounded before and behind. Mantle

widely expanded all round, the border subcrenulate and rather un-

dulate at the extreme edge, covered above with very minute, close,

granular tubercles, the surface being, nevertheless, smooth to the

touch. Rhinophores small, close together, retractile into cavities

which have the border slightly raised, denticulate and contractile.

Branchiz 6, small, tripinnate, retractile within a cavity protected by

six procumbent contractile lobes. Oral tentacles short and subcylin-

drical. Foot small, very narrow, grooved in front, with the uppe:

lamina notched.

General colour (in spirit) light brown, with a dusky patch on the

back and on the sole of the foot; above, on the mantle-expansion,

are patches of brown, minute, epidermic, intergranular reticulations.

Length (in Hedy 55 millims., breadth 35, height 7.

Hab. f

The mantle-spicules are numerous and close, with blunt ends ;

some are straight, others more or less bent.

Doris HEPATICA, sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 9, diam. 3.)

Body oval-oblong, rather depressed. Mantle expanded all round,

thick and fleshy, with the border irregularly subcrenate and undu-

lating ; smooth to the touch, covered above with minute, close,

granular, soft, unequal, rounded tubercles. Rhinophores clavate,

retractile into wide cavities, with the margins denticulate, although

but little raised. Branchiz 6, tripinnate, rather short, retractile in

a cavity with the edge raised and irregularly 6-lobed. Oral tentacles

short, flat, subconic in outline. Foot broadest in the middle, about

one third the width of the mantle, rounded at both ends, anteriorly

grooved, with the upper lamina expanded and widely notched in the

centre.

The general tint of the spirit specimen is a dark liver-colour.

Length (in spirit) 90 millims., breadth 5-4.

Hab. Pacific Ocean (Riciniola).

The mantle is well furnished with spicules, which are irregularly

cylindrical and with rounded ends; they are of different sizes, but

none very large.

Doris MABILLA, sp. nov. [Bergh in sched.]. (Plate XXVIII.

figs. 1-4.)

Form depressed, elliptic; mantle large, thick, fleshy, gradually

thinning to a subcrenulate edge; raised upon the upper surface into

large, irregular, flattened pustules, which, in the larger specimens,

become rugose upon the summit. Rhinophores with the upper half

diagonally laminated, conical, and bent rather backwards, their pedi-

cels long and somewhat slender; the cavities have the margins

raised into subcrenate-edged sheaths. Branchie 6, large, tripinnate,

spreading, set round the tubular anus in a cavity which has the mar-

- gin divided into 6 large procumbent lobes. Oral tentacles flat and

rather leaf-like. Foot long and narrow, truncated and transversely

250 MR. P.S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

slit in front, with the upper lamina enlarged and divided in the

middle; rounded behind, and not reaching to the mantle-edge.

Colour (of the spirit specimens) mottled greyish brown avove, with

the pustules generally much lighter, except on their summits ; be-

neath, the colour is a light grey, shading into brownish towards the

margin; a broad irregular band of chocolate-colour, often more or

less composed of large confluent blotches, extends all round, except

quite posteriorly, on the mantle-expansion, not quitezhalfway between

the foot and the edge. The foot is chocolate-brown, with a lighter

band round the border. The large specimens are generally darker.

Length (of an average spirit specimen) 95 millims., breadth 62,

breadth of foot 22.

Hab. Seychelles ; Samoa.

The mantle-spicules are long and very slender: they are occasion-

ally subnodular towards the ends, which are but little acuminated.

The mouth opens into a large fleshy pharynx, upon each side of

which is a rather small chitinous plate, and which becomes inwards

rather cartilaginous and longitudinally plicated.

The odontophore is broad, with about 26 transverse rows of nume-

rous lateral spines, which are short, hook-shaped, the base of each

being elongated, laterally flattened, and slightly knobbed at the

anterior angle.

Doris suBTUMIDA, sp. nov. (Plate XXVII. figs. 10, 11.)

Body elliptic, inflated on the back. Mantle large and expanded

all round, the border wavy and subcrenulate at the edge, covered

above with minute granules. Rhinophores clavate, short, the upper

two thirds laminated, the apex somewhat truncated and mucronate ;

retractile within large cavities, of which the margins are prolonged

and lobulate. Branchiz 6, rather short, tripinnate, set round the

short tubular anus, which is just in front of the division between the

two hindermost plumes ; the general branchial cavity is deep, with

the wall produced and lobulate. Oral tentacles long, linear, and

grooved above. Foot broadest in the middle, rounded in front and

behind, with an anterior transverse groove and notched upper

lamina.

Colour of the spirit specimen light brown, covered above (very

thickly on the sides) with dark brown epidermic intergranular

clouding. The rhinophores and ramifications of the branchiz are

purplish brown. Below, the tint is yellowish, with an orange tinge

on the foot, and with scattered unequal purplish-brown spots and

freckles all over the pallial expansion, except at the extreme border.

Length (in spirit) 55 millims., breadth 38, height 14.

Hab. Mediterranean Sea.

The spicules are slender, moderate in size, numerous, and close.

Doris SPECIOSA, sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII. figs 10, 11.)

Body elliptic. Mantle widely expanded all round, leathery, gra-

nular above, from the presence of numerous close minute tubercles ;

1877.| ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 251

the border crenulate. Rhinophores elongate-conical, upon a con-

tracted base, with minute numerous lamine extending far down,

retractile into deep cavities, which have the openings raised into

denticulated sheaths. Branchiz 7, bipinnate, spreading ; along the

internal face of each plume lie a central midrib and two lateral lon-

gitudinal bordering veins; between these extend delicate upright

laminze, which, towards the free end of the plume, become developed

into branches. The anus is short, with the aperture somewhat fim-

briate and dentate. The branchial cavity has the border raised and

indistinctly lobulate. Oral tentacles short, subconical, and rather

grooved above. Foot narrow, widest across the middle, with an

anterior transverse groove, the upper lamina of which is deeply

notched, a little enlarged, and bearing one or two terminal papillee at

each side of the notch. The foot becomes acuminated, small, and

free behind.

Colour of the spirit specimen light brownish, closely and irregularly

blotched with reddish brown on the back, and with darker unequal

spots upon the mantle-expansion. Branchie and rhinophores light

brown. Underneath, the general tint is yellowish brown, with an

orange tinge upon the foot, and with a few large unequal round or

oval black spots upon the sides of the body and upon the neigh-

bouring portion of the mantle; some smaller spots are upon the sides

of the foot.

Length (in spirit) 45 millims., breadth 32, height 10.

Hab. Amboina.

The mantle-spicules are numerous, slender, elongated, cylindrical,

and interlacing.

Doris sTRAGULATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 7, 8.)

Body oval, convex on the back. Mantle very large, soft, thick,

and fleshy, especially on the expanded border, the edge of which is

irregularly crenate: it is thickly covered above with small, unequal,

rounded tubercles; beneath, it is smooth. The rhinophores are

short and clavate, with rounded and somewhat mucronate tips:

their cavities have the margins produced into wide tuberculated

fleshy sheaths. Branchiz 6, short, tripinnate, closely embracing

the short tubular anus, and retractile into a deep cavity with a 6-

lobed margin. Oral tentacles flat, linear, and poimted. Foot com-

paratively small, oblong, rounded at both ends; anteriorly with a

deep transverse slit, having the upper lamina expanded, mesially

divided by a large triangular notch, and more or less lobulated.

The outline of the lower lamina is rather crenulate.

General colour (in spirit) a mottled grey, lighter upon the mantle-

expansion, the darker tint being formed by a minute dotting between

the tubercles. The rhinophores are grey, with whitish tips; the

branchiee greenish mottled grey. On the under surface a broad

mottled brown band is situated all round between the foot and the

mantle-margin. The latter is yellowish, and the wavy line of demarca-

tion is tolerably distinct. The oral tentacles are yellowish, and the

foot brown and blotchy except on the edge.

252 . MR. P. Ss ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

Length (in spirit) 72 millims., breadth 46, height 14; width of

mantle-expansion 13 laterally, 22 posteriorly.

Hab. 2

Mantle-spicules rather small, slender, and spindle-shaped.

Doris VEsTITA, sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 5, 6.)

General form elliptic, very convex on the back. Mantle ample,

fleshy, widely expanded all round, in broad waves or folds at the

border, covered closely on the upper surface with small, elongated,

conical or slightly clavate, semitransparent tubercles, which are

somewhat larger upon the marginal expansion. Rhinophores clavate,

laminated for four fifths of their length, the lamine being diagonal,

about 14 in number, and lying between slight. anterior and posterior

longitudinal depressions ; the apices are truncated, and bear a broad

simple terminal style ; the cavities into which they are retractile are

produced into short tuberculated sheaths with toothed edges.

Branchize 7, short, broad, tripinnate, not very distinctly separated

from each other, and set in a circle, interrupted behind, around a

tubular anus: the wall of the cavity into which they are retractile is

somewhat raised and irregularly denticulate at the margin’. Oral

tentacles small, elongated, and conical. Foot about one third as

broad as the mantle, rounded in front, with a deep transverse groove,

the upper lamina of which is mesially divided ; the posterior end is

acuminated, and does not extend as far as the mantle-edge.

The general colour of the spirit specimens is a yellowish or light

brown, with an orange or pinkish tinge upon the foot.

Length (in spirit) 42 millims., breadth 32, height 15.

Hab. Straits of Magellan.

The pallial spicules are slender, comparatively rather small, toler-

ably straight, and numerous.

The odontophore is very small: there are about 13 transverse

rows of numerous elongated recurved spines, none of them central in

position.

Doris MURREA, sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 12-14.)

Body elliptic, oblong, rather convex. Mantle ample, cartilaginous,

the border expanded and rather thick; the surface granular and

gritty to the touch from the close covering of minute, unequal,

rounded, hard tubercles. Rhinophores far forward, small, clavate,

the lamine proceeding from a posterior longitudinal ridge; their

cavities are with slightly raised and minutely denticulated margin.

Branchiz 6, slender, bipinnate, set far back, closely around a very

small tubular anus, in a deep cavity, which has the margin raised,

denticulated, and completely contractile. Oral tentacles small, coni-

cal, and pointed. Foot oblong, transversely grooved in front, with

the upper lamina rather enlarged and notched.

1 Tn one specimen the branchiz seem to be more numerous in consequence of

their indistinct separation and of the prolongation of their lower branches. The

sheath of the branchial cayity is also more deeply and distinctly toothed.

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 253

Colour (in spirit) white, with an opaque greyish marbling on the

upper surface.

Length (in spirit) 36 millims., breadth 20, height 10.

Hab. Mauritius.

The mantle-spicules are small, slightly bent, with the surface a

little nodular or rough.

Odontophore broad, with numerous short hook-shaped spines, the

bases of which are laterally flattened.

Doris GRANULOSA, sp. noy. (Plate XXIX. figs. 1-3.)

Body oblong-elliptic, not very depressed. Mantle ample, pre-

senting a granular appearance from a close covering of small, sessile,

unequal, rounded tubercles. Rhinophores minutely laminated, rather

slender, subconical or pyriform (in one specimen the apices are

slightly enlarged and rounded) ; their cavities are wide, and have the

margins produced into short tuberculated and denticulated sheaths,

Branchiz 8,rather short, slender and spreading, bipinnate, surrounding

the short tubular anus in a circle interrupted behind ; the two hinder-

most plumes are deeply divided; the margin of their common cavity

is nearly smooth. Oral tentacles small, free, flat, and linear. Foot

oblong, truncated and transversely grooved in front, with the upper

lamina deeply notched, the lower slightly so; the posterior extremity

is rounded, and the border flattened.

Length (in spirit) 17 millims., breadth 11.

The colour of the preserved specimens is a dirty yellowish.

Hab. New Zealand.

The mantle-spicules are small, very short, and spindle-shaped.

Odontophore broad, with numerous lateral spines, which are com-

paratively large and recurved at an angle.

Doris LoNGULA, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 4, 5.)

Body oblong, rounded at both ends. Mantle ample, covered with

a minute, subequal granulation. Rhinophores short, broad, and

apparently conical ; their cavities with the apertures simple, and not

produced. Branchize 12, small, slender, bipinnate, in a complete

circle round the tubular anus; retractile in a wide cavity with

minutely and irregularly denticulated margin. Oral tentacles small

and linear. Foot oblong, rounded at the ends, transversely grooved

in front, with both laminze notched ; it reaches behind to the edge

of the mantle ; and its border is free and flattened.

Length (in spirit) 18 millims., breadth 7.

Colour (in spirit) a dirty cream.

Hab. New Zealand.

Doris cucunuata, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 11, 12.)

Body oblong, raised. Mantle widely expanded, somewhat like a

hood, over the head ; elsewhere with the border but little developed,

and not extending down to the foot laterally or posteriorly ; it is

closely covered with small, subequal, conical tubercles. Rbinophores

{their form not determinable in the specimen) retractile within large

254 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

deep cavities having the margin produced into short, wide, tubercu-

lated sheaths. Branchize plumose, situated in a cavity very far back,

their number not determinable in the specimen; but apparently

they are not very numerous. Oral tentacles linear, pointed. Foot

elongate, nearly as broad as the body, rounded and _ transversely

grooved in front, with the upper lamina raised and notched ; acumi-

nated and produced beyond the mantle at the back.

Colour of the spirit specimen light greyish brown, blotched with

reddish in front of the rhinophores and near the branchie.

Length (in spirit) 21 millims., breadth 8, height 7.

Hab. 2

Doris ANALAMPULLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 8-10.)

Body oval, convex. Mantle large, with a thin wavy border ex-

tending all round, closely covered with minute, subequal, rounded,

granular tubercles. Rhinophores clavate, with rounded apices and

minute diagonal lamine extending far down; their cavities with the

margin raised and tuberculated. Branchize 7, small, indistinctly bipin-

nate, set, at a little distance, around a long, tubular, bottle-shaped

anus, which is situated almost in the interval between the two hinder-

most plumes; the whole retractile in a cavity with slightly raised

border. Oral tentacles small, linear, and pointed. Foot elliptic-

oblong, rounded before and behind, indistinctly grooved in front,

flattened at the border, especially posteriorly, where it is nearly co-

extensive with the end of the mantle.

Colour (in spirit) semitransparent white, with a yellowish tinge on

the back.

Length (in spirit) 15 millims., breadth 10.

Hab. Australian seas.

Doris LABIFERA, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 13, 14.)

Body oblong. Mantle not much extended beyond the foot, but

ample in front of the head, covered with close, small, unequal, rounded

tubercles, which become smaller upon the border. Rhinophores

short, clavate, with a slight longitudinal depression in front, from

which the lamine arise ; their cavities with slightly raised tubercu-

lated margins. Branchie 6, short, tripinnate, embracing in a com-

plete circle the central short tubular anus; the divisions between

the plumes do not extend far down, except in the case of the two

hindermost ; the cavity into which they are retractile has the mar-

gin raised into a short, tuberculated, denticulated sheath. Oral

tentacles small, elongate, conical, and pointed. Foot oblong, trun-

cated and transversely grooved in front, with the upper lamina

notched ; behind, it is narrrower and rounded, and reaches as far as

the posterior edge of the mantle; the border is flattened and

minutely tuberculated above.

Colour (in spirit) purplish grey, with dark blotches and mottling,

produced by a minute purple dotting between the tubercles; the

midribs of the branchie are violet-grey, from a similar minute freck-

ling; the other parts of the branchize and the rhinophores are

1877.| ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 255

yellowish. Beneath, there is a small, unequal, dark freckling, with

larger spots upon the foot, and especially upon the upper surface of

its border; the ground-colour of the foot is yellowish.

Length (in spirit) 32 millims., breadth 19.

Hab. The Seychelles.

In two of the specimens the mantle is broader, and the spots upon

the under surface are larger on the mantle than on the foot ; in one

of them the tubercles are smaller, more conical, or subclavate, and

the rhinophores are more massive, the purple of the branchial mid-

ribs is also more decided and not produced solely by a minute freck-

ling ; in the other the foot is comparatively very small, and the

lateral and posterior border of the mantle is widely expanded and

fleshy.

The mantle-spicules are rather small, spindle-shaped, and generally

more ot less bent.

Odontophore broad, with about 19 rows of numerous, strongly re-

flected spines, none of them mesially placed.

Doris LANUGINATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 15-17.)

Body ovate, rather convex. Mantle large, expanded all round, with

a wavy irregularly crenate border; it is covered closely with

numerous, small, soft, linear tubercles. Rhinophores clavate, short,

thick, truncated at the apices, and with numerous fine lamellz ex-

tending far down; they are retractile within large, wide, denticu-

lated and tuberculated sheaths. Branchiz 5, short, broad, tripinnate,

set deeply in a pallial cavity with raised denticulate margin; the

short tubular anus is situated almost between the two posterior

plumes. Oral tentacles flat, spatulate, and longitudinally grooved

above. Foot oblong, rounded at both ends, with a deep transverse

slit in front, the upper lamina divided, and with a short process in

the middle; flattened, and with crenulate edge at the sides and pos-

teriorly.

Colour of the spirit specimen dirty greyish brown, mottled with

darker, the dark shade prevailing over the upper surface, except on

the more central dorsal area. Below, the tint is uniform and lighter,

with the exception of a few dark-brown spots ; the upper surface of

the border of the foot is freckled and sparsely spotted with dark

brown.

Length (in spirit) 33 millims., breadth 23, height 13.

Hab. New Zealand.

The mantle-spicules are small, short, and often a little bent.

Doris COLLATATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 25, 26.)

Body elliptic, convex on the back. Mantle very large, soft, pro-

duced into a thin, wavy, crenulate border, and covered with numerous,

small, unequal, rounded tubercles; the under surface is subgranular.

Rhinophores short, thick, clavate, rounded at the tips, with numerous

fine laminze reaching down to the short pedicle, and retractile within

wide cavities which have the margins produced and denticulated.

Branchiz 8, tripinnate, the lateral ones longest ; the two most pos-

256 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

terior arise from the bases of the neighbouring plumes; the anus is

tubular ; the whole system is retractile into a cavity with a thin pro-

duced and crenate margin. Oral tentacles small, elongate, conical,

and rather flattened. Foot much narrower and smaller than the

mantle, truncated and grooved, with the upper lamina enlarged and

divided in front.

General colour of the spirit specimens olive, with indistinct brownish

patches on the mantle-border and on the foot.

Length (in spirit) 57 millims., breadth 42, height 12; width of

lateral mantle-expansion about 16 millims.

Hab. Port Essington.

The mantle-spicules are rather small, spindle-shaped, and inter-

laced in bundles; they are absent in the extreme border of the

mantle.

Odontophore broad, with the numerous lateral spines reflected

and bearing one or two small denticulations at the angle.

Doris MUSCULA, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 6, 7.)

Body elliptical, convex. Mantle covering the head and the foot,

bnt not laterally flattened or extended into a border; it is covered

above with very small, close, equal, elongated, linear or subclavate

tubercles. Rhinophores (not visible in the specimen) retractile into

cavities, of which the mouths are produced into short tuberculated

sheaths. Branchiz 9, small, simply pinnate, or bearing lateral

lamin, and compressed ; the margin of the cavity into which they

are retractile is fringed with small elongated tubercles. Oral ten-

tacles rather flat and linear. Foot oblong, rounded at the ends,

with a deep transverse groove in front, the upper lamina being thin

and mesially divided ; it does not extend behind as far as the mantle-

edge.

Colour of the spirit specimen greyish, with a yellowish tinge

beneath ; on the back is a longitudinal band of faint reddish brown,

extending from between ‘the rhinophores nearly as far as the

branchize, and bordered on each side by an equally broad indistinct

blue band, shading into grey on the outer sides ; the two latter bands

join together between the rhinophores and before the branchize. The

coloration of these bands is produced by a very minute close freckling

between the small tubercles.

Length (in spirit) 13 millims., breadth 9, height 5.

Hab. New Zealand.

Doris PusTuLATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 18, 19.)

Body oblong-elliptic, rather convex. Mantle large, extending

everywhere beyond the foot,-.and bearing large, separate, sessile,

clavate, flattened, rounded, opaque tubercles, some smaller than

others, which become more numerous and smaller upon the border.

Rhinophores short, clavate, rounded, retractile through short sheaths

which have the margins furnished with three tubercular processes—

one on each side, and the third posterior and smaller. Branchie 8,

small, bipinnate, the two posterior ones bifid, or indistinctly trifid,

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 257

set round the tubular anus in a circle interrupted in front as well as

at the back; the produced margin of their cavity is covered with

small tubercles and is crenulate. Oral tentacles in the form of small,

conical, lateral tubercles, Foot small, oblong, transversely slit in

front, and with the anterior lamina notched 3 gradually tapering and

rounded behind.

Colour (in spirit) semitransparent yellowish white, with the

tubercles opaque.

Length (in spirit) 32 millims., breadth 21, height 12,

fab. Australian seas.

The mantle-spicules are small, straight, and cylindrical.

Doris RartPiuosa, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 29, 30.))

General form elliptic-oblong, convex. Mantle ample, soft and

membranous on the back, subcartilaginous on the sides, where it is

thickened and a little expanded ; the border is irregularly and spa-

ringly crenulate; the upper surface bears small, scattered, linear, soft

papillz, which are tolerably numerous on the sides, but are fewer on

the back and on the border; between the papillze are small, short,

conical tubercles, becoming rounded on the border, and giving to the

latter a granular appearance ; the inferior surface is smooth, Rhino-

phores short,. broad, subclavate or conical, pointed, with the

numerous small diagonal lamine reaching far down and extending

between slight anterior and posterior ridges ; they are retractile into

cavities with raised and denticulated margins. Branchie 6, short,

wide, tripinnate, the main branches deeply divided. The anus is

elongated, its base greatly enlarged and its orifice denticulated ; the

common cavity has the border prominent and indistinctly lobate.

Head large ; oral tentacles flat, semicrescentic in outline, and pointed

forwards and inwards. Foot elongate, but not reaching to the

posterior edge of the mantle, much narrower than the latter, trun-

cated, transversely grooved, with the upper lamina widely notched

in front, gradually acuminating to a rounded point behind.

Colour of the spirit specimens light dirty brown above, thickly

mottled with brownish black on the sides and around the border ;

the branchize are light reddish brown ; underneath, the general tint

is reddish brown, with a dark minute speckling on the head, on the

anterior portion of the mantle, and on the sides of the foot, and with

large irregular black blotches, running into one another, on the sides

of the body, between the foot and the mantle.

Length (in spirit) 64 millims., breadth 38, height 24,

Hab, i

The mantle-spicules are small, spindle-shaped, and slightly bent

or curved.

Doris MOLLIPUSTULATA, sp.nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 13, 14.)

Body broadly ovate, gently convex, and very soft. Mantle large

and pulpy, the border extended at the sides and gradually thinning

to a subcrenulate edge ; it is covered above with Opaque, raised, un-

equal, soft, pustular surfaces, each of which bears one or more tuber-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. XVII. 17

258 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

cles. (Rhinophores retracted and not visible in the specimen.)

Branchize 10, small, slender, simple, strap-shaped, pointed, the

inner edge serrate ; they surround the anal opening, and are com-

pletely retractile into a cavity with a contractile orifice. Mouth in

the centre of a triangular raised surface, the side angles of which are

produced but not free ; on each side of the oral opening is a small

indistinct tubercle. Foot not quite one third as broad as the mantle,

truncated in front, with the margin thin and mesially notched, and

rather produced laterally at the angles; it gradually narrows toa

rounded point behind, and does not extend beyond the mantle-

border.

Colour of the spirit specimen transparent white, with the pustules

and the margins of the mantle and foot opaque white ; the tubercles

are yellowish; the branchiz yellowish, lineated with white.

Length (in spirit) 12 millims., breadth 10, height 5.

Hab. ?

In a section of the mantle but one doubtful spicular-looking body

was seen.

Doris PECULIARIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 15-17.)

Body oblong, rounded at both ends, convex, soft. The mantle

reaches down over the head and foot all round, but with not much

of the border free ; it is rather closely covered above with unequal,

rotundate, soft, subrugose; flattish tubercles; and underneath it is

marked with reticulating raised striee. Rhinophores oblong, slender,

broadest at the apex, rather compressed from before backwards,

rounded at the base and marked with minute laminations; they

appear to arise from the anterior base of a large, sessile, whitish

opaque body, which occupies the floor of the rimmed wide cavity

into which the rhinophore is retractile ; they are placed well forward

and rather close together. Branchiz 5, wide, deeply divided, and

indistinctly tripinnate; they are set in a circle interrupted on the

left side ; and between the two plumes which bound the hiatus is

situated the soft tubular anus ; between the latter and the roots of

the neighbouring branchiz extend ridges or lamin ; the whole

system is retractile within a circular, rimmed cavity, situated far

back. Mouth minute, in the middle of an indistinct, small, trian-

gular, bilobed, raised surface, without tentacular appendages. Foot

oblong, broad, nearly coextensive with the mantle, rounded in front

and behind, the border flattened all round and notched in front.

General colour of the spirit specimen purplish grey, with the

tubercles of a darker and more reddish tint.

Length (in spirit) 26 millims., breadth 13, height 9.

Hab. South Australia (Port Lincoln).

The mantle-spicules are short, mostly spindle-shaped and bent.

Doris PRETENERA, Sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 10-12.)

Body elliptic, broad in the middle, more or less acuminated at the

ends, rather convex, soft. Mantle smooth, fleshy, semigelatinous, the

border fleshy and not much expanded. Rhinophores clavate, dia-

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 259

gonally laminated, and truncated at the apex, retractile, with soft

protuberant sheaths situated very far forward and near together.

Branchie 5, short, tripiunate, the two hinder plumes sometimes

double ; between the latter is situated the short, broad, tubular anus;

the margin of the general cavity is a little raised and smooth. Oral

tentacles flattish, grooved above, variable in size, in one specimen

rather long and linear. Foot oblong, subtruncate, and without a

groove in front, rounded and but little free behind.

Colour of the spirit specimens semitransparent creamy white ;

the rhinophores smoky, with whitish tips; the branchial pinnule

blackish.

Length (in spirit) 38 millims., breadth 23, height 13.

Hab. New South Wales.

The mantle seems to be almost devoid of spicules ; in one section

one or two uncertain elongated bodies were seen.

The mouth opens vertically into a soft conical buccal chamber,

which has the wall longitudinally plicated ; projecting into the base

of this is a large cartilaginous nodular protuberance with an open-

ing in the middle. This probably serves as a kind of prehensile

buccal collar ; but it is not spiculose. The odontophore is of the

typical Doris type, broad, the sides bent up and applied together,

with about 16 transverse rows of numerous spines. The latter are

well developed, long, pointed, and recurved, laterally compressed,

with broad bases; none are central in position ; but the lateral rows

nearly meet in the middle line.

Doris WELLINGTONENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 27, 28.)

Body oval, convex, swollen. Mantle thick, fleshy, not extended

or flattened at the border; covered with large, rounded, flat pustules,

between which are scattered small, opaque, whitish tubercular spots.

Rhinophores small, clavate, compressed from before backwards, each

with more than 26 small laminz, lying between shallow longitudinal

depressions, and extending low down; the apices are styliform, and

marked with laminz, except at the extreme rounded tip; they are

retractile through large, wide, fleshy sheaths. Branchiz 7, ramose,

tripinnate, moderate in size, surrounding the tubular anus, which is

placed near, and opposite to, the interval between the last two

plumes ; the whole system is retractile within a large deep cavity,

the margin of which is crenulate and wavy, and can be contracted

completely over them. Oral tentacles short, thick, tubercular, trun-

cated, and apparently with a central pit on the apex. Foot oblong,

broad, fleshy, flatly rounded, and without an anterior groove ; pos-

teriorly it is obtusely acuminated.

Colour of the spirit specimen dirty white.

Length (in spirits) 42 millims., breadth 30, height 21.

Hab. New Zealand (Wellington).

The mantle-spicules seem to be absent.

Doris? DELICATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 20-22.)

Body elliptic-oblong, truncated in front, obtusely and roundly

les

260 MR. P.S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

pointed behind, subprismatic, the dorsal surface flat or but little

curved ; soft, the sides raised. Mantle small, with the border but

little extended and not reaching to the foot, or much over the head,

the edge subcrenulate and upturned in parts, especially in front ; it

is covered above with minute, soft, flattish tubercles. Rhinophores

elongate, slender, clavate, pointed, laminated above, inclined laterally,

and retractile into cavities with the margins raised into very short,

smooth sheaths. Branchize 6, small, slender, apparently bipinnate,

the two hinder ones bifid; the anus is short and tubular, and placed

in front of the interval between the two hindermost plumes; the

whole system is retractile within a small marginated branchial

cavity, which is situated very far back. Oral tentacles long, linear,

and pointed. Mouth subterminal, in the centre of a large rounded

tubercle. Foot oblong, narrow, truncated in front, free and roundly

pointed behind, but not reaching beyond the mantle-border.

Colour of the spirit specimen transparent yellowish white, with

the viscera showing through the back and side in a purplish patch.

The mantle-border is marked above with a few greyish pitted spots.

Length (in spirit) 20 millims., breadth 10.

Hab. Chilian coast (Chiloe).

In a small section of the mantle-border no spicules could be dis-

tinguished.

Curomoporis? MOLLITA, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 18, 19.)

Body oblong, rounded at both ends, not much compressed, soft.

The mantle is expanded into a short, free, wavy sublobate border,

rather enlarged posteriorly and over the head; it is nowhere erect.

Rhinophores apparently short, thick, clavate, with the upper portion

laminate and pointing backwards; their cavities have the openings

completely contractile and but barely raised. Branchiee about 27

in number, irregular, pinnate, some of them divided into two or more

branches towards the apex ; and the hinder ones are small; they are

set upon a rhachis, turning inwards behind, which lies in front and

at the sides of the short tubular anus, and are retractile into a

cavity with the margin somewhat raised. Mouth subterminal, with-

out tentacles or veil. Foot oblong, truncated, and with a shallow

transverse groove in front, rounded, flattened, and extending beyond

the mantle-border behind.

Colour of the spirit specimen semitransparent greyish white,

mottled with opaque white. The roots and midribs of the branchiz

and the edges of the rhinophore-laminz are opaque white.

Length (in Bey? 19 millims., breadth 11, height 8.

Hab. ?

HeEXABRANCHUS ORBICULARIS, sp.nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 23,

24.)

Form depressed, outline nearly circular. Mantle expanded all

round, except in front, gradually thinning off into a membranous sub-

crenulate and fimbriate border. Rhinophores small, conical above,

laminated and recurved, retractile into narrow cavities with slightly

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 261

raised openings. Branchiz numerous, small, ramose, non-retractile,

arranged in 8 bundles at some distance around the thickened, gently

protuberant anus. Oral tentacles moderately large, fleshy, flattened,

subcordate in outline, with the border multilobulate. Foot broadly

rounded and indistinctly grooved in front, narrower and rounded

behind.

Colour of the fresh spirit specimen purplish red, mottled with

white upon the back, and especially on the sides ; at the commence-

ment of the mantle-expansion along each side are about 12 irre-

gular, subrhomboid, white blotches 3; with the exception of a distinct

band of transparent purplish white at the extreme border, the re-

mainder of the expansion is red with darker radiating streaks. The

rhinophores are red; the branchiz white, streaked with red; and

the anus is yellow. Underneath, the surface is chiefly mottled with

red and white; the sole of the foot is uniform reddish with a

yellowish edge; and the margin of the mantle is purplish white.

Length (in spirit) 72 millims., extreme breadth 75.

Hab. Mauritius.

No spicules could be found in the mantle.

HEXABRANCHUS ANEITEUMENSIS, sp. nov.

H. aneitensis, Bergh [in sched. ].

Body oblong-ovate, soft, smooth, depressed. Mantle expanded,

especially at the sides and behind, with the edge membranous and

fimbriate. Rhinophores with the upper part short, thick, conical,

laminated, and recurved ; the pedicels slender; retractile in smoothly

marginated cavities. Branchie short, soft, tamose, in 7 irregular

bundles at some distance around the wide anus, the opening of

which is slightly raised. Oral tentacles flat, fleshy, with deeply

and many-lobed border. Foot from one third to one half the breadth

of the mantle, transversely grooved in front, the lateral and posterior

borders much flattened.

Colour of the spirit specimens, above, mottled red and white,

the branchiz streaked with red ; below, the sides and mantle

covered with reticulating spotted red markings ; the sole of the foot

uniform reddish.

Hab. New Hebrides (Aneiteum).

HEXABRANCHUS MAURITIENSIS, Sp. nov.

Form elliptic, moderately depressed, smooth. Mantle expanded

at the sides, with the border thinning out, subcrenulate and fimbriate,

except in front, where it is rather thickened, and very little of it is free.

Rhinophores with the upper portion diagonally laminate, conical,

rather slender, pointed, and directed backwards ; their cavities with

short, plain, sheathing margins. Branchiz in 7 or 8 non-retractile

bundles, each containing three or more irregular, short, tripinnate

plumes, set round at some distance from the anus. Mouth large ;

oral tentacles moderate, fleshy, leaf-like lobes, with crenulate edges,

Foot long, truncated in front, extending behind nearly as far as the

end of the mantle.

262 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

Colour of the spirit specimens greyish white, clouded in parts;

one example from Rodriguez, probably of the same species, is of a

uniform dark grey.

Length (in spirit) of a large specimen 75 millims., breadth 65.

Hab. Mauritius ; Rodriguez.

As in all the other species of Hewabranchus examined, there are

apparently no mantle-spicules.

The mouth is furnished with longitudinally-striated corneous

lateral plates. The odontophore is large, with about 30 transverse

rows of numerous lateral spines, which are large, upon elongated

bases, and not so much recurved as in HH. aneiteumensis.

ACANTHODORIS MOLLICELLA, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 1-4.)

Body ovate, convex, soft. Mantle covering the back and sides,

but not extending over the border of the foot, bearing above large,

long, linear or subconical, soft papillee, which are especially numerous

at the sides and around the branchie. Rhinophores long, slender,

pointed, apparently conical and laminated far down; the denticu-

lated sheath, through which each is retractile, has two of the antero-

lateral divisions enlarged and produced into two long, flat, conical

papille. Branchie 7 to 9, bipinnate, non-retractile, their bases

united, and set in a star around the short tubular anal opening.

Oral veil short from before backwards, with the lateral ends free and

flattened. Foot broad and oblong, truncated (or the outline curving

inwards) in front, and without a transverse groove; it is flatly

rounded behind ; and the border all round is flattened, crenulate, and

extending beyond the mantle, particularly posteriorly.

The colour of the spirit specimens is a uniform dark greyish olive.

Length (in spirit) 28 millims., breadth 17, height 11.

Hab. Lord Auckland’s Islands.

The mantle-spicules are comparatively few in number, small,

spindle-shaped, and some rather bent.

There is a very small spinous prehensile collar, between the

laminze of which project two minute chitinous points (rudimentary

lower jaw); its spines are very minute and recurved ; their shape

could only be made out under a quarter-inch object glass. The

odontophore is narrow and strap-shaped, and bears about 14 trans-

verse rows of recurved spines; the two median ones of each row

are large, with more or less quadrangular elongated and laterally

flattened bases ; outside these on each side are about 6 minute rudi-

mentary spines.

ACANTHODORIS GLOBOSA, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 5-9.)

Body ovate, broad, very convex, and inflated. Mantle mem-

branous on the back and sides, reaching down over the foot, except

perhaps quite behind, and bearing scattered, soft, conical, pointed

tubercles, which are more numerous towards the border. The

rhinophores are apparently rather short and slender, laterally flat-

tened and retractile within sheaths, of which two of the marginal

denticulations are enlarged. Branchiz 7, bi- (? tri-) pinnate, non-

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 263

retractile, situated around the anus, far back and low down. Ora

veil short, very wavy, the sides prolonged, free, and flattened. Foot

broad, truncated in front, with a very indistinct transverse groove ;

it is rounded behind ; and the margin all round is very wavy.

Colour of the spirit specimens transparent white, with a blue

coloration on the back and sides; some of the lower tubercles have

a reddish or brownish tinge at the base; the rhinophores are faint

purplish, becoming lighter at the apex ; the branchiz are variegated

with grey. Underneath, the margin of the mantle is marked with

fine, close, radiating, reddish-brown-purplish lines; the foot and

oral veil are yellowish white.

Length 17 millims., breadth 13, height 12.

Hab. New Zealand.

The spicules of the mantle-border are rather numerous and long,

tolerably slender and spindle-shaped; they seem to be arranged

radially ; in other parts they are smaller and inore crooked, and are

agglomerated in small scattered bundles.

The buccal apparatus is very small; the buccal collar seems to be

very rudimentary, if present at all. The odontophore is narrow,

and bears 19 transverse rows, each containing but 2 large spines,

and on each side from 4 to about 7 rudimentary conical ones. The

base of the large spine appears to be membranous at one part

below ; it is laterally flattened and subquadrangular.

DoRIDOPsIS AUSTRALIENSIS, sp. noy. (Plate XXX. figs. 25, 26.)

Body oblong-elliptic, smooth, soft, and subdepressed ; mantle

with the margin subcrenulate, rather wavy, and not much extended ;

Rhinophores small, clavate, pointed, transversely laminated above,

and retractile within sbeathless cavities. Branchiz 6, slender, bipin-

nate, sometimes divided, situated far back, with the protrudent anus

between the two hindermost plumes, in a simple-edged mantle-cavity.

The suctorial mouth is retractile through an opening in the front

border of the foot ; and in front of it are two minute triangular lobes.

Foot elliptic-oblong, rounded at both ends; anteriorly there is a

slight transverse groove, the upper lamina divided by the mouth-

opening.

Colour of the spirit specimens semitransparent bluish grey, almost

white towards the border and underneath, darker on the dorsal

region; the rhinophores are smoky, with white tips; the branchiz

rey.

; Tenth (in spirit) 18 millims., breadth 10.

Hab. New South Wales.

This may be a young form of the animal called Actinodoris

australis by Mr. Angas (loc. cit.), whose figure, however, repre-

sents but 5 branchiz, and a uniform olive-black colour ; the descrip-

tion is too meagre for any accurate determination.

DorIpopsis OBSCURA, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 29, 30.)

Body oblong, rounded at the ends, rather convex; mantle soft,

slightly rugose, the boder subcrenulate and but little extended.

264 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

Rhinophores clavate, short, stout, with about 19 lamine, and retrac-

tile within unmarginated cavities which are situated close together

and very far forward. Branchie 8, the last two arising from the

bases of their neighbours, short, stout, imperfectly tripinnate, retrac-

tile in a common transversely broad cavity, with the short, broad,

tubular, triangular anus, which is apparently independently retractile

within a small cavity, between the two hindermost plumes. Foot

oblong, rounded in front, acuminate behind ; anteriorily there is a

shallow transverse groove, between the laminz of which passes cen-

trally the nodular proboscis : both laminze are notched in the middle ;

and the anterior one sends a small bilobed expansion round, and in

front of, the proboscis : the posterior end of the foot extends rather

beyond the mantle.

Colour of the spirit specimens dark bluish grey, closely mottled

with black ; the extreme margin of the mantle and the border of

the foot are yellowish ; and the tips of the rhinophores pale grey.

Underneath, the mottling is nearly obsolete.

Length (in spirit) nearly 30 millims., breadth 16, height 11.

Hab. q

This species is probably closely allied to D. limbata of Cuvier.

Doripopsis FUMEA, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 31, 32.)

Body oblong, rounded at both ends, subdepressed, soft, semi-

transparent. Mantle semigelatinous, rather puckered above into flat,

irregular, indistinct pustules; but very little of the rather fleshy

and wavy border is free. Rhinophores short, stout, clavate, slightly

kneed in front, the upper portion with diagonal lamine proceeding

from an anterior small longitudinal ridge; the pedicles are marked

with annular striz ; they are retractile in cavities with the margins

produced into very short, nearly smooth sheaths, situated near

together and very far forward. Branchiz 8, rather slender and short,

situated around the anus in a transverse ellipse, interrupted behind ;

the broad, tubular, fimbriate anus is independently retractile ; and the

whole system is withdrawable into a fleshy-edged common mantle-

cavity, placed very far back. Foot oblong, broad, rounded in front

and behind ; the anterior border is thickened ; and through the centre

passes the lenticular proboscis; in front of the latter lies a small

bilobed expansion from the foot-border.

Colour of the spirit specimen clear grey, with here and there

irreguiar smoky spots cr freckles; a narrow smoky border extends

all round next to the greyish-yellow extreme mantle-edge. The

rhinophores are smoky, with the tips light ; the branchize have dark

pinnulee, and a yellowish tinge near the roots; the anterior part of

the foot also shows an indistinct yellowish tinge.

eae Ge spirit) 40 millims., breadth 22, height 9.

Tab. —?

Doripopsis F@DATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. fig. 22.)

Body oblong, elliptic, rather convex, with the sides high. Mantle

fleshy, soft, minutely and indistinctly tuberculate on the back, much

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 265

puckered in the anterior regions, and with the free border very short,

rather thick and wavy. Rhinophores apparently short, clavate,

somewhat laterally compressed, and laminated far down, retractile

in cavities the openings of which are minute and slightly raised,

and situated close together and far forwards. Branchiz 8, short,

stout, tripinnate, the last two arising from the stalks of the next

plumes; in front of the interval between these two hindermost

branchize is situated the tubular anus: the common cavity is

smoothly rimmed. Foot oblong, broad, rounded in front and

behind, the border thick and wavy ; there is a shallow transverse groove

in front ; and through the middle of this is the opening for the pro-

boscis ; behind, the foot does not extend beyond the mantle.

Colour of the spirit specimens dirty white, with a few irregular

large and small cloudy black blotches, principally on the sides of

the back ; they are smaller and closer anteriorly. The mantle-border

shades into black ; and the rhinophores are black ; the edges of the

branchiz are smoky, as is the margin of the foot. There are no

blotches beneath.

Length (in spirit) 25 millims., breadth 18, height 13.

H 2

ab. ——!

Doripopsis INORNATA, Sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 33-35.)

Body ovate-oblong, rather broader behind, convex, soft. Mantle

fleshy, with the border small and irregularly crenate. Rhinophores

rather short, clavate, kneed in front, somewhat laterally compressed,

diagonally laminated, and with rounded apices ; the orifices of their

cavities are a little raised and contractile; they are situated close

together and far forward. Branchiz 6, rather large, tripinnate,

somewhat irregular, and with some of the stalks more or less joined

together ; the tubular anus is eccentric, a little to the left; the

margin of the common cavity is fleshy and slightly lobate. Foot

oblong, not very broad, rounded in front, acuminate behind, and not

extending beyond the mantle: it is transversely grooved in front,

with the upper lamina notched; and immediately above this are two

small pits; the opening for the proboscis is in the centre of the

groove, which is there enlarged.

Colour of the spirit specimen dirty brownish-white, with the

margins of the mantle and foot darker, and with a few small irregular

black spots scattered on the back and sides. Rhinophores smoky,

with lighter tips. é

Length (in spirit) 25 millims., breadth 18, height 10.

Hab. Mediterranean.

The integument is furnished with spicules, which are very minute

and blunt; they are scattered, not very closely, just beneath the

epidermis. In none of the other Doridopses described in this paper

could definite spicules be found.

DoRIDOPSIS SUBPELLUCIDA, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. fig. 36.)

Body oblong-ovate, broader behind, rather convex. Mantle in-

flated and transparent on the back, pustulose in front, the border

266 MR. P. S. ABRAHAM ON THE [ Mar. 6,

small, thin, subcrenulate, waved, and transversely striated. Rhino-

phores apparently short, clavate, laminate and rounded above,

retractile within small cavities approximated and far forward in posi-

tion. Branchize 8, small, stout, imperfectly tripinnate, retractile in

the deep cavity, the margin of which is irregularly denticulate and

completely contractile. Foot short, broad, truncate in front, not

extended behind: above the marginal opening for the proboscis are

two small tentacular lobes.

Colour of the spirit specimen transparent greyish white, with the

branchize and the margins of the mouth and of the foot rather darker

and more opaque.

Length (in spirit) 21 millims., breadth 14, height 11.

Hab. St. Vincent (West Indies).

DoripoPsis MAMMOSA, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 20, 21.)

Body broadly elliptic, convex on the back, very soft and gelatinous.

Mantle extended all round, semitransparent, and wavy at the border.

Along each side of the back is a row of 3 large, conical, elongated,

soft processes, now and then bearing a few tubercles near the base,

and sometimes rather rugose at the apex; two similar processes are

situate between the rhinophores; and smaller soft tubercles are

scattered rather irregularly upon the sides and upon the back.

Rhinophores clavate and slender, the upper portion diagonally lami-

nated and with rounded tips; retractile in cavities which have the

edges raised into short sheaths. Branchie 5, large, ramose, tripin-

nate, set round the anus in a circle interrupted behind; the anus is

large, tubular, subpyriform, and is independently retractile within the

plumes; the general cavity has the wall fleshy and the orifice

irregularly quinquilobate, and sometimes bearing on the lobes in-

distinct soft tubercles. Foot broad, truncated in front, rounded

behind, with the margin, especially at the back, flat and suberenulate.

There is a very indistinct transverse marginal groove in front, through

the centre of which passes the short broad proboscis ; and in front

are two small, free, lateral, flat, rotundate lobes.

Colour of the spirit specimens yellowish white, darker on the

margins, on the tubercles, and on the foot; a greyish tinge appears

on the large processes from within. On the back, between the pro-

cesses, is a median longitudinal row of three large, very irregular,

lozenge-shaped black markings, containing within each a subcentral

large black blotch, as well as one or two short, broad, usually crooked

black lines; they are often more or less continuous. Two other

rows, each of 5 or 6 similar but smaller markings, the last two

always confluent, run, one on each side, from in front of the rhino-

phores to behind the branchize, outside the lateral rows of large pro-

cesses. The spaces enclosed in these lozenge-shaped markings are

always quite smooth. The laminated portion of the rhinophores are

opaque yellowish brown, the pedicles light and transparent. The

branchize have the pinnule lineated and tipped with black.

Length (in spirit) 56 millims., breadth 44, height 16.

Hab. ? (Obtained during the Antarctic Expedition.)

1877.] ANTHOBRANCHIATE NUDIBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. 267

Dortpopsis VARIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXIX. figs. 23, 24.)

Body oblong, raised, soft. Mantle extending down over the foot,

but having very little of the border free ; in front and at the back the

latter is somewhat lobate; the surface is very indistinctly rugose.

Rhinophores long, slender, linear, pointed, laminated far down, and

laterally compressed ; their cavities with marginated edges. Branchize

5, very long, slender, tripinnate, diminishing in size from the front

one ; the tubular anus is independently retractile a little in front of

the interval between the two hinder plumes; the general cavity has

a quinqui-sublobate edge. Foot oblong, rounded in front, abruptly

acuminate behind, and then extending, like a flat oblong tail,

beyond the posterior mantle-border. Above the opening for the pro-

boscis in the anterior margin are two short, rounded, lateral ten-

tacular appendages.

Colour of the spirit specimen greyish white, variegated with

scattered, dark bluish grey, unequal blotches or spots borne on in-

distinct flat pustular surfaces ; the larger ones are arranged longi-

tudinally with some regularity ; on the back moreover is a row of

three irregular lozenge-shaped or angular outlines ; and along each

side is a row of 4or 5 similar but larger and more distinct markings.

Length (in spirit) 20 millims., breadth 9, height 8.

Hab. China (Ningpo).

Doripopsis PARVA, sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 27, 28.)

Body elliptic, convex, raised at the sides. Mantle soft, smooth,

with a very short, free, wavy border ; there is a broad interval at the

sides between the mantle and the foot. Rhinophores small, clavate,

rounded and laminated above; the orifices of their cavities rather

protrudent and contractile, placed near together and far forwards.

Branchiz small, apparently bipinnate, and above 7 in number, the

two hindermost rather larger and trifid; the margin of their common

cavity closes over them. The foot is broad, truncated in front,

gradually narrowing, and becoming rounded behind: very little of

it is free.

Colour of the spirit specimen semitransparent white, with the

border, the branchiz, the rhinophores, and the foot more opaque.

Length (in spirit) 9 millims., breadth 7, height 6.

Hab. ?

In conclusion, I wish to record my thanks to Dr. Giinther, F.R.S.

&c., who has given me facilities for studying these animals, and

who has kindly allowed me to make an abstract, in this paper, of the

Descriptive Catalogue which I have been preparing for the Natural-

History Department of the British Museum.

268 MR, ABRAHAM ON ANTHOBRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA. [Mar. 6)

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

[The mantle-spicules and the spines of the odontophores are as seen under a

Smith and Beck’s 23-inch objective: the other figures, with the exception of D.

hepatica, are of the natural size. |

Puate XXVIII.

Fig. 1. Doris coriacea, dorsal aspect.

2. , ventral aspect.

3. —— -—, three spines of the odontophore.

4. —— , mantle-spicules.

5, —— inframaculata, dorsal aspect.

6. —— , ventral aspect.

7. —— , three spines of odontophore.

8. —— infranevata, ventral aspect.

9. —— tabulata, dorsal aspect.

10. —— subtumida, dorsal aspect.

11, — , anterior part of ventral surface.

Prats XXVIII.

Fig. 1. Doris mabilla, dorsal aspect.

2. , part of ventral aspect.

3. —— ——, three spines of odontophore.

4. —— , mantle-spicules.

De vestita, dorso-lateral view.

6. —— , ventral view.

7. stragulata, dorsal aspect.

os , ventral aspect.

9. —— hepatica, dorsal aspect, 4 diameter.

10. speciosa, dorsal view.

11. — , ventral view.

12. —— murrea, dorsal aspect.

13, —— , ventral aspect.

14. —— ——,, three spines of odontophore.

Puate XXIX.

Fig. 1. Doris granulosa, dorsal aspect.

2 , ventral aspect.

3. —— , Spines of odontophore.

4 longula, dorsal aspect.

5. —— , ventral aspect.

6. —— muscula, dorsal aspect.

7. —— —, ventral aspect.

8. —— analampulla, dorsal aspect.

9. —— , ventral aspect.

10. —— , branchial and anal apparatus, enlarged.

11 cucullata, dorsal aspect.

12. —— , ventral aspect.

13. labifera, dorsal aspect.

14. —— , ventral aspect.

1b. lanuginata, dorso-lateral view.

16. ——- ——, anterior view of ventral surface.

17. — , mantle-spicules.

18. —— pustulata, latero-dorsal view.

19. —— , ventral aspect.

20. Doridopsis mammosa, dorsal aspect.

21. —— , anterior part of ventral aspect.

22. —— fedata, lateral view.

23. —— variata, dorsal aspect.

24, —— , ventral aspect.

1877.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A TWO-HORNED RHINOCEROS. 269

Fig. 25. Doris collatata, dorso-lateral view.

, ventral view.

27. —— wellingtonensis, lateral view.

28. —— , anterior part of ventral surface.

raripilosa, lateral view.

30. —— , ventral view.

Puate XXX.

Acanthodoris mollicella, lateral view.

, ventral view.

, 8pines of odontophore.

, mantle-spicules.

globosa, lateral view.

, ventral view.

, Spines of odontophore.

, bundle of mantle-spines.

, Spines, from border of mantle.

10, Doris pretenera, latero-dorsal view.

ite , ventral view.

12. —— , three lingual spines.

13. —— mollipustulata, dorsal aspect.

14, —— , ventral aspect.

15. —— peculiaris, dorsal aspect.

16, —— , ventral aspect.

17. , Spicules of mantle.

18. Chromodoris mollita, lateral view.

, branchial apparatus, enlarged.

20. D. delicata, lateral aspect.

, dorsal aspect.

: , ventral aspect.

23. Hexabranchus orbicularis, dorsal aspect.

24, —— , ventral aspect.

25. Doridopsis australiensis, lateral view.

26. , ventral view.

27. —— parva, lateral view.

28. —— , ventral view.

29. obscura, dorsal aspect.

30. —— , ventral aspect.

31. ——- fumea, dorsal aspect.

32. —— , ventral aspect.

33. —— inornata, lateral aspect.

34, —— , ventral aspect.

35. —— , mantle-spicules.

36. —— subpellucida, lateral view.

March 20, 1877.

Dr. E. Hamilton, V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater called attention to an article published in the ‘ Oriental

Sporting Magazine’ for May 1876 (vol. ix. p. 176), by which it

appeared that a two-horned Rhinoceros had been killed in February

of that year about twenty miles south of the station of Comillah, in

Tipperah, and expressed a hope that Mr. A. Manson, the author of

the notice in question, would be induced to send home the skull of

the animal (which he appeared to have preserved), in order to

enable this part of Rhinoceros lasiotis (to which species the specimen

270 MESSRS. DANFORD AND ALSTON ON [ Mar. 20,

would doubtless belong) to be compared with skulls of R. swma-

trensis. Mr. Manson had stated that the front horn of his specimen

was 84 inches high, the second merely a stud between the eyes.

Mr. Sclater remarked that this was the third! recorded occur-

rence of a Two-horned Rhinoceros north of the Bay of Bengal.

Mr. Sclater also called attention to the fact that Mr. W. Jamrach

had just imported a young living specimen of the Rhinoceros of the

Bengal Sunderbans, which was either Rhinoceros sondaicus or a

very closely allied form?. Mr. Sclater had lately examined this

animal, which was of the female sex, and measured about 3 feet in

height. At this time of life there was certainly uo appearance of a

horn on the nose.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a small living Amphisbenian (Blanus

cinereus) which had been accidentally brought to England in the

roots of a hot-house plant from Port St. Mary, Spain, and had been

presented to the Society by John Goddard, Esq., Elmer Lodge,

Beckenham.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Mammals of Asia Minor. By Cuaruizs G. Dan-

rorD, F.Z.S., and Epwarp R. Atston, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

[Received February 20, 1877.]

(Plate XX XI.)

The general lack of information as to the fauna of Asia Minor

seems to render an apology unnecessary for the introduction of the

following very imperfect list of the mammals known to inhabit that

country.

In drawing up this catalogue, reference has been made to various

notes which have appeared in our ‘ Proceedings’ *, which relate

chiefly to the districts of Trebizond and Erzeroom, and also to a

few notices of animals in various books of travels‘, especially in

those of Mr. Ainsworth and M. Tchihatcheff. To these are added

the animals either observed by Danford, or ascertained by him to

occur in the country.

1 One being that of the specimen of R. lasiotis now in the Gardens, and the

second that recorded P, Z.S. 1875, p. 566.

2 See P. Z.S. 1876, p. 751.

3 B. T. Bennett, ‘‘ Observations on several Mammalia from Trebizond and

Erzeroum,” P. Z. 8. 1835, pp. 89, 90. HE. D. Dickson and H. J. Ross, “ Notes

accompanying a Oollection of Birds (&c.) from Erzeroom,” P. Z.S8.. 1839,

Gm.),” P. Z. 8. 1875, pp. 458-468.

4 Of these we may mention :—Ainsworth, ‘ Researches in Assyria, Babylonia,

and Ohaldea’ (London, 1838); Spratt and Forbes, ‘Travels in Lycia’ (Lond.

1847); Baker, ‘Lares and Penates’ (Lond. 1853); Ourzon, ‘ Armenia’

(Lond. 1854); Tchihatcheff, ‘Asie Mineure’ (Paris, 1856); and Kotschy,

‘ Reise in d, Cilicischen Taurus’ (Gotha, 1858).

J Smit lth

M&NHanhart imp.

MUS MYSTACINUS

1877.] THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR. 271

The districts which he had an opportunity of becoming per-

sonally acquainted with are as follows :—

1. The neighbourhood of Ismid, at the head of the gulf of the

same name,

2. The low country to the south-east of Smyrna nearly to

Denizli, especially the valleys of the Greater and Lesser Meander.

3. The bushy plains at Adalia, and part of the mountainous dis-

trict of Lycia near that port.

4. The high wooded mountain-ranges of the Bulgar Dagh and

Ala Dagh, in the Cilician Taurus.

5. The country which lies between these mountains and the

Black Sea, and which, with the exception of a few oak-scrub- and

forest-covered ranges near the shores of the latter, consists prin-

cipally of a barren undulating plateau, having a mean elevation of

about 3500 feet.

The time spent in most of these localities was short; and the

season of the year at which they were visited was either winter or

early spring. -

Both these facts argue strongly against the list being at all an

exhaustive one, especially as regards the Bats, Insectivores, and

Rodents, many more species of which will doubtless be found to

inhabit the country. This paper, therefore, must be taken merely

as a contribution to our knowledge of the mammalian fauna of

Asia Minor.

With regard to the distribution of the species in adjoining countries,

we have consulted Geoffroy St.-Hilaire for Greece}, Kotschy for

Cyprus’, Pallas* and Ménétriés* for the Caucasus, Canon Tristram

for Palestine*, Mr. Blanford for Persia 8. and Dr. Severtzoff for

Turkestan’.

The species of which specimens were brought home are marked

with an asterisk ; those of which the evidence of occurrence seems

doubtful are not numbered and are enclosed in brackets.

1. *VESPERUGO SEROTINUS (Schreber).

Common in the central districts. Some specimens were obtained

at the village of Issa-fakyr, near Yuzgat. There is a range of low

rocky hills here, on which grows a little oak-scrub, and by the

roadside are a few orchards, vineyards, and willow trees.

This was the only Bat obtained, although many other species

will doubtless be found to occur.

2. *CROcIDURA LEUCODON (Herm. ).

Common in the mountains. It has been found in the Caucasus

by Eichwald, and in Turkestan by Dr. Severtzoff. According to

* Expéd. Scient. en Morée, Zoologie, pp. 10-18.

* Unger und Kotschy, Die Insel Cypern, p. 570.

8 Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. vol. i. 4 Catalogue Raisonné, pp. 16-25.

* P.Z.8. 1866, pp. 84-93. ® Hastern Persia, ii. pp. 18-97.

’ Turkestanskie Jevotnie (the Mammal portion translated by F. C. Craemers,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xviii. pp. 40, 168, 208, 325, 377, 1876).

272 MESSRS. DANFORD AND ALSTON ON [Mar. 20,

Canon Tristram, the common Shrew of North Palestine is C. aranea

auct.'; and closely allied (if distinct) species have been described

from Persia and Georgia.

3. ERINACEUS EUROPZUS, Linn. ?

A Hedgehog which is not uncommon in various parts of the

country probably belongs to this species, which is known to

inhabit the Lebanon and the Caucasus ; but specimens obtained in

the Smyrna district on Danford’s visit to the country were not

preserved.

4. Fevis uncta, Schreb. Kaplan.

Not common, but generally distributed in the mountains near

Smyrna and on those bordering the southern coasts. The Ounce of

Asia Minor was specifically separated by Valenciennes under the

name of Felis tulliana*, but our friend Mr. D. G. Elliot, who has

examined the typical specimens, can find no trustworthy distinctive

characters.

This animal, though generally very shy, sometimes shows great

daring. On one occasion, after firing several shots at a small herd of

Wild Goats, Danford was following up a wounded male, which shortly

afterwards fell over a cliff. To reach the spot where he lay, a

circuit had to be made, which took not more than ten minutes ; but

on coming to the place nothing remained but a pool of blood and a

few handfuls of hairs; the tracks of two Ounces were easily dis-

cernible in the patches of snow; nor did he ever see any thing more

either of the Goat or the thieves. The natives both trap and shoot

Ounces, and great value is set upon their skins.

5. *Fexis catus, Linn. Yaban tedi (Wild Cat).

A male and female of this species were obtained among the rocks

near Zebil, at an elevation of 3000-4000 feet. The natives say they

are not uncommon. Their principal food appears to be a species of

Mouse (Mus mystacinus, see p. 279), of which no less than four-

teen were found in the stomach of one of the Cats trapped. In these

skins the ground-colour is of a clearer grey, and the dark markings

of the flanks are much more broken up into distinct spots, than in

European examples of the species.

[*Fexis tynx, Linn.

A fine skin obtained in Constantinople, and stated to be from

Asia Minor, is nearly uniform light rufous above, with obscure

spots on the flanks, and markings on the limbs hardly darker than

the colour of the back ; the terminal third of the tail is black. It

agrees well with Blyth’s F. tsabellina*® from Tibet; but we do

not think that the form is more than a variety of I’. /ynx, which has

1 Sorex russulus (Zimm.), not 8. araneus, Linn.

? Compt. Rend. Ac. Paris, xlii. p. 1035. Figured by Tchihatcheff, As. Min.,

Zool. pl. i.

3 Journ, As, Soc, Beng. xvi. pt. il, p. 1178.

~«

1877.] THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR. 273

long been known to inhabit the Caticasus, and which Dr. Severtzoff

found in Turkestan at a considerable elevation. }

6. *FELIs paRDINA, Temm. Ushek.

Rare. A small skin was procured, anda very fine one seen at Kai-

sariyeh. Canon Tristram has doubtfully referred the Wushak of the

Arabs of Palestine to this species, which is also said to be common

in European Turkey. In Asia Minor it appears to be generally

much rarer than the Caracal, although Ainsworth records that no

fewer than eight individuals were observed by his party in one day

on Tchoktir Ovah, near Missisdh (Missis ?).

7. *Pevis caracat, Linn. Kara koulak (black-ears),

Skins were procured from the neighbourhood of Smyrna, where

the Caracal is said to be tolerably common. Of these an adult is

much grizzled in colour, owing to the development of the whitish

tips of the hairs. Danford also met with it in the Taurus, where, as

already observed, it is certainly the commonest species of Lynx.

8. *Hyana srrrata, Zimm. Zyrtlan.

Not uncommon near Smyrna and in the southern districts. A.

specimen was procured at the village of Ortakkeui, between Nazlii

and the ruins of Hierapolis. Ainsworth mentions that a white

variety was observed by the Euphrates Expedition.

[GeNETTA vuLeaRis, Less.

The Genet is mentioned by Ainsworth as inhabiting the Taurus.

It was not met with by Danford; but specimens taken by Canon

Tristram in Palestine are in the British Museum. }

9. *HerRrestrs 1cHNEUMON (Linn.). Yer hkiopek (earth-dog).

One specimen only of this animal was procured ; it was shot

among the reeds on a small stream which flows into the Kutchuk

Mendere (little Meander), not far from Ephesus. It is no doubt

not uncommon in many localities ; in Palestine Canon Tristram found

it in incredible numbers.

10. *Canis Lupus, Linn. Kurt, Yanovar.

Generally common throughout the country. The Black Wolf,

separated by Schreber as C. lycaon, appears to occur in the moun-

tains of the south-eastern districts; for Tchihatcheff saw some skins in

the Antitaurus, in the house of a Turkish hunter, who assured him

that he had killed the animals himself, and Black Wolves were seen

by the Euphrates Expedition on the banks ‘of the Sajur.

11. *Canis aurzus, Linn. Schakal.

Generally common, especially in the south.

12. *Canis vunpss, Linn.? Telki.

Common in the mountains of the Taurus, and generally distri-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. XVIII. 18

274 MESSRS. DANFORD AND ALSTON ON [ Mar. 20,

buted throughout the country. It was even met with on the barren

plateau of the interior.

An imperfect skin brought home is extremely pale in colour and

long in the fur, that of the lower parts being light smoky grey ; and

these characters were constant in all the individuals which Danford

observed. It very much resembles the type of Vulpes flavescens,

Gray', originally stated to be from Persia, with which Canon

Tristram doubtfully identified the Fox of Northern Palestine. But

Gray subsequently identified his species with Indian specimens, and

there appear to be doubts as to the locality of the type’. With the

imperfect material at our command, we think it safest for the

present to regard the Fox of Asia Minor as a pale long-haired race

of C. vulpes.

13. *Mexes Taxus (Schreb.). Porsook.

Appears to be not uncommon among the mountains. Specimens

were obtained at Zebil in the Taurus; the fur of one brought home

is as pale-coloured as that of the Persian Badger separated by Mr.

Blanford as M. canescens*. Its skull also agrees with that of his

type specimen in having two lateral ridges on the hinder part of the

palate; but in other respects it rather resembles European examples,

and the last upper molar is even broader than in many of the latter,

measuring *50%°58 in. At present, therefore, we cannot help

regarding the claim of M. canescens to specific distinction with grave

suspicion.

«<The Ratel’”’ is mentioned by Ainsworth as an inhabitant of the

Taurus, and a species of Ratelus is said by Schmarda to be found in

Mesopotamia; but Mr. Blanford has suggested a possible confusion

with the somewhat similarly coloured Badger.

[Icronyx zorILuA (Thunb.).

We introduce this species on the authority of Mr. Keith Abbott,

who sent home a specimen which had been forwarded to him alive

from the neighbourhood of Erzeroom, where he states it is called

Gheurjen. Mr. Bennett says that this example scarcely differed from

a North-African specimen. As far as we are aware, this is the only

record of the existence of the Zorille in Asia Minor; and it has not

yet been found in Palestine. ]

14. *Marres rorna (Linn.). Samsar.

Tolerably common among the mountains. The skins are in great

request, and cost considerably more than in England. Some speci-

mens were obtained in the Taurus; and Ainsworth mentions it as

inhabiting the Chamkti Bel and Kard Bel mountains. His “‘ Sable”

is probably either this species or M. abietum.

15. *Musreva vuieanris, Linn.

A specimen, shot on the 28th March among the débris of stones

‘ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xi. (1845), p. 118.

2 Cat. Carn. &e. Mamm. (1869), p. 203. Cf. Blanford tom. cit. p. 40.

3 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi. (1875), p. 310; Eastern Persia, ii. pl. iii.

1877. ] THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR. 275

on a hill-side near Anascha, in the Taurus, at an elevation of about

4000 feet, is pure white, excepting a patch on the top of the head

and a few hairs on the extreme tip of the tail. From the surprise

evinced by the natives it appeared that such examples are very

uncommon; but Ménétriés records that ‘*‘ M. le Docteur Conradi en

tua une variété blanche prés des eaux du Caucase en janvier.” Our

specimen is large, with a proportionally long tail, as in the Italian

race separated as M/. doccamela.

[? Musreva sarmartica, Pall.

Ainsworth says that “a Mustela, perhaps M. sarmatica, is found

on the plains ;” and Kotschy speaks of having seen ‘‘ Viverra sar-

matica,’ but did not obtain specimens. Danford saw various

Weasels without being able to identify them with certainty. ]

16. *Lurra vuuearis, Erxl. Su-itti (water-beast), Kundush.

Not uncommon, especially on the trout-streams of the Taurus.

Specimens procured on the Cydnus differ inno way from the ordinary

English animal, except in being perhaps slightly lighter in colour.

In the Caucasus Ménétriés suspected the existence of a second species,

of which the fur was said to be lighter in colour and more valuable

than that of the Common Otter. The ‘Grey Beaver, or Kondooz,”

which Mr. Curzon mentions as inhabiting Armenia, is evidently

merely the Otter.

17. *Ursus arctos, Linn. Aiyee.

Generally common among the mountainous coast-districts, espe-

cially in thickly wooded regions bordering on the Black Sea. Great

numbers of skins are exported from Ineboli. Not having been able

to obtain a specimen on the southern side, we can make no precise

statement as to the occurrence of the ordinary Brown Bear in that

part of the country. The natives say that there are both brown

and grey Bears, the latter being sometimes almost white. One seen

near Mersina was very dark in colour; the wetness of the day, how-

ever, may have had something to do with this. Should both forms

be here found together, there will be strong reason for regarding the

following as merely a climatic variety of U. arctos.

18. Ursus syrracus, Ehrenb. Aiyee.

Common in the south-east. A specimen brought to us at Gozna,

near Mersina, which had been shot a few days before our arrival, had

the colouring characteristic of the Syrian form.

[Pxoca, sp.?

A Seal observed off the island of Rhodes was doubtless either P.

monachus, Herm., or Ph. vitulina, Linn. |

19. Sus scrora, Linn. Domooz, Yaban domooz (wild pig).

Very common throughout the country wherever a sufficient cover

of forest-bush or reed is to be found.

18*

276 MESSRS: DANFORD AND ALSTON ON | Mar. 20,

20. *Cervus ELAPHus, Linn. Siiyiin.

Common in the thickly wooded districts of the north-west. Many

stags’ heads seen at Ismid near Constantinople appeared all to

belong to the usual type of C. elaphus. It also occurs on the southern

side of the Cilician Taurus, and appears to be more numerous on the

Kermesdagh and in the neighbourhood of Marasch. Herr Kotschy

alludes to ‘‘the yet unknown Stag of the wide Pyramus woods,”

near which river Danford has been since informed that they are to be

met with. Some horns seen at Kaisariyeh, and a pair in our posses-

sion alleged to come from the latter districts, are of great size com-

pared with those of animals killed in the north.

21. *Cervus DAMA, Lana. Yamoorcha.

Common on the plains of the south coast and in the lower ele-

vations of the mountains bordering upon them. At Adalia Dan-

ford met with the Fallow Deer, among the bushy scrub, within a

mile of the town. According to Ainsworth, they are especially

common on the Kara Bel and Chamkti Bel Mountains.

22. *Cervus cApreouus, Linn. Karadja.

Generally distributed in the wooded districts, but more common in

the north than in the south. Its existence in the Lebanon has

recently been established by Canon Tristram and Professor Newton’.

The horns seem to correspond with the European form; but the skin

appears to differ in the length and texture of the hair, that of a speci-

men killed in the Cilician Taurus being shorter and finer.

23. Gaze LLa porcas (Linn.). Jairan.

Not uncommon on the plain of Tchukur-ova and about Tarsus

and Adana. Ainsworth says that this species is replaced on the

Tigris, near Kit Aamarah, by G. subgutturosa.

24. *Capra £GaGRus, Gmel. Kayeeh.

Common throughout the Taurus and Armenia, but not found

in the west or north of the country, or on the isolated Mount

Argeeus, near Ceesarea. Its vertical range extends from the moun-

tain-summits to (in some districts) the sea-level. For fuller notes

on this species as observed by Danford in Asia Minor see P. Z. S.

1875, pp. 458-468.

25. *Ovis GME tnt, Blyth. Kotch, Yaban koyun (wild sheep).

Common in many districts of the interior, particularly about the

salt lakes in the Vilayet of Konia. It is also found in the ele-

vated plain of Palanga, above Marasch, and thence ranges east and

north to Kurdestan and Armenia. It is somewhat remarkable that

Danford could find no trace of this animal either in the country to

the north of the Ala Dagh or on the wide-reaching grassy plateau

between Kaisariyeh and the Black Sea.

It seems hardly ever to occur on the southern slopes of the

1 P.Z.8. 1876, pp. 420, 701.

1877. THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR. 277

Taurus, preferring the barer districts of the north. Herr Kotschy,

otherwise so accurate in his observations, must have been misled into

stating that ten to twenty Wild Sheep are killed yearly at Gullek, as

at that place, which is situated on the south side of the Bulga Dagh,

we were assured that the species is not found.

Specimens were obtained from the district of Eregli, where they

are common, and frequent the salt-licks in large flocks. Winter is

the easiest time of the year to get at them, the deep snow which

generally covers that part of the country impeding their movements.

At other times they are shy, and, owing to the scarcity of cover,

very difficult to approach. The severe winter of 1873-74, which

was so fatal to the tame breeds of Sheep, also destroyed a great

number of the wild species. .

Gmelin’s Sheep is a very graceful animal, deer-like in its appear-

ance, having long fine limbs, and in the male a thick bushy throat.

The general colours of specimens procured in the middle of March

are :—

gd 4-5 years old. Head, neck, back, and sides, russet-yellow ;

belly and underparts of legs white; space before the eye, nose,

chin, and undersides of the ears whitish; a dark purple-brown

mark above the knee on the fore legs, and a darkish line on the

chest ; the ridge of the neck and back somewhat darker than the

rest of the back; neck thick and bushy.

Total length 53 inches, tail 5 inches, ear 4°25 inches, height at

shoulder 33 inches.

22 years (by mark of mouth). Colour the sameas in the male,

but markings less decided. No bushy neck and no horns,

Total length 48 inches, height at shoulder 22°5.

Sir V. Brooke considers that the above-mentioned individuals are

not sufficiently old to show the typical markings, specimens which

he has received from Ararat being much ruddier and having a white

saddle-mark. He also expresses his surprise at the female being

without horns.

26. *Sciurus sYRIACUS, Hempr. & Ehr. Dereek, Kallay.

Generally common, especially among the oak- and beech-woods of

the lower mountains. ‘This Squirrel is very abundant in Noythern

Palestine ; but its range does not appear to extend to the Caucasus,

where S. vulgaris, Linn., is stated by Eichwald to abound. S.

fulvus, Blanf., from Persia, is closely allied to the present species,

27. *SPERMOPHILUS XANTHOPRYMNUS (Bennett),

Exceedingly common through the whole of the steppe country of

the interior through which Danford passed, the ground being in

some districts perfectly honeycombed with their holes, They have

a loud sharp whistle, and are very much on the alert, seldom stray-

ing far from their burrows. It is doubtless to this animal that Mr.

Curzon refers under the name of “ Lemming.”

The Souslik of Asia Minor was described by Mr. Bennett under

the name of Créellus xanthoprymnus, from a specimen sent to this

278 MESSRS. DANFORD AND ALSTON ON [ Mar. 20,

Society by Mr. Keith E. Abbott from Erzeroom (now in the British

Museum)!. It was doubtfully referred to S. musicus of Ménétriés

by Prof. Brandt; and this identification has been generally followed

in spite of Brandt’s concluding observation:—‘*‘ C. wanthoprymnus,

Bennett, vix a Spermophilo musico diversus.’’? But the animal, of

which we have a good series, proves to be quite distinct both from

S. musicus and from S. concolor, with which Bennett compared it,

belonging to the division of the genus with well-haired soles. It is

much nearer the European S. citellus (Linn.), to which it was re-

ferred by Ainsworth, but is at once distinguished by its colour and

by the shortness of its tail, which hardly exceeds the hind foot in

length. As Bennett gives but a short diagnosis, and the species

has since been generally overlooked, we add a fuller description.

Ear rudimentary, soles of hind feet hairy, tail short, hardly longer

than the hind foot.

Upper parts nearly uniform reddish buff, most of the hairs slate-

grey at the base, then whitish, then broadly tipped with light fulvous ;

these are mixed with black hairs, which are more numerous in some

individuals than in others. Tail cylindrical, unicolorous, more

brightly fulvous than the back. A ring round each eye, the edges

of the lips, chin, and throat whitish, passing into the pale isabelline

of the breast and belly. Legs and feet more distinctly fulvous.

Approximate measurements (in skin) :—

inches.

Length of head and body (about) .......... 9°50

Ff CALE RR Oss AIDE BE SG 1-40

a3 hind Hooters. Lake Bes. ck eatin Geet BAO

The only recent writer who has recognized the validity of this

species is Dr. Severtzoff, who, on his visit to London, identified with

S. xanthoprymnus certain Sousliks which he had formerly referred

to S. fulvus, Licht. He says that these specimens were obtained by

him near Tashkent and Cheenaz, and by Russoff near Samarkand.

If his identification is correct, the range of the species will probably

be found to extend through Northern Persia.

[Arcromys, sp.?

Ainsworth states that A. marmotta (Linn.) inhabits the Taurus;

but A. bobac, Schreb., seems more likely to occur there. No

Marmot was met with by Danford. |

28. *Myoxvus pryas (Schreb.).

A single specimen was procured at Issa-fakyr, in the interior.

Its nest was a round ball of dry grass, and was placed in a dense

bush of wild rose. It was once or twice disturbed from this retreat,

and was eventually secured by firing at the nest. This example is

somewhat remarkable in coloration, the whole back from the nape

1 Pp, Z. 8. 1835, p. 90. ? Bull. Ac. Petersb. 1844 (ii.) p. 871.

3 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, xviii. p. 388.

1877. | THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR. 279

to the tail being strongly washed with bright rufous. Measure-

ments (in spirits) :-—

inches,

Length of head and body....... aT ee ts)

- Pe tess the Bocce ate, esaink (imperfect.)

as GEV ie O84 ¢ SCC Boao eee eee U'45

ry WING HOOGR focAk cite) sarah cis 0.85

These dimensions considerably exceed those usually quoted; but a

specimen of the normal colour in the British Museum (collected by

Mlokosievicz in Georgia) is nearly as large. This latter example

shows a tendency to yellowish rufous below the ear. Altogether we

are inclined to believe that this rare Dormouse will be found to be

very variable in colour (as Alston has shown to be the case with

Graphiurus murinus’) ; and we cannot help feeling very doubtful as

to the specific validity of Mr. Blanford’s Persian M. pictus *, espe-

cially as our Asia-Minor animal has a hind foot proportionally

smaller than those of his type specimens.

Ainsworth says that ‘the Great and Common Dormice”’ are found

in the mountain-forests, probably meaning M. glis (Linn.), which is

found in the Caucasus and Georgia, and the present species.

{Mus rarrtus, Linn.

The late Mr. Bennett described a Rat sent by Mr. Keith Abbott

from Trebizond, under the name of WM. latipes’.” It has been doubt-

fully referred by Giebel to M. alexandrinus, Geoftr.*; but Bennett’s

diagnosis appears to accord best with the common Black Rat, which

is known to inhabit the Caucasus and Georgia. ]

29. Mus pecumanvus, Pall.

This species is stated by Ainsworth to be the common Rat of the

country.

30. *Mus muscuuus, Linn. Sytchan.

Common in buildings everywhere. One brought home is rather

small in size and light in colour, the belly especially being very pale.

31. *Mus syxvaticus, Linn. Yaban sytchan (wild mouse).

Probably common. A specimen was caught while running about

on the surface of the deep snow, considerably above the tree-growth.

Ménétriés obtained this species in the mountains of Talyche, and

Canon Tristram on the plains of Palestine.

32. *Mus mysracinus, sp. n. Dagh sytchan (mountain-

mouse). (Pl. XXXI.) |

Ears moderate, nearly naked, when pressed forward they do not

reach the eye. Whiskers very long. ‘Tail nearly as long as the

head and body, or even longer, sparsely haired except towards the

tip. Upper parts mouse-grey, washed with black along the back,

1 P, Z. 8. 1875, p. 317.

® Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi. (1875) p. 311 ; East. Persia, ii. pl. iv. fig. 2.

3 P. Z. 8. 1835, p. 89. 4 Algem. Zool. p. 555.

280 MESSRS. DANFORD AND ALSTON ON [Mar. 20,

and passing into fawn-colour on the flanks; behind each ear an oval

patch of pure fawn. Snout, lips, lower cheeks, underparts, and

feet pure white, the line of demarcation well marked, and the dark

colour of the outer side of the limbs not reaching to the carpal and

tarsal joints. Whiskers mixed black and white; tail distinctly bi-

coloured, dusky above, white below. All the fur dusky at base.

Measurements of two adult males (in spirits) :—

inches. inches.

Length of head and body ...... 4°75 4°45

, Car) Rite A “60 “60

A longest whiskers .... 2°00 1°70

2 eth SS Be 5:05 4°30

33 hind foote S35 2 woe E00 1:00

This Mouse, which we believe to be undescribed, differs from the

last species in its shorter naked ears, much larger size, and different

coloration. In the latter respect it approaches M. albipes, Riipp.,

of Abyssinia’, from which, however, it is at once separated by the

differences of its size and proportions. It was common at Zebil, in

the Bulgar Dagh, on the rocky bushy hill-sides, at an elevation of

3000-4000 feet. Three specimens preserved are all adult males, and

do not differ from one another except in the proportional iength

of their tails. 5

Ainsworth says, “The Mouse observed at Bir was an undescribed

species ;”’ possibly it may have been the present one.

33. CrRICETUS FRUMENTARIUS, Pall.

Herr Kotschy states (tom. cit. p. 234) that when he visited the

river Cydnus the inhabitants complained of the damage done that

year to their grapes by Bears and Hamsters, and that a specimen of

the latter which he obtained was identified at Vienna with the

European species. It is also included in Ainsworth’s list under the

name of C. vulgaris; but the only Hamster met with by Danford

belonged to the next species.

34. *CRICETUS NIGRICANS, Brandt.

One of these curious little animals was brought to Danford by his

retriever, who was evidently much puzzled as to what he had got

hold of. Its eheek-pouches were closely stuffed with some green

clover-like food. The locality where it was found was between the

villages of Buroon-kysla and Jazli-tash, about the centre of the long

stretch of undulating steppe country, covered with dried .grass and

stones, which lies to the north of Kaisariyeh. The measurements

of this example (a female, in spirits) are :—

inches.

Length of head and body.......... 6°25

ip ES DR aS i a 1

E (rip RS 8 ea ee *50

a Irptavs Fa Catel he eee eee ee ‘70

1 Mus, Senckenb. iii. p. 107.

1877. | THE MAMMALS OF ASIA MINOR. 281

This Hamster, which is rare in collections, was discovered in the

Caucasus by Ménétriés. It has since been found in Persia by De

Filippi, and in Bulgaria by Mr. T. E. Buckley, as recorded by Prof.

Newton, who gives a very good figure of the animal !.

35. CRICETUS ACCEDULA (Pall.).

Examples of this species were sent home by Messrs. Dickson and

Ross from Erzeroom, with the observation that the species is there

“very common. The eyes are large and black ; cheek-pouches

spacious, extending from the angles of the mouth to the back

of the head, a little beyond the ear. It is one of our domestic

mice. In winter it is sometimes found on the snow; its fur is

then silky and glossy”’*. Apparently this is the Cara-guz (“ black-

eyes”’), which Mr. Curzon describes as a grey animal, the size and

shape of a young Guineapig.

36. *Spatax Typuuus, Pall. Kior Sytchan (blind rat).

Common in many places, as has been recorded by Ainsworth and

by Dickson and Ross.

[? ALacTaga pEcUMANA (Licht.).

A Jerboa, mentioned by both Herr Kotschy and Mr. Curzon, but

not met with by Danford, may probably prove to belong to this

species. |

37. *Hysrrix crisratus, Linn. Kipri.

Common in the Taurus, at various elevations, from the plain to

5000 feet. Danford trapped one among the rocks near Zebil, in the

Bulgar Dagh, and frequently observed traces of them near Smyrua,

and in the island of Rhodes.

38. *LEPUS SYRIACUS, Hempr. & Ehrenb. Tauochan.

Common everywhere on the coast districts, but not met with by

Danford in the barren interior. It ranges in the Taurus from the sea-

level to about 5000 feet. Two specimens shot in the latter district

agree well with the original description in the ‘Symbole Physice.’

The underwvol of the flanks is exactly as there described; but

that of the back is pure white, and the fur round the rump is almost

pure grey, the hairs being dusky, with white tips, but with no rufous

band. These differences appear to us to be probably owing to differ-

ence of climate, the specimens having been obtained in winter. Ac-

cording to Canon Tristram, this is the only Hare found in the greater

part of Palestine, except in the south and south-east, where it is

replaced by L. sinaiticus, H. & E., and L. egyptiacus, Geoftr.

? P.Z. 8. 1870, p. 331, pl. xxvi.

? P. Z. 8. 1839, p. 122.

282 ON MYRIOPODA FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. [ Mar. 20,

2. On the Myriopoda obtained by the Rev. G. Brown in

Duke-of-York Island. By Artuur Garpiner Burizr,

F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant, Zoological Department, British

Museum.

[Received March 2, 1877.]

Only two species of Myriopods were sent home, both of them allied

to, but distinct from, previously described species.

CHILOPODA.

Hetrerostoma, Newport.

HETEROSTOMA BROWNI, 0. sp.

Above brownish olivaceous, with violet reflections, hind borders of

the segments dark greenish; antennz and legs (excepting the

femoral and sometimes the tarsal joints of young examples) green ;

body below testaceous; anal appendices tawny ; labial teeth eight,

smooth, acutely conical, the central pair on each side very powerful ;

basilar joint of posterior legs somewhat depressed (not carinated),

Heterostoma browni.

with five short acute spines on the supero-interior margin and six on

the inferior surface ; lateral anal appendices long (9 millimetres),

cylindrical towards the base, acuminate and bidentate at the tip,

coarsely punctured, with two minute denticles above near the tip, and

two others near the centre of the infero-exterior margin. Length of

adult specimen, exclusive of posterior legs, 4 inches; length of

posterior legs 1 inch.

Allied to H. suleidens of Newport from Paramatta, but with the

segments more parallel, the spines on the posterior pair of legs

shorter and placed at more regular intervals from one another, the

lateral anal appendices rather longer and considerably less spinose,

and with eight instead of six teeth on the lower lip.

1877.| ON SPIDERS FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND ETC. 283

CHILOGNATHA.

Sprrospo.us, Brandt.

SPIROBOLUS CINCTIPES, 0. sp.

@. Reddish tawny, with the hind borders of the segments

blackish ; legs and antennze grey, banded with white: a linear im-

pression down the centre of the head ; first segment rounded at the

lateral angles, with a marginal ridge, not striated; remaining seg-

ments with lateral irregular striations ; preanal segment subspinose

behind, not extending to a level with the extremity of the anal

valves; fifty-five dorsal segments ; preanal plate subtriangular, com-

pressed ; antennee short, thick, with all the joints excepting the last

of nearly equal length, the last joint forming a terminal button ;

eyes in a rounded subtriangiar mass, blackish, grouped in six rows ;

103 pairs of legs; length 3 inches 10 lines.

Allied to S. gaimardi of Gervais from New Ireland, but with a

greater number of segments and legs, and very different coloration.

Several examples of this species were obtained ; but, unfortunately, all

but one were broken beyond the possibility of rearrangement of the

parts: the type, being much larger than the others, and being

merely separated in the middle, was easily readjusted.

3. On some Spiders collected by the Rev. George Brown

in Duke-of-York Island, New Britain, and New Ireland.

By the Rev. O. P. Camsrinexr, M.A., C.M.Z.S.

[Received March 12 1877.]

I am much indebted to the Secretary of the Zoological Society for

the opportunity of examining a few Spiders collected, among numerous

other naturai-history objects, by the Rev. George Brown in Duke-

of-York Island, New Britain, and New Ireland. ‘Two of these spiders,

an Argiope (family Epeirides) and a Sarotes (family Thomisides)

appear to me to be undescribed ; and upon the former I have taken

the liberty to confer Mr. Brown’s name. Another of the Spiders, a

very distinct and handsome Gasteracantha (G. panisicca, Butl.), has

been already described, but only from dried examples, which must

have wholly lost their characteristic colours and markings; I have

therefore subjoined a description of its colours and markings from

Mr. Brown’s specimens. The remaining Spider is one of those

gigantic Nephile (specially characterized by two small tubercular

eminences on the middle of the cephalothorax) of the orbicular snares

of which most natural-history collectors in exotic regions bring home

startling accounts, but of which scarcely any collectors have yet been

sufficiently observant to detect the minute males. This, however, is the

sex in which the araneologist expects to find the most conclusive spe-

cific characters ; and, indeed, until the males come to hand, it is often

exceedingly difficult to give a reliable opinion upon the specifie identity

of these and many other Spiders.

284 REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SPIDERS [ Mar. 20,

Family EPEIRIDES.

Genus Neputiua, Leach.

NEpPHILA CHRYSOGASTER.

Epeira chrysogaster, Walck. Ins. Apt. ii. p. 92.

Nephila chrysogaster, Cambr. P. Z.S. 1871, p. 620, pl. xlix. figs.

3, 4

Numerous examples of this enormous Epeirid were contained in

Mr. Brown’s collections. It is most probably identical with Aranea

maculata, Fabr. (A. longipes, Fabr., and Nephila maculata, Leach),

as well as with WN. imperialis, Dol. I have myself received it from

several parts of a wide exotic area, including Ceylon, Bombay,

Manilla, Labuan, Hongkong, and Celebes; Mr. Brown’s examples

now add another locality to those already recorded. In all of

these localities it appears to be an abundant Spider. I have, how-

ever, only as yet received the male from Manilla, Labuan, and

Ceylon. This sex is so minute (scarcely measuring more than two

lines in length, while the female reaches as much as two inches and

even more) and is so unlike the female in form, colours, and struc-

ture, that it is probably on these accounts overlooked by collectors

who have not had their attention specially called to the fact of this

great disparity between the sexes.

Genus ArGiorE, Sav.

ARGIOPE BROWNII, sp. 0.

Adult female, length very nearly 9 lines.

The cephalothoraz is as long as broad, the thorax nearly round,

broader than long ; the caput is suddenly and strongly constricted

laterally, and projects forward. The upper surface is flat, and its

colour is dark brown; the occipital region, that of the four central

eyes, and a longitudinal stripe running from them to the occiput

are brownish orange-yellow ; the sides (towards the margins) are

covered with small tubercular granulosities; and the normal con-

verging indentations are covered with light-grey adpressed hairs ;

the stripes of grey thus formed converge to the thoracic indentation,

which is large and deep, and give the cephalothorax a very dis-

tinctly radiated appearance. There are other hairs also; but these

are the chief.

The eyes of the four central and lateral pairs are seated on strong

tubercular prominences and (looked at from the front) in a straight

line. They are all small and do not differ very much in size; the

four central eyes form a quadrangular figure whose fore side is

shorter than the hinder one, and its longitudinal considerably longer

than its transverse diameter ; the interval between the eyes of the

fore central pair rather exceeds a diameter; and the height of the

clypeus is less than half that of the facial space.

The /egs are long and tolerably strong, of a dark reddish yellow-

brown colour, furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines: the hairs

and bristles appear to be most numerous underneath the tibie; but

1877.) FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND ETC. 285

the examples received had been subjected to so much maltreatment

that the armature and clothing of the legs were almost destroyed.

The palpi are moderate in length and strength, and are apparently

similar in colour and armature to the legs.

The fulces are tolerably long and strong, straight, perpendicular,

rounded (in profile) towards their base in front, and similar in colour

to the cephalothorax, though perhaps of a rather duller hue.

The mazille are of normal form, of a deep blackish red-brown

colour, with a pale anterior margin.

The /abium is short, somewhat rounded at the apex, of an orange-

yellow colour, paler at the apex, and with a deep reddish-brown

patch on each side. ;

The sternum is somewhat heart-shaped and of an orange-yellow

colour, clothed with greyish hairs.

The abdomen is large, of a rather flattened form, truncated before,

broadest across the middle, behind which, on each side, are three

largish rounded lobes giving the margins of the hinder extremity

a strongly sinuous appearance; the hinder extremity is also lobi-

form, and beneath it to the spinners, over which it projects con-

siderably, the surface is strongly rugulose. The upperside is dark

dull brown thickly covered with rather yellowish or whitish creta-

ceous spots, as far as the second marginal lobes, behina which the

colour is yellowish brown, spotted thinly with pale spots; the

posterior half of the abdomen exhibited traces of variously shaped

patches (apparently symmetrical in their uninjured state) of white,

silky pubescence; the sides are a mixture of yellow-brown, dark

brown, and black, spotted with yellowish, as well as with patches and

lines of greyish hairs. ‘The underside is deep brown, with a broad

yellow marginal band edged outside with a whitish border, which

encircles the areas of the spinners, and has two lateral projecting por-

tions on each side between the spinners and the genital aperture ; this

last consists of two oval openings, one on each side, in front of a

largish, transverse, oval, nearly black prominence. The fore half of

the upperside has six impressed blackish spots, in three transverse

pairs succeeding each other in a longitudinal direction.

The above description has been collected from the fragments of

four examples; it cannot, therefore, be looked upon as altogether

satisfactory, though there will be found sufficient distinctive specific

characters to render the species recognizable. In its perfect state it

is probably a very beautiful spider, and is allied to, though quite

distinct from the common South-American species Argiope argen-

tata, Fabr.

Family GASTERACANTHIDES.

Genus GASTERACANTHA.

GASTERACANTHA PANISICCA.

Gasteracantha panisicca, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. May 1873,

p- 162, pl. iv. fig. 14.

Two females of this distinct Spider were contained in Mr. Brown’s

286 ON SPIDERS FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND ETC. [ Mar. 20,

collection. The examples from which Mr. Butler’s description was

made were dried, and consequently had lost the characteristic

olours and markings of the abdomen. ‘The upperside of this part

is orange-yellow, with a very broad nearly black transverse band on

the fore extremity, having, however, a narrow orange margin in

front of it, but comprising the ordinary boss-like markiags on the

anterior margin: these, as well as the rest of the markings, are of

a deep red-brown colour, as are also the six abdominal spines, of

which the two posterior pairs are of a brilliant deep purple and

magenta metallic hue. The underside is black, studded thickly

with minute shining tubercles, and blotched sparingly with reddish

orange-yellow spots and patches.

The sternum is black with a large, round, very conspicuous, red-

dish orange-yellow spot in the centre.

The cephalothorax and falces are of a rich black, and the legs

of a black-brown colour.

Family THOMISIDES.

Genus Sarores, Sund.,=Outos, Walck., ad partem.

SAROTES VULPINUS, sp. 1.

Adult female, length very nearly 10 lines.

The cephkalothorax is longer than broad, round-oval behind, and

constricted laterally at the caput; its colour is a foxy yellowish red,

paler at the occiput, and with an indistinct longitudinal central line

on the middle part of the caput; and the surface is clothed with

greyish sandy hairs.

The eyes are in two transverse lines, the foremost straight, the

hinder one slightly curved, the convexity of the curve directed

backwards. They are of the same colour as the cephalothorax ; the

four lateral eyes are seated in front of a tubercle and are considerably

the largest of the eight; the rest scarcely appear to differ in size.

Those of the posterior row are separated by equal intervals of

nearly about two diameters’ extent; the interval between the fore

centrals is equal to a diameter, and each is very near but con-

tiguous to the fore lateral eye on its side. The height of the middle

of the clypeus is equal to the diameter of one of the fore central

eyes: the interval between the eyes of each lateral pair is equal to

the diameter of the fore lateral eye; and the fore central eyes form

a square whose anterior side is the shortest, and its longitudinal

rather greater than its transverse diameter.

The legs are long, strong, furnished with hairs, bristles, and strong

spines, and of a yellow-brown colour. All have the tarsi and meta-

tarsi covered with a scopula or pad of close-set hairs on the under-

side. Their relative length is 2, 1, 4, 3. Those of the first and

second pairs are much the longest; but there is not much difference

between them; and this is also the case with those of the third and

fourth pairs.

The palpi are mederate in length and strength, similar to the

1877. ] MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE MUSK-DEER. 287

legs in colour. and armature, and furnished with a scopula beneath

the digital joints.

The falees are tolerably long and strong, of a darker hue than

the cephalothorax, straight but sloping on their inner sides towards

the extremity, where they are furnished with long reddish hairs.

The mawxille are rather long and strong, broadest towards their

extremity, where they are rounded, straight, but inclined slightly to

the labium ; they are of a reddish yellow colour, palest at their fore

extremity, where they are furnished thickly with a fringe of strong

reddish hairs.

The /abium is of a somewhat oblong form, half the length of the

maxillee, with a convex outer surface and truncated at the apex, its

colour being similar to that of the maxille.

The sternum is heart-shaped, paler-coloured than the labium, and

clothed with hairs.

The abdomen is oblong-oval, tolerably convex above, rather broad

behind, rounded at the posterior extremity, and truncated before ;

it is clothed with brown, greyish-sandy, and yellow-brown hairs, and

is of a foxy yellow-brown colour, margined above with a broad but

not very clearly defined dull yellowish border; the greater part

of the underside is occupied by a large vase-shaped dark red-brown

area, the fore extremity of which has a whitish-yellow border ;

the spinners are short, those of the superior pair the strongest.

The genital aperture is small, much obscured by hairs, but apparently

somewhat crescent-shaped.

A single example in the Rev. G. Brown’s collection.

4. Notes on the Anatomy of the Musk-Deer (Moschus mos-

chiferus). By A. H. Garrop, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector

to the Society.

[Received March 38, 1877.]

In the large collection of living animals brought home by the

Prince of Wales from India were two male specimens of the Musk-

Deer (Moschus moschiferus), nearly adult, from Nepaul, presented

to His Royal Highness by Sir Jung Bahadoor, whose sudden death

has been so recently announced. As far as I am aware, the only

other individual of the species which had been seen alive in this

country, was the female presented by Sir Richard Pollock, K.C.S.I.,

on March 31st, 1869, to this Society, which formed the subject of

Professor Flower’s valuable memoir published in our ‘ Proceedings’

(1875, p. 159).

On Feb. 2nd of this year one of the Prince’s specimens died at

Sandringham ; and His Royal Highness having graciously given per-

mission that a post-mortem might be made upon it, Mr. Clarence

Bartlett placed it in my hands.

Pathologically it did not present any features of special interest,

288 MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE MUSK-DEER. __ [ Mar. 20,

the only organ which gave any proof of lesion being the psalterium, in

which several minute abscesses were found along the attached margins

of several of the laminz.

Zoologically the specimen has given me the opportunity of veri-

fying many of the statements both of Pallas in his exhaustive treatise

on the animal!, and of Prof. Flower in his memoir above referred

to. My own attention having been much devoted of late to the

anatomy of the Ruminantia, I was particularly pleased at having the

opportunity of dissecting the species, especially as it was of the male

sex, and as Prof. Flower has most kindly allowed me to compare its

viscera with those of the female specimen in the Museum of the

College of Surgeons.

Considering the various organs seriatim, I found that the tongue

greed exactly with that figured by Prof. Flower, as did the epiglottis

in being pointed in the middle line, and the stomach in its general

configuration.

In the rumen the villi were shorter than in most of the Cervide

and more sparsely scattered. There were no traces of any special

glandular pouch on the anterior wall of the viscus.

In the reticulum the shallow cells were peculiar in being com-

paratively small, and more numerous than is generally the case.

The psalterium did not differ, except in the number of its lamellee,

from the description given by Pallas; and it appears to me that Prof.

Flower, at the same time that he was the first to lay proper stress

upon its non-typical nature, hardly read correctly the account given

by the earlier observer; for in the College specimen, although the

rows of papillee are particularly feeble, nevertheless it might be said

of them “inter majores laminas rugze intercalares, vel lamellule ac-

cessorize angustiores.’”’ Inthe stomach under consideration they

are much more conspicuous. The organ is therefore dupliciplicate,

and differs from that of any other Ruminant examined by me, as I

have elsewhere shown’, in that the lamellze are arranged more closely

than is usually the case, and at the same time there is a great

deficiency in minor folds, and an excess of those of higher degree. -

Pallas counted 23 or 25 major lamelle in the psalterium of his

specimens; Prof. Flower, 19 in his; there were 21 in the spe-

cimen now under consideration.

The small intestine was 24 feet 2 inches in length, the large intes-

tine measuring 11 feet 9 inches, and the ceecum 53 inches. There

were three and a half double turns in the colic coil, which is one more

than is generally found in larger species, and two more than is fre-

quently observed in smaller ones. Both the ceecum and the colon

were curiously mottled from the collection of fatin the course of the

vessels traversing their surface, as is mentioned by Pallas, and shown

in his figure of the former organ.

With reference to the peculiar dilatation of the colon in the region

of the ileo-ceecal valve, this is produced by the considerable develop-

ment of a glandular surface, which is quite as well marked in the

Giraffe (Camelopardalis giraffa), as was first pointed out by Dr, T.

'Spicilegia Zoologica, fasciculus xiii. (1779). ? Antea, p. 8.

1877.] MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE MUSK-DEER. 289

S.Cobbold, in hisarticle “Ruminantia,”’ in the Cyclopzedia of Anatomy

and Physiology', where it is excellently figured, as it is also by the

same author, although much less accurately, in the ‘Proceedings’ of

this Society. I take the present opportunity of depicting its con-

dition in Moschus, and have had placed side by side with it a

drawing of the homologous gland in the Fallow Deer (Cervus dama),

where it is comparatively smaller (figs. 1, 2). This gland is pro-

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

ES YDS

Tleo-xeeal gland of Moschus : Thio-cxeeal gland of Cervus duma: a, orifice

a, orifice of small intestine, of small intestine.

bably to be found in other members of the Order; but I regret that

till quite recently, not haying had my attention specially called to it,

I have not taken the opportunity of looking for it. In future I will

do so, and will inform the Society of the results of my search*. I could

find no Peyer’s patches.

The liver was more elongate and not so deep as that figured by

Prof. Flower. The gall-bladder was lodged in a shallow fossa, its

fundus not nearly reaching the free margin of the organ. The cau-

date lobe was lateral, and far from large. The spigelian lobe was

absent—a fact which demonstrates, what specimens of Cephalophus

pygmaeus and Camelopardalis giraffa had previously taught me, the

1 Vol. v. p. 540, fig. 863, 2 P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 104, pl. Lxxviii.

3 Since this paper was read I have examined the ileo-cxcal region of the

colon in Alces machlis, where the gland is large and very much like that of the

Giraffe—in Cervus virginianus, where itis oval, made up of shallow glands, and

an inch long—and in Tragelaphus scriptus and Oryx beisa, where it agrees

with that in C. wirginianus.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. XIX. 19

290 MR. A. H.GARROD ON. THE MUSK-DEER. [ Mar. 20,

variable nature of this small hepatic appendage, even in the same

species.

P With reference to the generative organs, Pallas records the exis-

tence of Cowper’s glands and a filiform termination to the urethra, of

some length. I take the opportunity of figuring the glans penis, as

the drawings given by Pallas, although particularly instructive, are

too small to exhibit some of its characteristics (fig. 3). The glans,

Fig. 3.

Glans penis of Moschus.

on the whole, is more like that in the genera Gazella and Addaw' than

in Ovis, Capra, Cephalophus, and Camelopardalis, in all of which there

is a filiform termination to the urethra. The Cowper’s glands were

about the size and shape of haricot beans, one on each side. The

vesciculse seminales were each an inch long, and of a fairly uniform

breadth of 4 inch. The urethral ends of the vasa deferentia were

considerably dilated for a little more than an inch and a half.

As has been clearly described by Pallas, the musk-sac opens a short

distance in front of the preputial opening; its size is nearly that of an

ordinary orange. Inthe specimen under consideration it was filled with

adark-brown, chocolate-coloured powder, possessing, most powerfully,

the characteristic odour. Its minute orifice was a little more than

half an inch in front of the opening of the prepuce, from which latter

a few stiff hairs, about half an inch long, projected forwards and

downwards. The two orifices were included within a common

sphincter muscle, the skin over which was covered with fine hairs, ali

radiating towards its centre. The slightly convex cutaneous surface

included within the sphincter was devoid of hair. This account

agrees with that of J. F. Brandt and J. C. T. Ratzeburg in 1839?;

and my specimen in no way differs from the excellent figures of the

musk-sac given by those authors.

In my paper on the visceral organs of the Ruminantia®, I have

drawn special attenticn to the nature of the internal surface of the

uterus in the Order, having given strong reasons for the surmise that

the Cavicornia are characterized by having numerous cotyledons on

the placenta, on which account they are termed Polycotyledonto-

phora, whilst in the Cervidee (therefore termed Oligocotyledonto-

phora) the cotyledons are very few innumber. It occurred to me that

the nature of the interior of the uterus or the placenta would throw

much light on the very disputed point as to the affinities of Moschus.

Of the placenta Pallas tells us* that “cotyledones et respondentes

placentul@ oblonga, plana figura gaudent et in series fere digeruntur.

1 Vide anted, p. 10, fig. 18.

2 Medicinische Zoologie (Berlin, 1839), Band j. pp. 41-51, pl. 8.

3 P.Z.S8. anted, p. 12.

* Loe, cit. p, 41,

1877.) MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE MUSK-DEER. 291

Extrema secundinarum attenuata, in cornua uteri filo protensa; at

versus orificium uteri chorion utriusque anastomosi tubulari

cohzeret.’ At the same time he tells us that there were two foetuses

in the uterus.

Prof. Flower has kindly allowed me to examine the uterus of the

specimen of Moschus moschiferus in the College-of-Surgeons Museum,

which was about 24 years old. From it fig. 4 is taken, It will be

Fig. 4.

Uterus of Moschus moschiferus: the left cornu is opened up

longitudinally.

seen that there are no cotyledonary papille at all, the mucous

membrane being disposed in narrow longitudinal folds, six in number,

of very little depth, running nearly the whole length of the cornua,

slightly broken here and there, but nowhere developing from. their

free edges the tongue-like processes which form the cotyledonary

papille in ordinary Deer, or the characteristic linearly arranged

elevations of the Bovide. This condition differs from any I have

seen in other Ruminant animals; and I can find no reference to it

by other authors.

I do not think that my account of the organ is at all incompatible

with that of Pallas, who has laid special stress on the linear nature

of the cotyledons. Neither in the Cervids nor the Cavicornia have I

ever found an arrangement which can be compared with it. I do

not feel justified in regarding it as indicating a nearer relationship

to the one than to the other; for the number of the plications is

opposed to Cervine affinities, whilst their size militates against their

polycotyledonary nature.

When we consider the genus Moschus in its relations to the other

19*

292 MR. E. BARTLETT ON THE AFFINITIES OF MEsires. [ Mar. 20,

Ruminants, it seems to me that to call it a Deer is altogether against

the tendency of the facts at our disposal. No known Deer has a

gall-bladder, or a filiform termination to its urethra. How can we

place with the Cervidee, therefore, an animal which possesses both ?

5. Remarks on the Affinities of Mesites. By Epwarp Barr-

Lett, Esq., Curator of the Maidstone Museum.

[Received March 7, 1877.]

Some months ago I received a small collection of Mammals and

Birds obtained on the south-east coast of Madagascar by Mr.

Thomas Waters. Among them was a fine pair of specimens of

Mesites variegata, which are now in the collection of Mr. R. J. Bal-

ston. Having examined the two skins of this rare bird very care-

fully, and not feeling satisfied that the genus has been arranged in

its proper group by former systematists, I venture to lay before the

Society the following notes, trusting that they may lead to a more

careful investigation of the affinities of Mesites, and of the position

which it should take in a natural classification.

In the Zoological Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1861, my father

(Mr. A. D. Bartlett) first pointed out the affinities of Baleniceps,

Burypyga, ard Cancroma, as evidenced by their ‘ powder-down

patches.” Now, strange to say, while examining the skins of

Mesites, I discovered two of these patches very distinct on the back

of the neck. This naturally led me to search for others, which, to

my surprise, I found—one on each side of the lower part of the rump,

close to the tail, one on each side of the upper part of the pectoral

muscles, a third pair, one on each side, running across the ribs, on

to the pectoral muscle, and a fourth pair, one on each side of the

abdominal region, running paraliel with the vent, making in all five

pairs of powder-down patches. This exceeds the number found in

Cancroma (which has four pairs) by one pair, the extra pair being

those placed across the ribs.

I have examined skins of Lurypyga helias, and have found other

charaeters which confirm my opinion that Mesi¢es is an aberrant

form of the Ardeine group.

The bill is like that of Eurypyga, long and slender, the nostrils

reaching more than half the length; the wings are rounded; the

legs long, slender, and naked above the tarsus. This is the case in

Eurypyga and all the Herons, although in other respects Mesites is

very Thrush-like'.

Another, and one of the most peculiar characters with regard to

Mesites and Eurypyga, is that the quills of the soft feathers on the

back and rump are extremely fine and delicate in the centre, which

causes the tip of each feather to turn the reverse way directly the

' The legs are represented in Gray's ‘Genera of Birds’ as feathered to the

tarsus, which is wrong; in the specimens before me they are naked and scaly

# inch up the tibia,

ee EEEOEOEEEEEeEeEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEOEOEOEOEOEOOOOOOOEOOOO EO

SNYNLOYV OWTIVS

dunt *so.ig ‘usta quipy b “Jap “ureqUIA yy

UXXX Td ZZ81°S'Z d

1877.] ON THE FISHES OF THE ARCTIC EXPEDITION. 293

bird is dead. This fact I have often noticed while preparing the

skins of Eurypyga helias; and it is exactly the same with the

feathers of Mesites variegata.

I therefore suggest that the genus Mesites should be arranged

in the Natural System next to Eurypyga and its near ally

Rhinochetus.

I may add that on examining the powder-down under a glass, I

find the structure of that of Mesites nearly identical with that of

Ardea cinerea.

6. Account of the Fishes collected by Capt. Feilden between

78° and 83° N. lat., during the Arctic Expedition 1875-6.

By Dr. Atzert Gtnruer, F.R.S.

[Received March 20, 1877.]

(Plate XXXII.)

1. Corrus auapRIcoRNIs, L.

A young specimen, 4 inches long, was found dead by Mr. Eger-

ton on the beach in Dumbell Harbour (lat 82° 30'). No other salt-

water fish is known at present to have been found at a higher lati-

tude. In this young specimen the nuchal tubercles are only indi-

cated; but having compared it with a specimen obtained on the

English coast, another from Lake Wettern, and with two from Sir

J. Richardson’s collection (the locality of which is not known, but

which most probably were given to him by one of the previous arctic

explorers), I have no doubt as to their specific identity. Dr, Liitken

has excluded this species from his list of Greenland fishes (‘ Arctic

Manual,’ p. 116).

2. IceLus Hamatus, Kroyer.

Previously known from Spitzbergen and Greenland, seems to be

one of the most common fishes in the latitudes between 80° and 82°.

Two specimens were obtained at Discovery Bay (81° 44’), three at

Franklin-Pierce Bay (in 15 fathoms), and seven at Cape Napoleon.

All these specimens were caught in the month of August, and were

ready for spawning.

3. CycLorTEerus spinosus, Mill.

Previously known from Iceland, Spitzbergen, and Greenland. Two

specimens from Cape Napoleon, and four from Franklin-Pierce Bay

are all young, and interesting as showing the irregular manner in

which the conical spines are developed. The largest of these young

specimens is not quite 2 inches long; and the tubercles are much less

numerous than in an adult specimen ; it is rough, and covered with

minute spines. In a specimen 15 lines long only traces of the tu-

bercles are visible on the skin. A specimen 12 lines long is quite

naked, whilst another of the same size has the tubercles as much de-

294 ON THE FISHES OF THE ARCTIC EXPEDITION. [Mar. 20,

veloped as the largest, or even more so. The spines of the first

dorsal fin are sometimes quite distinct, sometimes enveloped in loose

skin,

Cyclopterus spinosus.

4, Lrparis FaBRicil, Kroyer.

Previously known from Spitzbergen, Greenland, Fort Leopold ;

is represented in the present collection by a specimen from Discovery

Bay, and another from Franklin-Pierce Bay.

5. GyMNELIS viripis, Fabr.

One specimen, obtained in lat. 81° 52'; it is only 5 inches long,

and belongs to a highly coloured variety, being brown with nume-

rous white spots, and having four black ocelli on the dorsal fin.

6. Gapus FaBrRici, Rich.

Widely distributed in the arctic regions of the western hemisphere.

One specimen, obtained off Cape Hayes, Grinnell Land.

7. SALMO ARCTURUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXII.)

The northernmost Salmonoid known at present.

This Charr cannot be identified with any of the other races of

this division of Salmo; it comes nearest to the Charr of Killin (In-

verness-shire), but differs from it in having a more slender body, rather

smaller scales, shorter fins, and a less number of pyloric appendages.

Body rather elongate ; head small, two ninths or nearly one fifth

of the total length (without caudal), scarcely more than one half

of the distance between the snout and the vertical from the origin of

the dorsal fin. The snout is remarkably obtuse; the maxillary

varies in length: in males of the same size it sometimes reaches

scarcely to, sometimes a little behind, the hind margin of the orbit ;

in the female it is smaller and shorter. Teeth small; vomerine teeth

limited to the anterior extremity of the bone; a band of villiform

teeth along the middle of the hyoid bone. Preeoperculum with a

distinct lower limb ; suboperculum about twice as long as deep ; pec-

toral but little shorter than the head, exceeding in length one half

of the distance of its root from the ventral. Ventral terminating at

a considerable distance from the vent. D. 13, the longest ray as

long as the head (without snout), A.12. Caudal moderately ex-

cised, its middle rays half the length of the outer ones. Scales mi-

nute. Branchiostegals 11.

Upper parts of a dull brownish green, passing on the sides into

the silvery or reddish colour of the lower parts. Dorsal and caudal

4% 7% *)

oo eee aceite mee ee ee ee

J.G.Keulemans lth

P.Z.S 1877. Pl. XXATV

M&N.Hanhart imp

DUS BEWSHERI

1877.] MR, E, NEWTON ON THE BIRDS OF ANJUAN. 295

of the colour of the back ; paired fins and anal yellowish. No dots

or ocelli. Young with numerous parr-marks.

The number of pyloric appendages were found to vary ; one male

has 31, another 35, a third 44, and a female 42.

Several specimens were obtained on Victoria Lake (lat. 82° 34'),

and in freshwater pools of Floe-berg Beach (lat. 82° 28’). Dr. E.

Moss kindly communicated to me a coloured sketch of a specimen

caught in North-Ravine Lake. Specimens 12 inches in length

are full-grown ; no larger ones were found. The ovaries and testicles

in specimens caught in the month of August show the commence-

ment of seasonal development.

Note.—It may be mentioned here that, of the collections made

during the visit of H.M.S. ‘ Valorous,’ the following species from

the Greenland coast have been sent to the British Museum :—

Cottus grénlandicus, C. V., young; Cottus tricuspis, C.V.,

young ; Centronotus fasciatus, Bl., young ; Sticheus punc-

tatus, Fabr. These were obtained at Godhavn Harbour.

Aspidophoroides monopterygius, Bl., young, obtained at a

depth of 30 fathoms in lat. 65°, long 53°.

These fishes are well-known inhabitants of the coasts of South

Greenland.

7. On a Collection of Birds from the Island of Anjuan. By

Epwarp Newton, M.A., C.M.G., Colonial Secretary of

Mauritius, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

[Received March 20, 1877.]

(Plates XXXIII., XXXIV.)

My friend Mr. C. E. Bewsher, of Mauritius, last autumn had the

opportunity of paying a visit to the little-known island of Anjuan’

or Joanna, one of the Comoro group, and while there was most hos-

pitably entertained by the Sultan, and by Mr. Sunley, an English

sugar-planter of some long residence there, whose kindness to the

officers of Her Majesty’s fleet when visiting this remote spot is well

known and appreciated in the navy.

Mr. Bewsher remained in Anjuan seven weeks, and during that time

made a large collection of mammals, birds, reptiles, shells, ferns

and other plants.

The first two Mr. Bewsher has kindly forwarded to me; and the

birds I lay before the Society this evening, with a few remarks

concerning each. The collection is not only most interesting, but is

also in very excellent condition.

Members will recollect that Mr. Sclater gave an instructive account

of these islands in ‘The Ibis’ for 1864, p. 292, and appended a list

1 “Anjouan, dont le véritable nom, suivant Yautorité du savant William

Jones, est Hinzoudn, écrit aussi Anzwame, Anzouan, Juanny, a fini méme, sous

Vinfluence d’idées chrétiennes, par s’appeler Johanna.”—Oscar Maccarthy, in

«L’Univers : les iles d'Afrique, pt. iii. § iti. ; les iles Arabes, p. 125 (Paris: 1848),

296 MR. E. NEWTON ON THE BIRDS OF ANJUAN. [ Mar. 20,

of twenty-three species of birds, chiefly collected by Drs. Kirk and

Dickinson, as occurring in one or other of them. Since that time

about fifteen more have been added to our knowledge by the Dutch

naturalists and travellers MM. Pollen and Van Dam.

The present collection contains twenty-seven species, of which

nineteen have been before known to occur in the group, and eight

are new to the fauna, including five which have not hitherto been

described. ‘The total number of the species of the Comoro Islands

is therefore now raised to forty-six ; of these, three (or perhaps four)

appear to me likely to have been introduced.

Of the new species the most interesting is a true Turdus, no bird of

this genus having been previously discovered in any of the Mascarene

Islands or in Madagascar itself. Several of the other species are so

nearly identical with those found in Madagascar that I have not

ventured to describe them as distinct; yet they have well-marked

features which make them easily recognizable from the former, either

by length of feather, general colour, or size of beak.

1, ACCIPITER PUSILLUS,

Scelospizias pusillus, Gurney, Ibis, 1875, p. 358.

Acciynter francesi, Sclater, Ibis, 1864, p. 298, pl. vii.(nec A. Smith).

Nisus francesii (pt.), Schlegel & Pollen, Rech. Madag. p. 36.

Three specimens, one male and two females.

‘Only saw two pair; found one egg in a female, sent herewith.

Iris yellow or orange, beak bluish grey, legs and feet light yellow.”

Native name ‘‘ Shimpangar.”’

I have already a specimen of this species, apparently a male, which

was given to me by Dr. Playfair, R.N., of H.M.S. ‘ Orestes,’ having

been shot at Pomony, Anjuan, November 16th, 1863.

2. MILVUS =GYPTIUS.

Milvus egyptius, Sclater, Ibis, 1864, p. 298; Schlegel & Pollen,

Rech. Madag. p. 44.

Five specimens. ‘‘ Very common.” Native name ‘‘ Coosee.”

3. ALUCO FLAMMEUS.

Three specimens. ‘‘Three only seen and shot.’ Native name

‘* Boondee.”’

4. CorACOPSIS COMORENSIS.

Coracopsis comorensis, Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin,

1854, p. 371; Hartl. Madag. p. 59; Sclater, Ibis, 1864, p. 300.

Three specimens, ‘‘ Very common in high forests, where it lives

on tops of trees.”

5. CORACOPSIS BARKLYI.

Coracopsis barklyi, E. Newton, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 346,

pl. xxii.; Ibis, 1867, p. 341.

One specimen. ‘The only one I saw.”

This bird appears to me to be identical with C. barklyi, which

has hitherto been found in the Seychelles group only. As the Parrots

1877.] MR. E. NEWTON ON THE BIRDS OF ANJUAN. 297

of this subregion are extremely local, I am led to the belief that this

bird must have been introduced into Anjuan from the Seychelles,

where it is not unfrequently kept as a cage-bird; and as I know

several of the creoles of the Seychelles are employed in Anjuan, it

is likely that it may have been brought over from there, escaped, and

been shot by Mr. Bewsher. It was the only one he saw. The wing-

feathers are much broken at the extremities, as if the bird had been

kept in confinement.

6. CoRYTHORNIS VINTSIOIDES.

Six specimens. ‘‘ Most common on streams near the sea.” Native

name “ Mouam Moran.”

The specimens of this species are almost identical with those from

Madagascar ; but the blue on the back and rump in the former is

lighter than in the latter.

7. MEROPS SUPERCILIOSUS.

Six specimens. ‘‘Not common; seen chiefly in small trees, on

bare twigs, near the shore ; crop full of black mason flies; generally

in small flocks of six or eight.”” Native name “ Cimbangoolee.”

This bird is so nearly identical with specimens from Madagascar that

I have not thought proper to describe it as a distinct species ; but all

the specimens from Anjuan have the crown of the head less brown and

the middle tail-feathers less elongated than those from Madagascar.

8. NECTARINIA COMORENSIS.

Nectarinia comorensis, Peters, Ibis, 1864, p. 299.

Six specimens. ‘‘ Very common.” Native name “ Shetozee.”

The nest is similar to those of others of the genus. The egg is

greyish white, spotted and blotched, especially at the larger end, with

ashy brown.

9. ZOSTEROPS ANJUANENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 1.)

Zosterops Z. poliogastree (Heuglin, Ibis, 1861, p. 357, pl. xiii.)

simillima, sed sine lined flavd postoculari, epigastrio obsolete

cinereo, abdomine albo.

Long. tota 4°3, alee 2°2, caudee 1°6, acrotarsi °7, dig. med. sine

ungue ‘35, hallucis sine ungue *27, maxillee a fronte -45, mandibulze

ab articulo 11 poll. Angl.

Five specimens, four male and one female. ‘‘ Nest and eggs sent ;

sits very close; not very common.” Native name ‘“‘Nean Teughnan.””

This handsome species most nearly resembles Z. poliogastra of

Von Heuglin, from Abyssinia. There is, however, a spot of yellow

on the lores instead of a streak of yellow extending over the eyes;

the yellow on the throat extends somewhat lower down than in Z. po-

liogastra ; the chest only is grey, while the belly is of a dirty white,

instead of both being grey as in the African species. The nest and

one egg sent resemble those of all the others of the genus with which

I am acquainted.

10. Dicrurus rorFIcATus.

Dicrurus forficatus, Sclater, Ibis, 1864, p. 299.

Eight specimens. ‘A very sharp, clever bird, the only bird

298 MR. E. NEWTON ON THE BIRDS OF ANJUAN. _ [Mar. 20,

whose habits I was able to study, having had five or six brought to

me alive; but I only managed to keep them for a few days. They

are very pugnacious, attacking crows and hawks, and even beating

them off. They sing very sweetly and softly, and seem to be able

to imitate other birds. They live on grasshoppers. On presenting

a large grasshopper at the wires of the cage it is immediately

seized by the beak; the bird then grasps it with its foot, and

settles on the perch. Then at once the bird makes a jump in the

air, and alights with one of the springing legs of the creature free

from its grasp ; this it tears off, and then repeats the same move-

ment, tearing off the other leg; then, still holding the wings grasped

to the body, the bird pulls off the head and swallows it. Afterwards

it tears off the wings one by one, making a jump round off the perch,

and freeing one wing from its grasp in each jump, as it did with the

legs before described. The body is then well masticated, and

swallowed whole. They generally ate two large locusts at a time.

They were not common.” Native name ‘‘ Maremondou.”

These specimens differ somewhat from those of Madagascar in

having more robust beaks and the crest on the head more full; but

the differences are so slight that I do not feel justified in describing

them as belonging to a distinct species. It is to be remarked that

the collection does not contain a specimen of D. waldeni, which

was found at Mayotte by MM. Pollen and Van Dam; and the de-

scription which these gentlemen give of the habits of this species is

so unlike what has been described of the habits of other birds of this

genus, and so like those of the allied genus Tchitrea, that I am al-

most led to suppose that they must have really described a bird more

nearly resembling Tchitrea corvina of the Seychelles.

11. TcHITREA VULPINA, sp. noy. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 2.)

T. mutate (in vestitu rubido) admodum similis, sed colore pallidi-

ore et magis aurantiaco, maculd alari latiore, et caudd breviore

et concolori diversa.

Long. tota 11, ala 3:1, caude 7°7, acrotarsi *7, dig. med. sine

ungue °4, hallucis sine ungue *3, maxille a fronte ‘75, mandibule

ab articulo 1°2 poll. Anyl.

Six specimens, four male and two female. ‘A beautiful bird,

not common; tail of male much longer than that of female; nest

and eggs sent.”” Native name ‘‘ Mouchtata.”

These birds differ considerably from Tchitrea mutata of Madagas-

ear and 7’. pretiosa of Mayotte. Though they were obtained in the

height of the breeding-season, there is no trace among them of the

black-and-white form which occurs so frequently in the adult Mada-

gascar species, and the elongated tail-feathers of the male birds are

of a uniform cinnamon-colour, and not black and white as they

always are in their relations. The cinnamon-colour also is much

lighter, the elongated tail-feathers and the wings much shorter than

in the Madagascar species; the white on the wings is much more

conspicuous, and the edging to the primaries and secondaries more

pronounced. ‘Taking these differences into consideration, I have but

little hesitation in describing the Anjuan bird as a new species. The

1877.] MR. E. NEWTON ON THE BIRDS OF ANJUAN. 299

nest and eggs are very similar to those of others of the genus: the

eggs are creamy white, spotted with light red and ash-colour,

chiefly at the longer end, and measure *72 by °57 inch.

12. ELLIsIA LONGICAUDATA, Sp. n.

Ellisia E. typicee similis sed obscurior, rostro cauddque longioribus.

Long. tot. 7, ale 2°5, caudee 3°25, acrotarsi 1, dig. med. sine

ungue °55, hallucis sine ungue 4, maxill a fronte ‘65, mandibule

ab articulo 1°35 poll. Angl.

Four specimens. ‘Only seen after 1000 feet up in low bushes

and thick wood. Jerks its tail up when singing.” Native name

** Dhadhacolee.”

These specimens are very like those of Ellisia typica from Mada-

gascar ; but in all of the former the beak is a trifle, and the tail half

an inch longer than in the latter.

13. HypsirpETES OUROVANG.

Hypsipetes ourovang, Sclater, Ibis, 1864, p. 298; Schlegel &

Pollen, Rech. Madag. p. 96.

Six specimens. ‘ Very common; nest and eggs sent.” Native

name “ Soaly.”

These specimens do not differ in the smallest degree from those

of Madagascar.

14, Turpus BEWSHERI, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV.)

Turdus supra saturate olivaceo-brunneus, guld albidd brunneo-stri-

atd, torque pectorali brunneo, abdomine albo brunneo squamato.

Long. tota 8°3, alee 4, caudze 3-2, acrotarsi 1°5, dig. med. sine

ungue °8, hallucis sine ungue ‘5, maxillze a fronte ‘9, mandibulze ab

articulo 1*7 poll. Angl.

Three specimens, two male and one female. ‘Only saw five or

six; a stupid-looking bird, sitting in a moping way on the trees;

quick flight in forest.” Native name ‘‘ Bhambee.”

In general coloration this bird closely resembles Zoothera monti-

cola of the Himalayas. This interesting species I propose to call

after its discoverer, Mr. Bewsher.

15. Corvus MADAGASCARIENSIS.

Corvus scapulatus, Schlegel & Pollen, Rech. Madag. p. 102.

Three specimens. ‘‘ Very common.” Native name ‘“ Quihe.”

16. SPERMESTES CUCULLATUS.

Three specimens. ‘On high lands in flocks ; common; nest and

eggs sent.” Native name ‘“ Nean Saughan.”

On comparison these specimens appear to be identical with Swain-

son’s type of the species in the Cambridge Museum. It is widely

distributed in Africa, being found on the east and west coasts ; but I

should be inclined to think it has been introduced into Anjuan.

The eggs are white, and measure 55 by ‘42; the nest is, like those

of many of the genera, entirely composed of the almost ripe stalks

of grass, with the seed still on them, and is a domed structure.

500 MR. E, NEWTON ON THE BIRDS OF ANJSUAN. [Mar. 20,

17. Foup1a ALGOND&.

? Foudia madagascariensis, Sclater, Ibis, 1864, p. 299 (nec Linn.).

Ploceus algonde, Pollen, Rech. Madag. p. 109, pl. 34.

Calyphantria comorensis, Cabanis in Von der Decken’s Reise,

iii. p. 31, tab x. (named Foudia comorensis on plate).

Seven specimens. ‘‘ Not common.” Native name ‘‘ Paramoran.”’

The egg, light blue, measures -84 by ‘6.

This species very closely resembles F'. sechellarum in size and

shape, though its beak is still stouter than in that species. The

series of specimens received from Mr. Bewsher show that no specific

distinction between F’. algonde and F’. comorensis can be established.

18. CoLUMBA POLLENI.

Columba polleni, Schlegel, N. T. D. vol. iii. p. 87; Schlegel &

Pollen, Rech. Madag. p. 112, pl. 35.

One specimen, female. ‘‘ Only specimen I obtained ; was brought

to me; never saw one alive.’ Native name ‘ Moniun Kungha.”

“‘ Beak and feet yellow, iris yellow.”

19. TuRTUR COMORENSIS, Sp. Nn.

Turtur picturatus (pt.), Schlegel and Pollen, Rech. Madag. p. 113.

Turtur T. picturato simillimus, sed ald longiore, et capite uropy-

gioque dorso fere concoloribus.

Long. tota 12°5, alee 6°5, caudze 4°5, acrotarsi 1-1, dig. med. sine

ungue 1, hallucis sine ungue ‘6, maxille a fronte ‘9, mandibule ab

articulo 1:4 poll. Angl.

Four specimens. ‘Common in woods.” Native name “Shu-

kerrou Dhungow.”

Resembles most nearly Turtur picturatus; but the forehead and top

of the head are not bluish as in that species, but of the same vinous

tint as the back ; and in this respect it resembles the 7’. aldebranus of

Aldebra, and 7. rostratus of the Seychelles; but it differs from the

former in the less vinous colouring of the back, rump, and tail, and

from the latter in the smaller bill and browner tail-feathers.

20. TuRTOR SEMITORQUATUS.

Turtur semitorquatus, Sclater, Ibis, 1864, p. 300; Schlegel &

Pollen, Rech. Madag. p. 113.

Three specimens. ‘Common, especially near the coast.’’ Native

name ‘‘ Shukerou.”’

This South-African species, which is not found in Madagascar,

has probably been introduced into the island.

21. ALECTR@NAS SGANZINI (Verreaux).

Funingus sganzini, Hartl. Madag. p. 64.

Alectreenas sganzini, Sclater, Ibis, 1864, p. 300.

Ptilopus sganzini, Schlegel & Pollen, Rech. Madag. p. 115,

pl. xxxvii.

Seven specimens. ‘Common; a stupid bird, allowing you to get

quite near it; food in crop small figs; iris red.’ Native name

“ Ningha.”

1877. ] MR. E. NEWTON ON THE BIRDS OF ANJUAN. 301

22. Numrpa TIARATA, Bonaparte.

Numida tiarata, Hartl. Madag. p. 68; Schlegel & Pollen, Rech.

Madag. p. 118.

Numida mitrata’, Sclater, Ibis, 1864, p. 300.

Numida mitrata (pt.), Elliot, Monogr. Phasianide.

Three specimens. ‘“‘ Very plentiful.’’ Native name ‘‘ Congha.”’

It is possible that this bird may have been introduced into Anjuan,

as it has been into Mauritius and Rodriguez and, according to MM.

Pollen and Van Dam, into the little island of Bouzy near Mayotte.

23. CoTURNIX commuNIs, Bonnaterre.

Coturnix communis, Schlegel & Pollen, Rech. Madag. p. 120.

One specimen. ‘‘Verycommon.” Native name ‘* Phayphayra.”’

24. ARDEA IBIS.

Ardea ibis, Schlegel & Pollen, Rech. Madag, p. 124.

Two specimens. Native name “Soaugha.’’ Mr. Sclater (Ibis,

1864, p. 301) has included Ardea comata (by which I presume he

means 4. leucoptera) in his list.

25. BuTORIDES ATRICAPILLA.

Ardea atricapilla, Schlegel & Pollen, Rech. Madag. p. 125.

One specimen. ‘Not common.” Native name “ Donkerhay.”’

26. STREPSILAS INTERPRES.

Strepsilas interpres, Sclater, Ibis, 1864, p. 301; Schlegel &

Pollen, Rech. Madag. p. 130.

Two specimens. ‘‘Common on sea-shore and the mouths of

rivers for a mile up.” Native name “ Shejoryjory.”

27. TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCUS.

Tringoides hypoleucus, Sclater, Ibis, 1864, p. 301.

Actitis hypoleucos, Schlegel & Pollen, Rech. Madag. p. 133.

Three specimens. Not distinguished by the natives from the last.

In addition to the above, Mr. Bewsher writes :—‘‘ Besides these I

saw a Swallow, a Swift, and a Grebe on the lake in the mountains ;

a large black-and-white Hawk rare and very wild, and a large Crane

or Heron. I was told there were also (but I never saw them) a small

brown Hawk, a green and brown Pigeon, a chocolate Pigeon with

white breast, a Mocking-biid, large (male blue-grey, female brown),

three, if not four, species of Owl, a Parroquet, green, with grey head,

probably the Love-bird common on the north-west coast of Mada-

gascar.””

I append a tabular statement, showing the geographical distribu-

tion throughout the group of each species. From this it will be seen

that we absolutely know nothing of the avifauna of the Great Co-

moro, and a fine field is here open for any adventurous naturalist

and traveller.

302 MR. E. NEWTON ON THE BIRDS OF ANJUAN. [Mar. 20,

Table showing the Distribution of Birds known to inhabit the

Comoro Islands.

B.=Bewsher. D.=Dickinson.

Pollen and Van Dam.

K.=Kirk, P.=Peters. P.& V. D.=

Falco Minor —.....sceuresceseenes

Accipiter pusillus ..............

IDWS yeas ep acesces senses

Circus maillardi .................

Milvus gyptius.........-....64

*Aluco flammeus ......-.:..00000

Scops menadensis ..............

Coracopsis comorensis ........

Darklyi}; .-..css:eccrsascase

Leptosomus discolor ...........

*Corythornis vintsioides ........

Merops superciliosus ...........

Oypselus ambrosiacus ......+«++.-

Nectarinia coquereli .......++...

COMOYENSIS ...000-.se ee eeee

Zosterops mayottensis ........

anjuanensis, sp. NOV......

Tchitrea pretiosa...............00

vulpina, Sp. NOV. ....60.-

Dicrurus forficatus ...........06.

Walden ........-..seeessens

madagascariensis ........

*Bllisia longicaudata, sp. nov.

*Hypsipetes ourovang .........+

*Turdus bewsheri, sp. nov. .....

*Corvus madagascariensis .....

*Spermestes cucullatust ........

Foudia madagascariensis .....

*¥— algondee .........-...seeeees

*Columba polleni...............6.

Peristera tympanistria ........

Turtur comorensis, sp. nov. ...

semitorquatust ........0.-

Alectroenas sganzini ...........

Numida tiaratat ..4........0.0006

*Coturnix communis ...........

Ardea gularis ............sesc0e..

leucoptera ....ceeceseeeee es

ra ibis ......

*Butorides atricapilla ...........

Charadrius, sp. ign. ...........

AD: APT Sacseasssasscatsekes

Strepsilas interpres...............

Tringoides hypoleucus ........

Podiceps, sp. ign. «++...

Prion banksi ......ccecsess oe

* First observed in Anjuan by Mr. Bewsher.

Grand

Comoro.

wet ees

seeeee

seeree

seetee

were

seeeee

eeeeee

eeseee

seeeee

senses

weeeee

seneee

sees

seeeee

eeeace

weceee

eee eee

eeeres

seeeee

seeees

weeeee

tee eee

fewees

eeeeee

seeeee

Mohilla.

weneee

seeeee

oeesee

weeeee

eeheee

eens

eeeees

saeeee

seeeee

seseee

eeeeee

eens

eeeeee

tenes

seeeee

Anjuan. Mayotte.

D., Playfair, B.

ais acrasicnetin P. & V. D.

Playfair, B. Puecv.-D.

Bansa ch ete ?P.& V. D.

Ps Ke:

B. P. & V. D.

B., P. & V. D. P.& V. D.

Seorteeete P. & V. D.

RE ros P.& V. D.

BB:

is: Bethe P.& V. D.z

Ace NaS Lesson, P. & V. D.

Speke, B.

. K., B

Sa hsicene P. & V. D.

B. P.& V. D.

B. Pov.

B f P.&V.D.,

: l Monestier.

B. Poa Ve DD}

Sos ays cae P.&V. D.

B. PL&V. D.

D., B., P. & V. D. P.& V. D.

K., D., B. P.& V. D.

Ks, B., 2B: ?P.&V. D.

B. P. & V. D.

eeeeeaae P. & V. D.

B. P.& V.D

12ers 3}.

iD SCE;

35 22

t Perhaps introduced.

1877.] MR. P, L. SCLATER ON TROGLODYTES GORILLA. 303

April 17th, 1877.

Osbert Salvin, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1877.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of March was 118, of which 53 were by pre-

sentation, 7 by birth, 43 by purchase, 12 were received on deposit,

and 3 by exchange. The total number of departures during the

same period, by death and removals, was 76.

The most noticeable additions during the month of March were

as follows :—

1. A collection of rare Himalayan Passeres, purchased March 8,

embracing examples of the following ornamental species, new to the

Society’s Collection, viz. Megalema hodgsoni, Grammatoptila stri-

ata, Sibia capistrata, and Hemixos flavala.

2. Two young male Orang-outangs (Simia satyrus), presented

March 13, by Dr. R. Sin, F.Z.S.

A letter was read addressed to the Secretary by Mr. A. Welles, of

Christchurch, New Zealand, giving an account of the success which

had attended the endeavours of the Acclimatization Society of that

colony to introduce Salmon into New Zealand from the U.S. of

America.

Mr. Sclater exhibited specimens of the young Anacondas which

had been produced dead by the large female of this Snake purchased

on the 15th of February 1877.

Two young had been produced on the 2nd inst., and one other

subsequently ; but it seemed probable that more would follow.

Another member of the Boidee that had produced young ones (already

extruded from the egg) in the Gardens was stated to be the Yellow

Boa of the Antilles (Chilobothrus inornatus).

Mr. Sclater called attention to two large photographs of the

young Gorilla (Troglodytes gorilla) now living in the Aquarium at

Berlin, which had been kindly forwarded to the Society by the

authorities of that Institution.

This animal had been obtained by Dr. Falkenstein, of the German

West-African Expedition, on the 2nd of October 1875, at Ponta Negra

(about two days’ journey inland from Chincoxo) on the West-African

coast, from a Portuguese. The Portuguese had received it from a negro,

who had shot the mother a few days before and captured the young

one. Dr. Falkenstein had brought the animal with him to Berlin,

and sold it to the Berlin Aquarium on the 30th of June 1876, for

20,000 marks (£1,000) which went to the benefit of the Expedition.

On its arrival in Berlin the Gorilla weighed 30 Ib. (German) ; it

304 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [Apr. 17,

was now stated to weigh 431b., and to be in excellent health and

condition, although it had been twice seriously ill.

Mr. Sclater took this opportunity of recording the fact that this

was not the first living example of the Gorilla that had been brought

to Europe alive, as was shown by the following note from Mr. A. D.

Bartlett, the Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens :—

“In the year 1861, I saw in the collection of the late Mr. Chas.

Waterton a mounted specimen of a young Gorilla. It had been pre-

pared from an individual that had been exhibited alive in the No. |

Collection of Wombwell’s travelling menagerie, where it had lived

upwards of 7 months’.

*« Mrs. Wombwell’s daughter subsequently lent me a photograph of

this animal, which had been taken during its lifetime. This photo-

graph I showed to Prof. Owen, and afterwards lent to Mr. Wolf,

who, I believe, used it to assist him in a drawing of the Gorilla,

About two years since I sent the photograph back to the owner (Mrs.

Fairgrieve), who was then living at Lauriston in Edinburgh.”

Mr. Sclater exhibited the very beautiful chalk drawing by Mr,

Wolf (see Plate XXXV.) which had been prepared from the photo-

graph in question, and pointed out that there could be no doubt that

Mr. Bartlett’s statement of the animal having been a young Gorilla

was correct. Mr. Waterton’s collection was, he believed, now at

Ushaw College, Durham, where, no doubt, the stuffed specimen was

still to be seen.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Bursa Fabricii in Birds.

By W. A. Forsss, F.Z.S.

[Received March 13, 1877.]

Prof. Garrod, in his paper on Plotus anhinga (P. Z. 8. 1876, p.

344) says :—“ In the urino-genital system of Pletus anhinga, in both

sexes, the ducts open in the normal manner into the cloaca, just

above its lower orifice. This orifice, however, is not on the surface,

but is into a cavity behind the cloaca, which opens exter-

nally quite close to the place where the two communicate. Ex-

cept for the nearly marginal orifice, the second cavity is a ceecal sac,

oval in shape, and about 13 inch high, covered at its blind end with

the crypts of shallow glands, which also run down its sides.

That it is a modification of the dursa Fabricii cannot be doubted.”

The disposition of the parts described above seemed peculiar enough

to be worthy of further investigation ; with that end my kind friend

Prof. Garrod requested me to undertake a series of observations on

the bursa in other birds, in order to throw further light on the

structure of this organ, and to discover what characters, if any, it

afforded for classificational purposes. The ample materials of the

1 @f. Gray, P. Z.S. 1861, p. 278.

6.187 7, PR

JWolf del. JSmit lith M& N Hanhart imp

TROGLODYTES GORILLA

OM ree ea eA

ee Wi . (4 “. ‘ ; ;

‘

fi Se tye ; wie

1877.] BURSA FABRICII IN BIRDS. 305

Prosector’s department have given me opportunities for examining

this organ in a considerable number of species of birds of various

orders ; and though I regret to say my investigations have not turned

out so satisfactorily as regards taxonomic characters as I had hoped,

I venture to bring such results as I have obtained before the Society

this evening. As the subject of the bursa Fabricii has hardly

attracted any notice in this country since the days of Harvey, I have

added to my own notes a brief résumé of the most important ob-

servations and opinions as regards its structure and functions that

have been brought forward by foreign anatomists.

The organ in question seems first to have been noticed by the

naturalist whose name it bears, Fabricius of Acquapendente. In

his treatise ‘De formatione ovi et pulli’', p. 5, he says :— Tertium

quod in podice est adnotandum est duplex vesicula que in ima ejus

parte ad os pubis supereminet, et conspicua exteriorque apparet, si-

mulatque uterus jam propositus conspectui sese offert ; que cum sit

pervia, ita ut ab ano ad ipsum uterum et ab utero in ipsam, ut puta

superius, infra foramen pateat, ex altero autem extremo clausa sit,

hune existimavimus esse locum, in quem gallus semen immittit por-

rigitque ut inibi servetur.” From this and other passages in his

works it is clear that he considered its function that of a receptacu-

lum seminis in the female ; its use in the male, on sucha theory, he

does not explain. Harvey, in his work ‘De Generatione Animalium ’

(London, 1651), as quoted in the Sydenham Society’s translation of

his works (1847, p. 183), refutes Fabricius’s ideas on this point.

“The foramen into which Fabricius believes the Cock to inject his

fluid, is discovered between the orifices of the vulva and the rump.

I, however, deny any such use to this foramen ; for in young chickens

it is scarcely to be seen, and in adults it is present indifferently in

males and females. It is obvious therefore that it is both an ex-

tremely small and obscure orifice, and can have no such important

function to fulfil; it will scarcely admit a fine bristle and needle, and

it ends in a blind cavity ; neither have I ever been able to discover

any spermatic fluid within it, although Fabricius asserts that this

fluid is stored up there even for a whole year, and that all the eggs

contained in the ovary may be thence fecundated, as it is afterwards

stated.” Harvey, however, fell into error in asserting that in “ young

chickens it was scarcely to be seen ;”? as we shall afterwards see, it is

developed more in young than adult birds. This fact was first

pointed out by Tannenberg in 1789, in his disquisition ‘ Circa geni-

tales partes mascularum avium’ (Gottingee), and has subsequently

been recognized by most authors who have written on the sub-

ject (wide Cuvier, Milne-Edwards*, and Gegenbaur‘). Barkow, in a

paper ‘‘ On the Cloaca of birds”? in Meckel’s ‘ Archiv ’*, describes

its condition in specimens he had examined of the Fowl, Duck,

' Hieronymi Fabricii ab Aquapendente opera anatomica, Patavii, 1625.

2 Lecons d' Anatomie comparée, 2nd ed. vol. viii. p. 276.

3 Physiologie et Anatomie comparée, vol. viii. p. 514, and vol. vii. p. 347,

* Vergleichende Anatomie, p. 799, note.

® Archiv, 1829, p. 443 e¢ seq.

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1877, No, XX. 20

306 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [Apr. 17,

Hooded Crow, Jackdaw, Bittern, Eared Owl (Ohrkauze), Honey-

Buzzard, and Coot, showing that it is fully developed in young

birds, but absent in old ones. He figures the bursa, together with

the arteries supplying it (derived from the left pudendal), in both

sexes of Gallus domesticus and Fulica atra (op. cit. tab. ix. fig. 13,

15, 19, 22-24, and t. x. f. 26). Berthold devotes a special memoir

to it, in which he describes its nervous and vascular supply. Emil

Huschke? describes its development, showing that it arises in the

superior part of the cloaca, in which it is differentiated in the embryo

of the Fowl from the 8th to the 9th day of incubation, acquiring by

degrees a more perfect form, but that after a time it increases but

slowly in comparison with the other parts of the embryo. M. Martin

St.-Ange, in his fine paper ‘‘ Etudes sur lPappareil reproducteur dans

les cing classes des vertébrés”’ *, figures and describes the bursa in

the Common Pigeon. In one adult two-year-old Pigeon he found

the interior of the bursa filled up with a sort of calculus, forming

a complete cast of its interior. In all others of both sexes, it was

reduced to about half its size, and the cavity entirely obliterated.

He found that in the egg it was better-developed in proportion

than other organs, but that after the age of about six months in

Pigeons, and eight in Fowls, it began to lose its functional activity,

and to become reduced in size. Lastly, in a paper published in the

pp. 133-169 (for calling my attention to which I am indebted to

Mr. Salvin), Signor Vincenzo Alesi, of Naples, has published an ex-

haustive essay on the structure and development of this organ,

accompanied by two plates of histological details. His observations

have been made on specimens of Meleagris mexicana, Anser cinereus,

Anas boschas, Columba livia, Turtur auritus, Corvus monedula,

Turdus merula, and Coturnix communis; and he has also examined

the cloaca of a female Rhea americana, preserved in the Naples

Museum. To his observations on the histological structure and process

of atrophy of the bursa I will return after having briefly described

the ordinary form and relations of this organ in the birds I have

examined. These are 90 in number; and of many of them I have

examined more than one specimen.

PAassERES. Dacelo gigantea.

Oriolus galbula. Colius castanonotus,

Garrulax chinensis. Momotus lessonit.

Citta thalassina. Merops, sp.

Fregilus graculus. Megalema, sp.

Amblyrhamphus holosericeus. Rhamphastos ariel.

Cissopis leveriana. Pteroglossus wiedi.

Trogon puella.

CoccyGomorPHa. Cuculus canorus.

Podargus cuvieri. Cacomantis, sp.

' Acad. Cres.-Leop. Nova Acta, 1828, xiv. pp. 903-918.

* De Bursz Fabricii origine. Jenx, 1838.

* Mem, prés Ac. Se. Frane, par savants divers, 1856, pp. 1-282.

1877.] BURSA FABRICII IN BIRDS. 307

Chrysococcy®, sp.

Geococcyx affinis.

Guira piririgua.

PsiTTACct.

Stringops habroptilus.

Psittacus erithacus.

Pionus violaceus.

~ Tanygnathus muellert.

Pyrrhulopsis splendens.

Platycercus icterotis.

ACCIPITRES.

Gyparchus papa.

Buteo jackal.

Archibuteo lagopus.

Geranoaétus aquila.

Spizaétus coronatus.

Haliaétus vocifer.

Strix flammea.

STEGANOPODES.

Sula bassana.

Plotus anhinga.

Phalacrocoraz carbo.

P. brasiliensis.

HERODIONES.

Ciconia alba.

C. boyciana.

Abdimia sphenorhyncha.

Xenorhynchus australis.

Ibis falcinellus.

I. rubra.

Ardea cocot.

Cancroma cochlearia.

PALAMEDE.

Chauna derbiana.

ANSERES.

Cygnus olor.

Tadorna rutila.

Fulica rufigula.

CoLuMB.

Pterocles arenarius.

Phaps chalcoptera.

Goura coronata.

For an opportunity of examini

debted to Prof. Newtou’s kindness.

GALLINZ.

Crax sclatert.

Tetrao urogallus.

Lagopus scoticus.

Ortyzx virginianus.

Odontophorus guianensis.

Callipepla gambeli.

Arboricola torqueola.

Caccabis chukar.

C. melanocephala.

C. sacatilis.

Francolinus vulgaris.

F. bicalearatus.

Euplocamus cristatus.

Argus giganteus.

Meleagris mexicana.

ALECTORIDES.

Otis tarda.

Grus carunculata.

Serpentarius reptilivorus.

Ocydromus australis.

Porphyrio alleni.

P. martinicus.

P. poliocephalus.

Hydrophasianus chirurgus.

GRALLA.

Cdicnemus crepitans.

Attagis, sp.

GAVIA.

Larus ridibundus.

PyYGOPODES.

Uria troile.

Alca torda.

TINAMI.

Rhynchotus rufescens.

Crypturus tatupa.

STRUTHIONES.

Struthio eamelus.

Rhea americana.

Dromeus nove-hollandia.

Casuarius beecarit.

Cc picticollis.

C. uniappendiculatus.

Apteryx mantelli.

A. oweni.

ng a specimen of the last I am in-

20*

308 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [Apr. 17,

If the cloaca of an ordinary bird be taken and laid open in

front (7. e. on the ventral surface) along the middle line, the

rectum will be seen to terminate at the top of a more or less well-

marked chamber, which usually is more capacious than the terminal

part of the alimentary tract, from which it is generally separated off

by a more or less plain valvular constriction, the different nature of

the two parts being also frequently shown by the differences in the

character of the mucous membrane lining them. Below the entrance

of the rectum, on the posterior wall of the cloaca, and disposed symme-

trically as regards the median line on the sides of which they lie, are

the openings of the uro-genital ducts, frequently elevated on papilla,

which vary in shape in different birds. Of these the ureters open

nearest the middle line; externally to them are the openings or

opening of the vasa deferentia or oviduct, which latter is fully de-

veloped only on one side, though sometimes a trace of it may be seen

on the other also. Above the uro-genital papillz in many birds (e. g.

Meleagris mexicana and Tetrao urogallus) is a well-marked valvular

fold of mucous membrane, which thus separates off the upper portion

of this “cloaca’’ from that part into which the urino-genital ducts

open. Below these, again, is a similar, but usually better-marked

fold (the vesical sphincter of St.-Ange), which is present in all the

birds I have examined, in a more or less developed state. Below this

in the middle line, and also on the posterior wall, is seen (if the spe-

cimen be not too old) a circular hole of varying dimensions. This is

the opening of the “bursa Fabricii.” This third part of the “ cloaca”

is bounded below by the external sphincter muscles, which often

form in birds a great thick fleshy mass; this chamber, from lodging

the penis or clitoris, is denominated “loge copulatrice ” by M. St.-

Ange. In many birds additional glands, opening by large pores, or

forming irregular arborescent patches, are developed in the walls

of the cloaca in this region. It results therefore from the above-

described disposition of parts that, in its most developed form, a

bird’s “cloaca” is divided into three chambers comraunicating with

each other, and into which open respectively (from above downwards),

first the rectum, secondly the urino-genital ducts, thirdly the bursa

Fabricii'. This disposition of parts is seen in fig. 1 (p. 309). The

bursa Fabricii, when well developed, consists of a sac-like pouch,

usually with thick glandular walls: it is blind above and constricted

below, and opens by a simple rounded orifice without any valve*

1 Prof. Huxley describes it (‘Anatomy of Vertebrate Animals,’ p. 808) as

opening into the ‘‘ anterior and dorsal region of the cloaca.” If “anterior”

mean here, as I suppose it does, “anterior” as regards the whole length of the

digestive tract, this is an error; for, as I have above stated, the opening of the

bursa is in the lowest chamber of the cloaca (7. e. that nearest the vent), and

therefore into the most ‘ posterior ” one as regards the general direction of the

alimentary canal.

°* Barkow, /.s.c., describes the lower part of the peduncle of the bursa as pro-

jecting into the cloaca in the common Fowl, and there forming a conical sort of

flap (Zipfel) over the opening. Ihave never myself seen any thing like this

“ Zipfel” in any bird I have examined; and all other writers are equally silent

e the point. Most, indeed, say expressly that there is no yalye or flap of any

ind.

1877.] BURSA FABRICII IN BIRDS. 309

into the cloaca at the point already indicated. The bursa lies on the

posterior wall of the cloaca (to which it is usually attached by a kind

of aponeurosis) in the space between the cloaca and the pelvis. This

Cloaca of Chauna derbiana, laid open from before.

a. Rectum. %. Opening of ureters. 4’. Genital papille. c. Fold of mucous

membrane. d. * Vesical sphincter” of M. St.-Ange. ¢. Opening of

bursa Fabricii. jf Bursa Fabricii (supposed to be seen through the

posterior wall of the cloaca).

disposition of parts, as seen from behind, is shown in fig. 2 (p. 310), in

the common Guillemot. The bursa when laid open frequently con-

tains feecal matter, more or less hard, or may beempty. The walls

may be thin, as in the Passeres, Parrots, &c., or thick and markedly

glandular, as in the Galline, Herodiones, &e. The bursa is usually

constricted below into a narrow peduncle, with a narrow central

channel ; above, the contained cavity is more considerable but of

varying dimensions.

Signor Alesi, in the paper already referred to, has described at

great length the minute structure of the bursa Fabricii in the

common Fowl and some other birds. I must here content myself

with giving a brief résumé of his conclusions as regards the histolo-

gical structure of the organ in question. A transverse section of

the wall in the neighbourhood of one of the ridges into which, in

the Fowl and allied forms, the interior of the bursa is raised shows

310 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [Apr. 17,

the following constituent parts :—(1) an external layer of connective

tissue, covering (2) a thick layer of elastic membrane ; inside this

is (3) a thin layer of mucous membrane, which unites together and

connects the ‘‘ lymphatic follicles.” These “lymphatic follicles ”

consist of masses of minute rounded cells, on an average 0°04 millim.

Fig. 2.

Back view of Cloaca of Uria troile.

a. Bursa Fabricii. 0. Oviduct. c,¢. Ureters. d. Sphincter muscles. e. Czeea.

in diam., enclosed in capsules of connective tissue, in which ramify

their nutrient vessels &c. The lymphatic follicles are bound toge-

ther by processes of the connective mucous membrane into raised

processes, which project on the interior of the bursa, forming ridge-

like “crests,” and are covered with epithelium internally, the cells

of the latter being lanceolate with oval nuclei. In Rhea, however,

the follicles are not closely bound together in masses forming ridges,

but are attached by peduncles of elastic tissue to a central stem, the

whole having somewhat the appearance of a bunch of grapes with

a few berries on it. As we have already seen, Tannenberg in 1789

was the first to point out that the bursa was more developed in young

than old birds, it being gradually reduced and obliterated in the latter.

This process of atrophy seems to obtain in all birds, so far as I can

make out, though the periods of final disappearance seem to vary

much in different groups. M. Martin St.-Ange found that the bursa

began to lose its functional activity in Pigeons after six months, and

in Fowls after eight; as a rule it seems to atrophy at about the

period of full growth. On the other hand, in some cases it persists

for long periods, and probably throughout life ; for I found it well

developed and quite open in a specimen of Platycercus icterotis that

1877. ] BURSA FABRICII IN BIRDS. olf

had lived in the Society’s Gardens for eleven years. As a rule, the

central cavity of the bursa becomes diminished and the communica-

tion with the cloaca obliterated in the process of atrophy; and

finally, in some cases at least, the whole organ completely disappears,

losing its characteristic form and structure, and becoming fused with

the tract of abdominal aponeurosis that covers the back wall of the

alimentary canal, ultimately forming a flat riband-like, or round cord-

like, ligamentous structure. Spangenberg observed the conversion of

the bursa Fabricii into a round cord-like ligament in the Duck ; and

Alesi has observed it (and described it minutely, with figures showing the

histological changes that go on) in the Fowl. He sums up the pro-

cess of atrophy in the last-named bird as follows :—The epithelium

which covers the internal surface of the bursa becomes, as it were,

invaginated into the thickness of the mucous layer, becoming pressed

in between the lymphatic follicles. The connective tissue between

the latter increases rapidly in bulk, and becomes full of numerous

small oval corpuscles ; at the same time the follicles become absorbed,

and the whole of the bursa becomes obliterated and fused with part

of the abdominal aponeurosis. The epithelium gradually becomes

confined to certain irregular tracts in the thickness of the mass of

connective tissue ; but even these disappear finally. The process of

atrophy in the other species which he observed is essentially the

same as that in the Fowl.

I now proceed to describe the general characters of the bursa

Fabricii in the groups of birds I have examined. In the Passeres

it is usually small, pyriform, with a small opening and glandular

walls without ridge-like elevations on the interior. It seems to

disappear completely in adult birds. In the Rhamphastide : dis-

Fig. 3.

° Cloaca and Bursa of Geococcyx affinis.

The cloaca is cut short and laid open from before. The narrow peduncle of the

bursa is supposed to be seen through the cloaca. @. “ Vesical sphincter.”

b. Bursa. c. Opening of same. 4, d’. Ureter and opening. ¢, é’. Vas

deferens and opening.

appears in the adult, only leaving a small pore to mark its place of

opening. In the Cuculide it presents a very characteristic shape,

the peduncle being long and thin, and the extremity club-shaped,

312 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [Apr. 17,

giving the whole somewhat the appearance of a shortened and clumsy

antenna of a butterfly (see fig. 3, p. 311) It disappears completely

in adult birds. In specimens of Dacelo gigantea, Merops, and

Momotus lessoni it was sac-like and of considerable size. In

the Parrots it is well marked and bag-like, opening by a small

pore. As already mentioned, in an oid specimen of Platycercus

icterotis I found the bursa well marked, though its opening into

the cloaca was nearly obliterated. In a specimen of Stringops I

found no bursa. In the Accipitres it forms a moderate-sized

pyriform sac; in old birds this becomes reduced to a sort of

small conical pouch in the substance of the back wall of the cloaca

at the place of aperture. Of the Steyanopodes, in Phalacrocorax

(2 species) and Sula bassana the bursa is a large sac, 14-2 inches

in length, which opens by a small pore in the usual places. The

walls of the bursa are very thick; they are traversed by about

seven rows of large, irregular, crypt-like pores, separated by smooth,

narrowed, raised ridges. The ridges and pores disappear towards the

base of the bursa; but the upper part has a curious honeycomb-like

appearance, somewhat like that of the Ruminant reticulum. The

internal surface is covered with numerous, small, opaque, granular-

looking corpuscles, especially towards the apex. In a young speci-

men of Plotus anhinga (2) that I dissected, the appearance and

disposition of the parts agreed very well with Prof. Garrod’s de-

scription. I noticed, however, that the opening of the bursa was

very slightly constricted by a slight fold of mucous membrane on

each side, so that the bursa hardly opened by its entire width into

the cloacal chamber. In other respects it showed a strong approxi-

mation to the disposition of these parts that I shall presently describe

in the Ostrich and its allies.

In the Herodiones the bursa is large and sac-like, with a small or

moderate opening ; its interior surface has no ridges or sulci, but

large crypt-like pores collected in patches. In aged birds it seems

to disappear, though in a specimen of Aédimia that had lived in the

Gardens more than three years it was still present, 3 inch long, with

the opening still unobliterated.

In Chauna the bursa is a glandular pyriform sac, about 1 inch in

length, with a moderate-sized opening (see fig. 1, p. 309). It seems

to disappear entirely in old birds. In a specimen of Cygnus olor it

was a large conical sac, 14 inch long, with a wide mouth, but slightly

constricted off, and with no large glands. In aged specimens of

Fuligula rufina, which had lived sixteen years in the Gardens, and of

Tadorna rutila, which was nearly eighteen years old, the bursa had

disappeared, in the former having assumed the appearance of a round

cord-like ligament, in the latter having become fused with the abdo-

minal aponeurosis. In each case a small pore marked the place of

aperture.

In Pterocles, Goura (in a nine-months-old bird), and Phaps I

have never found any thing more than a small blind pore in the usual

place of the opening; as we know from M. St.- Ange, the bursa dis-

appears very early in Columba livia as well.

1877. ] BURSA FABRICII IN BIRDS. 313

In the Galline the bursa has a tubular or pyriform shape, with

numerous well-marked alternating ridges and furrows, the latter

highly glandular, on its internal surface. These ridges are most

marked towards the superior (blind) end, and are formed by the pro-

jection into the interior of collections of lymphatic follicles. These

last do not open by distinct pores into the cavity of the bursa, but

are entirely closed, as shown by Signor Alesi and Leydig. In the

process of atrophy the peduncle becomes solid ; also the cavity of the

bursa becomes shut off from the cloaca, and persists in this state for

some time. Finally, however, the bursa seems to become reduced

to a ligament-like structure, or to become fused with the general apo-

neurosis. In the Turkey the bursa is a long tubular sac, 2 inches

long, with very well marked ridges and sulci. In all a pore marks

the opening of the atrophied bursa. In Serpentarius the bursa is

Fig. 4.

Cloaea of Casuarius uniappendiculatus, viewed from behind.

a, a. Out surface of posterior wall of bursa. 6. Opening of cloacal chamber

into bursa. c¢. Pointer passing from cavity of bursa to exterior. d’.

Pointer passed from cloaca into bursa through opening 4; the upper

part is supposed to be seen through the wall of cloaca. e. Clitoris.

a large globular sac, with the glandular area confined to the apical

region and a small aperture into the cloaca. In these respects it

resembles Otis and Grus. In Porphyrio and Ocydromus it assumes

the form of a jong, narrow, cylindrical tube, the central cavity of

which becomes closed up as atrophy advances. In Gidicnemus there

is a similar form of bursa. In Aftagis, on the other hand, the form

is pyriform, more like that of the Passeres and Galline.

314 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [Apr. 17,

In Larus I found the bursa represented by a small pouch. In

the young Uria troile it is large and sac-like, and slightly curved

from side to side (see fig. 2, p. 310). The walls are very glandular,

and so thick that the central cavity is but small. There are no

crests. In an adult Alea torda it was reduced to a pore-like opening.

In none of the Tinami that I have dissected have I found any bursa ;

on the other hand, the posterior wall of the third cloacal chamber

is covered with numerous glands arranged in a tree-like manner.

In all the birds hitherto mentioned (with the exception of Plotus)

the bursa, as we have seen, opers by a more or less constricted

aperture into the general cavity of the cloaca. In the Struthious

birds, however, the very opposite is the case. The cloaca (or at

least as much of it as corresponds to the first and second chambers

opens into the bursa Fabricii. This will perhaps be best explained by

looking at fig. 4, p. 313, representing the cloaca and bursa of a not full-

grown Cassowary (Casuarius uniappendiculatus) from behind. The

bursa is, as one sees, a large, somewhat triangular sac, attached above

by a broad riband-like muscle to the posterior wall of the alimentary

canal. Most of the back wallof the bursa has been cut away (a), to show

the opening into its cavity of the cloacal chamber (4), out of which

a pointer (d’) is seen passing up into the rectum above through the

recto-cloacal valve. From this, I think, it will at once be evident

Vent of young Emu (Dromeus nove-hollandig) with the parts still in situ,

viewed from the outside.

of cloaca into the bursa. H. Clitoris. EF. Glandular pores.

that the cloaca does not open directly to the outer surface, but indi-

rectly through the bursa by means of its large posterior and inferior

aperture 6. A similar condition of things is seen in fig. 5, in a young

Emu (Dromeus nove-hollandie)—where the parts are undisturbed

1877.] BURSA FABRICII IN BIRDS. 315

and in situ,—and in fig. 6, in an Ostrich (Struthio comelus, imma-

ture female )—where the bursa has been nearly all removed to show

the posterior opening of the cloaca into its cavity, and the communi-

cation of the latter with the exterior, as indicated by the direction of

the pointer (D D'). The same is the case in the young Nandou Rhea

americana). In all these birds the walls of the bursa are thickly

Cloaca and Bursa of young Ostrich (female), viewed from behind. Most of

the posterior wall of the bursa has been removed.

A. External sphincter muscle. B. Cut surface of bursa. O. Opening of cloaca

into bursa. D, D’. Pointer passing from bursa to exterior. 4H, BH.

Ureters. F. Oviduct. G. Clitoris. H, H’. Pores; beneath them the

smooth, non-glandular part of the bursa.

glandular; there are no regular crests and sulci, however, but the

glands are arranged in patches, the whole having a honeycomb-like

or dendritic appearance. This disposition of parts, however, is not

permanent. As the birds grow older, the size of the bursa gra-

dually diminishes and its walls become less glandular; its mouth is

no longer equal in extent to the whole width of the outermost

chamber, but becomes narrowed; and finally the whole bursa dis-

appears, its remains becoming lost in the muscles of the back of the

cloaca. This state of atrophy of the bursa is represented in Casuarius

picticollis in fig. 7 (p. 316), the only remains of its existence being seen

in the few irregular circular folds on the mucous membrane at A.

316 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [Apr. 17,

At what age this change supervenes is not yet quite clear. The

specimen of C. beccarii that died in the Society’s Gardens last year,

apparently an adult female, corresponded entirely in the disposition

of these parts with the specimen of C. uniappendiculatus above de-

scribed, which died shortly before, and was quite a young bird when

received in 1874. On the other hand, in C. picticollis the bursa

was entirely atrophied. This specimen, which also arrived in 1874,

was then not quite adult; so that at the period of its death it must

have been about three years old. Whether Apteryx agrees in these

Fig. 7.

Cloaca of Casuarius picticollis, adult male; viewed from before.

A. Circular folds of mucous membrane, being the last remains of the Bursa.

B. Rectum. 6. Recto-cloacal valve. C. Cut surface of external sphincter

muscle. c. Vesical sphincter. D. Urino-genital papilla. EH. Glan-

dular pore. P. Penis.

points also with the other Struthiones I am unable to say, as both

the specimens I have dissected presented no trace of a bursa. _Pro-

bably therefore in this, too, when adult the bursa disappears almost

completely. I have mentioned above the singular differences shown

by Signor Alesi to exist in the structure of the lymphatic follicles of

the bursa of Rhea as compared with other birds.

Although at first sight the relation of these parts in Rhea, Struthio,

&c. seems so different from that which obtains in other birds, yet a

little reflection will, I think, convince one that it is not so in reality.

I have represented diagrammatically (figs. 8 and 9, p.317) what I con-

ceive to be the true relations of the parts in question, denoting the ho-

mologous regions in the two forms (Serpentarius as illustrating the

normal type, Caswarius the abnormal one) by similar letters. If we

imagine B in fig. 8 to lose the constriction at its aperture into D,

and D to become proportionately deeper, we should have a form cor-

responding to fig. 9, in which B passes uninterruptedly and without

1877. ] BURSA FABRICII IN BIRDS. 317

constriction into D, the cavity B D thus formed receiving the aper-

ture of C. In such a form as Plotus, where the opening is but very

slightly constricted, we have a type connecting the two extremes ;

and I have seen Rhea in a stage very similar to that mentioned above

in Cygnus olor. In confirmation of this view as to the true relation

of these parts, in the Ostrich &c. the lower part of the bursa, in

the region corresponding to D in figs. 8 and 9, is not glandular (vide

fig. 6, p. 315, where the non-glandular part of the bursa is seen

beneath pores H H').

Fig. 8. Fig..9.

Diagram showing two chief Types of Development of the Bursa Fabricii.

R. Rectum. 3B, Bursa. C. Cloacal chamber. D. Lowest chamber of “ cloaca.”

d, Openings of urino-genital ducts.

With regard to the function and homologies of the bursa Fabricii,

great differences have prevailed amongst authors. Thus Milne-

Edwards says’, “Fabrice d’Acquapendente, 4 qui lon doit la

découverte de cette bourse, la considérait comme un réservoir séminal,

tandis que d’autres naturalistes* la regardent comme une vessie uri-

naire. Perrault et quelques auteurs modernes® y voient l’analogue

des glandes anales des Mammiféres, et Geoffr. St.-Hilaire l’assimile’

aux glandes du Cowper’; enfin, M. Martin St.-Ange la compare 4

la prostate.” Emil. Huschke, in the paper mentioned above, has

studied its development, and, after a comparison of the organs of

similar appearance, is inclined to consider it as the primitive uri-

nary vesicle of the Wolfian bodies, from the fact that the ducts of

this gland take origin from just that part of the cloaca which after-

wards assumes the form of the bursa. Harvey and others have

sufficiently disproved Fabricius’s ideas as to its serving as a spermo-

theca; nor can the bursa be regarded as a urinary bladder,—first,

because it is not devoted to containing the urine; secondly, because

in other Sauropsida and also in the Mammalia the urinary bladder is

ventral, not dorsal, in position. For a similar reason, as well as from

the fact that they are paired organs, the ‘“‘burse anales” of the

1 Phys. et Anat. Comp. vol. viii. p. 514.

® E.g. Berthold, Acad. Cxs.-Leop. Nova Acta, xiy. p- 917, 1828, and Geoffroy

St.-Hilaire, Mém, du Muséum, 1823, t. ix. p. 394.

8 FH. g. Carus, ‘ Zootomia.’

* Tiedemann, ‘Anat. der Vogel,’ 1810.

318 MR. FORBES ON’ THE BURSA FABRICII IN BIRDS. [Apr. 17,

Testudinata can be in no way related to that under discussion. The

anal glands of Mammals, again, open externally on the skin, and are

in fact cutaneous glands. The prostate and glands of Cowper are

purely male glands, and probably play some important function in

the act of reproduction ; so that they can hardly well correspond to .

an organ that is common to both sexes, and only proportionally de-

veloped in the young. It would be premature to accept Huschke’s

views without further observations on the subject. On the other

hand, as pointed out by Signor Alesi, a lymphatic organ, constructed

on a similar principle, but in a simpler form, exists in the patches of

lymphatic follicles (which do not, however, in this instance project

outside the mucous membrane of the intestine) in the appendix

to the cecum of the rabbit (described by Frey, ‘ Untersuchungen

iiber die Lymphgefiasse des Darmkanales,’ Leipzig, 1863). An organ

still more closely corresponding in its general shape and position

with the bursa Fabricii is the sac-like pouch which opens into the

dorsal wall of the cloaca in many Elasmobranchs'. ‘The glands of

this, however, differ in structure from those of the bursa Fabricii ;

so that at present it seems to me that we can assign no very definite

analogue or homologue for the latter, but that it is a glandular out-

growth of the cloaca peculiar to birds.

In conclusion, I may briefly capitulate the chief conclusions arrived

at in this paper.

(1) That the bursa Fabricii exists in both sexes, and probably in

all species, of birds.

(2) That it is most developed in young birds, but becomes atro-

phied and more or less obliterated in adults, the period, however, of

the commencement and conclusion of this process differing greatly

in various birds. in some it probably persists, though in a state of

functional inactivity, throughout life.

(3) That in the majority of birds the bursa is a moderate-sized

or small sac, that opens by a narrow aperture on the dorsal wall of

the cloaca into the lowest ‘‘ chamber ”’ of that organ.

(4) That in the Struthious birds, on the contrary (the state of

Apteryx as regards these points being doubtful), the cloaca opens into

the bursa by a posterior aperture, owing to the fact that the bursa is

not constricted off at the neck, but is commensurate in extent with

the third or outer chamber of the cloaca, the two being united into

one. This condition, however, is only to be found in young birds.

(5) That the bursa is a glandular organ, of which lymphatic

follicles are the essential constituents, but has no exact homologue in

other classes of Vertebrata.

1 Signor Alesi, in his paper, s. ¢., alludes to this pouch as being ventral in

position, which it certainly is not. It is figured in Sguatina vulgaris by Gegen-

baur (Vergl. Anatomie, fig. 267¢, & p.798). It is absent in Chimera. Leydig

has described its structure (‘Beitrage z. microscop. Anat. u. Entwickel. der

Rochen u. Haie,’ Leipzig, 1852), and found that it consisted of collections of

glands similar to the glands of Brunner.

a0)

yah a

P ’ : v

aX: bi ‘ ani

By pees

pane A :

os |

Pas i on ;

beat in

est ee ‘

ia ws iN

CU te tah

ey }

+a ; es Ped,’

y Dh vor

JSmit hth Hanhart imp

1.GNATHOSPIZA RAIMONDII

2. HAKMOPHILA STOLZMANNI.

1877.] M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 319

2. Liste des Oiseaux recueillis en 1876 au nord du Pérou

occidental par MM. Jelski et Stolzmann. Par L. Tac-

ZANOWSK1, C.M.Z.S.

[Received March 17, 1877.]

(Plate XXXVI.)

Les espéces de cette liste ont été trouvées dans les localités sui-

vantes :—

Tumbez, capitale de la province du méme nom, faisant partie du

Département Piura, située au bord du fleuve Tumbez, qui se verse

dans la baie de Guaiaquil, et est éloignée de embouchure d’14 legua

(6 kilométres).

Curaracha, port de Tumbez, situé dans la vallée du fleuve, composé

de quelques cabanes et de la maison du capitaine du port.

Santa Luzia, petite colonie voisine de Curaracha, prés de l’em-

bouchure du fleuve. Cette localité ainsi que la précédente aboutit

au manglar (bois de Rhizophores).

Lechugal, colonie composée d’une dizaine de cabanes, située sur

la riviére Zurumilla, qui constitue la frontiére entre Pérou et ’ Equa-

deur. Le caractére du pays est différent de celui des localités pré-

cédentes. L’abondance del’ Usnea qu’on y trouve a ce rapport avec

Pornithologie, que beaucoup d’oiseaux l’employent a la construction

de leurs nids.

Poso de Lambedero, grand étang, long de 2 kilométres, situé au

milieu de forét au voisinage de Lechugal. Parra jacana, Ceryle

cabanisii, et Fluvicola atripennis proviennent de cet étang.

TROGLODYTID.

1. CAMPYLORHYNCHUS BALTEATUS (Baird).

Trois exemplaires de Tumbez. Iris blanc rose.

2. THRYOTHORUS SUPERCILIARIS, Lawr.

Une paire de Tumbez. Iris brun.

MNIoTiLTIDz.

1. Paruxa pir1ayumi (Vieill.).

Un male de Tumbez. Iris brun foncé.

2. GEOTHLYPIS POLIOCEPHALA, Baird ?

Un male de Tumbez. Iris brun foncé.

3. PorropTiLa aLBiLora, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 298.

Un exemplaire de Tumbez. _Ivis brun foncé.

VIREONIDA.

CycLoRHIS VIRENTICEPS, Scl. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 244, tab. clxiv.

Un exemplaire de Tumbez. Iris orangé.

320 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM PERU. [ Apr. 17,

HirvunDINID&.

PrRoGNE TAPERA (L.).

Un exemplaire tué entre Tumbez et Santa-Luzia. Iris brun foncé. :

TANAGRIDZ.

1. TANAGRA CYANOPTERA, Vieill.

Un male de Tumbez, une femelle de Lechugal.

2. SALTATOR OLIVASCENS, Cab.

Une paire tuée 4 Lechugal dans le mois de Mars. Liiris est

indiqué bleu dans le male, et brun foncé dans la femelle.

3. Evpuonta crassirostris, Sel. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 977.

Une femelle de Lechugal. Iris brun foncé.

FRINGILLID2.

1. SPeERMOPHILA TELASCO, Less.

Une femelle de Tumbez.

2. NroruyNncuus NAsEsus (Bp.).

Un male adulte de Tumbez.

GNATHOSPIZA, 0. g.

Rostrum Geospize, robustum, subcompressum, culmine modice ar-

cuato, capitis verticem vix superante ; lateribus mandibule

inferioris subplanis ; naribus basalibus, non tectis. Ale medi-

ocres, caudam dimidiam equantes, remige primo et secundo

equalibus, omnium longissimis ; tertius viv brevior. Cauda

brevis, equalis. Tursi mediocres, graciles ; digitus posticus

intermedio non robustior et brevior; digiti externi inter se

e@quales ; ungues graciles. Color coturniculinus.

3. GNATHOSPIZA RAIMONDII, 0. sp. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 1.)

Mas supra fulvo-griseus, fusco maculatus, capite flavido lavato ;

subtus isabellino-albidus, lateribus fulvo-griseis ; loris, collo an-

tico, regione oculari, pectore medio, flexura alarum subcauda-

libusque citrino-flavis; ale et cauda fusce, primariis flarido,

secundariis albido tenuissime limbatis ; tectricibus alarum ter-

tiaribusque rufescenti-griseo late marginatis ; rectricum dimi-

dio basali flavo, terminali albido limbato; subalaribus albis.

Rostrum pallide brunneum, pedes carnei, ungues pallidi, iris

Susco-brunnea.

Fem. mari similis, sed colore flavo pallidiore et minus extenso.

mill. mill.

Lone tote Papen we-. 123 120

PR RCC che Ae Sa See 69 65

a2) MBCAUICCO Ree ce 72 72

a5) Ubarslivaemrcibiat?: ei] 18

mL OSULI BORSA Eats ss 13 NS)

1877.] M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 321

Dans le male les parties supérieures sont d’un fauve grisAtre varié

de taches brunes occupant le milieu de chaque plume, grosses et bien

distinctes au dos, petites et moins apparentes au sommet de la téte,

qui est en outre légérement coloré d’une nuance verte jaunitre ; les

cétés du visage sont d’un jaune verdatre plus intense et plus uni-

forme. Les lores, le tour des yeux, le menton, une moustache bor-

dant la naissance de la mandibule inférieure, le devant de la gorge,

et le bord des ailes sont jaunes ; les cdtés du cou gris avec une grande

tache blanchatre bien prononcée. Le milieu de la poitrine et le

ventre sont blancs d'une légére teinte isabelle et colorés cA et 14 de

jaune ; les flanes gris, striés insensiblement d’ une nuance plus foneée ;

les snbeaudales sont blanchiitres avec le centre de chaque plume plus

ou moins coloré de jaune. Les ailes et la queue brunes ; sur les

remiges primaires une fine bordure jaunitre, et blanchdtre sur les

secondaires ; les tertiaires et les couvertures supralaires bordées

largement de fauve roussatre ; les bordures des rectrices jaunes dans

la moitié basale, et blanchitres dans la terminale; les subalaires

blanches. Le bec est brunitre clair, 4 mandibule inférieure plus

pile; les pattes de couleur chair pale, ainsi que les ongles ; iris brun

fonce.

La femelle ressemble au mile ; mais elle a le jaune du visage beau-

coup plus pile, et occupant seulement les lores, le menton, les mous-

taches, le tour des yeux et une bande sourciliére bien distincte ; les

subcaudales sont aussi légérement colorées de jaune; le bord de

laile est blanchatre. Elle n’a point de nuance verdatre sur le dessus

et les cétés de la téte. Les ailes et la queue sont comme dans le

male. Sur les cétés de la gorge elle a deux raies longitudinales

grises bien distinctes, et qui dans le male sont en grande partie

effacées par la couleur jaune.

Un male, probablement jeune, ressemble en tout & la femelle et

n’en différe que par le jaune du visage un peu plus intense, les sub-

caudales un peu plus colorées de jaune, ainsi que le bord de Vaile ;

il a aussi un peu de jaune au bas de la gorge.

Trois males et une femelle des environs de Tumbez, tués A la fin

de mai et dans la moitié de juin. Tous ces exemplaires sont en

plumage tout frais, il est donc 4 espérer qu’é l’epoque de la noce la

coloration est beaucoup plus prononcée dans certains détails. Cet

oiseau s’y trouve en grand nombre, et M. Jelski dit que les bandes

dans lesquelles il se tient ordinairement sont les plus nombreuses

qwil rencontrait pendant toute sa carriére d’ornithologiste.

Je suis heureux de pouvoir dédier cet intéressant oiseau 4 M. Rai-

mondi, savant directeur du Musée de Lima, et qui ne cesse pas de

travailler avec beaucoup de succés & l’exploration scientifique du

Pérou.

4. CAMARHYNCHUS CINEREUS, Bp.

Guiraca cinerea, Lafr. Mag. Zool. 1843, pl. 20.

Camarhynchus cinereus, Salvin, Trans. Zool. Soc. ix. p. 491.

Trois males de Tumbez, tués & la fin de février et au commence-

ment de mars. Iris brun clair.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. XXI. 21

322 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM PERU. [Apr. 17,

5. Ha#MopuiLa STOLZMANNI, n. sp. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 2.)

Supra cinereo-grisea fusco maculata ; subtus albida, pectore hy-

pochondriisque griseo indutis ; capite binis vittis latis brunneo-

Serrugineis, striga postoculari brunnea, mystacibus fuscis, loris

superciliisque albidis notato ; ale et cauda fusco-brunnee, re-

migibus tectricibusque majoribus fusco limbatis, tectricibus mi-

noribus castaneis, flecura alarum flava. Rostri fusco-brunnei

mandibula inferior flavida ; pedes sordide carnei ; iris rubro-

brunnea. Long. tota 143 mill., ale 68, caude 57, tarsi 20,

rostrt a commissura 16.

Le sommet de la téte est occupé par trois larges bandes longitudi-

nales, dont celle du milieu est cendrée stri¢e de brun, et bordée de

chaque coté d’une bande également large brune ferrugineuse ; ces

deux derniéres passent en noir au front et se rapprochent entre elles

de sorte 4 atténuer la médiane grise en une raie linéaire blanche ; les

lores et les sourcils blanes, ces derniers teints d’une nuance cendrée

dans leur partie postérieure ; un trait brun ferrugineux se trouve en

arriére de chaque ceil ; les joues et les cotés du cou sont d’un gris

cendré ; la gorge blanche bordée des deux cétés d’une fine moustache

foncée, commengant a la naissance de la mandibule inférieure; entre

cette moustache et la couleur grise des joues se trouve une large raie

blanche. Le dos est gris strié de brun foncé; le croupion gris uni-

colore. Tout le dessous est blanchatre teint de grisAtre sur la poitrine

et les cdtés du ventre. Les ailes et la queue sont bruns & remiges

bordées de fauve ; les petites couvertures terminées largement de

roux cannelé de maniére a former une coulenr uniforme sur le devant

de laile; les grandes couvertures bordées de fauve blanchatre; le

bord de l’aile est d’un jaune pale; les subalaires blanches ; les fines

bordures des rectrices grises, et celles des externes blanchatres.

Deux males de Tumbez, tués le 26 mars.

6. CoryPHOSPINGUS CRUENTUS (Less.).

Deux males et une femelle de Lechugal, tués dans la moitié de

mars. Iris brun foncé.

7. PoosP1zZA BONAPARTII, Scl.

Un male de Tumbez, tué le 23 juin. Iris brun foncé.

8. SycaLis FLAVEOLA (L.).

Trois paires de Tumbez, ot l’oiseau est trés-commun. Iris brun

foncé.

IcTERID&.

1. Cassicus FLavicrissus, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1860, p- 276.

Deux males et une femelle de Lechugal, tués dans le mois de

mars; connu dans la contrée sous le nom Coulemba. Iris bleu

clair.

2. Cassicus PREVOSTI, Less.

Un male de Tumbez, tué le 23 juin, Iris blanc jaunatre.

1877. | M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 323

3. Trupratis Loyca (Molina).

Un male de Tumbez, tué le 2 mars. Iris brun foncé.

4. Mororurevs, sp.?

Deux exemplaires de Tumbez sans indication de sexe, probable-

ment des femelles.

5. Icrerus MESOMELAS, Wagl.

Un male de Tumbez.

6. IcrERUS GRACE-ANN&, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1867,

p. 52.

Une paire de Tumbez. Iris brun foncé.

7. ApHosus cHopt (Vieill.).

Un exemplaire de Tumbez. Iris brun foncé.

8. Cassiprx ATER (Vieill.).

Un male de Lechugal.

9. QUISCALUS ASSIMILIS, Sel.

Une femelle de Santa-Luzia, tuée le 13 janvier. Iris brun foncé.

CorviD&.

Cyanocorax Mystacatis (Geoff.).

Un male de Tumbez, tué le 26 janvier. Tris jaune clair.

DENDROCOLAPTIDS.

1. FurNARIUS CINNAMOMEUS, Lafr.

Trois exemplaires de Tumbez, tués le 13 janvier et le 17 juin.

Tris blanc jaunatre.

2. XIPHORHYNCHUS THORACICUS, Scl.

Une femelle de Lechugal. Iris brun foncé.

3. Picotapres souLEyett (Des Murs).

Un exemplaire de Tumbez, tué le 28 janvier. Iris brun foncé.

4, Srrrasomus OLIVACEus (Wied).

Un mile adulte de Lechugal, tué le 17 mars.

5. SYNALLAXIS STICTOTHORAX, Scl.

Un exemplaire de Tumbez.

6. SYNALLAXIS TITHYS, n. sp.

Supra fusco-grisea, subtus cinerea; capite gulaque schistaceis,

abdomine medio albido ; ale et cauda fusce, tectricibus alarum

vivide cinnamomeis, subalaribus albis. Rostrum nigricans, pedes

cornei, iris castanea. Long. tota 138 mill., ale 57, caude 62,

rostri @ commissura 17, tarsi 18.

La femelle unique fournie par M. Stolzmann de Lechugal est d’une

324 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM PERU. [Apr. 17,

couleur grise brundtre au dos, a téte ardoise beaucoup plus foncée ;

la gorge ardoise avec un lustre soyeux et finement striée de blan-

chatre au menton; le dessous du corps gris cendré et blanchatre au

milieu du ventre. Les ailes et la queue brunes fonedes ; les couver-

tures alaires d’un roux cannelle clair et uniforme sur tout le devant

de l’aile; remiges secondaires largement bordées de roussatre ; sub-

alaires blanches avec une légére nuance isabelle.

La queue de cet exemplaire est incompléte, mais distinctement

fort étagée et A 10 rectrices ; la différence entre les rectrices latérales

et les médianes est de 38 mill.

ForMICARIID.

1. THAMNOPHILUS ALBINUCHALIS, Scl. P. Z.S. 1855, p. 18.

Deux miles et une femelle de Tumbez, tués en janvier et en juin.

Iris du male brun grisatre foncé, celui de la femelle brun foneé.

2. THAMNOPHILUS TRANSANDEANUS, Scl.

Une femelle prise 4 Tumbez dans un piége A souris, le 28 juin.

Iris orangé.

TYRANNID&,

1. OCHTHGCA SALVINI, 0. sp.

Supra fusco-grisea, subtus lutea ; pileo, loris, genisque nigro-schis-

taceis ; fronte superciliisque latis luteis ; alis caudaque nigri-

cantibus ; fascia lata alari alba; remigibus albo limbatis et

terminatis ; pogonio externo rectricum primi et secundi paris

albo. Rostrum nigrum; pedes plumbeo-nigricantes ; iris fusco-

brunnea. Long. tota 125 mill., ale 68, caude 60, rostri a

commissura 15, tarsi 18.

Dessus de la téte, les lores et les cétés du visage sont d’un noir

ardoise foneé ; une teinte moins foncée et prenant un ton olivatre

couvre toutes les parties supérieures du corps; le front et une bande

sourciliére trés-large s’étendant jusque sur le derriére de la téte sont

d’une couleur jaune de serin, ainsi que tout le dessous du corps, ex-

cepté les cdtés du ventre, qui sont grisdtres, le bas ventre, les sub-

alaires et les subcaudales, qui sont d’un jaune blanchatre. Les ailes

et la queue sont noiratres ; une large bande blanche légérement lavée

de jaunatre traverse l’aile en occupant les extrémités des grandes

couvertures; toutes les remiges ont des bordures blanches, trés-fines sur

les primaires, et plus larges sur les secondaires ; les extrémités mémes

des pennes sont aussi entourées de la méme couleur ; le bord interne

des remiges est blanc nuancé légérement de jaunatre ; la barbe ex-

terne des rectrices latérales blanche en eutier, sur celles de la seconde

paire le blanc s’arréte 4 une petite distance du bout de la plume, sur

les suivantes cet couleur s’arréte de plus en plus prés de la naissance

et est teinte de jaunatre; les medianes toutes noires; les extrémités

mémes des rectrices sont terminées d’uue fine bordure blanche.

Cet oiseau a 4 peu pres la taille de O. lessoni, il a le bec un peu

plus fort et plus long que dans l’espéce citée.

Trois males des environs de Tumbez, tués en janvier et en juillet.

1877.] M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 325

2. Fuuvicoxa ATRIPENNIS, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 280.

Un exemplaire tué sur l’étang Pozo de Lambedero le 25 mars.

Iris brun foncé.

3. MuUSCIGRALLA BREVICAUDA, Lafr. et Orb.

Un exemplaire de Tumbez. Iris terre-de-Sienne.

4, ToprrostruM CINEREUM (L.).

Un exemplaire de Tumbez.

5. EvscaRTHMUS FULVICEPS, Scl. P. Z.S. 1871, p. 497.

Un exemplaire de Tumbez. Iris brun foncé.

6. PHYLLOMYIAS TUMBEZANA, 0. Sp.

Supra fusco-grisea, subtus albida, ventre toto flavicante pallidis-

sime perfuso, pectore lateribusque griseo tinctis, loris superci-

litsque cinereo-albidis ; ale et cauda dorso concolores, remigibus

rectricibusque albido limbatis ; tectricibus alarum binis fasciis

latis pallidis ornatis; pogonio externo rectricis lateralis pal-

lido. Rostrum nigrum, pedes nigricantes, iris fusco-brunnea.

Long. tota 120 mill., ale 60, caude 56, rostri a commissura 14,

tarsi 20.

Cet oiseau ressemble beaucoup au P. semifusca, Scl., mais il est

dune taille un peu plus forte, et s’en distingue par la couleur des

parties supérieures du corps grise brunatre foncée sans aucune trace

de nuance olivatre ; la couleur de abdomen, des subcaudales, et des

tectrices subalaires blanchatre induite de jaunatre a peine distinct.

Les lores et la bande sourciliére d’un cendre clair; les remiges et les

rectrices bordées finement de blanchatre, avec une nuance jaunatre

trés-faible ; la barbe externe des rectrices latérales est blanchatre sale

dans toute sa largeur; également comme dans l’espéce citée des

larges bordures des grandes couvertures alaires constituent deux

larges bandes d’un fauve roussitre. Bec noir, pattes noiratres, iris

brun foncé.

3° et 4° remiges les plus longues et égales, 5° égale a la 2°, 1"

ala 8™°.

Deux individus de Tumbez, dont un male tué le 7 mars, et l'autre,

sans indication de sexe, tué le 10 février.

7. EUpPsILOSTOMA PUSILLUM, Scl.

Une exemplaire de Tumbez.

8. ELAINEA PLACENS, Scl.

Une paire de Lechugal.

9. ELAINEA LEUCOSPODIA, N. sp.

Supra grisea, pileo fusco, crista interna alba ; loris annuloque

oculari albo; gula alba, abdomine albido, hypochondriis griseis,

subcaudalibus flavicantibus ; ale et cauda fusce, remigibus

extus anguste albo limbatis, tectricibus griseo marginatis, rec-

326 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM PERU. [Apr. 17,

trice laterali tota albida. Rostri nigricantis mandibula inferior

pallida ; pedes nigricantes ; tris fusco-brunnea. Long. tota

113 mill., ale 62, caude 51, rostri a commissura 13, tarsi 20.

Dos gris, légérement olivatre; sommet de la téte comme dans

VE. modesta et beaucoup d’autres, plus foncé, 4 huppe blanche inté-

rieurement ; les lores et le tour des yeux blancs; parties inférieures

du corps blanchatres, cétés du cou, de Ja poitrine et du ventre gris ;

le blanc de l’abdomen induit légérement d’isabelle ; les subcaudales

et les subalaires colorées de jaune trés-faible. Les ailes et la queue

un peu plus foncées que le dos ; les remiges et les rectrices finement

bordées de blanchatre ; le bord interne des’ remiges blanc ; les rec-

trices latérales blanchatres eu entier; tectrices alaires largement

bordées de gris. Bec noiratre 4 mandibule inférieure pale; pattes

noiratres ; iris brun foncé. Taille de l’#. caniceps.

Exemplaire unique sans indication de sexe de Tumbez, tuéd le 10

février.

10. MyiozeTeTes simixis (Spix).

Un exemplaire de Tumbez, tué le 23 juin. Iris d’un chocolat

grisitre.

11. RuyncuocycLus SULPHURESCENS (Spix).

Une paire de Lechugal.

12. Myropynastes aupax (Gm.).

Un exemplaire de Lechugal, tué le 25 février. Iris brun foncé.

13. MyiopynasTEs atrirrons, Sel. P. Z.S. 1859, p. 73.

Trois exemplaires de Tumbez, tués a la fin de janvier et au com-

mencement de mars. Iris brun foncé.

14. Mytosius crypreryTurus, Scl. P. Z.S8. 1860, p. 474.

Une paire de Tumbez, tuée a la fin de janvier. Iris brun foncé.

15. PyRocEPHALUS RUBINEUS (Bodd.).

Quatre exemplaires de Tumbez.

16. Myrarcuus PH&ZOCEPHALUS, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 281.

Un exemplaire de Lechugal. Iris brun foncé.

17. TYRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS, Vieill.

Un oiseau tué entre Tumbez et Santa Luzia.

18. TyRANNUS NIVEIGULARIS, Scl.

Une paire de Tumbez, tuée le 10 janvier et le 28 février. Iria

brun foncé.

CorTINGID&.

1, Haprostomus HomocHRovs, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 142.

Quatre males en différents plumages et une femelle de Lechugal.

Iris brun foneé.

1877. | M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 327

2. CALLOPSARIS ALBOGRISEUS (Scl.), P. Z.S. 1857, p- 78.

Deux femelles de Lechugal. Iris brun foncé.

TROCHILIDE.

1. AcesTRURA micruRA (Gould). Introd. Monogr. Troch.

p- 920.

Un male de Tumbez.

2. AMAZILIA LEUCOPH#A, Reichb.; Gould, Monogr. Troch. v.

pl. ceevi.

Un male de Tumbez.

CAPRIMULGID2.

1. CHORDEILES ACUTUS, Cass.

Un exemplaire de Tumbez.

2. NYCTIDROMUS ALBICOLLIs (Gm.).

Un jeune oiseau de Lechugal.

Picip#.

1, CHLORONERPES CALLONOTUS (Waterh.).

Une paire (¢ et 2) tuée dans les algarrobes des environs de

Tumbez, le 10 janvier et le 1 mars. La couleur des yeux est indiquée

dans le male, gris-brunatre, et d’un gris-violet foncé dans la femelle.

Les cdtés de la gorge, la poitrine, les cétés de l’abdomen et les

subcaudales ont dans les deux individus des stries transversales fon-

cées bien distinctes, ce qui n’est pas mentionné dans la description

de Waterhouse, ni dans celle de Lafresnaye.

2, CHLORONERPES CANIPILEUS (Orb.).

Deux males de Tumbez et de Lechugal. Iris brun foncé.

3. PICUMNUS SCLATERI, 0. sp.

2. Supra murinus, fusco albidoque obsolete transfasciatus, pileo

nigro albo guttulato ; subtus albidus, collo pectoreque nigricanti

transfasctatis, abdomine longitudinaliter fusco maculato ; ale

Jusce, remigibus pallide limbatis ; cauda nigra, pogonio interno

rectricum mediarum albo ; subalaribus albis. Rostrum plum-

beo-nigricans ; pedes plumbei ; iris fusco-brunnea. Long. tota

85 mill., ale 53, caude 31, rostri a commissura 17, tarsi 12.

Ce picumne, dont une femelle m’a été fournie de Lechugal, res-

semble beaucoup au P. cirrhatus, Temm., il a également le dos gris

de souris, rayé transversalement d’une nuance un peu plus foncée

et de blanchatre ; mais cette derniére est moins distincte que dans

Pespéce citée. Le dessus de la téte est noir, maculé de gouttelettes

blanches, beaucoup plus grandes que celles de lespéce citée, et de

toutes les autres; le croupion est également blanchatre varié de ~

foncé. Le fond de tout le dessous du corps est blane, rayé trans-

versalement de noiratre sur la gorge et sur la poitrine, de sorte que

328 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM PERU. [Apr.17,

les raies foncées et les blanches sont 4 peu prés également larges,

tandis que les raies foncées de l’abdomen, aussi larges, sont disposées

dans le sens de la longueur du corps; il y a aussi au milieu du ventre

des petites stries transversales, mais peu significantes. Les plumes

couvrant les narines sont blanches pures, tandis qu’elles sont rousses

dans le P. cirrhatus. Les ailes sont plus foncées que le dos 4 remiges

primaires bordées finement d’une nuance plus claire; les bordures

des secondaires et surtout celles des tertiaires sont beaucoup plus

larges et d’une couleur fauve blanchatre ; les couvertures alaires sont

entourées d’une bordure foncée trés-subtile ; les subalaires, ainsi que

les bords internes des remiges, blanches. La queue est noire 4 barbe

interne des rectrices médianes blanche en entier.

Le bec de cet oiseau est moins fort que dans le P. cirrhatus, la

base de la mandibule inférieure plombée, tandis que dans ce dernier

elle est d’une nuance bien différente de son extrémité.

I] différe aussi du P. temminckii Lafr. par la couleur du dos, qui

n’a rien de verdatre, et par la direction des raies abdominales, ainsi

que par la couleur du bec, qui dans l’espéce citée est gris jaunatre.

ALCEDINID&.

1. CeryiLe caBanist (Tsch.).

Une femelle de Lechugal.

2. CeRYLE TorQvATA (L.).

Un male de Lechugal.

Momorip.

Momotus MIcRosTEPHANUS (Cab.); Mus. Hein. ii. p. 114.

Une femelle de Lechugal. Iris brun foncé.

TROGONID2.

1. TROGON MELANURUS, Sws.

Un male de Lechugal. Iris blane.

2. TRoGOoN CALIGATUS, Gould.

Une femelle de Lechugal. Iris brun foncé.

CucuLip&.

1. CROTOPHAGA SULCIROSTRIS, Sws.

Un exemplaire de Tumbez.

2. Praya niGricrissa, Sel. P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 285.

Un exemplaire de Lechugal. Iris rouge cerise.

3. Coccyzus ERYTHROPHTHALMUSs (Wils.).

Un exemplaire du Lechugal. Iris gris brunatre trés-foncé.

PsITTAciD£.

1. ConuRUS ERYTHROGENYS (Less. ).

Un male de Tumbez.

1877.] M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 329

2. BroroGEeRYs PYRRHOPTERA (Lath.).

Un exemplaire de Lechugal. Iris brun foncé.

3. PsrrracuLa Ca@ estis (Less.).

Quatre exemplaires de Tumbez, ot l’ciseau est trés-commun.

Iris brun.

FaLCoNID.

1. URUBITINGA ANTHRACINA (Nitzsch).

Un exemplaire adulte de Lechugal.

2. UrvuBitTinGa unicincta (Temm.).

Un jeune oiseau de Santa Luzia.

3. HeERPETOTHERES CACHINNANS, Vieill.

Un exemplaire de Lechugal.

4, GERANOSPIZA CEZRULESCENS (Vieili.).

Deux miles tués 4 Lechugal le 5 avril. Iris de loiseau adulte

est brun avee une bordure jaune trés-fine ; celui du plus jeune est

brun rougeatre.

5, ACCIPITER BICOLOR (Vieill.).

Une femelle de Tumbez tuée le 19 juin. Iris jaune clair ; la cire

et le tour des paupitres jaunes ; pattes jaunes orangées.

6. Icrinia PLUMBEA (Vieill.).

Un jeune oiseau de Lechugal.

STRIGID.

GLAUCIDIUM PHALENOIDES (Daud.).

Un exemplaire de Tumbez.

ARDEID&.

NycTIcoRAX GARDENI (Gm.).

Un jeune exemplaire en plumage de transition de Lechugal. Iris

rouge.

CoLUMBID&.

PERISTERA CINEREA (Temm.).

Un mile de Lechugal. Iris composée d’un anneau extériecur large

d’une couleur rose-violette, suivi d’un autre anneau gris trés-étroit ;

ensuite interne également subtil est fauve.

RALLID.

Parra jacana (L.).

Un mile de l’étang Pozo de Lambedero.

330 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM PERU. [Apr. 17,

CHARADRIID.

Un exemplaire tué entre Tumbez et Santa Luzia.

2. SQUATAROLA HELVETICA (L.).

Un exemplaire de Chimbote.

SCOLOPACID.

1. Totanus CHLOROPYGIUS, Vieill.

Un exemplaire de Lechugal. Iris brun foncé.

2. AcTiTis MACULARIA (L.).

Un jeune oiseau de Tumbez.

3. PHALAROPUS HYPERBOREUS, L.

Un oiseau en plumage d’hiver tué & Tumbez le 28 janvier.

4, TRINGA MINUTILLA (Vieill.).

Un exemplaire tué entre Tumbez et Santa Luzia.

5. NuMENIUs HuUDsonIcUws (Lath.).

Plusieurs exemplaires de Chimbote et de Santa Luzia.

PHG@NICOPTERID®.

PHGNICOPTERUS IGNIPALLIATUS (Geoff. et Orb.).

Un exemplaire de la delte de Tumbez.

Sur les 92 espéces provenant de cette contrée il y a 72 qui n’ont

pas été fournies par M. Jelski de toutes les localités du Pérou central

qu il a visité précédemment. Un certain nombre de ces espéces a

été déja trouvé dans le pays par d’autres voyageurs, il reste cependant

un nombre assez considérables de formes a introduire pour la pre-

micre fois dans la faune péruvienne.

En comparaut cette liste avec celle du Pérou central de M. Jelski,

on voit une grande différence dans la richesse de certaines familles.

La famille de Tanagrides si abondante en espéces au Pérou central,

n’est représentée dans ce dernier envoi que par 3 formes ; on peut

dire le méme des Colibris et des Formicariides. Au contraire le

groupe des Ictérides y parait étre beaucoup plus abondant. M. Jelski,

de toutes les localités du Pérou central qu'il a visité, n’a fourni que

6 espéces, tandis qu’on en a envoyé 9 de ce dernier territoire restreint,

voisin de l’Equadeur. Les groupes des Fringillides et des Tyraunides

y paraissent étre aussi nombreux comme dans le Pérou central.

Toutes ces suppositions pourront étre changées quand nos explo-

rateurs auront visité les montagnes voisines.

A la liste précédente des oiseaux recueillis par M. Jelski au Pérou

central, on peut ajouter les deux espéces suivantes :—

PoRZANA ERYTHROPS, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 373, f. xxi.

Un male des environs de Lima.

1877.] M. L, TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM PERU. 331

Parmi les merles des localités précédentes il y a un mile adulte

de Ropaybamba, bien différent du Turdus serranus, Tschud., et qui

me parait étre inédit ; je présente donc sa description :

TURDUS LEUCOPS, n. sp.

Nigerrimus unicolor, rostro pedibusque flavis, iride sordide alba,

cauda mediocri equali ; remige tertio longissimo, prime tectri-

carum equali.

Ce merle est beaucoup plus petit et trés-différent du 7. serranus

Tsch. ; sa queue est beaucoup plus courte, coupée presque carré-

ment & l’extrémité, de sorte que les rectrices externes sont seule-

ment de deux mill. plus courtes que les autres, qui sont égales entre

elles, tandis que dans le 7’. serranus la queue est beaucoup plus

longue, 4 rectrices beaucoup plus larges et fort arrondie 4 lextré-

mité, la rectrice externe est de 8 mill. plus courte que la suivante, et

de 16 mill. moins longue que les médianes. La proportion des

remiges externes est autre; la 1" est étroite et égale aux grandes

couvertures, tandis qu’elle est beaucoup plus longue dans Pespéce

citée ; la 3° est la plus longue, la 4° un peu plus courte, et un peu plus

longue que la 5°, la 2° plus courte que la 6° et beaucoup plus longue

que la 7°. Dans le 7’. serranus c’est la 4° qui est la plus longue, et

la 2° presque égale a la 7°.

Le bec est beaucoup plus court ; les pattes plus courtes et plus

faibles. Le noir de la couleur générale est trés-intense dans cette

nouvelle espéce, avec un éclat bleudtre bien distinct, presque uni-

forme sur toutes les parties du corps. Le bee est jaune de cire; les

pattes et les ongles d’un jaune plus pile et plus uniforme que dans

le T. serranus ; Viris est d’un blanc sale.

Dimensions comparatives des deux formes :—

T. leucops. T. serranus,

millim. millim.

Longueur de Vaile pli¢e ............ 120 150

a“ PE AOS swish s Sails x ¥ 85 114

Pe du bec depuis la commissure 22 28

», du bee depuis les narines .. 11 13

Fe Guittanse dye thes kieese: se se neevs 34

Nos voyageurs ont aussi fait une excursion de quelques semaines

dans une forét vierge nommée Palmal, située sur le territoire de

PEquadeur, dans le district de Santa Rosa, province de Guayaquil,

éloignée seulement de 4 heures de Lechugal. M. Stolzmann a envoyé

de cette forét les espéces suivantes, et prétend que la faune ornitho-

logique de cette localité est bien différente de celle des environs de

Tumbez et de Lechugal.

BaASILEUTERUS UROPYGIALIS, Scl.

Male adulte et un jeune.

332 M. L. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS FROM PERU. [Apr.17, ~

RAMPHOCELUS ICTERONOTUS, Bp.

Une paire (3, 2) d’oiseaux adultes, tués a la fin d’avril et au

commencement de mai. [ris du male brun rougeitre, celui de la

femelle brun grisatre foncé.

TACHYPHONUS LucTUosuUs, Lafr. et Orb.

Un mile adulte.

ARREMON SPECTABILIS, Scl. P. Z.S. 1854, p. 114, t. Ixvii.

Un male adulte, tué le 30 avril. Iris brun clair.

SALTATOR MAGNUs (Gm.).

Un exemplaire.

EMBERNAGRA CHRYSOMA, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 275.

Un exemplaire tué le 20 mai. Iris brun rougeatre.

PYRANGA AZAR&, Orb.

Une femelle.

SITTASOMUS OLIVACEUS (Wied).

Un jeune male.

DENDROCINCLA ATRIROSTRIS (Lafr.).

Un exemplaire tué le 3 avril. Iris gris.

THAMNOPHILUS Czsivus, Licht.

Un male adulte.

PyROCEPHALUS RUBINEUS (Bodd.).

Un male adulte, aussi petit comme ceux des environs de Tumbez.

PLATYRHYNCHUS ALBIGULARIS, Scl.

Une femelle.

MEGALOPHUS ZQUATORIALIs (Scl.).

Une femelle adulte. .

Myi0Bi1Us BARBATUS (Gm.).

Un exemplaire. M. Stolzmaun dit que cet oiseau a l’habitude de

porter sa queue étendue en éventail.

ORCHILUS PILEATUS (Tsch.).

Un exemplaire.

HerTEROPELMA WALLACII, Scl.

Un exemplaire.

JULIAMYIA FELICIANA (Less.).

Trois femelles.

1877. | REV. R. B. WATSON ON MADEIRAN MOLLUSKS. 333

CreryLe 1nDA (L.).

Un jeune oiseau.

MaLacorriLa PANAMENSIS (Laft.).

Un adulte et un jeune. Iris de l’oiseau adulte est rouge de sang,

celui du jeune blanc sale.

Piaya RUTILA (IIl.).

Un exemplaire.

BROTOGERYS PYRRHOPTERA (Lath.).

Une femelle.

ACCIPITER BICOLOR (Vieill.).

Une femelle adulte tuée le 18 mai. Iris d’une belle couleur jaune.

ORTALIDA ERYTHROPTERA, Scl. et Salv. P.Z.S. 1875, p. 540.

Un exemplaire. Iris brun.

Selon Popinion exprimée dans la lettre de M. Stolzmann on peut

considérer la faune de Lechugal comme intermédiaire entre celles de

Tumbez et de Palmal, quoique nos voyageurs y ont trouvé beaucoup

d’espéces qu’ils n’ont pas observées dans les deux derniéres localités.

La différence parmi les faunes de Tumbez et de Palmal est si grande

qu’on peut a peine citer quelques espéces communes, comme Ceryle

cabanisti, Picolaptes souleyeti, Accipiter bicolor, Todirostrum cine-

reum, Myiozetetes similis, Polioptila albilora, Prionites microste-

phanus, Furnarius cinnamomeus, Myiarchus rubineus, Campylorhyn-

chus balteatus, Catrina moschata. Il suppose aussi que les trois

avant-derniers oiseaux se sont établis dans le Palmal depuis qu’on a

défriché le terrain pour l’établissement des chacras (morceaux de

terre cultivée au fond de la forét).

3. Some Notes on the Madeiran Mollusk identified by the

Rev. R. T. Lowe as Achatina folliculus, Gron. By the

Rey. R. Boog Watson, F.R.S.E., F.G.S.

[Received March 19, 1877.]

In December 1875 I had the honour of presenting to the Zoolo-

gical Society a paper “On the Generic Peculiarities of the distinctively

Madeiran Achatine of Lowe’’*. These peculiarities are :—1st, the

extension of the mantle over the shell; and, 2nd, the presence of a

mucous gland in the abruptly truncate tail. On the strength of

these peculiarities I proposed the formation of a separate genus,

~ under the name of Lovea, for this group, to which, from the exami-

nation of the animals, I was able to attach Lovea (Achatina) melam-

poides, Lowe, L. tornatellina, Lowe, L. triticea, Lowe, and L. oryza,

Lowe; and | added my belief that these generic features would be

“found common to all the distinctively Madeiran species of this

group. Of course Achatina acicula and Cochlicopa lubrica (the

maderensis of Lowe) fall off from it ; for they certainly have not the

* See P. Z.S8. 1875, p. 677.

334 REV. R. B. WATSON ON MADEIRAN MOLLUSKS. [Apr. 17,

characteristics of the genus;” and I went on to ask “Does the

Achatina folliculus, Gron., a common European species, belong to

this new genus or not? Surely, had it possessed the generic pecu-

liarities mentioned above, the fact would long ago have been noticed.

I have not yet been able to decide the question as regards the Ma-

deiran species identified by Lowe as the Achatina folliculus, Gron.”

I have at last, through the kindness of Mr. T. Vernon Wollaston

and Mr. Joao Maria Moniz, been enabled to examine the living

animal of the Madeiran species, and have, as I expected, found it to

possess the generic features of Lovea as given above. It thus be-

comes increasingly desirable that some one who has the opportunity

would make careful examination of the Achatina folliculus, Gron.,

in order to ascertain whether it presents these same generic features

ornot. Inthe mean time the identification of the Madeiran and the

South-European species, based on the undeniable similarity of the

shells, must be regarded as doubtful ; and I propose for the Madeiran

species the name of Lovea wollastoni, of which I have now to pre-

sent the description.

Body. Iu general form very much like that of Lovea tornatellina,

Lowe.

Colour. Yellow, towards the tail slightly orange, towards the

head with a faint tinge of grey, which is darker towards the end of

the tentacles. The sole of the foot is lemon-coloured, which is a

little more translucent in front. A very slightly greyer line runs

above the edge of the foot in front.

Mantle yellow, but a little whiter and less translucent, having

a few whitish granules scattered in it. It spreads round and beyond

the shell-edge ; but my specimens had been long in captivity, were

dry and unhappy, and thus the mantle was probably less extended

than would normally be the case.

Tentacles. Upper long, very fine; lower short.

Sides scored with long tubercles, of which those above are long

and narrow, stretching from above forwards and downwards; the

others below and behind these first are squarer in shape, and

stretch from before obliquely backwards. The head, neck, and ten-

tacles are finely tubercled. The foot is bordered by a narrow line,

above which is a fringe of squarish-shaped tubercles. Two close-

set and well-marked lines of tubercles run backward from between

the tentacles along the neck.

Seen from above, the fai/ ends in an attenuated blunt rounded

point; seen in profile, it is abruptly cut off obliquely, the extreme

upper corner being occupied by the mucous gland, the opening of

which is covered by a flap which, when depressed, almost obscures

that feature, but which, when the animal is in full vigour, is elevated

into a short, sharp, triangular, projecting point.

Mr. Wollaston, in sending me these specimens, writes that Mr.

Moniz ‘‘says that he obtained them with great difficulty, and, as

usual, in S. Goncalo parish.”

In that locality alone have I ever found them, among the dead

leaves of the Opuntia tuna.

1877.) ON THE BIRDS OF NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 335

4. List of Birds met with in North-eastern Queensland,

chiefly at Rockingham Bay. By E. Prerson Ramsay,

F.L.S. &c., Curator of the Australian Museum, Sydney.

—Part III.’

[Received March 21, 1877.]

198. CHORIOTIS AUSTRALIS.

Choriotis australis, Gould, Handbk. B, A. ii. p. 208.

Usually found on the open parts of the grass flats: this bird is

not plentiful near Rockingham Bay ; I met with it only on two or

three occasions. I have described the eggs of this species in ‘The

Ibis,’ 1867, p. 418.

199. GipIcNEMUS GRALLARIUS.

CEdicnemus grallarius, Gould, Handbk. B. A. ii. p. 210.

The Stone-Plovers, or ‘“‘ Land-Curlews’’ as they are more com-

monly called, are very plentiful all over the district, both inland and

on the sea-coast. A curious variety of the egg of this species is

sometimes found; it is of a rich creamy buff, clouded with a duller

tint, or irregularly and indistinctly blotched with dull brownish buff.

On showing some of this variety to the late Mr. John Macgillivray,

author of the ‘Voyage of the Rattlesnake’ &e., he assured me

they were so remarkably similar to the one found by the late Com-

mander J. M. R. Ince at Port Essington, and described by Mr.

Gould? as that of Esacus magnirostris, that no doubt as to their

identity remained in his mind. On every occasion that I have ob-

tained the buff-coloured egg the accompanying one was of the usual

heavily blotched variety, with but few markings at the thin end.

This species never lays more than two eggs for a sitting, which vary

a good deal in different localities. There are four very distinct

varieties in the Dobroyde collection.

200. Esacus MAGNIROSTRIS.

Esacus magnirostris, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 213.

A pair of these interesting birds frequented the sand-pits in the

neighbourhood of Cardwell during the time of my visit ; they proved

too wary to be approached within gun-shot ; the white on the wings

shows very conspicuously in flight. It is not a rare species, but

always very difficult to obtain when found near any of the settle-

ments.

201. LosrvaNELLUs LOBATUS (2).

Lobivanellus lobatus, Gould, Handbk. B. A. ii. p. 218.

I heard the cry of a Plover of this genus on one or two occasions,

but had no opportunity of ascertaining for certain which species it

‘ Continued from P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 123, and concluded.

2 Handbk. Birds Austr. ii. p. 215,

336 MR. E, P, RAMSAY ON THE BIRDS OF [Apr. 17,

was; the bird may have been Lodivanellus personatus, but more

probably L. lobatus. The cry of the latter is well known to me;

that of the former, to my knowledge, I never heard. I have been

informed by Inspeetor Robert Johnstone, of the Herbert River, that

Spur-wing Plovers occasionally visit that district. The eggs of

Lobivanellus lobatus vary from rich dark green to olive-brown, with

blackish spots and blotches.

202. SARCIOPHORUS PECTORALIS.

Sarciophorus pectoralis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 222.

I met with this species only on one occasion, about fifty miles

inland, while enjoying the hospitality of Mr. Stone, Superintendent

of ‘“‘The Vale of the Herbert” station, the property of Walter

Scott, Esq. In the extensive and well-grassed paddocks around the

station a flock of these birds had taken up their abode. Mr. Stone

informed me that they remain in the neighbourhood throughout the

whole year; and being seldom if ever molested, they showed no

symptoms of fear, quietly remaining while I walked within a few

feet of them.

203. CHARADRIUS LONGIPES.

Charadrius longipes, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 225.

I enumerate this species on the authority of Inspector Johnstone,

who informs me the Golden Plover visits the Herbert district every

winter.

204. ARGIALITIS NIGRIFRONS.

Aigialitis nigrifrons, Cuvier ; Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 232.

This species is not uncommon on the Herbert river, and is found

dispersed over the whole of the eastern and southern portions of

Australia, even venturing far inland. I have met with it high up

on the Bogan and Bell rivers, and on the Murrumbidgee river, near

Yass ; it gives preference to the margins of inland lakes and lagoons

rather than the sea-coast. J. S. Ramsay, Esq., a most persevering

and successful oologist, found it breeding during the months of

October, November, and December on the margins of the Bell river,

at Cardington. There was always a difficulty in discovering the

eggs, from their similarity to the adjacent ground on which they

were laid, it being necessary to watch the birds to their eggs. James

Ramsay, Esq., of Nanama, near Yass, has also sent me authentic

eggs of this species, taken in that district, while others which I have

received from Melbourne and South Australia all exhibit a similar

style and colour in their markings. The.eggs are always four in

number, and usually placed with the thinner ends together, in a

slight depression in the sand or pebbles near water; the ground-

colour is of a rich creamy white when fresh, nearly obscured by

numerous irregular angular markings and hair-lines of blackish

brown, dark brown, and bluish slate-colour, the last appearing as if

beneath the surface of the shell. In some specimens these markings

are close together, giving a clouded appearance to the eggs, in others

1877.] NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 337

about equally dispersed over the whole surface. In some light

varieties they are less numerous at the thinner end; and these spe-

cimens are slightly smaller in size. Length 1°05 inch by 0°8 inch;

the darker and most usual variety 1°1 inch in length by 0°85 inch

in breadth. 4

205. ANGIALITIS RUFICAPILLA.

Aigialitis ruficapilla, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 235.

Unlike the preceding, this species is seldom found far from the

sea; they frequent the sands and open salt-water flats, and are

usually met with in small troops from five to ten in number; the

nest (if it may be so called) is like all others of the genus I have met

with, merely a slight depression in the sand or pebbles close to high-

water mark ; sometimes the eggs are placed among débris containing

broken shells and coral &c., above the influence of the tide; they

are usually four, but sometimes three, and occasionally only two

(but four, I presume, is the correct number for a sitting), placed with

the pointed ends together ; and without any protection except that

afforded them by their similarity to the surrounding objects among

which they have been deposited, they are very difficult to be de-

tected. Our collection contains eggs taken at Woolongong and

various parts of the sea-coast of New South Wales, also from near

Melbourne; but none show any material difference in coloration or

form ; in size they are slightly larger than those of Mgialitis nigri-

frons, being 1:2 inch to 1°25 inch in length by 0:93 to 0°94 in

breadth, of a light pale stone-brown or very light cream-colour,

spotted sparingly with black dots and rather large irregular black

blotches and markings, a few of the dots appearing as if beneath the

surface of the shell.

They breed from October to December, and sometimes as late as

January.

206. ANGIALITIS INORNATA.

Ochthodromus inornatus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 237.

207. AKGIALITIS BICINCTA.

Ochthodromus? bicinctus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 238.

Only once did I meet with these species—of the former a small

troop on the sand-spits of the Herbert river; of the latter, one soli-

tary bird remained for a few days on the sands in front of the settle-

ment at Cardwell.

208. HimaNnTOPUS LEUCOCEPHALUS.

Himantopus leucocephalus, Gould, Handb. B. Austr. ii. p. 246.

While ascending the Herbert river on the 25th of February 1874,

and anxiously waiting for a stray shot at an Alligator (Crocodilus bi-

poreatus); 1 met with the only specimen of this bird I noticed during

my tour. Firing at the bird I disturbed the Saurian, much to the

disgust of my companions, as this identical Alligator had of late

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1877, No. XXII. 22

338 MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON THE BIRDS OF (Apr. 17,

been helping himself rather freely to some of the Kanakas employed

on the sugar-plantations. A few days afterwards, however, while

returning from an unsuccessful Cassowary-hunt, I had the pleasure

of seeing Inspector Johnstone dispatch the beast as it lay, with open

mouth, on a sand-spit.

Mr. Johnstone informed me that the Stilted Plover was a very

rare bird in that district ; but, from the nature of the country and the

extensive swampy flats and numerous lagoons, I should have thought

the contrary was the case; however, although I remained in the

district all through the wet season, I met with no other specimen.

The eggs of this species will be found described in a previous number

of the Society’s ‘ Proceedings,’ 1867, p. 600.

209. ReEcURVIROSTRA RUBRICOLLIS.

Recurvirostris rubricollis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 249.

This bird is very local in its habits, and never seems to be very

plentiful in any part of the continent ; it is met with occasionally in

large flocks; and Inspector Johnstone informs me it sometimes is

met with on the Lower Herbert. One or two were observed during

my visit; but I failed to obtain any specimens.

210. Limosa UROPYGIALIS.

Limosa uropygialis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 252.

Very numerous on mud-flats and sand-spits at the mouth of the

Herbert river.

211. LimNOCINCLUS ACUMINATUS.

Limnocinclus acuminatus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 254.

A very common species, frequenting the margins of lagoons and

swampy places in large flocks sometimes consisting of several hun-

dred individuals.

212. TRINGA TENUIROSTRIS.

Tringa tenuirostris, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 260.

I met with a small flock of this species on one occasion only, on

the banks of the Herbert.

213. AcTITIS HYPOLEUCUS.

Actitis hypoleucus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 263.

I met with this pretty little Sandpiper but once, on the Herbert

river, near the police camp.

214. GLoOTTIS GLOTTOIDES.

Glottis glottoides, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 265.

Common everywhere on margins of lagoons and mud-flats; usu-

ally found in small flocks from ten to twenty in number.

215. SrREPSILAS INTERPRES.

Strepsilas interpres, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 269.

The Turnstone is usually considered a rare species ; and it certainly

1877.] NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 339

is so in collections made in New South Wales. I found large

flocks of Sandpipers, and among them a few of this species, on the

extensive mud-fiats at the mouths of the Mary and Fitzroy rivers,

and had ample opportunities of watching their habits while stranded

in a boat, high and dry, about the middle of an extensive mud-flat,

thirty miles long by six miles wide. I spent the best part of a day

in this position, waiting for the return of the tide, and, per force,

amused myself watching the different species of Waders and Gulls,

many of which came within a few yards of our boat.

216. GALLINAGO AUSTRALIS.

Gallinago australis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 271.

The Australian Snipe affords good shooting to the sportsman

during the season. There were not many of this species in the

Herbert district during my visit; but the few we obtained were

among the finest and largest I have ever met with.

217. RayNcH#ZA AUSTRALIS.

Rhynchea australis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 274.

That this species occasionally visits the districts near Rockingham

Bay is proved by some fine specimens having been shot and skinned

by Inspector Johnstone. These were procured a short time prior to

my visit, and were still in his possession at the time of my sojourn

under his hospitable roof.

The Painted Snipe is by no means a common bird; and although

during an occasional very wet season this species may be obtained

in tolerable numbers, yet its visits are very uncertain and few and

far between. In New South Wales I have obtained specimens from

the Clarence river and Lake George; but nowhere have I ever

found it plentiful.

218. NuMENIUS CYANOPUS.

Numenius cyanopus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 277.

Common everywhere in suitable places and muddy flats along the

coast, and occasionally may be found on the margins of lakes and

lagoons inland a considerable distance.

219. NUMENIUS UROPYGIALIS.

Numenius uropygialis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. 1. p. 279.

220. NUMENIUS MINOR.

Numenius minor, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 280.

I observed these species but once during my tour ; and, under the

same circumstances, I trust I shall not meet them again. Mud-flats

are very interesting in their way, especially to the naturalist; but

there can be too much of a good thing. Both species are dispersed

rather plentifully over the whole of the southern and eastern portions

of Australia ; and I have received one specimen of NV. minor from the

Lower Darling river, shot on the margins of some of the numerous

inland lakes.

22*

340 MR. E. P, RAMSAY ON THE BIRDS OF [Apr. 17,

221. CARPHIBIS SPINICOLLIS.

Carphibis spinicollis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 282.

Met with once only, during the wet season, on the Lower Herbert

river, in small flocks.

222. THRESKIORNIS STRICTIPENNIS.

Threskiornis strictipennis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 284.

I found this species on an extensive mud-flat at the mouth of the

Fitzroy river, and have also received specimens from Port Denison.

Mr. Johnstone informed me that it occasionally visited the Herbert

river.

223. Isis (FALCINELLUS) IGNEUS.

Ibis (Faicinellus) igneus, Gould, Handbk. B. Anstr. ii. p. 286.

I give this species on the authority of Mr. Johnstone, whom I

found well acquainted with the bird, and who had obtained a spe-

cimen a short time prior to my visit.

224. PLATALEA REGIA.

Platalea regia, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 287.

225. PLATALEA FLAVIPES.

Platalea flavipes, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 288.

These species are seldom met with in Northern Queensland. I

have received P. regia from Port Denison, where it was considered

a very rare bird ; and P. flavipes was observed near the mouth of the

river Fitzroy, a single specimen only.

Mr. Robert Johnstone informed me that Spoonbills were occa-

sionally seen on the Upper Herbert river; but he did not identify

the species with certainty.

226. GRUS AUSTRALASIANA.

Grus australasianus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 290.

‘*Native Companions”? were found very plentiful in all the

swamps in the Herbert district. Early in the morning their hoarse

croaking cry was most frequently heard.

227. XENORHYNCHUS AUSTRALIS.

Xenorhynchus australis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 293.

Found in tolerable numbers, in pairs, throughout the district,

particularly on the sand-spits and shallows of the Herbert river ;

they were very wary, and at all times difficult to approach. I was

much amused watching a pair of these birds stalking round a large

Crocodile sunning himself on one of the numerous sandbanks of the

river—the birds carefully. eyeing the Saurian, and the Saurian

patiently waiting until one of them should come within the swing of

his tail (of which the birds were careful to keep out of range). What

excited their curiosity I cannot imagine; they must have seen dozens

of Crocodiles in their time.

1877.] NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 341

228. ARDEA SUMATRANA.

Ardea sumatrana, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 296.

I met with this species on several of the rivers and estuaries from

Moreton Bay to Rockingham Bay; I noticed several of them in

Wide Bay, have received specimens from Cleveland Bay, and also

observed them at the mouth of the Fitzroy river and on the Her-

bert river. .

I am indebted to my friend the late Charles Coxen, Esq., of Bris-

bane, for a fine specimen, shot on the Brisbane river; and I have

observed them as far south as the Clarence river, where the late Mr.

John Macgillivray obtained a specimen. This species is always

difficult to obtain, frequenting the extensive mud-flats, where it is

impossible to walk, and seldom coming within shot from the shore.

A pair were observed, accompanied by two young, well able to fly,

in the month of December, showing that this species breeds early in

the year.

229. ARDEA PACIFICA.

Ardea pacifica, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 297.

Found (by no means rare, and dispersed usually singly or in pairs)

over the whole district, in the neighbourhood of rivers and swamps,

also occasionally on the sea-shore mud-flats. They were not diffi-

cult to approach ; and numerous examples might have been obtained.

This species appears to be distributed over the whole of the north-

eastern, eastern, and southern portions of Australia; it is common

in the Hunter district in New South Wales, and occasionally still

found on the Paramatta river near Sydney, but more plentiful

further south.

230. ARDEA NOVX-HOLLANDIE.

Ardea nove-hollandie, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 299.

Common everywhere along the coast as far north as Cardwell,

and extending a considerable distance inland. The eggs are two in

number, of a light bluish green colour; the nest is a rough struc-

ture of sticks, built in the larger forked branches of trees, often at a

considerable distance from water.

231. Heropias ALBA.

Herodias alba, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 30].

This is the common White Crane of New South Wales, and is

found plentiful on the Hunter river, and sometimes on the shores of

Port Jackson, but more plentiful to the north. I found it numerous

in Wide Bay and Moreton Bay; and many were met with on the

mud-flats at the mouths of the various rivers and creeks as far north

as Cooktown. Its range extends to Cape York and New Guinea.

I have always found them solitary or in pairs.

232. HERODIAS EGRETTOIDES.

Herodias egrettoides, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii, p. 303.

This species is widely dispersed along the shores of Australia, and

342 MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON THE BIRDS OF [Apr. 17,

met with in similar situations to the preceding (H. alba). I have

found it a considerable distance inland on the rivers Hunter, Cla-

rence, and Richmond; it is more plentiful to the northward of New

South Wales, and found rather numerous in Moreton Bay and Wide

Bay, and at the mouth of the Fitzroy river, and near Port Denison.

It is not a common species about Cardwell ; but Inspector Johnstone,

of the Herbert river, informed me that they were more plentiful a

little further north, on the Johnstone river and Moryllian harbour.

233. HrRopIAS GARZETTA.

Herodias garzetta, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. i. p. 305.

This species is a very scarce bird on the Australian coast; I have

never met with it but once in a state of nature, at the mouth of the

Brisbane river. I have seen only three examples in Australian col-

lections, all of them obtained from Queensland.

234. DEMIEGRETTA JUGULARIS.

Demiegretta jugularis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. sp. 555 &

556, pp. 307-309.

Demiegretta greyi, ibid. p. 309.

I did not meet with this species myself; but Mr. George Masters

informs me that it is found rather plentiful on all the reefs in

Northern Queensland, and that D. jugularis and D. greyi are

one and the same species. From an examination of a fine series of

these birds in the Macleayan Museum at Elizabeth Bay, I quite

concur with Mr. Gould’s and Mr. Masters’s opinion. Remains of

the slaty blue being found on the primaries and wing-coverts of

some of the white birds tends to prove that D. greyi is but the adult

of D. jugularis.

235. NycricoRaAxX CALEDONICUS.

Nycticorax caledonicus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. 11. p. 311.

This handsome species has a very extensive range, it is plentiful,

and breeds among the mangroves on the Hunter river, and as far

south as Illawarra, It is found equally plentiful as far north as

Cardwell, where, on the Herbert river, it was one of the most common

species. Mr. Gould remarks that it “is universally dispersed over

the continent of Australia.”” I have also seen what I believe to be

a young bird of this species from New Ireland, collected there by

the Rev. G. Brown.

236. BorauRUS POICILOPTILUS.

Botaurus poiciloptilus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 313.

The Australian Bittern is far more plentiful in the Ilawarra and

southern districts of New South Wales than in any other part of the

country I have visited. I have seen specimens from the lakes and

marshes in the southern parts of Victoria, near Ballarat, and have

also noticed it on the Herbert river, in the Rockingham-Bay district,

where it is considered a rare bird, although that part of the country

1877.] NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 343

is admirably adapted for its habits, abounding in extensive swamps

and lagoons. I have also met with, I believe, the same species in

New Zealand. They are still found to be not rare within a few miles

of Sydney; but the Illawarra district is the great stronghold of this

species.

237. BuTOROIDES FLAVICOLLIS.

Butoroides flavicoilis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 315.

The yellow-necked Mangrove-Bittern is plentiful in situations

suitable to its habits all over Queensland. I found this species more

common there than in New South Wales. In the extensive man-

grove swamps and mud flats at the mouth of the Herbert river it is

one of the most common birds.

238. ARDETTA PUSILLA.

Ardetta pusilla, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p- 319.

I am happy to report that this beautiful little species is still plen-

tiful in the neighbourhood of Cleveland Bay and also in the Herbert-

river district; from both places have I received specimens. The

species was once tolerably numerous near Sydney ; and there are still

specimens in the Dobroyde collection which were shot at Botany

Bay and near Newtown. I observe no difference in plumage or size

in the Northern Queensland specimens and those shot near Sydney.

239. PorPHYRIO MELANOTUS.

Porphyrio melanotus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 321.

Common all over the country, in similar situations to those fre-

quented by it in New South Wales. The “ Red-bill” prefers the

swamps and extensive lagoons; but where such places are not met

with readily, it takes to the banks and margins of the rivers. This

species is easily domesticated, and, even in the wild state, when not

disturbed, becomes very tame, entering the gardens and farm-yards

and feeding with the poultry, to the young of which they prove very

destructive. In certain parts of the country, where they are nu-

merous, they do considerable damage to the crops, especially to the

young maize. They are also very fond of the Indian corn when

ripe: perching on the side of the stems, they detach the “cobs,”

which they hold steady on the ground with one foot while they pick

off and eat the grains. I have seen them eating pieces of cooked and

raw meat, holding them in the same way. ‘The nest is a rough

structure of rushes and water-weeds &c., placed among the reeds

and sedges near the water, or built among reeds in the lagoons, at

a considerable distance from the edge, just above water-mark. The

eggs are from three to five in number, of a light brown or yellowish

stone-colour, varying considerably in tint and in the shape of the

markings, but usually spotted and blotched with umber, dark blackish

brown, and slaty grey. The young are of a uniform blackish slate-

colour on leaving the nest.

344 MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON THE BIRDS OF [Apr. 17,

240. TRIBONYX VENTRALIS.

Tribonye ventralis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 325.

I do not remember meeting with this species at Rockingham Bay ;

but I have received specimens from Port Denison (where, at certain

seasons, it appears to be plentiful), some miles inland.

241. GALLINULA TENEBROSA.

Gallinula tenebrosa, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. 328.

Not so plentiful in any part of Queensland as in New South Wales.

I found it, however, thinly distributed as far north as Rockingham

Bay, in such situations as are preferred by the Porphyrio melanotus.

242, GALLINULA RUFICRISSA.

Gallinula ruficrissa, Gould, Suppl. Bds. Austr. vol. i. pl. 79.

A specimen of this rare species was obtained a few miles from

Brisbane, in 1873.

I have also examined a skin obtained by Mr. A. Goldie at Port

Moresby, New Guinea, the dimensions of which are as follows—

total length 9°5 inches, wing 5:5, tail 2°5, tarsus 2, bill 1:2, middle

toe 2, its nail 0°3, hind toe 0°75, its nail 0°35. The under tail-

coverts are not so bright as in Mr. Gould’s figure; and the back is

of a more uniform tint.

243, PARRA GALLINACEA.

Parra gallinucea, Gould’s Handbk. B. Austr, ii. p. 330.

This Parra is tolerably abundant throughout the swampy regions

which abound over the eastern portion of Queensland and north-

eastern parts of New South Wales. I have obtained specimens as far

south as the Clarence river in New South Wales, its most southern

limit, and as far north as the Herbert river in the Rockingham-Bay

district. It is found most plentiful in the Rockhampton district

wherever the swamps and lagoons occur ; the leaves of the gigantic

Nymphea and Nelumbium afford a safe retreat for this species. I

know of few more interesting or more pleasing sights than a troop

of this handsome Parra wandering among the bright blue and crimson

blooms of the giant waterlilies which abound in almost every sheet

of water of any extent in North-eastern Queensland.

244, Hyror#NIDEA PHILIPPENSIS.

Hypotenidea philippensis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 334.

Universally dispersed over the whole of the Australian and South-

Sea Islands, and particularly plentiful in the cane-fields of the sugar-

growing districts of Queensland.

I have before me a very interesting variety of this species from

oue of the South Sea-Islands of the Fiji group which has the chin,

throat, chest, and breast of a light ashy grey, with a few indistinct

bars of slaty ash-colour or greyish slate on the chest and breast ;

the abdomen and flanks are much the same as in ordinary individuals

of the same species ; the bill is orange at the base of the lower man-

1877.] NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 345

dible and on the outer margins of the upper. The Australian Museum

has also obtained specimens from the Duke-of-York Island and New

Treland, as well as from the Samoan group: in some of the specimens

from these last-mentioned islands, the pectoral band is altogether

wanting ; the same peculiarity occurs in some Fijian examples.

245. RALLINA TRICOLOR.

Rallina tricolor, Gould, Suppl. B. Austr. vol. i. pl. 78.

I have no other information to give on the habits of this species

than that contained in my “ Notes”’ in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings ’

for 1875, p. 603, where will be found a description of the young and

the eggs.

246. PorRZANA FLUMINEA.

Porzana fluminea, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 339.

247. PoRZANA PALUSTRIS.

Porzana palustris, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 340.

248. PoRZANA TABUENSIS.

Porzana tabuensis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 341.

249. Porzana (ERYTHRA) QUADRISTRIGATA.

Porzana (Erythra) quadristrigata, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii.

p- 343.

All except the first-mentioned of these species I have found by

no means rare in Queensland. P. quadristrigata was the most

common species in the Rockingham-Bay district. P. tabuensis and

palustris were plentiful about Rockhampton and on the swamps in

the neighbourhood of the mouth of the Burnett river; P. Jluminea

I met with but once, at Port Mackay.

250. CHENOPIS ATRATA.

Chenopis atrata, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 346.

The Black Swan is found rarely in Queensland north of the Bur-

nett river, which I think was the only place I met with it. I have

been informed that it sometimes occurs during wet seasons on the

Herbert river.

251. ANSERANAS MELANOLEUCA.

Anseranas melanoleuca, Gould, Handbk. B. Anstr. ii. p- 352.

Plentiful throughout the swampy districts all over the south and

eastern portions of Australia. I have examined specimens from

South Australia, and met with it almost every day while encamped

on the Herbert river. The young were brought in by the natives

on several occasions during the months of March and April.

252. CHLAMYDOCHEN JUBATA.

Chlamydochen jubata, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 354.

This fine species of Wood-Goose is not by any means so plentiful

346 MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON THE BIRDS OF [Apr. 17,

in Queensland as in New South Wales. I met with them only on

one or two occasions, at the mouth of the Burnett river, and inland

about fifty miles from the coast, near the head-waters of the Herbert

river.

253. NETTAPUS PULCHELLUS.

Nettapus pulchellus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 357.

This species is one of the rarest in our Australian collections, oc-

casional stragglers only visiting the eastern portions of Queensland,

whence I have only seen three skins. It is at times found at Cape

York; and Inspector Johnstone, of Cardwell, informed me that

he once met with a specimen in one of the numerous swamps of the

Herbert district.

Mr. Wilcox, of the Clarence river, I believe once obtained it, in

company with the common species, N. albipennis, from one of the

swamps near Grafton.

254, NETTAPUS ALBIPENNIS.

Nettapus albipennis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 359.

This is one of the most common species in the neighbourhood of

Rockhampton and on the Fitzroy river; it is also plentiful on the

Burnet-river swamps.

255. TADORNA RAJAH.

Tadorna rajah, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. i. p. 360.

T found this fine Wood-Duck breeding in holes in the hollow

limbs of trees during the months of December and January. It is

a common species all over Queensland north of the Mary river. I

have received specimens from Port Denison and Rockingham Bay,

and also examined specimens from Port Moresby, in New Guinea.

The Port-Moresby birds have a much narrower pectoral band than

is found in the Australian examples I have seen.

256. ANAS SUPERCILIOSA. ;

Anas superciliosa, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 363.

257. ANAS PUNCTATA.

Anas punctata, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 365.

258. DENDROCYGNA GOULDI.

Dendrocygna gouldi, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 374.

D. vagans? auct.

259. DENDROCYGNA EYTONI.

Dendrocygna eytoni, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 375.

These four species I found plentiful in the swamps and rivers of

North-eastern Queensland. The first three mentioned are the most

plentiful and widely distributed.

D. gouldi I have seen even from southern parts of New S. Wales,

1877.] NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 347

and some in the flesh said to have been obtained from the lakes near

Ballarat, in South Australia. It is one of the most common ducks

north of the Burnet river.

D. eytoni is abundant near Port Denison ; and from Rockingham

Bay I have also obtained specimens. An egg taken from the ovi-

duct by Mr. Rainbird, of Port Denison, measures 1°95 inch by

1-5 in breadth ; it is of a light creamy white, and slightly ovate, and

appears to be comparatively a very small egg for a bird of this size

to lay.

260. NyROCA AUSTRALIS.

Nyroca australis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p-377.

Met with once in the swamps of the Herbert-river district.

261. Larus paciricus.

Larus pacificus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p- 385.

I found this noble species rather plentiful on the mud-flats and

margins of many of the rivers at low tides. They ascend the rivers

in company with Xema jamesoni to a considerable distance. 1

noticed several pairs near the wharfs at Rockhampton.

262. XEMA JAMESONI.

ema jamesonii, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 387.

Common all along the coast from Melbourne to Cape York.

263. STERCORARIUS CATARRHACTES.

Stercorarius catarrhactes, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p- 389.

264. SYLOCHELIDON CASPIA.

Sylochelidon caspia, Gould, Handbk. ii. B. Austr. p. 392.

265. ? THALASSEUS POLIOCERCUS.

? Thalasseus poliocercus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p- 396.

266. STERNA MELANORHYNCHA.

Sterna melanorhyncha, Gould, Handbk, B. Austr. ii. p- 398.

I obtained these Terns on one occasion in Rockingham Bay ;

they did not not appear to be rare in that neighbourhood.

267. STERNULA PLACENS.

_ Sternula placens, Gould, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4 ser. vol. vii

p. 192.

I first found this beautiful species December 1865, at the mouth

of the Richmond river, when I took it for S. nereis. I have

repeatedly found them at different times during the last six years from

as far south as Illawarra to Rockingham Bay in North-eastern

Queensland, where it appears to be one of the most common species

of Tern.

348 MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON THE BIRDS OF [Apr. 17,

268. HypROCHELIDON FLUVIATILIS.

Hydrochelidon fluviatilis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr, ii. p. 406.

This species I have obtained from the Richmond river and Rock-

ingham Bay ; it was also tolerably plentiful at the time of my visit

in December 1870, at Rockhampton, on the Fitzroy river, and on the

Mary river.

269. GELOCHELIDON MACROTARSA.

Gelochelidon macrotarsa, Gould, Handb. B. Austr. ii. p. 403.

I found this fine Tern on the Brisbane river in 1873-4, and

also obtained a fine pair of adult specimens from the Clarence

river. I met with it at Rockingham Bay, at the mouths of the

Herbert river, and also at a considerable distance up the stream,

about 20 miles from the mouth. It is still rare in Australian col-

lections.

270. ANOUS STOLIDUS.

Anous stolidus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 413.

Common on all parts of the east coast.

271. DiomEDEA MELANOPHRYS.

Diomedea melanophrys, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 438.

Met with only on one occasion off the coast near Gladstone, Port

Curtiss.

272. PELECANUS CONSPICILLATUS.

Pelecanus conspicillatus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 486.

I noticed this fine species breeding in great numbers on a flat-

topped rocky island off the coast near Cleveland Bay. Numbers

were soaring over the island, some close to the surface, others

sitting quite motionless on the ground, the neck held upright, with

the head and bill at right angles to it, giving the group quite a

grotesque appearance.

273. PHALACROCORAX NOV/%-HOLLANDIE.

Phalacrocorax nove-hollandie, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii.

p- 488.

This fine species is common all along the eastern coast ; it ascends

the river to a considerable distance, and seems as much at home in

fresh as in salt water.

274. PHALACROCORAX MELANOLEUCUS.

Phalacrocorax melanoleucus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii.

p- 493.

275, PHALACROCORAX STICTOCEPHALUS.

Phalacrocorax stictocephalus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p.495,

Both common species, frequenting the bays and inlets of the sea

1877. ] NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 349

and the mouths of the rivers, swamps, and lagoons, and even water-

holes at a considerable distance inland. They nest in trees over-

hanging the rivers or waterholes, making a rough nest of water-

weeds and débris: lay 2 to 3 eggs.

I met with both species in a small lagoon some twenty miles

inland in the Herbert-river district in March 1874.

A large white-breasted species was seen on several occasions in

Rockingham Bay; but none were shot, and I was too far off to

identify the bird; but it was probably P. varius.

276. PLoTUS NOVH-HOLLANDIZ.

Plotus nove-hollandie, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 496.

This is a widely distributed species, found on all the rivers as far

north as Cape York. I have also met with it at a great distance

inland. That its range extends to New Guinea is proved by the

fact that the Museum has lately received a specimen from the

** Laloki river,’’ near Port Moresby, about fifteen miles from the

settlement. There are some slight differences in the style of colora-

tion of the New-Guinea specimen, but scarcely sufficient for the

foundation of a new species.

277. PHAETON PHG@NICURUS.

Phaéton phenicurus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 501.

Seen occasionally off Hinchinbrook Island.

278. SULA AUSTRALIS.

Sula australis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 504.

Rather plentiful in the Bay off Cardwell.

279. SuLA FIBER.

Sula fiber, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii, p. 507.

Occasionally seen in the bay, but more plentiful off a small reef to

the south-east of Hinchinbrook Island, and near the mouth of the

Herbert river.

280. Popiceps, sp. inc.

This I take to be P. gularis. Only met with on one occasion, in

a chain of lagoons near the Herbert river.

APPENDIX.

Shortly after my return from Queensland, Mr. Sub-Inspector

Armit, who had taken great interest in my pursuits, forwarded me a

small collection of birds from the neighbourhood of Georgetown,

and also some very interesting notes on the avifauna of that district.

From this collection I can add the following species which I had

not observed myself :—

Hatcyon pyrruopyerA, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. 1. p. 130,

350 MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON THE BIRDS OF [Apr. 17,

Fatco nypo.evcus, Gould, Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 24,

Myzometa Pecrora.is, Gould, Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 557,

several specimens in various stages of plumage; and the following,

which may claim to be added to this list :—

281. PARDALOTUS RUBRICATUS.

Pardalotus rubricatus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. i. p. 158.

This species builds a nest very similar to that of P. melano-

cephalus and S. punctatus, digging a tunnel in a soft bank, and

making a loosely woven structure in a hollowed-out chamber at the

end. The eggs are four in number, white, and about the same

size as those of P. melanocephalus. In length 0°7 inch by 0°55 in

breadth.

Hab. Ethridge river, Queensland.

282. PARDALOTUS UROPYGIALIS.

Pardalotus uropygialis, Gould, Handbk. B, Austr. i. p. 166.

Mr. Armit informs me that this bird breeds in the same manner

as the foregoing, and that its habits and actions are the same.

Hab. Ethridge river, Queensland.

283. PACHYCEPHALA FALCATA.

Pachycephala falcata, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. i. p. 213.

In these specimens the male has the chest of a dull light sandy

brown.

284. PreN@DUS RUFESCENS.

Pteneedus rufescens, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. i. p. 397.

285? MaLurvus CRUENTATUS.

Malurus cruentatus, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. i. p. 334.

286. PopHILA MIRABILIS.

Poéphila mirabilis, Homb. et Jacq.; Gould, Handbk. B. Austr.

i. p. 421.

One female sent confirms the fact of P. gouldie being the female

of P. mirabilis. Mr. Armit found them breeding. The male bird

had, he states, the face carmine red.

287. PrILoTIs SONORA.

Ptilotis sonora, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. i. p. 504.

288. PrrLoTis UNICOLOR.

Ptilotis (Stomiopera) unicolor, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. i.p. 523.

289. ENTOMOPHILA RUFIGULARIS.

Entomophila (ennai) rufigularis, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr.

i. p. 533.

1877. ] NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 351

290. MreLITHREPTES L/TIOR.

Melithreptus letior, Gould, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xvi. p. 287.

291. CALOPSITTA NOVH-HOLLANDIZ.

Calopsitia nove-hollandie, Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p. 84.

292. PTILOSCLERA VERSICOLOR.

Ptilosclera versicolor, Vigors; Gould, Handbk. B. Austr. ii. p: 98.

Some fine specimens were obtained on Carron’s Creek.

This brings my list of Birds of North-eastern Queensland &c. to

aclose. I might have added several more to it had I been enabled

to remain longer in some of the inland districts; and I regret also

that I did not shoot specimens of some of the species. These con-

sequently I have not been able to determine with that degree of

certainty I should like; for I find in one or two instances the birds

I then took to be identical with our New-South-Wales species have

turned out to be new. This is the case with Oreocincla, sp. No. 110,

which I find to be O. codura of Mr. Gould.

T also observed that the Sittella leucocephala, from the neigh-

bourhood of Port Denison, has a white band through the wing

instead of a reddish or “rusty-red” one, as described by Mr. Gould.

In other respects it is almost exactly the same. I have only ob-

served three specimens with this peculiarity, but am daily expecting

a large series from Bowen, when I will make some further remarks,

and give a fuller description of the bird; for the present I propose

the name of albata for the Port-Denison specimens, distinguished "by

having a white band through the wing, commencing on the first

primary and extending to the 9th quill.

SITTELLA ALBATA, Sp. NOV.

Head and neck, a small spot at the base of the primaries on the

underside of the wing, a band through the wing as far as the Yth

quill, the upper tail-coverts, and the tips of all the tail-feathers ex-

cept the centre two, snow-white ; under surface ashy white, with a

broad dark-brown stripe down the centre of each feather ; under

tail-coverts of a darker brown, tipped and margined anteriorly with

white ; back and scapulars brown, darker in the centres of the fea-

thers ; wing- and tail-quills blackish brown, the former crossed with

a white band as far as the ninth quill; bill at the base, the legs and

feet, and skin round the eye yellow, remainder of the bill black.

Length 3:7 inches, wing 3, tail 1°5, tarsi 1:7, bill 0°5, bill from

gape 0°7.

Finally, I may as well correct an error which occurs in the

name of sp. no. 57, Part I. of this paper (P. Z.S. 1875, p. 584):

Artamus cinereus should be Artamus albiventris, Gould. And under

sp. no. 125, Stigmatops subocularis, the latter part of my remarks

refer to Stigmatops ocularis, the Sydney species.

352 PROF. OWEN ON A NEW SPECIES OF STHENURUS. [Apr. 17,

5. On a new Species of Sthenurus, with Remarks on the

Relation of the Genus to Dorcopsis, Miiller!. By

Professor Owen, C.B., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c.

[Received April 4, 1877.]

(Plates XXXVII. & XXXVIII.)

The present species of extinct Kangaroo is founded on a fossil

fragment of skull including the molar series of both sides of the

upper jaw with the intervening bony palate (see Plate XX XVII.).

The reference to the genus Sthenurus in Prof. Garrod’s excellent

memoir on Dorcopsis luctuosus* eucourages me to think the follow-

ing notes may not be unacceptable to the Society, which has occa-

sionally admitted illustrations of extinct animals into its publications.

The fossil was found in a ‘‘ rocky alluvial deposit’ in the shaft of

a gold-lead ‘in the county of Phillip, New South Wales, Australia,

and was transmitted to me-by the Rev. William Branthwaite Clarke,

M.A., F.R.S., the veteran geologist of New South Wales. The

fossil is in a massive petrified condition.

The genus Sthenurus is chiefly characterized by the configuration

and fore-and-aft extent of the premolar (Plate XXXVIII. figs. 1, 5,

12, ps),which exceeds that of the following molar (ib. figs. 5, 12, d 4)

commonly to the extent of one half of the next molar, m1. The

premolar in the upper jaw has an outer (ib. figs. 3, 7, 14 d) and an

inner (ib. ib. e) trenchant plate, the latter being lower in extent,

almost basal in position; the plates are united together by two or

more low transverse ridges. The crown of the tooth is thus partly

trenchant, partly triturant.

The molars have the two transverse lobes (ib. figs. 4, 7, 8,14, 15,

a and &) of the macropodal type, well developed, with their summits

trenchant and slightly curved prior to abrasion, with a “ prebasal

ridge”’ (ib. figs. 4, 8, 15, #) and a low and small “mid link”? (ib,

fig. 8, 7), continued at almost a right angle forwards from the inner

inflection of the fore lobe. The hind lobe of the last molar (m 3) is

a little narrower than the fore lobe.

The upper incisors (ib. fig. 11) work on the same horizontal plane ;

and the crown of the third (¢ 3) exceeds that of the first (71) in

fore-and-aft extent.

The smallest species of the extinct genus known at the date of my

eighth paper on the ‘ Fossil Mammals of Australia” * was the type

one (Sthenurus atlas) in which the fore-and-aft extent of the crown of

the upper premolar (ib. figs. 5, 6, 7, p 3) is 9 lines, that of the entire

permanent series of upper molars being 2 inches 11 lines. A second

species of Sthenurus (S. brehus) has the upper premolar (ib. figs.

12, 13, 14, p 3) 10 lines in fore-and-aft extent ; that of the perma-

" Zoogd. vy. den Indischen Archipel, pt. 4, pl. xxiii. (skull and dentition, figs. 7

and 8), plate xxiv. fig. 7 (Hypsiprymnus brunii; Dorcopsis in text) 1841.

? Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, pp. 48 and 58.

° Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 245, pls. xxii. and xxiy.

PLiwclo/7. PLARe

Samat lith, SSL M &NHanhart imp

STHENURUS MINOR

cons

ERE eee

;

—

Posed 1/7. PLASM

navies

M&N Hanhart in

1877.] PROF. OWEN ON A NEW SPECIES OF STHENURUS. 353

nent series of upper molars is 3 inches 4 lines’. In Osphranter

rufus this series is 2 inches 3 lines, reduced by loss of the premolar

to 2 inches (asin Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ix. pl. 74. figs. 1 and 3); and

these dimensions are not exceeded in Macropus major.

The extinct Kangaroo, represented by thesubjects of Plate XX XVII.

somewhat exceeded the above largest known existing species. The

fragment of skull is a little larger than the corresponding part of a

full-grown Macropus major, with the last molar in place and use

and the premolar shed; it consists of both maxillaries with their

respective (right and left) molar series, the intervening bony palate,

and a portion of the right orbit and zygoma with the descending

masseteric process.

The dentition is in an instructive phase. The left series of grinders

shows the premolar (ib. fig. 1), p 3, in place, and the last molar, m 3,

protruding from the formative cell. The right series shows the

deciduous predecessors (d 2, d3) of p 3 in place, and m 3 less advanced

than on the left side. Thus there are five functional grinders on the

right side and four on the left side of the upper jaw. The formula

of the left series is p3, d4, m1, m2 (m3 not fully emerged); the

formula of the right series is d2, d3, d4, mi, m2 (m3 less advanced).

Accordingly the outer parietes of the right maxillary were removed

above d 2 and d 3 with the usual result, the crown of p 3 and beginning

of its roots becoming exposed in the formative cell (Plate XX XVII.

fig. 2, p 3).

The fore-and-aft extent of the left permanent series of upper molars

is 2 inches 10 lines, that of the four bilophodont molars (correspond-

ing with those shown in the skull of Osphranter rufus, Trans. Zool.

Soc. tom. cit.) is 2 inches 3 lines; but the inferiority of size of the

present species of Sthenurus to the two previously known species sug-

gested the ‘‘nomentriviale.” Sth. minor, however, surpasses in size

any known existing Kangaroo, but is the smallest known of its genus.

In the comparisons required for taxonomic conclusions as to these

large extinct Kangaroos, I found, in 1873, the nearest approach to

the character of the premolar of Sthenurus in some small Kangaroos

of the genus Halmaturus, and I figured the dentition of H. walabatus®

(Phil. Trans. tom. cit. plate xxiv. figs. 1, 2, 3, 10, 11, 12) as show-

ing the nearest resemblance to that of S. atlas (ib. ib. figs. 4, 5, 6,

7,8). But the premolar of the Halmaturus, with the same general

type, had less relative antero-posterior extent, and had not the

smaller deep-seated transverse ridges; the bony palate also, as in

other Wallabies, presented a pair of large vacuities. Subsequently °

I was enabled to show a more marked generic distinction in the form,

sculpturing, and proportions of the upper and outer (third) incisor.

In 1874, M. D’Albertis described and figured a small existing

kind of Kangaroo under the name of Halmaturus luctuosus*, obtained

» Lesson, not Gray ; the latter is probably a variety of Halmaturus rujficollis,

Desm.

3 Phil. Trans. 1876, p. 211, pl. xxv. figs. 2, 3, pl. xxviii. figs. 1, 3.

+ Proceedings of the Zoological Society, 1874, p. 110, et p. 247, pl. slii.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1877, No. XXIII. 23

354 PROF, OWEN ON A NEW SPECIES OF STHENURUS. [Apr. 17,

in the south-east of New Guinea, with a premolar more trenchant than

in Sthenurus, and with the proportions of the tooth differing in the

opposite extreme of fore-and-aft extent, and in greater degree than in

Halmaturus, from those of the premolar of Sthenurus. This rare

Kangaroo was deposited in the Zoological Gardens, and on its death,

in November 1874, was anatomized by the accomplished prosector,

A. H. Garrod, B.A., by whom the skull and teeth are well described

and figured’. The state of dentition on both sides of the upper jaw

is that shown on the left side of the fossil above described; the

premolar is in place, and the last molar partially extricated from its

formative alveolus. Prof. Garrod refers the species to the same

genus as the Dorcopsis muelleri of Schlegel.

The premolar of Dorcopsis luctuosus shows an antero-posterior ex-

tent of crown relatively greater than in Sthenurus; it develops a

single trenchant ridge, forming the main part of the body and sum-

mit of the crown, being supplemented on the outer and inner sides

by a subtubercular basal ridge or cingulum. The antero-posterior

extent of the premolar in the larger kinds of Sthenurus does not

exceed that of the contiguous molar, d 4, and one half of the next

molar, m1; in Sthenurus minor (Plate XX XVII. fig. 3, p 3) its ex-

tent is relatively less; in Dorcopsis it exceeds that of the two suc-

ceeding molars and a little over (P. Z. S. 1875, plate vii. figs. 2 and

3). In all the species of Sthenurus the outer ridge of the premolar

rises directly from the base of the crown (Plate XXXVIII. figs. 1,

5, 12, p 3), and inclines so little inwards that its summit as well as

base is on the outer side of the working surface of the tooth (ib.

figs. 3, 7, 14, p 3, d) ; in Dorcopsis there is a series of small promi-

nences, a tuberculate cingulum, on the outer side of the base of the

outer ridge, and the trenchant margin of this ridge (through its

greater inclination inwards) traverses the middle of the working sur-

face of the tooth*. The tubercular character of the inner ridge in

Dorcopsis seems a repetition, on that side, of the tubercular cingulum

on the outer side of the base of the crown. In Sthenurus the trans-

verse thickness of the premolar decreases as the crown extends for-

ward; in Dorcopsis the transverse thickness is uniform, or is main-

tained to very near both ends of the crown (comp. tom. cit. plate

vii. fig. 2 with Plate XXXVIII. figs. 3, 7, 14, p 3).

The broadest (hindmost) part of the premolar in Sthenurus (Plate

XXXVIII. figs. 7, 14, p 3, ec) is not quite equal to that of the fore

lobe of the contiguous molar (ib. d 4), and is markedly inferior to

that of the next (second) molar (Plate XXXVII. fig. 1, m1); in

Dorcopsis the breadth of the base of the premolar equals that of the

next and following molars (d 4).

The post-internal tubercle of the premolar of Sthenurus is united

by a transverse ridge with the hind summit (Plate XX XVIII. figs.

6, 7, 13, 14, e) of the outer longitudinal lobe or plate (d). The

corresponding tubercle in Dorcopsis is not so united with: the homo-

' P. Z.8. 1875, p. 48, pls. vii., viii., ix.

2 Hence Prof. Garrod describes the crown of the tooth as “prismatic in

shape,” loe, cit. p. 54,

1877.| PROF. OWEN ON A NEW SPECIES OF STHENURUS. 355

logous, but here median, longitudinal ridge. In sum, the upper

and long premolar in Dorcopsis, like that of the short premolar of

Dendrolagus, is generically distinct in its modifications from that of

the premolar in the three known species of Sthenurus.

In the upper molars of Sthenurus the prebasal ridge is relatively

larger than in Dorcopsis and Dendrolagus, the mid link is better

developed ; there is an increase of breadth from the first (d4) to the

third (m2) molar in Sthenurus not shown in Dorcopsis (comp.

figs. d4, m3 in Plate XXXVII. with fig. 2, pl. vii. P.Z.S. 1875).

The generic type of the lower premolar is still more marked in

Dorcopsis (ib. plate vii. fig. 3) and Dendrolagus as compared with

its homologue in Sthenurus (Plate XXXVIII. figs. 9, 10, 16, 17) ;

this is manifested in the latter genus by the bilobed character of the

outer surface, conspicuously shown in the unworn, unexcluded crown

of the tooth in the type species of the genus (Sthenurus atlas)’.

In Dorcopsis the outer surface, like the inner one, of the lower

premolar retains the simple vertically grooved surface as in the Po-

toroo type (Hypsiprymnus). The tendency to that modification of

Macropodal structure is further shown by the retention of the canines,

though minute, in the upper jaw, by the predominance in size of the

foremost upper incisor, 2 1, and the production of its cutting surface

beyond or below the horizontal line of wear of the two following in-

cisors (¢2,73). The canines are relatively larger in Dendrolagus, as

in the Hypsiprymnine.

IT have not found an upper canine in a Sthenurus of any age. In

the fossil of the young Sthenurus atlas (the subject of plate xxv.

fig. 2, Phil. Trans. 1876), with the deutition less advanced than in

the present evidence of Sthenurus minor, the maxillo-premaxillary

suture shows no trace of such tooth or of any socket of a shed rudi-

_ ment; yet the foremost incisor was not fully in place, and the crown

of the third incisor required for exposure the removal of the premax-

illary alveolar wall. The character of the crown of 7 3, so detected,

enabled me to determine the detached homologous teeth of old

individuals of Sthenurus atlas. In all the pattern is distinct from

that of 73 in either Dorcopsis or Dendrolagus. Subsequent acquisi-

tions of premaxillaries and their teeth of the larger species, Sthenurus

brehus, showed the same generic character (plate xxviii. figs. 1, 3,

11,72, 73, Phil. Trans. 1876). The outer or labial surface of the

crown of 73 is equally bisected by a subvertical linear groove or

enamel-fold; the fore-and-aft breadth of the unworn crown exceeds

that which appears in the side view of ¢1 (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 11)

in Sthenurus atlas, and equals the total breadth of that tooth. The

three incisors on each side work on the same horizontal level.

In all these characters Sthenurus deviates from the Halmaturine,

Dorcopsine, and Hypsiprymnine types, and approaches that of the

great Kangaroos represented by Macropus proper, Osphranter, and

Boriogale (Phil. Trans. 1874, plate xx. figs. 17, 18, 19).

« Mitchell’s ‘ Three Expeditions into the Interior of Eastern Australia,’ 8vo,

1838, plate xxix, fig. 1; Phil. Trans. 1874, pl. xxii. figs. 4, 5, 6, p3, pl. xxiv.

fig. 7, p3. os

356 PROF. OWEN ON A NEW SPECIES OF STHENURUS. | Apr. 17,

What evidence, it may be asked, does the skeleton afford of the

affinities of the huge extinct Kangaroos of the genus Sthenurus? I

am able only to adduce those yielded by the skull. The time may

arrive when, in some Australian cavern, a greater proportion of the

enduring framework may be recovered in connexion with the skull

and dentition of one and the same individual. Fortunately the

cranial characters at present known are instructive ones, are well

shown in the portion of skull of the smaller species under description,

and the more welcome as repeating those previously given by a cor-

responding portion of askull of Sthenurus brehus (Phil. Trans. 1874,

plate xxviii. fig. 6). The first of these characters is the integrity of

the bony palate. In Dorcopsis (P. Z.S. 1875, plate vii. fig. 2), as

in the Hypsiprymnine, and as in most of the smaller Kangaroos

which have been grouped under the less-definite genera Halmaturus,

Petrogale, Lagorchestes, the bony palate shows two or more large

vacuities’. In Dendrolagus the palate is entire, as in Macropus and

Sthenurus. The masseteric process is short in Dorcopsis, as in the

Hypsiprymnines ; it is long in Sthenurus, as in Maeropus.

The relative position of the masseteric process to particular molar

teeth, outside which it descends, varies at different phases of the ac-

quisition of the molars. In Sthenurus it is always opposite the

interspace between the penultimate and last molar ‘in place.”

Thus in the immature specimen of Sthenurus minor, in which m3 is

not extricated, the process is opposite the interspace between m 2

and mi; in the mature Sthenurus brehus? it is opposite the interspace

between m2and m3. In the specimen with m3 in place, but less

mature in age*, the process is opposite a larger proportion of m 2,

though partly hiding the interspace between it and m3. The rela-

tive position of the masseteric process, described as a differential

charaeter between Dorcopsis luctuosa and D, muelleri*, may depend

upon the incomplete development of m3 in the subject of Prof. Gar-

rod’s plate vii. fig. 3 (loc. cit.).

The forward movement of the molar series is effected by that of

their sockets ; but the superincumbent pier of the zygoma does not

participate in the molecular additions and subtractions to which that

movement of the dental cases is due. Such movement is most

striking, and was first impressed upon my mind as the true dynamic

in the change of place of growing teeth, in the jaws of the Elephant,

' The characters of the bony palate are defined and exemplified in the plates

of the papers “On the Osteology of the Marsupialia,” in the Trans. Zool. Soe,

In vol. ii. pl. lxxi. fig. 5, the vacuities are shown in Halmaturus bennettii (a near

ally, if not a local variety of Halm. ruficollis, Gould) ; in vol. ix. pl. Lxxiv. the

entire condition of the palate is shown in Macropus ( Osphranter) rufus,

2 “Researches on the Extinct Mammals of Australia,’ 4to, 1877, vol. ii.

pl. Ixxxviii. fig. 6.

® Ibid. pl. eviii. figs. 1, 21.

* «Tn D. luctuosa the apex of the ‘angular process which is developed down-

wards from the inferior margin of the maxillary portion of the zygoma’ is op-

posite the anterior cusp of the third molar tooth, whilst in D. mueller? it corre-

sponds to the posterior cusp of the second molar” (p. 52). In the specimen,

a8 in the ‘plate vii.,’ the tip of the masseterie process is opposite the interspace

between the two lobes of m 1.

1877.] PROF. OWEN ON A NEW SPECIES OF STHENURUS. 357

in which, as is well known, the true molars (a backward continua-

tion of the deciduous series) are always on the move in a curve from

behind forward, and are shed in front as they are developed behind.

The sockets or cases of the huge complex grinders are more distinct,

as such, from the surrounding maxillary or mandibular bones, than

in other mammals’. This dynamic has been well exemplified as

efficient in the vertical movements of permanent incisors and canines

of the human subject by the present Lecturer on Dental Surgery at

St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, Mr. Alfred Coleman?.

Such are the grounds which oppose my acceptance of the conelu-

sions of a fellow labourer whose opinion I value. Prof. Garrod ex-

presses them as follows :—

** An inspection of the plates in Prof. Owen’s paper on these new

genera (Phil. Trans. 1875, p. 245) makes it evident that they are

searcely distinguishable from Dendrolagus, and must be included in

the Dorcopsis section of the family.”

The genera alluded to are those defined in the Philosophical

Transactions, 1874, p. 245 et seg., under the names Protemnodon

and Sthenurus.

Professor Garrod assigns no grounds for their necessary in-

clusion in the section cited ; if he should be disposed to define them

they will receive my due attention.

In such inquiries and comparisons I would venture to express the

advantage I have derived from definite conclusions as to the homo-

logies of the teeth, resulting in a power of defining them individually by

symbols; for whether such symbols be accepted or not, they briefly

but unmistakeably show the writer’s meaning. In the quotation

(P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 52) relative to the position of the masseteric pro-

cess, one could not be sure which molar Prof. Garrod meant without

referring to the plate vii. And again, in the description of his plate ix.

(P. Z. 8. 1875), the author writes :—‘‘ the third and fourth rows the

upper and lower third left molar” (p. 59). Counting the molars

from before backwards the third would be the penultimate one.

Coniparing the figures with the original specimen now in the British

Museum I find fig. 3 most resembling, in the relative size of the

hinder lobe, the last of the molar series, viz. the fourth, counting

backward; but this is the homologue, in my view, of the third true

molar in the typical diphyodont dentition, consequently bearing the

symbol m3 in Plate XXXVIII. figs. 8, 15, of the present paper.

But if the molar tooth, fig. 3 in Prof. Garrod’s plate, be the

homologue of figs. 8 and 15 in mine, it yields a comparison bearing

on the question at issue. In many Wallabies, as in the Potoroos

(Hypsiprymnine) the last molar, m 3, differs from that in Macropus

proper and in Sthenurus by its smaller relative size, especially of

its hinder lobe; and I see in this character of Dorcopsis, associated as

1 «The bony plate (ib. fig. 2a) forming the sockets of the growing teeth is

more than usually distinct from the body of the maxillary, and participates in

this revolving course, advancing forwards with the teeth.” (*Odontography,’

1840-45, p. 639.)

2 St. Bartholomew’s-Iospital Reports, vol. xii. p. 92.

358 PROF. OWEN ON A NEW SPECIES OF STHENURUS. [Apr. 17,

it is with the characters of the long trenchant premolars, the retained

canines, the produced anterior incisors, and the palatal vacuities, an

addition to those evidences of the departure of the genus from Ma-

cropus proper and Sthenurus, and of its approximation to Hypsi-

prymnus.

It may be that the grounds of my homologies of the teeth of

Macropodidz are not deemed conclusive. They are as follows, and

I am open to any objections which may have barred Prof. Garrod’s

acceptance of them.

In the subjoined cut, A represents the dental series, deciduous

and permanent, exposed in the right mandibular ramus of a young

Pig (Sus scrofa, L.); B represents the same in a young Kangaroo

(Macropus major, Shaw).

In place of the incisors di 1, di 2, di 3, and of the canines, ¢, in the Pig

(A), we have the single incisor, 7, in the Kangaroo (B), which may

be the homologue of 71 in the Pig. Of the tooth di in the

Pig there is no homologue in the Kangaroo. The small foremost

molar, d2, in the Kangaroo, I view as the homologue of d2 in the

Pig; but in the Pig there is a vertical successor, p 2, which is not

developed in the Kangaroo. The tooth d3 in the Kangaroo is the

homologue of d3 in the Pig: in both it has a vertical successor—a

true ‘ premolar,’ p32, which displaces it usually, in Macropus major,

a short time after the fall of d2; and this premolar rises into place,

like pin the Pig, without displacing the tooth d4. Beneath d4,

in the Kangaroo, there is no vertical successor—no p 4 as in the Pig;

and in this respect d4 in the Kangaroo resembles d2. These

homologies being determined, or accepted, those of m1, m2, m3, with

the molars similarly symbolized in the Pig, follow as a matter of

1877.] PROF. OWEN ON A NEW SPECIES OF STHENURUs. 359

course. The condition of d4 in the Kangaroo adds to the cha-

racters which have led odontologists to regard the three “true

molars”? of the diphyodont mammals, as being essentially a backward

continuation of the first or deciduous series of teeth. With respect

to d2, in Macropus, F. Cuvier remarks! :—« Dans le jeune age, la

premicre macheliére est mince et analogue aux fausses molaires des

genres précédens”’ (Halmaturus, Hypsiprymnus). “A mesure que

les dents postérieures se développent, les antérienres qui sont usées

et qui sont pouss¢es en avant par les premiéres, s’oblitérent et tom-

bent de mianitre qu’elles finissent par se réduire A trois. Ainsi les

premiéres ne sont pas, comme chez les halmatures, remplacées par

des dents qui se développent sous elles, mais par les dents qui se

sont développées derriére elles.”

Now, if this statement of the distinguished odontologist (to whom

we are indebted for the first work containing figures and formule of

the teeth of the class Mammalia as then known) had been founded

on fact, the distinction of Sthenurus from Macropus and its concomi-

tant resemblance to Dorcopsis would have been as great as Prof.

Garrod seems to have concluded. The mistake may have arisen

from F., Cuvier having limited his quest to the part of the jaw imme-

diately beneath the slender < premiére machelitre ’ (d2, B, in fig. 1).

But had he carried the investigation further back he would certainly

have come upon the vertical successor, p 3, of d3, which he so well

describes as characterizing his (not [lliger’s) genus Halmaturus?.

This procedure I practised in comparing, for description in the

‘Appendix’ to Mitchell’s ‘Three Expeditions’ &c., the fossil

remains from Australia, which that early and distinguished explorer

of the continent brought to England and submitted to me in 1836 ;

and thus I became aware of F. Cuvier’s mistaken view of the generic

character of Macropus, and was led to the discovery of the imma-

turity of the individual Macropodidz of which portions of the fossi!

mandible and teeth seemed to represent full-grown Kangaroos of

larger size than the largest known living Specimen, called on that

account Macropus major.

Later investigations of the fossil marsupials of Australia have led

to the interesting result, that the developmental condition which

F. Cuvier believed to differentiate the larger Kangaroos of the genus

Macropus from the smaller kinds referred to Halmaturus and

Hypsiprymnus does actually differentiate the huge extinct herbivo-

rous marsupials of the genera Nototherium and Diprotodon from the

Macropodide, which we now know to have been represented by

species much exceeding in size the existing Kangaroos. Moreover,

the large extinct Kangaroos, even in the partial degree in which

we have already come to know them, manifest much better grounds

for generic or subgeneric distribution than do any of the existing

forms. And such extinct genera, represented as they are by species

1 «Des Dents des Mammiféres,’ 8yo, 1825, p. 138.

? Op. cit. p. 136. Mr. Waterhouse has given good illustrations of the deci-

duous and permanent. premolars of Hypsiprymnus, in plate x. figs, 2, 4, of his

‘Natural History of the Mammalia,’ 8yo0, 1845, p. 104.

360 PROF. OWEN ON A NEW SPECIES OF STHENURUS. [Apr. 17,

larger than the existing kinds, manifest in a highly interesting and

suggestive way an approximation to the Notothere and Diprotodous.

In Nototherium, although the premolar (by position) is charac-

terized by an outer and an inner plate, antero-posteriorly disposed’;

yet the transverse breadth of the tooth is proportionally so much

greater than the fore-and-aft length, and the connecting ridges of

the two plates, through the folding of the inner one, are so large,

that the hind part of the premolar already assumes the character of

a lobe of the transversely ridged dilophodont molars, In Diprotodon

the dilophodont character is better shown’, and the premolar (by

position) is the first of the series of such molars, differing only in its

inferiority of size. The qualification ‘“‘by position’’ means that the

tooth is not a veritable premolar, it never displaced vertically a de-

ciduous predecessor, either in Nototherium or Diprotodon, but is the

homologue of d3 in the Pig and Kangaroo.

Macropus, Sthenurus, Procoptodon exemplify stages of transition

to the exclusively vegetarian character of the molar series exemplified

by Diprotodon. The genera Halmaturus, Dorcopsis, Dendrolagus,

Hypsiprymnus exemplify as many stages in the modification of the

teeth for a mixed diet, which, in the Diprotodont series of Marsu-

pialia, culminated carnivorously in Thylacoleo. Here the upper

anterior incisors, 71, acquired their largest proportional size with the

change of the trenchant for the piercing or laniary type. The single

lower pair of incisors underwent the same modifications. The con-

versicn of the premolar, in size and shape, to a carnassial tooth, and

the reduction of the molars in number and size to the tubercular

condition of the feline molar, are exemplified, in Thylacoleo, with

corresponding figures of the jaws and teeth of our Cave-Lion and

Cave-Hyzeua, in plate vi. of my ‘ Researches on the Fossil Mammals

of Australia.” In this work a preliminary chapter is devoted to the

extinct Marsupials of England, in which it is shown that, at the

oolitic period, our Marsupials had also diverged, by modifications of

the fundamental type, into species exemplifying the ‘ polyprotodont’ ®

and the ‘diprotodont’* suborders— and that, in the formal or

adaptive characters of the teeth, species diverged from the common

carnivorous or insectivorous types exemplified in Stylodon’ and

Thylacotherium’, to the vegetarian type in Bolodon’ and Stereogna-

thus* in one direction, and to the carnivorous type exemplified by

Triconodon and Plagiaulaz,.in the opposite route.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pratt XXXVII.

Sthenurus minor, Ow.

Fig. 1. Palatal surface of skull with right and left molar series.

2. Outer side view of alveolar part of the right maxillary, with the

molar series iz situ, and the undeyeloped premolar exposed in its

formative cell.

* [bid. pl. ii. fig. 17. 4 Tbid. pl. iv. fig. 16.

5 [bid. pi. ii. fig. 14. 6 Jbid. pl. i. fig. 28.

7 Tbid. pl. iii. fig. 5. 8 [hid. pl. iv figs, 9-15.

PZ.5.1677. Pi Aa

GB Sowerby lith M&N.Hanhart 2p

NEW SPECIES OF HELICIDE ,rrom StT# AMERICA

1877.] MR. SMITH ON NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN HELICID. 361

Fig. 3. Outer side view of alveolar part of the left maxillary, with the molar

* series after the acquisition of the premolar in situ.

Puate XXXVITI.

Sthenurus minor, Ow.

Fig. 1. Right upper premolar, outer side of crown.

. The same tooth, the inner side of crown.

. The same tooth, working surface of crown.

. Right upper m 3, working surface of crown.

He Cobo

Sthenurus atlas, Ow,

. Right upper premolar and contiguous molar, outer side of crown.

The same teeth, inner side of crown.

. The same teeth, working surface of crown.

. Right upper, 7 3, working surface of crown.

Right lower premolar, outer surface of crown.

. The same tooth with d 4, inner surface of crown.

. Right upper incisors, outer side view.

aad

ek ane ks Bordon

Sthenurus brehus, Ow.

t Right upper premolar and contiguous molar, outer side of crown.

. The same teeth, inner side of crown.

. The same teeth, working surface of crown,

. The right upper m 3, working surface of crown.

. The right lower premolar, outer side of crown.

. The same tooth, inner side of crown.

be et

He Cobo

awa

“ISO

All the figures in both Plates are of the natural size.

6. Description of new Species of South-American Helicidee

in the British Museum. By Epear A. Smrru, F.Z.8.

[Received April 10, 1877.]

(Plate XXXIX.)

Wewix (IsomertA) GEALEI. (Plate XXXIX. figs. 9 a, 9 6.)

Testa obtecte perforata, depresse conica, ad peripheriam acute

carinata, oblique striata et granulata, supra anfr. ultimum

malleata, castanea, versus apicem pallidior ; spira depresse

conica, apice obtuso, marginibusque vix convewxiusculis ; an-

fractus 5 parum conveat, lente accrescentes, sutura profundi-

uscula sejuncti, ultimus aliquanto pone labrum contractus, ad

aperturam subito deflexus, constrictus, subtus ad labrum quasi

distortus, circa medium acute carinatus, versus aperturam carina

plus minusve evanescente ; apertura subhorizontalis, intus pallide

- carnea ; peristoma incrassatum undique eneo-viridi tridescens

margine dextro sinuato reflexo dentem prominentem fuscum

gerente, columellari lato refleco umbilicum tegente, medio intra

aperturam dente pallido minore munilo, superne callo tenui

prismatico labro juncto.

Diam. max. 37 mill., min. 30; alt. 17.

Hab. Malaeatos, South Keuador.

I feel much pleasure in associating with this remarkable species

362 MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW [Apr. 17,

the name of Mr. R. F. Geale, through whose agency it was obtained

by the Museum.

Its most striking peculiarity is the beautifully iridescent lip, the

predominating colours of which are green and brass. _ It is thickened

and reflexed on all its margins. On the right-hand edge there is a

prominent tooth, and above this a distinct deepish sinus. ‘The tooth

on the columellar border is smaller than the other, and situated

further within the mouth. The malleation of the body-whorl is

most conspicuous towards the mouth and in this region the minute

granulation is less apparent than on the upper whorls.

Buiimus (EuryTus) ROSEOLABRUM. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 8.)

Testa angustissime rimata, ovata, snperne acuminata, ubique mi-

nute granoso-striata, ochracea, maculis aspersis strigisque ob-

liquis irregulariter ornata ; anfractus 44 planiusculi, rapide

accrescentes, ultimus magnus, antice oblique descendens ; sutura

crenulata ; apertura ovalis, superne acuminata, intus albido-

ochracea, longitudine teste totius 2 paulo brevior ; columella

oblique arcuata, usque ad apicem conspicua ; peristoma roseum

undique breviter expansum et reflecum, marginibus callo tenui

junctis.

Long. 42 mill., diam. 18; apertura 26 mill. longa, 14 lata.

Hab. Malacatos, South Ecuador.

B. piperitus of Sowerby is the nearest ally of this species. From

that form the present one differs in being smaller and consisting of a

whorl less. The granulous sculpture is also different, and does not

display that transverse direction which is noticeable in B. piperitus.

The brown spotting is far less abundant ; the general tint is yellower ;

and the peristome is rose-coloured and everywhere expanded and re-

flexed, which is not the case with Sowerby’s species, in which it is

usually white, and scarcely shows any expansion or reflexion ; -how-

ever, I have seen some examples of the Peruvian B. piperitus with

a pink lip.

Burimus (DrymMavus) ocHRocHEILus. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 1.)

Testa ovato-fusiformis, anguste rimata, subtenuis, oblique irregu-

lariter striata et malleata, sordide albida, seriebus (in anfr.

superioribus 2, in ultimo 3) macularum fuscarum irregularium

ornata; spira conica, marginibus leviter convexis ; anfractus

7, lente accrescentes, convexiusculi, sutura vix oblique disjunct,

ultimus basi attenuatus ; apertura oblonga, anguste elliptica,

longitudinis totius teste 3 equans, subobliqua; perist. latius-

cule expansum, flavidum, margine columellari reflexo, labro callo

tenui flavescente juncto.

Long. 37 mill., diam. 13. Apertura 20 mill. longa, 5} lata.

Hab. Malacatos, South Ecuador.

This species is closely allied to B. yungasensis of D’Orbigny, and

differs from it chiefly with regard to the aperture, which is much

longer, narrower, and differently coloured. Owing to the narrow-

ness of the aperture, the last whorl is also much attenuated, con- .

1877. ] SOUTH-AMERICAN HELICIDZ. 363

siderably more so than in D’Orbigny’s species, which was obtained

in Bolivia more than a thousand miles south of where the present

form was collected.

The transverse brown spotting appears rather like interrupted

bands than series of spots. These are connected by opaque white

lines; and the uppermost series is the narrowest.

The lines of growth are rather coarse towards the labrum, which

shows the yellow colour of the interior on the outside.

Bu.imus (Drymavs) QuaTorRiANnus. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 7.)

Testa umbilicata, ovato-acuminata, tenuis, minutissime spiraliter

striata, incrementique lineis sculpta, lutescenti-albida, strigis

nigro-fuscis latiusculis subfulguratis longitudinaliter strigata ;

spira conica, apice acutiuscula ; anfr. 6 parum convexiusculi,

ultimus magnus, aliquanto inflatus, breviter ascendens; aper-

tura ovalis, intus pallide lutescens, strigis pellucentibus, longitu-

dinis totius 3 paulo superans ; peristoma tenue, late expansum,

extrinsecus et intus rosaceum, margine columellari late reflexo.

Long. 263 mill., diam. 11; apertura extrinsecus 143 longa, 94 lata.

Hab. Ecuador.

The species here described has been confounded with B. fucutus

of Reeve, and was so labelled in the Cumingian collection. The

type of that species, with the majority of all the others described in

the late Mr. Lombe Taylor’s collection having been most liberally

presented to the British Museum by Mrs. L. Taylor, has enabled me

to compare the two forms; and certain differences are observable

which appear sufficiently constant to distinguish them.

In the first place, Reeve’s species is from New Granada, and the

present one from Ecuador. It is also larger than the former, has

the body-whorl more inflated, the aperture is longer than half the

entire length of the shell, whereas it is less in fucatus ; the peristome

is more inflated, and the coloration is different.

Buuimus (DryM#us) ALBOLABIATUS. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 4.)

Testa ovato-fusiformis, anguste (fere obtecte) perforata, tenuis,

transversim obsolete striata, incrementique lineis obliquis sculpta,

Susco-albida, strigis latis obliquis nigrescentibus vel purpureo-

nigris fulguratis et fasciis interruptis egusdem coloris (in anfr.

superioribus 2, in ultimo 3) ornata; spira elongata, conica,

lateribus leviter convexis ; anfract. 63, convexiusculi, infra sutu-

ram leviter constricti, ultimus circa basim extraque labrum linea

rufescente ornatus ; apertura inverse auriformis, subverticalis,

intus lilacea, strigis fasciisque pellucentibus, longit. totius 4

paulo minor ; peristoma tenue, extrinsecus et intus album, sub-

late expansum, margine columellari reflexo, intus tortuoso.

Hab. Malacatos, South Ecuador.

The nearest ally of this handsome species appears to be B. fusoides

of D’Orbigny, which, however, is a much more elongated species,

without transverse interrupted bands, at all events in the typical

form, and with a rosy lip to the aperture.

364 MR. E. A. SMITH ON NEW [Apr. 17,

The ground-colour of this species is a very pale fawn; and the

stripes and interrupted bands are almost black, generally edged with

brown or olive-brown.

Butimus (Drymaus) orTHosroma. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 5.)

Testa elongata, ovato-fusiformis, leviter rimata, tenuis, spiraliter

tenuissime striata, incrementique lineis sculpta, albida vel

Susco-albida, lineis longitudinalibus parum obliquis undulatis

purpureo-fuscis et fasciis transversis interruptis (in anfr. supe-

rioribus 2, ultimo 2) saturatioribus picta ; spira elongata, con-

vewiusculo-conica, apice obtusiusculo; anfractus 63, convexi-

usculi, ultimus elongatus, ad perist. brevissime pone labrum

ascendens ; apertura fere recta, elongata, inverse auriformis,

longit. totius 3 paulo minor, intus lilacea, strigis pellucentibus ;

columella supra contorta, inferne arcuata ; perist.tenue, medio-

eriter expansum, album, margine columellari extra subrecto.

Long. 37 mill., diam. 113; apertura 18 longa, intus 62 lata.

Hab. Ecuador ?

The description of tiis species is very similar to that of B. albo-

labiatus ; yet the two species when viewed side by side have a very

different general aspect. The present species differs in having the

aperture rather longer ; and the whorls are not constricted just be-

neath the suture. The markings are not so bold or so deep in colour ;

the upper interrupted band is situated nearer the middle of the

whorls ; and in the last whorl, which has not the reddish line which

winds round the base and along the exterior of the lip of B. albo-

labiatus, the markings cease at a short distance (about 4—5 millims.)

from the labrum, which is pure white within and creamy on the

outside like the rest of the shell; in the other species it is pure

white on both sides.

Buximus (Liosrracus) suBPELLucipus. (Plate XXXIX. fig, 2.)

Testa fragilis, subpellucida, anguste perforata, elongato-conica,

nitida, cornea, transversim obsolete striata, incrementique lineis

obliquis sculpta ; anfractus 7, conveaiusculi, sutura minute cre-

nulata sejuncti; apertura parum obliqua, ovata, longitudinis

totius 3 equans; columella superne rectiuscula, viv arcuata;

peristoma tenue, undique mediocriter expansum, intus et extra

Jlavescens, margine aibido, marg. columellari dilatato.

Long. 23 mill., diam. 9; apertura 10 longa, intus 42 lata.

Hab. Eeuador.

This simple species is chiefly characterized by its thin texture,

horny colour, and the yellowish tint of the peristome, the extreme

edge of which is whitish.

Burrmus (Liosrracus) rLaviputus. (Plate XXXIX. fig, 3.)

Testa profunde rimata vel perforata, ovato-pyramidalis, tenuis,

semipellucida, nitida, minutissime spiraliter confertim striata,

Jiavescens, seriebus (in anfract. superioribus 3, in ultimo 5)

macularum subquadratarum fuscarum ornata ; spira elongata,

———

1877. ] SOUTH-AMERICAN HELICID&. 365

conica, marginibus leviter convexiusculis, apice flavescente con-

colori; anfr.7, convexiusculi, lente accrescentes, sutura anguste

pallida sejuncti; apertura vir obliqua, ovalis, longitudinis totius

teste + paulo superans ; peristoma lenue, margine dextro bre-

vissime (vix) expanso, columellari breviter dilatato et reflexo.

Long. 21 mill., diam. 9; aperturee longit. 83, diam. 5.

Hab. Zaruma, South Ecuador.

This pretty delicate species is easily recognized by its style of

coloration. The transverse series of squarish spots, which are some-

what distant from each other, are very constant. They are not

equally remote from one another, but sometimes three or four spots

are quite close together and thus form a short almost continuous

transverse band ; this is particularly the case with the two basal

bands on the body-whorl. As the shell is so thin and semitrans-

parent, all the markings are visible within the aperture. The two

apical whorls under a strong lens are seen to be minutely granulated,

as is the case in many other species.

B. ziegleri of Pfeiffer, var. (3?, Mon. Hel. ii. p- 175; and B. macu-

latus, Lea (Ce maculatus, Reeve), have similar styles of marking.

Butrmus (Liosrracus) ruscosasis. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 6.)

Testa unguste perforata, elongato-conica, tenuis, semipellucida,

nitida, alba, fasciis transversis plus minusve interruptis fuscis

(tx anfr. superioribus 2, in ultimo 3) ornata, ubique minute

spiraliter striata ; anfractus 7-8, sensim accrescentes, convexius-

cult, ultimus fascia infima haud interrupta ad basim sita ; spira

elongata, apice parum acuto nigricante; apertura leviter obliqua,

intus alba fasciis pellucentibus, longit. totius 2 adequans ;

perist. tenue, vix expansum, margine columellari reflexo.

Longit. 29 mill., diam. 12; apertura 11 longa, 64 lata.

Hab. “Tarapoto, Andes of Peru, Mr. Spruce” (Mus. Cuming).

This species was labelled in Cuming’s collection as B. lividus, Reeve.

On comparing the two specimens of it with the types of that species,

I find certain characters which cannot be reconciled with Reeve’s shell.

The form and proportion of the whorls are different, also the length

of the spire is greater in the present species, and its black apex and

banding are good specific distinctions. The transverse bands in B.

Suscobasis consist of elongate stripes only interrupted by white spaces

generally shorter than the stripes, whilst in B. lividus the bands take

more the form of quadrate spots widely separated.

B. rectilinearis, Pfeiffer, is also allied to the present species ; but

it is more sharply conical, shows but the faintest traces of spiral

striation, has not a black apex, is differently banded, and the colu-

mellar and umbilical characters are not similar.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIX.

Fig. 1. Bulimus ochrocheilus, p. 362, Fig. 6. Bulimus fuscobasis, p. 865,

2. subpellucidus, p. 364, 7. —— equatorianus, p. 363.

3. —— flavidulus, p. 364. 8. — roseolabrum, p. 362.

4, —— albolabiatus, p. 363. 94, 9b. Helix gealei, p. 361.

5. orthostoma, p. 864.

366 MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON NEW INDIAN BIRDS. [Apr. 17,

7. Descriptions of three New Species of Birds from the Indian

Region. By Artuur, Marquis of TwrEpDALe.

[Received April 14, 1877.]

Two of the species about to be described were obtained by

Mr. Ossian Limborg on or near the Miulé-it range of mountains in

Tenasserim, a locality which had only been once previously visited

by a naturalist, namely, the late Colonel Tickell. The third

species formed part of a collection of birds made by Mr. Edmund

Charles Buxton in the Lampong district of Sumatra.

TRICHOSTOMA LEUCOPROCTUM, Ni. Sp.

. Above olivaceous ruddy brown, more rusty at the tips of the

upper tail-coverts, greyish on head, a tinge of pale rufous on a

narrow frontal band, passing to the pale lores. Two centre tail-

feathers umber-brown. The three outer tail-feathers edged pure

white on the inner web, the extent of white edging increasing

inwards, until the whole inner web of the antepenultimate feather

is white, while the fourth is broadly edged white for nearly its

whole length on the opposite or outer web. Shoulder of wing rusty

olive, the primaries dull rusty brown. Blotch of white on the

upper breast, which is dull pale olive-brown, fading into the pure

white of the under tail-coverts. Wing rounded; first primary 4

the length of the second, which is } inch less than the third, fifth

the longest. Tarsus and feet moderately strong for the group.

Length about 63 inches, wing 3:5, tail 3°0, tarsus 0°9, bill at

front 0°63.

Legs and feet grey ; ivides dark brown.

Hab. Base of the Mulé-it range, Tenasserim. Obtained by Mr.

Ossian Limborg.

Curysococcyx LIMBORGT, Ni. Sp.

Desc. Above fine rich purple with steel reflections ; wings and tail

the same, somewhat darker; throat and breast same as the back.

Two outer tail-feathers with a similar white tip, and four spots on

the outer web of the last, with a short white streak on the inner

web opposite each spot, the two together having a tadpole-like

outline. Lower breast and vent white, the feathers broadly barred

with green and purple, and overlapping, form a succession of regular

bands; the bars on the under tail-coverts are broader and of a

stronger purple tint. Under-surface of wing white at the inner

base of the primaries and secondaries, forming a narrow white

bar inside the wing; a pure broad white crescentic collar on the

‘lower nape, commencing low down on the side of the neck. Bill

yellow. Legs rich green. Irides red, and a bright crimson orbital

skin.

Length about 6 inches, wing 4:0, tail 3:1, tarsus 0°6.

Hab. Base of Miulé-it range, Tenasserim.

This species (which, while closely allied to, differs from CO. vantho-

1877.] MR. 0, SALVIN ON A NEW BIRD FROM COSTA RICA. 367

rhynchus, Worsf., by having a broad white nuchal collar) was dis-

covered by Mr. Ossian {Limborg under the Mulé-it range, east of

Moulmain in January of the present year.

BracuyPTreryx BUXTONI, N. Sp.

Above, wings and tail rich ruddy brown; whole under surface

silky white, with a faint greyish tinge on sides of breast ; thigh-

coverts and under tail-coverts white, sullied with ochreous. Space

before the eye and sides of head dingy ochreous. Upper tail-

coverts rusty brown; wings 2°87 inches, tail 2°30, bill from fore-

head 0-75, tarsus 1:0, hallux with claw 0:4, middle toe without

claw 0°62.

Hab. District of Lampong, S.E. Sumatra ; obtained by Mr. Buxton.

Seen from above, this species has the aspect of B. albifrons,

Boie, 2, but is of a less ruddy brown.

- 8. Description of a New Genus and Species of Oscines

from Costa Rica. By Osperr Savin, M.A., F.R.S.

[Received April 17, 1877.]

The ornithology of Costa Rica has lately attracted much attention ;

and it might have been supposed that our knowledge of this subject

was tolerably complete. During the past seventeen years many large

collections of birds have been made in that Republic; and the

results derived from their examination have been published by Dr.

Cabanis' in Germany, and by Mr. Lawrence? in America; while

several new species have been brought to notice by Mr. Sclater and

myself* in this country.

It appears, however, that the mountainous districts of Costa Rica

have still attractions left for the naturalist, as will be manifest from

the remarkable new form which I now proceed to describe.

PHAINOPTILA, gen. nov.*

Rostrum debile, angustum, glabrum, valde aduncatum, maxille apice

dentato: nares aperte: sete rictales breves. Ale rotundate :

remezx primus longus, dimidium secundi equans. 2.<3.<4.=5.,

4. et 5. longissimt. derotarsi breves, integri, sicut in gen.

Turdus. Ptilosis mollis sicut in gen. Ampelidarum.

Typus et species unica

PHAINOPTILA MELANOXANTHA, Sp. Nn.

Nitente nigra, pectore et abdominis lateribus cum crisso olivaceis,

ventre medio ardesiaco: hypochondriis et dorso postico letis-

? See Journ. fiir Ornith. 1860, pp. 321, 401; 1861, pp. 1, 81, 241.

* See Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, 1868, p. 86.

3 See P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 416.

* paces, splendens, et wridrov, pluma,

368 PROF. MIVART ON THE SKELETON OF PELECANUS. (Apr. 17,

sime flavis: rostro et pedibus nigerrimis. Long. tota. 9:0, ale

4:0, caude 3:5, tarsi 1, dig. post. sine ungue °5, rostri a rictu *9.

Hab. Costa Rica (H. Rogers).

Mr. H. Rogers, who is now in Costa Rica collecting objects of

natural history, shortly after his arrival in that country sent home a

box, chiefly of insects, but with them four bird-skins, one of which

is the remarkable individual which I exhibit to-night. That it

belongs to an undescribed genus there can be little doubt ; that it is

a member of the family Ampelidee is perhaps not so certain. The

presence of a large first primary shows its position amongst the true

Oscines ; but the comparative narrowness of the gape, feeble bill, the

longer and stouter tarsi than is usual in Ampelide, and the fact of the

front of the tarsus being covered by a single scute suggest that the

bird may prove to be an aberrant member of the family Turdide.

The wing-formula is quite that of Ptilogonys, to which genus the

glossy plumage and some of the characteristics of the coloration

suggest an affinity ; and these characters have induced me to place

Phainoptila for the present near Ptilogonys in the family Ampelicz.

May lst, 1877.

Prof. Newton, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Howard Saunders exhibited and made remarks on some nests

and eggs of the Orphean Warbler (Sylvia orphea) from the vicinity

of Malaga, Spain. Amongst the eggs in each nest were one or two

of larger size, which were supposed to be possibly eggs of the Cuckoo.

Mr. Saunders also exhibited two skins of Dupont’s Lark (dlauda

duponti) from the same locality.

Prof. Mivart, F.R.S., read a memoir on the axial skeleton of the

Pelecanide, selecting Pelecanus as his type and standard of compa-

rison. Prof. Mivart first compared Pelecanus, as regards its axial

skeleton, with Struthio and the other Struthionide, and then com-

pared the other Steganopodes with it and with one another.

This memoir will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—